1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 1
2003–2004
CATALOG
The Official Bulletin of
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 2
Copyright © 2003
Quinnipiac University, Hamden, Connecticut
No section of this catalog may be copied or reproduced without the permission of the
Office of Public Affairs, Quinnipiac University: www.quinnipiac.edu
Admission requirements, fees, rules and regulations, and academic programs are updated in
official bulletins of the university. The right, at any time, to make whatever changes may be
deemed necessary is specifically reserved.
Photography by Stan Godlewski, Robert A. Lisak, Sven Martson and Frank Poole
Cover design by Paul Kazmercyk, Granite Bay Design
Printed in Canada
2
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 3
CONTENTS
Statements on Nondiscrimination and Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Letter from the President . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Accreditations and Professional Memberships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
Academic Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
College of Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
School of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
School of Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85
School of Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93
Part-time Undergraduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137
Graduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
Course Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Student and Campus Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .301
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
President’s Cabinet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .312
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .313
Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .319
Alumni Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .326
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .327
3
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 4
Statements on Nondiscrimination and Compliance
Quinnipiac University has a strong commitment to the principles and practices of diversity throughout the
university community. Women, members of minority groups, and individuals with disabilities are
encouraged to consider and apply for admission. Quinnipiac does not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, creed, gender, age, sexual orientation, national and ethnic origin, or disability status in the
administration of its educational and admissions policies, employment policies, scholarship and loan
programs, athletic programs, or other university-administered programs.
Quinnipiac is in compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans
With Disabilities Act of 1991, and inquiries should be directed to the Learning Center or to the Office of
Human Resources. Quinnipiac complies with the Student Right to Know and Campus Security Act (PL
103-542) and those reports are available from the Office of Public Affairs. Quinnipiac maintains all federal
and state requirements for a drug-free campus and workplace; information on student drug and alcohol
programs is published in the Student Handbook and employee information is distributed through the
Office of Human Resources. Graduation reports are available upon request from the Offices of Admissions
and Registrar. Reports on athletic programs are available from the Department of Athletics and
Recreation.
4
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 5
Dear Students,
he essence of a university lies in its
people and in its programs. We at
Quinnipiac University have reason to be
proud of our programs and all the members of
our university community. We take care to ensure
that the students who enroll at Quinnipiac are
prepared to make their contributions as
responsible professionals and community leaders
in a culturally rich and diverse society.
T
As you look through the pages of the catalog,
consider the three values upon which Quinnipiac University was founded:
high-quality academic programs, a student-oriented environment, and the
fostering of a sense of community among all of the members of the
Quinnipiac family. We continue to be committed to these important values
and to providing the best possible living and learning environment for our
students.
I welcome you to Quinnipiac University, and I look forward to seeing you
on campus.
John L. Lahey
President
5
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 6
Accreditations and Professional Memberships
Quinnipiac University is accredited by the New England Association of Schools and Colleges, Inc., which
accredits schools and colleges in the six New England States. Accreditation by the association indicates
that the institution has been evaluated carefully and found to meet standards agreed upon by qualified
educators.
Quinnipiac also is accredited by the Board of Higher Education of the State of Connecticut and is
authorized by the General Assembly of the State to confer such degrees and grant such diplomas as are
authorized by the board.
All programs in health sciences have been approved by appropriate state and national agencies or are in
the process of accreditation.The physical therapy program is accredited by the American Physical Therapy
Association (APTA), the occupational therapy program is accredited by the Accreditation Council for
Occupational Therapy Education (ACOTE), and the undergraduate nursing program is accredited by the
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission (NLNAC).The Physician Assistant Program is
accredited by the Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant, Inc.
(ARC-PA).The pathologists’ assistant program is accredited by the National Accrediting Agency for
Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS).
Veterinary technology holds accreditation from the American Veterinary Medical Association, and the
clinical laboratory science program (formerly “medical technology”) is accredited by the National
Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences. The baccalaureate program in diagnostic imaging
(formerly “radiologic science”) is accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic
Technology. The program in respiratory care is accredited by the Committee on Accreditation for
Respiratory Care.The Cardiovascular Perfusion Program is accredited by the Committee on Accreditation
for Allied Health Education Programs.
Quinnipiac’s undergraduate and graduate business programs are accredited by the AACSB
International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.As a school of business with
AACSB-accredited business programs, Quinnipiac meets or exceeds established standards, as determined
by periodic AACSB peer group review. The AACSB quality standards relate to curriculum,faculty
resources, admission, degree requirements, library and computer facilities, financial resources and
intellectual climate.
The State Bar Examining Committee has approved the undergraduate programs of Quinnipiac for
pre-law education, and the American Bar Association has approved the baccalaureate program for legal
studies.
Quinnipiac has received full approval from the American Bar Association to award the J.D. degree
through the Quinnipiac University School of Law.
The Master of Arts in Teaching program is fully accredited by the Connecticut Department of Higher
Education and the Connecticut State Department of Education.
Students may review information on the various accrediting agencies and accrediting reports by
contacting the Office of the Senior Vice President for Academic Affairs.
Quinnipiac reserves the right to change any provisions of this catalog at any time.
6
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 7
GENERAL INFORMATION
2003–2004 Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8
2004–2005 Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9
About Quinnipiac University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
History of Quinnipiac . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
A Student-Oriented University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Quinnipiac University Center for Excellence in Teaching and Service to Students . . . . .12
A Community of Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
GENERAL I NFORMATION
7
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 8
2003–2004 Academic Calendar
Fall 2003
August 21-22
August 25
August 29
September 1
September 6
September 20
October 6
October 17-19
October 24
October 25
October 31
Thurs-Fri
Monday
Friday
Monday
Saturday
Saturday
Monday
Fri-Sun
Friday
Saturday
Friday
Nov 3-Nov 28
November 8
November 24-26
November 27-28
December 13
December 15-20
Mon-Fri
Saturday
Mon-Wed
Thurs-Fri
Saturday
Mon-Sat
December 22
December 25-Jan 2
Monday
Thurs-Fri
New undergraduate orientation
Undergraduate and graduate classes begin
Last day for late registration/schedule changes
Labor Day—university holiday
All Saturday classes begin
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
Yom Kippur—university holiday
Parents Weekend
Mid-term grades due, 100-level courses
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
Last day to withdraw from undergraduate and
graduate classes with a grade of “W”
Undergraduate pre-registration for Spring 2004
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
No classes
Thanksgiving—university holiday
Undergraduate and graduate classes end
Final examination period—undergraduate and
graduate classes
Final grades due
University closed
Spring 2004
January 16
January 19
January 20
Friday
Monday
Tuesday
January 24
January 26
March 5
Saturday
Monday
Friday
March 8-13
March 26
March 27-28
April 2
Mon-Sat
Friday
Sat-Sun
Friday
April 9
April 12-May 28
May 1
May 3-8
May 9
May 10
May 10
Friday
Mon-Fri
Saturday
Mon-Sat
Sunday
Monday
Monday
8
New student orientation
Martin Luther King, Jr.’s Birthday—university holiday
Undergraduate and graduate classes begin
Late registration/schedule changes
Saturday classes begin
Last day for late registration or schedule changes
Last day to file for May 2004 graduation: undergraduate
and graduate students
Undergraduate and graduate spring recess
Mid-term grades due, 100-level courses
Admitted Students Days
Last day to withdraw from undergraduate and graduate
classes with a grade of “W”
Good Friday—university holiday
Undergraduate pre-registration Summer and Fall 2004 (tentative)
Undergraduate and graduate classes end
Final examination period—undergraduate and graduate classes
Law School Commencement; Graduate Commencement
Final grades due
Junior Open House for prospective students
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 9
May 16
June 4-6
June 11-13
June 18-20
Sunday
Fri-Sun
Fri-Sun
Fri-Sun
Undergraduate Commencement
New student orientation
New student orientation
New student orientation
Summer Term 2004
Summer I
Summer II
June 1 (Tues)–July 1 (Thurs)
July 6 (Tues)–August 5 (Thurs)
The university reser ves the right to revise this calendar.
2004–2005 Academic Calendar
Fall 2004
August 26-27
August 30
September 3
September 6
September 11
September 18-19
September 24
October 2
October 8-10
October 15-17
October 23
October 25
November 5
Thurs-Fri
Monday
Friday
Monday
Saturday
Sat-Sun
Friday
Saturday
Fri-Sun
Fri-Sun
Saturday
Monday
Friday
November 6
Nov 1- Nov 26
November 22-24
November 25-26
December 11
December 13-18
Saturday
Mon-Fri
Mon-Wed
Thurs-Fri
Saturday
Mon-Sat
December 20
Monday
December 24-Jan 2 Fri-Sun
GENERAL INFORMATION
New undergraduate orientation
Undergraduate and graduate classes begin
Last day for late registration/schedule changes
Labor Day—university holiday
All Saturday classes begin
Homecoming/Reunion
Yom Kippur—university holiday
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
Parents’ Weekend
Reunion Weekend
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
Mid-term grades due, 100-level courses
Last day to withdraw from undergraduate and
graduate classes with a grade of “W”
Open House for prospective undergraduate students
Undergraduate pre-registration for Spring 2005
No classes
Thanksgiving—university holiday
Undergraduate and graduate classes end
Final examination period—undergraduate and
graduate classes
Final grades due
University closed
9
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 10
Spring 2005
January 17
January 20-21
January 24
Monday
Thurs-Fri
Monday
Martin Luther King, Jr.’s Birthday—university holiday
New student orientation
Undergraduate and graduate classes begin
Late registration/schedule changes
Last day for late registration or schedule changes
Saturday classes begin
Last day to file for May 2005 graduation: undergraduate
and graduate students
Undergraduate and graduate spring recess
Good Friday —university holiday
Mid-term grades due, 100-level courses
Admitted Students Days
Last day to withdraw from undergraduate and graduate
classes with a grade of “W”
Undergraduate pre-registration Summer and Fall 2005 (tentative)
Undergraduate and graduate classes end
Final examination period—undergraduate and graduate classes
Law School Commencement; Graduate Commencement
Final grades due
Junior Open House for prospective students
Undergraduate Commencement
New student orientation
New student orientation
New student orientation
January 28
January 29
March 4
Friday
Saturday
Friday
March 14-19
March 25
March 28
April 2-3
April 8
Mon-Sat
Friday
Monday
Sat-Sun
Friday
April 11-May 27
May 7
May 9-14
May 15
May 16
May 16
May 22
June 3-5
June 10-12
June 17-19
Saturday
Mon-Sat
Sunday
Monday
Monday
Sunday
Fri-Sun
Fri-Sun
Fri-Sun
Summer Term 2005
Summer I
Summer II
June 6 (Mon)–July 7 (Thurs)
July 11 (Mon)–August 11 (Thurs)
The university reser ves the right to revise this calendar.
10
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 11
About Quinnipiac University
Location
Quinnipiac’s campus is located in Hamden,
Connecticut, a southern New England town eight
miles from metropolitan New Haven, 90 minutes
north of New York City and two hours from
Boston.The university is easily reached via the
Connecticut Turnpike (Interstate 95), Interstate
91, the Wilbur Cross Parkway, and Interstate 84.
Mission Statement
Quinnipiac University, founded in 1929, is a private, co-educational, non-sectarian institution of
higher education. It is primarily a residential campus in a uniquely attractive New England setting.
Quinnipiac’s mission is to provide a supportive and
stimulating environment for the intellectual and
personal growth of undergraduate, graduate, and
continuing education students.
The university offers broadly based undergraduate programs together with graduate programs in
selected professional fields. At the undergraduate
level, through integrated liberal arts and professional curricula, programs in the Schools of Business, Communications, Health Sciences, and the
College of Liberal Arts prepare students for career
entry or advanced studies. Graduate programs are
designed to provide professional qualifications for
success in business, education, health sciences,
communications, and law.
An education at Quinnipiac embodies the
university’s commitment to three important values:
excellence in education, a sensitivity to students,
and a spirit of community. Academic programs
and services are offered in a highly personalized
learning environment featuring small classes and
ready access to faculty, reflecting the university’s
commitment to excellence in teaching, as well as
support for scholarship and professional
development. The entire university shares a service
orientation toward students and their needs. Its
collegial atmosphere fosters a strong sense of
community, identity, and purpose among facult y,
staff, and students.
Quinnipiac University strives to prepare
graduates who manifest critical and creative
thinking, effective communication skills, informed
value judgments, and who possess an educational
foundation for continued growth and development
G ENERAL INFORMATION
in a changing world of diverse cultures and people.
Through public service and cultural events,
Quinnipiac extends its resources to the professions
and communities it ser ves.
History of Quinnipiac
In 1929, Quinnipiac University, originally known as
the Connecticut College of Commerce, was
founded by Samuel W. Tator as a small business
college awarding associate’s degrees. Upon its name
change in 1951 to Quinnipiac College, a name
commemorating the early Indian settlers who made
their home in and around the New Haven harbor
area, Quinnipiac began offering the bachelor’s
degree and two decades later expanded its offerings
to master’s degrees. In 1952, Quinnipiac assumed
administrative responsibility for Larson College, a
private women’s school. Quinnipiac relocated
within New Haven as expansion in enrollment and
curriculum demanded, and in 1966 moved to its
current campus in Hamden. In August 1995, the
American Bar Association fully accredited
Quinnipiac to award the Juris Doctor degree
through its School of Law and the Quinnipiac
School of Law Center was dedicated later that year.
Today, Quinnipiac enrolls undergraduate and
graduate students in more than 65 programs of
study in business, education, health sciences, law,
liberal arts and communications. To reflect better
the quality and diversity of Quinnipiac’s programs,
Quinnipiac College changed its name to
Quinnipiac University on July 1, 2000.This
change reaffirmed Quinnipiac’s long-standing
mission of providing programs of academic
excellence in a student-oriented environment.
A Student-Oriented University
Quinnipiac is committed to making each student’s
university experience a satisfying and rewarding
one. It strives to do this in both personal and
academic contexts. Students are represented on all
key bodies involved in decision making, including
the Board of Trustees.
The Student Government is involved in
fundamental university issues, as well as ongoing
campus events. Activity clubs, organizations,
societies, fraternities, sororities and ethnic,
religious, cultural and political groups all play
important roles in the day-to-day life of the
community.
11
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 12
In keeping with the value system at Quinnipiac,
emphasis is on the individual, not on social or economic standing. Students are selected solely on the
basis of merit and qualifications, with major consideration given to the innate qualities of motivation and character.
As a result, the student body reflects a wide spectrum of racial, religious and economic backgrounds,
personalities and lifestyles that provide diverse social
and cultural experiences. The cosmopolitan student
community represents 26 states throughout the
United States as well as countries abroad.
Quinnipiac University Center for Excellence
in Teaching and Service to Students
The Center for Excellence in Teaching and Service
to Students encourages, supports and recognizes
superior teaching and service to students at Quinnipiac University. The center ser ves as an important vehicle in helping the university achieve its
educational mission, consistent with its three core
values: high quality academic programs, a studentoriented environment, and a sense of community.
The center sponsors a variety of professional
development programs and activities using its own
role models and expertise within the faculty and
staff, as well as external consultants and experts. It
also sponsors workshops and seminars, conducts
student, faculty and staff surveys, and hosts special
recognition events.The annual Excellence in Service to Students Award and Excellence in Teaching Award reflect the center’s highest recognition
of excellence at Quinnipiac University.
The center is supported through the president’s
office and is guided by a rotating board of directors
consisting of representatives from the faculty, staff
and students.
12
A Community of Learning
Effective learning takes place at many levels
beyond the traditional teacher-classroom situation,
and Quinnipiac encourages flexibility in the learning
process.
Students in the School of Health Sciences use
hospitals and medical and research centers for their
clinical laboratory experiences; students in the
School of Business have working contact with
private and public business operations; students in
the School of Communications complete internships in the broadcast, print and film media, in
cable television and sound recording industries,
and in various video production, advertising, and
public relations operations; and students in the
College of Liberal Arts participate in community
activities and programs and students in the M.A.T.
program complete internships in a public school.
Recognizing that the learning process has no
bounds, Quinnipiac requires students to take a
core curriculum regardless of their enrollment in a
particular school or program. Further, as citizens of
a learning community, the faculty members interact in the learning process as participants rather
than mere dispensers of facts.
The Student Affairs offices also support growth
and development of the Quinnipiac community
through a variety of co-curricular programs that
complement academic efforts.
G ENERAL INFORMATION
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 13
Admission
Admission Procedures
Consistent with the Quinnipiac University “Statement of Mission,” Quinnipiac welcomes inquiries
from serious students of all ages who are interested
in professional preparation in fields related to health
sciences,business, education, communications, public service, and the theoretical and applied disciplines in liberal arts. An education at Quinnipiac
integrates technical,professional and liberal studies.
The students who benefit most from Quinnipiac are
those who are motivated for a life of professional
service and prepared to undertake a program of
studies that is broad in its cultural perspectives,
while being focused in its technical and professional
dimensions. Quinnipiac University seeks students
who wish to pursue professional careers, including
those who, as yet, are undecided on their fields.
Students interested in Quinnipiac University
are urged to acquaint themselves thoroughly with
Quinnipiac as early in their decision-making
process as possible. A campus visit and admissions
interview is strongly recommended. If a campus
visit is not possible, prospective students are
advised to meet with one of Quinnipiac’s representatives when they visit the student’s school, or to
make arrangements for a telephone conference.
The admissions office hosts on-campus interviews
Monday through Friday year-round and group
information sessions weekdays throughout the year
and on Saturday mornings during the fall and spring
semesters. Fall and spring open houses, Admitted
Students Days (in late March) and online chat
sessions also provide opportunities to learn more
about Quinnipiac. We welcome your interest.
Please call our toll-free number, 1-800-462-1944 or
(203) 582-8600, visit our Web site, or e-mail us at
admissions@quinnpiac.edu.
Admission Requirements
All freshman applicants for admission are expected
to present:
1. A high school diploma from an approved
secondary school or its equivalent.
2. A secondary school transcript showing as
completed, or in progress, a college preparatory
sequence including: English, four units; mathematics, three units (physical and occupational
therapy, and physician assistant applicants
GENERAL INFORMATION
should have four years); science, two units (all
health science applicants are expected to have
biology and chemistr y; physical therapy applicants should also have physics); social science,
two units; academic (college preparatory) electives, five units. Total academic units expected:
16. First quarter grades in the senior year should
be sent as soon as they are available.
3. Score results for the Scholastic Assessment Test
(SAT I) of the College Entrance Examination
Board (CEEB) or of the American College
Testing Program (ACT).
4. A completed Quinnipiac University application
form (available from the admissions office or
from our Web site) together with a non-refundable application fee of $45.
5. A brief personal statement or essay.
6. An interview is recommended but not required.
Transfer Requirements
Transfer applicants must submit the documents
listed above for freshmen with the following
exceptions:
1. An official transcript from each post-high
school institution attended, even if no courses
were completed.
2. Applicants who graduated from high school
more than five years ago or have successfully
completed the equivalent of one year (30 semester hours) of college study are not required to
submit entrance examination scores.
3. Students seeking a second bachelor’s degree
need only submit transcripts of their college
work and the application form.
4. The application fee for transfer applicants is $45.
International Student Admission
Applications for undergraduate study from international students are welcomed. Upon application,
international students are requested to submit
English language descriptions of secondary
schools, colleges and universities attended.
In addition, applicants from non-Englishspeaking countries must also submit the following
documents:
Certified translations of all prior secondary and
collegiate academic records.
Scores from the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL). Information and registration
forms can be obtained from the TOEFL Program,
13
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 14
Educational Testing Service, Princeton, NJ 08540.
Normally a minimum score of 550 (or 213 on the
CBT computer-based TOEFL) is required for
admission.
Official documentation of financial support for
undergraduate study and living expenses must be
submitted to the admissions office before an I-20
can be issued to the student.The statement of
financial support can be downloaded from our
Web site.
Admissions Selection Process
Prospective freshmen should file an application as
early in the senior year as possible, and arrange to
have first quarter grades sent from their high school
counselor as soon as they are available. For most
students notification of their admission decision
will be possible within 4-6 weeks of our receiving
all materials, beginning in late November. In all
cases, students have until May 1 to respond to
offers of admission (uniform Candidate Reply
Date) with a matriculation deposit of $200 and
housing deposit of $350. We recommend February 1
as a suggested deadline for applications to assure
consideration for the program of choice. Students
who are placed on a waitlist are notified of any
further decision by June 1.
Transfer students should apply for admission
either early in the fall (for the spring semester) or
mid-winter (for the fall semester). Official
transcripts from all institutions attended must be
provided. Most programs look for a minimum
grade point average of 2.5 (some programs may
require a 3.0) for consideration. Transfer students
are not eligible to apply for the 6-year freshman
entry-level physician assistant program.
Quinnipiac works closely with the community
and technical colleges in Connecticut and
elsewhere, and recommends that a student follow a
transfer curriculum of study if their plan is to move
to a four-year university. Students may wish to
arrange an admissions appointment to discuss
program requirements.
14
Advanced Standing/Placement
Credits earned prior to admission to Quinnipiac
will be evaluated by the Office of Admissions and
will be then be referred to the student’s major for
departmental evaluation. Transfer credit evaluation
takes place once a student has paid a matriculation
deposit, or by request to the Office of Admissions
at (203) 582-8612.
Quinnipiac University normally grants transfer
credit for courses appropriate to the chosen
curriculum completed with a grade of C or better
at a regionally accredited postsecondary institution.
In some cases, course work completed more than
10 years earlier may be disallowed. A student who
has completed courses at an institution not
granting degrees, or who has extensive experience
in a specialized field, may request comprehensive
examinations to help determine placement.
Advanced standing or placement will be
considered for entering freshmen who have
completed college-level credit courses through a
recognized college or university, or who have
achieved an acceptable score on an appropriate
examination of (1) the Advanced Placement
Program of the College Entrance Examination
Board, (2) the International Baccalaureate, or (3)
the College Level Examination Program (CLEP).
GENERAL INFORMATION
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 15
Tuition and Fees
Summary of Charges
Tuition for 2003–04
Full-time undergraduate
students taking 12–16 credit
hours per semester
Over 16 credits
or under 12 credits
$21,120 per year
($10,560 per
semester)
$500 per credit hour
Occupational Therapy &
Physical Therapy Clinical Affiliation
OT—470, 471, 472
$500 per credit*
PT—430, 431, 432, 433
$500 per credit*
Based upon part-time day rate.
A student fee of $30 per credit hour is applicable
to students registered for less than 12 hours.
A number of courses have an additional fee
usually associated with laboratory classes in the
sciences. For more information about specific
course fees, contact the bursar’s office.
Miscellaneous expenses (books, laboratory fees,
travel and personal) average $2,300 per year.
Resident Fee (Room and Board)
The resident fee (room and board) is an all-inclusive
fee for students residing in non-apartment residence
halls. The resident fee for students living in a
traditional style residence hall is $9,450 per year.
For students residing in suite-style residence halls,
the resident fee ranges from $9,600 to $10,500 per
year. The resident fee for students assigned to the
apartments ranges from $7,400 to $7,600 per year
(non-board). The resident fee for students assigned
to university-owned,off-campus housing is $7,180.
Quinnipiac offers an installment plan that
allows a portion of the total charges for each
semester to be remitted in three installments.
Details of the plan are available from the bursar’s
office. Other payment plans available are offered
and administered by Key Education Resources
1-800-Key-Lend (1-800-539-5363).
All costs are based on the 2003–04 figures.
The Office of Undergraduate Admissions can
supply financial information, including additional
fees, for 2004–05 as it becomes available.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Quinnipiac requires that all students obtain a
university ID card, known as the Q-CARD. There
are three different accounts associated with the
Q-CARD, the Required Meal Plan, the Optional
Meal Plan, and Q-CASH.
Quinnipiac requires all resident students, except
those residing in the Hill or Complex apartment,
to subscribe to the Required Meal Plan.This
operates as a prepaid debit account into which
students are allocated a specified amount of money
as part of their residence fees. A student then
purchases an item(s) available in either the dining
hall or the Rathskellar (excluding alcoholic
beverages).The amount of the purchase is then
deducted from the account. If a student ’s account
runs low before the end of the semester, the
student may begin using his or her Q-CASH
account in the dining hall, or purchase additional
funds from another student on the required dining
service with surplus funds. Any unused balance
from the fall semester may be carried over to the
spring (provided that the student is enrolled for
the spring semester), but no carr yover is permitted
from spring to the following fall.
Quinnipiac also offers Q-C ASH, a prepaid debit
account that can be used to make a variety of
cashless purchases. Q-CASH can be used at the
game room, campus post office, the bookstore, the
dining hall, the Rathskellar and for copy, laundry
and vending machines. It also is accepted at many
popular off-campus business establishments and
restaurants. Students may open an account with a
deposit of any amount; additional deposits may be
made as needed throughout the semester. Balances
are carried forward from semester to semester as
long as the student is enrolled at Quinnipiac.
Refunds of unused Q-C ASH funds are made upon
a student’s graduation or withdrawal from
Quinnipiac University.
Please visit www.qcardonline.com to find out
more information about your Q-C ARD.
15
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 16
Financial Aid
Quinnipiac seeks to assist each of its students and
his or her parents to receive the maximum federal,
state and institutional financial aid for which they
are eligible. Institutional financial aid is available
to full-time undergraduate students demonstrating
eligibility according to Quinnipiac application procedures and funding policies.Aid is provided as a
“package” which may include grants, campus
employment (Work Study), and loans. It is the
goal of Quinnipiac to coordinate aid eligibility so
that a Quinnipiac education is within the means of
each student and his or her family.
Quinnipiac’s financial aid policy is built on the
principle of supplementing student and family contributions towards the cost of attending college.
This principle is rooted in the belief that primary
responsibility for meeting college costs rests with
the student and the family. Financial aid eligibility,
therefore, is measured between the cost of attending
Quinnipiac and the reasonable support expected
from student earnings and savings and from family
income, assets and resources. In order to help Quinnipiac stretch its funds to assist as many students as
possible, financial aid applicants are expected to
explore all sources of external support for which
they might qualify. Check your high school, community and other affiliations for opportunities.
Students should apply for financial aid by filing
the Free Application for Federal Student Aid
(FAFSA), available on the internet, or at the
student’s high school or college, by March 1. To
receive a financial aid decision before the May 1
enrollment deposit reply date, applications and forms
must be submitted before March 1. Currently
attending students must file for renewal prior to
April 1 and meet Quinnipiac’s standards for
satisfactory academic progress for financial aid
recipients and applicants. The policy is published in
the Student Handbook and is available from the
Office of Financial Aid.
16
Academic Scholarships
Quinnipiac offers entering freshmen a variety of
renewable academic scholarships not based on need.
The value of most academic scholarships ranges
from $4,000 to $12,000 per year. Consideration for
all scholarships is given to students who have
completed application for admission by February
1 5 .C ontact the admissions office for complete
academic and endowed scholarship availability.
Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps
(AFROTC)
The Air Force ROTC program is available to
Quinnipiac University students at the University of
Connecticut’s main campus at Storrs.Through the
Air Force ROTC program, Quinnipiac students
can, without paying extra tuition, pursue a commission as second lieutenant in the United States
Air Force.The freshman and sophomore courses
offered at the University of Connecticut carry no
military obligation and are open to all students.
Scholarships are available for qualified students.
The scholarships pay up to full tuition and fees, as
well as money for books and a monthly stipend.
Interested students should contact the Air Force
ROTC office at (860) 486-2224 or visit their Web
site at www.airforce.uconn.edu.
Army Reserve Officers Training Corps
(ROTC)
Army Reserve Officers Training Corps (ROTC)
offers a commissioning track to all physically
qualified students who are citizens of the United
States and who meet other specific requirements.
Army ROTC furnishes uniforms, textbooks and
other related equipment at no expense to students.
Successful completion of the program can qualify
the student for a commission in the United States
Regular Army, Army Reserve, or Army National
Guard.
The basic and advanced courses each cover two
years. The basic course includes four one-hour
lecture courses consisting of 50 minutes of class
time and a leadership lab that requires no military
obligation.The advanced course requires four
three-credit courses that meet twice a week for 1.5
hours and a leadership lab.
Quinnipiac students can participate in Army
ROTC through the University of Connecticut at
Storrs by calling (860) 486-4538.
GENERAL I NFORMATION
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 17
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
Divisions of Quinnipiac University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Degree Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
Certificate Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
The Core Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Dual Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Dual Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Second Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Service Learning Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22
The Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Academic Good Standing Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Sanctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Dismissal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Course and Credit Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Repeat of Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Permission to Study at Another Institution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Leaves of Absence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Military Leaves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
Withdrawal from Quinnipiac University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Readmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Student Records Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26
Academic Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27
Academic Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
Other Academic Opportunities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
17
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 18
Academic Divisions
All Quinnipiac programs fall within five major
academic areas:
• The College of Liberal Arts
Division of Education
• The School of Business
• The School of Communications
• The School of Health Sciences
• The Quinnipiac University School of Law
Degree Programs
Quinnipiac University offers undergraduate
programs leading to four-year bachelor of arts,
bachelor of science, and bachelor of science in
health science degrees, as well as two -year associate
in arts and associate in science degrees in the
liberal arts, business, and health care and
laboratory professions.
Bachelor of Arts (B.A.)
Communications
Concentrations:
Journalism
Media Production
Media Studies
Criminal Justice
English
e-Media
Gerontology
History
Independent Majors
Interactive Digital Design
Legal Studies (paralegal)
Liberal Studies
Mathematics
Concentration: Actuarial Science
Mathematics—Computer Information Systems
Political Science
Psychology
Concentrations:
Child Development
Human Services
Industrial/Organizational
Public Relations
Social Services
Sociology
Spanish Language and Literature
18
Bachelor of Science (B.S.)
Accounting
Advertising
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
Biochemistry
Biology
Biomedical Sciences
Chemistry
Computer Information Systems
Computer Information Systems—Mathematics
Computer Science
Diagnostic Imaging
Economics
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
Finance
Health/Science Studies
International Business
Management
Marketing
Microbiology/Molecular Biology
Nursing
Occupational Therapy (see M.O.T.,page 118)
Physical Therapy (seeM.P.T., page 125)
Psychobiology
Respiratory Care
Veterinary Technology
Master of Arts in Teaching (M.A.T.)
The Master of Arts in Teaching program for elementary certification prepares students for careers
as teachers in elementary schools grades (K–6).
The Master of Arts in Teaching program for
middle grades (4–8) and secondary grades (7–12)
prepares students for careers as teachers in any one
or more of the following disciplines:
Biology
Chemistry
English
History and Social Sciences
Mathematics
Spanish
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 19
Master’s in Business Administration
(M.B.A.)
Entry-Level Master of Occupational
Therapy (M.O.T.)
Thesis or non-thesis options with electives
available in:
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
Economics
International Business
Finance
Management
Health Administration
Marketing
This 5 1/2-year degree program is the only track
for new freshmen, and begins at the undergraduate
level (for freshmen and transfer students). As part
of the program, students first earn a bachelor’s
degree in health sciences.
Also:
Five-year B.S./M.B.A. program
Five-year B.A./M.B.A. program
Joint M.B.A./J.D. degree
Master of Health Administration (M.H.A.)
Health Administration Concentrations:
General Health Administration
Long-Term Care Administration
Also:
Five-year B.A. Gerontology/M.H.A. program
Master of Health Science (M.H.S.)
Medical Laboratory Sciences with concentrations in
Biomedical Sciences, Microbiology and
Laboratory Management
Pathologists’ Assistant
Physician Assistant
Master of Science (M.S.)
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
e-Media
Journalism
Molecular and Cell Biolog y
Physical Therapy with concentrations in Advanced
Clinical Practice, Orthopedic Physical Therapy
and Neurology
Master of Science in Nursing (M.S.N.)
Adult Nurse Practitioner
Family Nurse Practitioner
Forensic Nurse Clinical Specialist
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
Entry-Level Master of Physical Therapy
(M.P.T.)
This 5 1/2-year degree program is the only track
for new physical therapy students and begins in
the undergraduate freshman year. As part of the
program, students first earn a bachelor’s degree in
health sciences.
Entry-Level Master’s Physician Assistant
Program
This six-year degree program is designed for qualified
students who enter as freshmen earning a bachelor’s
degree in health sciences. After successful completion
of the undergraduate curriculum, students enter the
graduate physician assistant program.
Juris Doctor ( J.D.)
Quinnipiac University School of Law offers a
three-year, full-time day and a four-year, part-time
evening program. Admission is through the School
of Law. The School of Law has its own Academic
Catalog and Student Services Handbook, to which
readers should refer for information about School
of Law policies, procedures and requirements for
academic and other matters.
Certificate Programs
Accountant’s Assistant
Cardiovascular Perfusion
Clinical Chemistry
Export Marketing
Clinical Immunology/Post Master’s Adult
Nurse Practitioner
Clinical Laboratory Science
(Medical Technology)
Clinical Microbiology
Computer Information Systems
Hematology
International Purchasing
Professional Accounting
19
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 20
The Core Curriculum
The Core Curriculum (CC) consists of up to 50
semester hours required of all baccalaureate candidates entering Quinnipiac University. It is designed
to foster intellectual and social growth through an
integrated liberal and technical education, to develop skills in conceptualization and critical analysis,
and to instill an awareness of the complexities of
the world and society. The CC includes:
Semester Hours
College-level competency in written English
6*#
Mathematics
3*#
Specialized competency in foreign language,
6*
oral communication, computer information systems,
or additional mathematics
*or demonstrated proficiency; students who demonstrate
proficiency must replace these hours with other CC courses.
#To maintain academic good standing, registered full-time
students must successfully complete EN 101, EN 102 and MA
117 (or their equivalent) by the end of three semesters. Parttime students are expected to have met these requirements by
the time they have completed 30 semester hours.
Students also must choose approved courses to
meet requirements in the following areas:
Semester Hours
The Artistic Tradition (art, film, music, theater)
3
The Behavioral and Social Sciences
6
(anthropology, geography, political science,
psychology, sociology)
The Humanistic Tradition
6
(history, literature, philosophy, law)
The Physical and Biological Sciences
8
(biological and physical sciences and chemistry)
Economics and the Managerial Tradition
6
(economics, finance, management)
Advanced electives (200 level or higher) from outside
the area of the student’s major**
6
**Students may complete any 18-credit minor in place of these
advanced electives
Courses offered in fulfillment of the area requirements in the artistic tradition, behavioral and
social sciences, humanistic tradition, physical and
biological sciences, and the economic and managerial tradition have been designated as part of the
CC because they include:
1. An investigation of the impact of the body of
knowledge under study upon human existence
and development;
2. Methods of inquiry and techniques of commu20
nication characteristic of the body of knowledge
under study;
3. An exposure to a recognized body of scholarship
with emphasis upon contrasting vie wpoints
within the body, as revealed through source
readings, laboratory experience, or field work to
the extent possible;
4. Judgmental and ethical aspects of the body of
knowledge under study; and
5. Assignments that require students to exercise
composition skills, with demonstration of appropriate levels of composition skills being a
requirement for passing the course.
All baccalaureate program requirements include
the requirements of the CC. Some additional nonmajor credits are required for liberal arts and business majors.
Courses that are part of the Core Curriculum
are designated in this catalog by the letters “CC.”
Requirements for Graduation
Students must apply for degrees one semester
before they expect to complete all requirements for
graduation. Degrees are awarded three times a
year: January, May and October.
Commencement exercises are held in the
spring. Students may participate in the ceremony
provided that: 1) they are within 6–8 hours (two
courses) of their degree; 2) they are enrolled in
summer school; and 3) they have a minimum 2.0
quality point average.Though faculty advisers
assist each student in the selection of courses, the
responsibility for fulfilling the requirements of the
program and all Quinnipiac University program
and departmental academic requirements of study
rests with the individual student.
For the Bachelor’s Degree
1.The satisfactory completion of at least 120
semester hours, of which the final 45 must be
taken at Quinnipiac University. (Certain majors
in the School of Business and in the School of
Health Sciences require the completion of more
than 120 hours; see specific departmental
requirements.)
2. Completion of the Core Curriculum common to
all baccalaureate programs.
3.The satisfactory completion of the specific
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 21
course standards and requirements of a student’s
chosen major (see curriculum descriptions).
4. A grade point average of at least 2.0, with at
least that average maintained during the final 60
hours of study, and any other G.P.A. requirements imposed by the school, the department or
the program.
5. School of Business students must complete a
minimum of 50 percent of the business courses
required for the degree at Quinnipiac (exclusive
of 6 hours of economics).
6. Up to 6 hours of workshop courses and/or physical education courses may be applied toward the
degree requirement.
7. Recommendation by the faculty.
For the Associate’s Degree
1.The satisfactory completion of at least 60
semester hours,of which the final 30 must be
taken at Quinnipiac Universit y. (Some programs
require more than 60 hours; see departmental
requirements).
2.The satisfactory completion of the specific
course standards and requirements of a student’s
chosen major (see curriculum descriptions).
3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.0.
4. Recommendation by the faculty.
Majors
A student’s major must be appr oved in advance by
the department chair, and the student must follow
the prescribed course of study leading to the completion of this major. At least one-half of the
courses in a major must be taken at Quinnipiac
University. The sequence of courses in this catalog
represents the most common sequence taken by
students and the sequence recommended by the
department or program. Course sequences are not
intended to be rigid: students who wish to alter
them should obtain permission from their adviser
or department chair.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
Dual Majors
A student may request to major in two areas of
study in the same school or college. He or she
must fulfill all department requirements in both
areas, complete all school requirements in the
school granting the degree and be recommended
by the faculties of each major department.The
student receives one diploma.
Dual Degrees
A student may earn two undergraduate degrees in
two separate schools provided (a) all requirements
for each degree are completed successfully, and
concurrently (b) all pertinent requirements of
Quinnipiac and of the departments and schools
involved are completed successfully, and (c) both
degrees are conferred concurrently.
Second Degree
A second baccalaureate degree may be earned, provided a minimum of forty-five (45) additional
semester hours in residence have been earned and
all requirements have been satisfied.
A student may qualify for a second associate’s
degree provided a minimum of fifteen (15) additional semester hours in residence have been
earned and all requirements have been completed
successfully.
Minors
A student may earn a minor in some area of study
concurrently with the major degree but not subsequently. Application for a minor should be made
to the department chair, who will indicate on the
application the number of semester hours and the
specific courses required. At least one-half of the
credits needed for a minor must be taken at
Quinnipiac University. The following is a list of
the university’s approved minors:
21
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 22
Anthropology
Asian Studies
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Information Systems
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
Economics
e-Media
English
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
Environmental Science
European Union Business Studies
Finance
Fine Arts
French
Gerontology
History
Interactive Arts
Interactive Digital Design
International Business
International Studies
Journalism
Latin American Studies
Management
Marketing
Mathematics
Media Production
Media Studies
Microbiology/Molecular Biology
Music
Philosophy
Political Science
Public Relations
Psychology
Science and Values
Sociology
Spanish
Studies in the Law
Theater Studies
Women’s Studies
22
Service Learning Courses (SL)
Course offerings designated SL in the catalog
indicate classes or sections of classes that include
off-campus service to the community and reflection on that service as part of their course requirements. Consult the chair of the appropriate
department for details. Quinnipiac University is a
member of Campus Compact, a national organization dedicated to the experience and analysis of
community needs in the classroom.
Service Learning is not volunteerism; nor is it
an internship. Service learning is a curriculumbased initiative bringing together faculty, students
and community organizations.The purpose is to
assist community organizations by providing situation-specific student resources in activities consis tent with the goals of a specific course. Students
assist organizations in accomplishing goals while
enjoying real world experiences consistent with
course goals and objectives. In short, through
Service Learning community organizations are
more able to meet their objectives, faculty are more
able to demonstrate key course concepts, and students are more able to relate course theory with
actual situations and practices. For details, see
www.quinnipiac.edu/academics/servicelearning/.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 23
The Grading System
Academic Good Standing Policy
Achievement in a particular course is indicated by
a letter grade that is translated into grade points
for the student ’s record. Final grades are issued
by the registrar at the close of each semester.
Midsemester standings are issued to first-year
students in 100-level courses, apprising them of
their progress.
Grade points earned in a course are determined
by multiplying the point value of the letter grade
(shown in the table below) by the number of
semester hours of the course. A cumulative average
is obtained by dividing the total number of grade
points by the total number of semester hours taken
at Quinnipiac.
Math and English Requirements
Full-time students are expected to have completed
EN 101, EN 102 and MA 117 (or their equivalent) by the end of three semesters. Part-time students are expected to have met these requirements
by the time they have completed 30 semester
hours.
Semesters
Registered
Scale of Grades
Letter Grade
A
AB+
B
BC+
C
CD
F
Numerical Range
93-100
90-92
87-89
83-86
80-82
77-79
73-76
70-72
60-69
0-59
Grade Pt. Value
4.00
3.67
3.33
3.00
2.67
2.33
2.00
1.67
1.00
0.00
*I (incomplete) P (pass) **W (withdrawal) S (satisfactory)
Z (audit) U (unsatisfactory)
*Incomplete means the student has not completed all work
required in a course.A period of time will be allotted to make
up the work. An incomplete grade automatically becomes a
failing grade if it is not removed within that period.The period
normally cannot extend more than thirty (30) days after the
start of the next full semester. In exceptional cases,an extension
may be made with the written approval of the department chair
(up to one year) or the appropriate dean (any longer period).
**A student may withdraw from a course offered in a traditional
semester (15 week) format up to the end of the tenth week of
classes. For courses offered during the summer or in accelerated
or other non-traditional formats,the withdrawal period extends
up to the completion of sixty percent of the scheduled class
sessions. Prior to the start of each semester the specific
withdrawal deadlines for all classes will be published by the
registrar in the Course Schedule.
Withdrawals must be recorded on an official form available in
the registrar’s office.
P indicates “passed with credit” when no letter grade is given.
Z indicates the course was audited.
S indicates “passed with no credit.”
U indicates “unsatisfactory work.”
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
Credit Hour and G.P.A.Requirements
To be in academic good standing at Quinnipiac
undergraduate students must meet both minimum
quality point average (G.P.A.) and completed credit requirements. The requirements for full-time
students are listed in the schedule below:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Minimum Required
Minimum Required
G.P.A.
Credits Completed as a
FT Student
1.8
10
1.8
20
1.9
30
1.9
40
2.0
50
2.0
60
2.0
70
2.0
80
2.0
90
2.0
100
2.0
110
2.0
120
The academic good standing requirements for
transfer students are based on the number of credits
accepted for transfer. For example, students who
enter Quinnipiac University with 20 transfer credits
are considered to have completed two semesters and
are subject to the requirements of a third-semester
student during her/his first semester at Quinnipiac.
However, minimum G.P.A. is based only on courses
completed at Quinnipiac. Academic good standing
for part-time students is based solely on G.P.A. For
example, a part-time student must have a G.P. A .o f
1.8 or better upon the completion of 10 credit hours
and 2.0 or better upon the completion of 50 credit
hours. Individual programs may have G.P. A .a n d
completed credit requirements that are higher than
those listed above.
23
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 24
Sanctions
Any student who fails to achieve any of the
requirements outlined above will be subject to one
of the following sanctions:
Probation
Probation serves as an official warning of deficiency. Students on probation may register for courses
in the usual fashion. However, students on probation who have completed 30 or fewer credits, must
attend and successfully complete an Advanced
Learning Seminar. This seminar provides students
support and strategies to assist them in correcting
their deficiencies. Normally students are not
permitted to appeal probationary status. However,
students who failed to achieve the completed
credits requirement for documented medical
reasons may appeal a probation decision.
deficiency(ies).However, students who are deficient
after a total of three semesters on probation, or two
semesters after the freshman year, will be suspended
or dismissed. Any student who has a G.P. A .b e l ow
1.2 after two semesters will be dismissed.
Suspended and dismissed students (see above
paragraph on probation) may appeal their sanction
to the Academic Appeals Committee, consisting of a
representative of Academic Affairs, school deans and
two students appointed by the student government
president. The Appeals Committee may change a
suspension or a dismissal to a lesser sanction.
All notifications of decisions and meeting times
of the Deficiency and Appeals Committees will be
sent to the permanent address of affected students
by Federal Express or first class mail (probation
notices only). It is the responsibility of students to
be sure they can be contacted and, if necessary,
respond promptly to committee notices.
Suspension
Students who have serious or repeated deficiencies
are subject to suspension. Suspended students must
leave Quinnipiac for a period of one semester.
Suspended students are encouraged to use the
period of suspension to improve their academic
skills. However, no credit will be given for summer
courses or courses taken elsewhere during the
suspension period. Upon application, suspended
students will be readmitted to Quinnipiac after
the completion of the suspension period.
Dismissal
Students with serious or repeated academic
deficiencies are subject to dismissal from
Quinnipiac. After a period of at least one year,
dismissed students who have demonstrated
academic achievement elsewhere may file a new
application for admission to Quinnipiac.
Procedures
Decisions regarding probation,suspension and dismissal are made by the Academic Deficiency Review
Committee (Deficiency Committee). The Deficiency
Committee is composed of four faculty members
(appointed by the deans of the academic schools)
and the registrar, who serves on an ex-officio basis.
Normally students are put on probation after their
first deficient semester. Individual students may be
continued on probation for subsequent semesters if
they make progress in addressing their
24
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 25
Course and Credit Requirements
Each course is measured in semester hours. Each
semester hour normally requires satisfactory completion of a 50-minute class period, or its equivalent, per week for a semester. The usual load is five
courses. A student with a superior academic record
may secure permission to take more than the normal course load. Conversely, a student who enters
with deficiencies may be allowed to take only three
or four courses.
Regular class attendance is expected. A student
whose attendance is unsatisfactory may be forced
to withdraw from a course at the discretion of the
instructor and consistent with Quinnipiac’s withdrawal policy.
So far as is practicable, final examinations are
regarded as part of the regular work for undergraduate courses.
In courses for which a final examination would
serve no useful purpose, a term essay or personal
conference, problem-solving exercise, or other
assignment may be substituted; work on the substitute exercise may take place during the final
examination period.
Faculty members may exempt from the final
examination students whose work is of high quality. Conditions governing exemptions are determined by the faculty of the school concerned.
Repeat of Courses with
Grade of F, D or CA student who fails a required course must repeat
that course. When the student earns a passing
grade for the failed course, that grade and those
credit hours will be calculated in the student’s
cumulative average.The student’s transcript will
continue to display the failed course as part of the
student’s complete academic record. A student
who fails an elective course may repeat that course
to earn a passing grade.The passing grade and
credit hours will become part of the student’s
cumulative GPA; the record of the failing grade
will remain on the transcript.
Though the D grade normally is a passing
grade, it is the prerogative of each department to
set higher grade requirements in certain major
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
courses. When such departmental requirements
exist, students are so informed by their respective
departments.
Courses with C- or D grades may be repeated
only if the course is a foundation for further study
or meets a specific graduation requirement. If a Cor D grade is repeated, no semester hours are
added, but the most recent grade in the course
applies.
Permission to Study at
Another Institution
Once students have matriculated at Quinnipiac,
they are limited to two courses at other universities
or colleges. A course taken for credit elsewhere
must be pre-approved based on a course
description provided by the students. Students
must take their final 45 hours at Quinnipiac and
only courses with grades of “C” or better are
accepted for transfer. Students who study abroad
during the summer or winter intersession are
exempted from the two-course limitation.
Leaves of Absence
Leaves of absence may be arranged for one or two
semesters through the registrar, subject to departmental approval. After the leave of absence expires,
the student receives automatic readmission. If
requirements for graduation are changed after a
student is first admitted to Quinnipiac, the student
can choose to follow either the former or the new
requirements.Medical leaves must be documented.
During the leave of absence, Quinnipiac retains the
student’s deposit until completion or withdrawal.
Military Leaves
Students in the military reserves who are enrolled
during the semester they are called to active duty,
are offered the following options:
1. Withdrawing from courses with a full tuition
refund or credit, in accordance with institutional
and federal government guidelines.
25
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 26
2. If a student has completed at least 50 percent
of the course work and upon recommendation
of his/her dean, the student may elect to take
incompletes and make special arrangement for
course completion with individual instructors.
Students needing to take a military leave should
contact the Office of Academic Affairs.
Withdrawal
Students wishing to withdraw should meet with
their academic adviser or a college counselor to
explore the alternatives open to them. If withdrawal is a student ’s final decision, the student should
meet with the dean of his or her school.
Honorable release is granted when all financial
obligations to Quinnipiac University have been met.
The refund policy is available in the bursar’s office.
A student receiving aid for education from the
Veterans Administration must consult with the
registrar and comply with Veterans Administration
regulations. A student holding a Stafford Loan or
Nursing Student Loan must have an interview in
the financial aid office to ensure a clear understanding of repayment obligations. For details, see
www.quinnipiac.edu/services/bursar.asp.
Readmission
Students who are not on an official leave of
absence and who wish to return to Quinnipiac
University must apply for readmission through the
admissions office. Official transcripts of any colleges attended while the student has been away
from Quinnipiac must be provided.The admissions office, the academic affairs office and the student affairs office will determine the student’s eligibility for readmission.
26
Student Records Policy
The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
(FERPA) affords students certain rights with
respect to their education records.They are:
1. The right to inspect and review the student’s
education records within 45 days of the day
Quinnipiac University receives a request for
access. Students should submit to the registrar,
dean, head of academic department, or other
appropriate official, written requests that identify
the record(s) they wish to inspect. A Quinnipiac
official will make arrangements for access and
notify the student of the time and place where
the records may be inspected. If the records are
not maintained by the Quinnipiac official to
whom the request was submitted, that official
shall advise the student of the correct official to
whom the request should be addressed.
2. The right to request the amendment of the student’s education record that he or she believes to
be inaccurate or misleading. They should write to
the Quinnipiac official responsible for the record,
clearly identify the part of the record they want
changed, and specify why it is inaccurate or misleading. If Quinnipiac decides not to amend the
record as requested by the student, the student
will be notified of the decision and advised of the
right to a hearing regarding the request for
amendment. Additional information regarding
the hearing procedures will be provided to the
student when notified of the right to a hearing.
3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally
identifiable information contained in the student’s
education records, except to the extent that
FERPA authorizes disclosure without consent.
One exception that permits disclosure without
consent is disclosure to school officials with legitimate educational interests. A school official is a
person employed by Quinnipiac University in an
administrative, supervisory, academic or research, or
support staff position (including law enforcement
unit personnel and health staff ); a person or company with whom Quinnipiac has contracted (such
as an attorney, auditor, or collection agent); a person
serving on the Board of Trustees; or a student serving on an official committee, such as disciplinary or
grievance committee, or assisting another school
official in performing his or her tasks.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 27
A school official has a legitimate educational
interest if the official needs to review an educational record in order to fulfill his or her professional responsibility.
Public Notice Designating Director y
Information
Quinnipiac University designates the following
information as public or “Directory Information”
under FERPA, that is, information that can be
made available to the general public by
Quinnipiac without the student ’s prior consent:
Name
Address
Telephone number
E-mail address
Date and place of birth
Secondary school
Hometown or city at the time
School or college
Major field of study
Degree sought
Weight and height of athletic team members
Expected date of completion of degree
requirements and graduation
Degrees and awards received
Dates of attendance
Full- or part-time enrollment status
Previous educational agency application for
admission filed or institution attended
Participation in officially recognized activities
and sports
Name and address of parent or guardian
Photo images from ID cards
A student may refuse to permit the designation as “Directory Information” of any or all of
the personally identifiable information listed
above, except to school officials with legitimate
educational interests and others as indicated. To
do so, a student must make the request in writing to the Office of the Registrar by 5 p.m. on
Friday of the first week of classes of the semester. Once filed, this request becomes a permanent part of the student’s record until the student instructs Quinnipiac University, in writing,
to have the request removed.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
4. The right to file a complaint with the U.S.
Department of Education concerning alleged
failures by Quinnipiac University to comply with
the requirements of FERPA. The name and
address of the office that administers FERPA are:
Family Policy Compliance Office
U.S. Department of Education
600 Independence Avenue, SW
Washington, DC 20202-4605
Academic Honors
Deans’ List
Students who excel in scholarship by earning a
grade point average of at least 3.0 with no grade
lower than C are recognized by being placed on
the Deans’ List. Full-time students must complete
at least 14 semester hours in a semester, with at
least 12 hours that have been graded on a letter (C
through A) grade basis, to be eligible. Part-time
students must complete at least 6 semester hours
during one semester.
Degrees with Honors
Graduate students who have demonstrated superior scholarship and who have attained a grade point
average of 3.85 receive degrees with distinction.
Undergraduate students who have demonstrated
superior scholarship and have attended Quinnipiac
for at least 60 hours (bachelor’s degree) or 30 hours
(associate’s degree) immediately prior to graduation will receive degrees with honors. Designation
is based on grade point averages as follows:
Bachelor’s Degree
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
3.75–4.00
3.50–3.74
3.25–3.49
Associate’s Degree
Highest Honors
High Honors
Honors
3.75–4.00
3.50–3.74
3.25–3.49
27
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 28
Academic Awards
Alumni Association Academic Achievement
Awards
At graduation, the Alumni Association presents an
award to the honors student from each of the
undergraduate schools who has attained the highest scholastic standing in his or her school and
who has completed 90 hours at Quinnipiac.These
awards are made possible by the Alumni Association National Board of Governors.
The Alumni Award for Holistic Nursing
Practice
This award recognizes clinical excellence and
exceptional potential in the discipline of nursing. It
is presented to the senior nursing student who has
demonstrated a strong commitment to the unity of
body, mind,emotion and spirit in the delivery of
health care.The award is supported by The Quinnipiac University Nursing Alumni Fund which was
established by the Class of 1998.
The Alumni Chair Award
A chair is presented to the graduating senior who
has done the most to foster student alumni relations at Quinnipiac.This award is made possible
by the Alumni Association Board of Governors.
Alpha Delta Sigma Society
The Alpha Delta Sigma Society is a national
honor society recognizing scholastic achievement
in advertising studies. It is sponsored by the American Advertising Federation (AAF) to encourage
scholarship among students of advertising in United States colleges and universities in which there
are active AAF college chapters.
Alpha Mu Alpha
Sponsored by the American Marketing Associa tion, this National Marketing Honorary Award is
given to graduating seniors who are in the top 10
percent of the seniors in marketing.
Christopher Becker Memorial Prize in
History
This award is given to the history major with the
highest cumulative average.
28
Mitchell Berkun Prize in Psychology
This prize is awarded to the student who shows
the most promise in research.
The Cardinal Joseph Bernardin
Distinguished Service Award
This award recognizes a graduating senior who has
contributed significantly to the spiritual, religious
and moral welfare of the Catholic community at
Quinnipiac.
Beta Beta Beta
Faculty and students comprising the membership
of the local chapter of the biological honor society
Beta Beta Beta annually award an official society
key and scroll to the graduating senior majoring in
the biological sciences who has attained the highest academic standing in his or her major field and
in overall program.
Beta Gamma Sigma
Beta Gamma Sigma is the National Business
Honor Society. Only Schools of Business that are
accredited by the Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB) may have a
chapter of this society. Membership is by invitation
only and invitees must meet one of the following
requirements: (a) a junior with a minimum G.P.A.
of 3.7 and in the top five percent of the junior
class, (b) a senior with a minimum G.P.A. of 3.5
and in the top ten percent of the senior class or (c)
a graduating MBA student with a minimum
G.P.A. of 3.5.
The BRAMS Scholar Award
The BRAMS Scholar Award is presented annually
to a graduating Quinnipiac senior who is part of
the Quinnipiac University/Betsy Ross Arts Magnet School Partnership. Award recipients are
selected based on academic achievement.
Connecticut Society for Respiratory Care
Award
An award is presented annually by the State
Respiratory Care Society to a senior in the
respiratory care program for academic achievement
in didactic classes and clinical excellence in
hospital rotations.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 29
Economics Department Student
Achievement Award
This award is given each year to the senior majoring in economics who has shown outstanding academic achievement and contributed significantly to
the department.
The Faculty Prize for Excellence in
International Business
An engraved award is presented to the graduating
senior in international business exhibiting outstanding scholarship, independent creativity, and
extracurricular activity directly related to international business.
Albert H.Jente Memorial Prize
A silver key in memory of Albert H. Jente, former
treasurer of Quinnipiac, is awarded annually to a
member of the sophomore class who has done the
most for his or her class through loyalty, cooperation and teamwork.
Olive Kennedy Memorial Scholarship
The award, which is made to part-time undergraduate women, was established by Olive Kennedy’s
family and friends in recognition of the valuable
assistance she lent as a counselor to adult students.
Lambda Epsilon Chi Award
This award is given to the senior mathematics
major with the highest G.P.A. in mathematics.
The Quinnipiac chapter of the paralegal/legal
assistant honor society presents this award to graduating seniors, majoring in legal studies, who have
shown outstanding academic achievement.
Richard K. Gershon,M.D., Memorial
Scholarship
The Eugene R. Lattanzi Award for
Expertise in Marketing
James Fickes Mathematics Award
The scholarship was established in 1986 in memory of Dr. Gershon, professor of immunology, biology and pathology at the Howard Hughes Medical
Institute.The fund was established by his wife for
graduate students enrolled in health sciences, public health and microbiology.
Joan Phillips Gordon Prize in Sociolog y
This book award, in honor of Joan Phillips Gordon, former chair of the department, is presented
annually to a senior in sociology, social services,
criminal justice or ger ontology who demonstrates
outstanding academic and leadership qualities.
Human Resource Management Award
A year’s membership in the American Society for
Personnel Administration and an engraved award is
given to a senior majoring in human resource management, for outstanding performance in organizing
and facilitating the development of work groups and
projects related to personal and career development.
International Business Award
This award is presented to a student who has
demonstrated academic excellence and professional
qualities in international business.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
The award is named in honor of Eugene R.
Lattanzi, who graduated from Quinnipiac in 1964
with a degree in business administration and a
concentration in marketing. He served as a
manager of the New England Group Pension
Office for Cigna Corporation until his untimely
death in 1978. The award is presented to a
graduating senior.
Legal Studies Book Award
This award is given annually to the senior legal
studies student with the highest overall cumulative
grade point average who has demonstrated exceptional ability in the discipline.
Robert G. Leonard Award
The Quinnipiac Sigma Xi Chapter sponsors this
annual award for excellence in research by outstanding undergraduate and graduate students in
science, mathematics and computers.The recipients receive an award and certificates in recognition of their achievements.
Mallinckrodt Award
This award is presented annually to a graduating
senior majoring in diagnostic imaging who has
exhibited outstanding achievement in the academic
and clinical settings.
29
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 30
Ronald Marangell Memorial Prize for
Excellence in Accounting
Outstanding Community Service Award—
Junior
A plaque and an award are given annually to the
outstanding accounting student in memory of Ronald
Marangell, a former Quinnipiac accounting student.
This award is given to a student in the junior
class who has a C+ average or better, and has
participated in unpaid service to the community
beyond Quinnipiac University.
School of Communications Faculty Award
This award recognizes distinguished creative
achievement in film and video.
Master of Health Science Award
The Master of Health Science Award was established by Mr. Beryl Weinstein, a leader in the field
of laboratory science in Connecticut. The award
recognizes achievement by graduate students in the
medical laboratory sciences.
Occupational Therapy Leadership
This award is presented from the faculty to a
student who has shown outstanding leadership in
academic work, laboratory performance and
initiatives within the department.
Occupational Therapy Outstanding
Community Contribution
This award recognizes distinguished service in
the field of occupational therapy within the
Quinnipiac community and the greater communit y
of occupational therapy within the state or nation.
Occupational Therapy Student
Achievement Award
Outstanding Freshman Award
This award is given to the student who has a 2.75
G.P.A. or better, is involved in one activity and has
demonstrated interest in others.
Outstanding Sophomore Award
This award is given to the student who has a 3.0
G.P.A. or better and is invol ved in a variety of
activities, with a clear ly demonstrated leadership
role in at least one activity.
Outstanding Junior Award
This award is given to the student who has a 3.0
G.P.A. or better and is involved in a variety of
activities, with a clear ly demonstrated leadership
role in one activity and whose strength of character
has affected the Quinnipiac community.
Outstanding Senior Award
This award is given in recognition of a senior who
has a 3.0 G.P.A. or better for service, dedication
and contribution to Quinnipiac throughout his or
her four years.
The Department of Occupational Therapy
presents an award to a graduating senior who has
exhibited outstanding scholarship in academics
and fieldwork and who has contributed significantly to the program and Quinnipiac.
Outstanding Student Affairs Leadership Award
Outstanding Community Service Award—
Freshman
The R. Gordon Pauluccy Graduation Prize
in Psychology
This award is given to students who have
demonstrated outstanding leadership qualities, a
cooperative attitude and a commitment to
improving the quality of life at Quinnipiac.
This award is given to a student in the freshman
class who has a C+ average or better, and has
participated in unpaid service to the community
beyond Quinnipiac University.
The Pauluccy family established this endowed
fund for an award to be made annually to the sen ior majoring in psychology who has the highest
overall grade point average.
Outstanding Community Service Award—
Sophomore
H. Pearce Family Community Leadership
Award
This award is given to a student in the sophomore
class who has a C+ average or better, and has participated in unpaid service to the community
beyond Quinnipiac University.
30
This award is given to a senior undergraduate who
has best exemplified the spirit of volunteer
community service during his or her years at
Quinnipiac University.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 31
Political Science Best Senior Thesis Award
The political science faculty has established this
award to recognize graduating senior students in
political science who have submitted outstanding,
as well as original, theses.
Political Science Outstanding Senior Award
This award recognizes a senior student in political
science who has shown high academic
achievement, made significant contributions to
campus life, and/or has shown excellent leadership
qualities on campus.
President’s Prize for Scholarship
This award by the president of Quinnipiac
University goes to the honor student who has
attained the highest scholastic standing in his or
her graduating class and who has completed 90
hours at Quinnipiac.
Alice B.Remail Memorial Award
The William B. Shaffer Jr. Award for
Excellence in Cardiovascular Perfusion
In memory of William B. Shaffer Jr., chief of
cardiovascular perfusion at Yale-New Haven
Hospital and strong proponent of perfusion
education, this award is presented to the
cardiovascular perfusion student who has exhibited
academic excellence, high moral character and
excellence in the development of clinical skills.The
award is supported by Cobe Cardiovascular, Inc.
Charles H. Stanbon Prize for Excellence in
Marketing
In memory of Professor Charles H. Stanbon,
innovator of a comprehensive marketing program
at Quinnipiac, an engraved gift is presented to
the graduating senior exhibiting outstanding
scholarship, independent creativity, and
involvement in extracurricular activities directl y
relating to marketing.
The English department established this award in
memory of one of its distinguished members.The
Alice B. Remail Memorial Award is made to the
graduating senior with the highest academic record
in English.
Cynthia A.Reynolds Clinical Laboratory
Science Award
An annual award in memory of Cynthia A.
Reynolds, assistant professor of medical
technology from 1976 to 1982, is presented to a
clinical laboratory science senior who has exhibited
outstanding achievement in the academic and
clinical settings.
Edward J. Scannell Prize
The Scannell family established this endowed
prize fund in memory of former trustee, Edward J.
Scannell. Two prizes are awarded to graduating
seniors enrolled in the School of Business who are
elected to “Who’s Who at American Universities
and Colleges.”
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
31
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 32
Alfred P. Stiernotte Memorial Prize
Philip Troup Achievement Prize
An annual award is made to the student who has
distinguished him or herself in the study of
philosophy.
In memory of Judge Philip Troup, first president
of Quinnipiac, a gold key is awarded to a
graduating senior who has contributed most to the
welfare of Quinnipiac through strength of
character and qualities of leadership.
Student Involvement Award
An award to an outstanding student is presented
by Student Government.
Orville J. Sweeting Memorial Chemistry
Award
In memory of Orville J. Sweeting, former professor
of chemistry and Quinnipiac provost, an engraved
plaque is presented to the senior(s) who have
exhibited outstanding achievement in both the
academic and senior research settings in chemistr y.
Mark F. Tantorski Memorial Award
In memory of Mark F. Tantorski, a 1980 graduate
of the physical therapy program, an award is made
to a senior majoring in physical therapy who has
exhibited academic excellence, high moral
character and leadership qualities and, through
extracurricular activities in the area of physical
therapy, has added to his or her professional
growth.
The Benjamin & Juliette Trewin Award for
Academic Excellence in Nursing
This award recognizes academic excellence and
exceptional potential in the discipline of nursing. It
is presented to the senior nursing student with the
highest overall grade point average. The award is
supported by the Benjamin and Juliette Trewin
Memorial Endowed Fund, which was established
for the nursing program by Estelle Trewin Beecher
in memory of her parents.
The Benjamin & Juliette Trewin Award for
Professional Leadership in Nursing
This award recognizes outstanding leadership and
exceptional potential in the discipline of nursing. It
is presented to the senior nursing student who has
made significant contributions to the nursing
program and the greater community of nursing.
The award is supported by the Benjamin and
Juliette Trewin Memorial Endowed Fund, which
was established for the nursing program by Estelle
Trewin Beecher in memory of her parents.
32
Willis O. Underwood Award
This award is presented to a student who is
graduating from the health management program
who has contributed significantly to the
advancement of the program and Quinnipiac, as
well as to the profession.
Wall Street Journal Award
This award is presented to a student for
achievement in finance.
West Educational Publishing Paralegal
Student Award
This annual award is given to two legal studies
students who have demonstrated outstanding
achievement and professional growth.
Who’s Who Among Students in American
Universities and Colleges
This prestigious award is given to graduating
seniors who have shown outstanding abilities in
scholarship and leadership.
Morris Woskow Award for Special
Achievement in Liberal Arts
This award is given to the senior graduate in the
College of Liberal Arts who has a record of
exceptional achievement in the face of adversity.
Wyckoff Moore Family Memorial
Scholarship
The fund was established in memory of members
of the Wyckoff Moore family. The award is given
to a continuing education student who has
achieved senior status, completed 30 credit hours
and earned a G.P.A. of 3.5.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:08 AM
Page 33
Other Academic Opportunities
School of Law
On March 18, 1992, the University of Bridgeport
School of Law merged with Quinnipiac College to
become the Quinnipiac College School of Law.
The following August, the American Bar Association (ABA) granted provisional approval to the
Law School, which, as of January 2003, is one of
only 186 ABA accredited law schools in the country. In August 1995, the ABA granted full
approval, and the law school moved to a 122,000
square foot state-of-the art facility on the Hamden
campus.The school became Quinnipiac University
School of Law on July 1, 2000.
The School of Law offers programs of day and
evening courses leading to the J.D. degree.
A full complement of student organizations
exists at the law school, including a nationally
honored Student Bar Association. In the tradition
of American law schools, the School of Law sponsors student-edited scholarly journals, the Quinnipiac Law Review, the Quinnipiac Health Law
Journal and the Connecticut Probate Law Journal,
which contribute both to student education and to
legal scholarship. The law school also is host to
two legal fraternities, Phi Alpha Delta and Phi
Delta Phi. To contribute to the development of
advocacy skills, the law school has a Moot Court
Society and a Mock Trial Team. The law school
also has a number of law associations such as the
Black Law Students Association, the Women’s
Law Society, the Latin American Law Association,
the Environmental Law Society, the Grotius
Society of International Law, and the Sports and
Entertainment Law Societ y.
The School of Law also has several clinics and
extern programs through which students and faculty do pro bono work in the community. In
November 1992, a then Quinnipiac College
School of Law professor argued the first case
before the United States Supreme Court that ever
had been prepared by a student tax clinic.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
PreLaw
Students interested in attending law school must
have a B.A. or B.S. degree and have taken the Law
School Admission Test. No single prelaw course of
study is required or recommended. Several broad
objectives of prelegal education, however, have
been set forth by the Association of American Law
Schools.
Students should take a range of courses that
will provide them with the fundamental skills and
understanding of language; the ability to think and
write clearly, analytically and independently; and
insight into human institutions and values, including an appreciation of social, political and economic foundations and complexities.
Toward this end, every prelaw student should
carefully choose, with the aid of appropriate advisers, courses that sharpen the skills and sensitivities
listed. Students should select a major that emphasizes the areas mentioned above.Those interested
in entering the School of Law should join the
prelaw society to learn more about the LSAT,
preparatory courses, admission and financial aid.
For additional information, students should
consult with Quinnipiac ’s prelaw academic adviser,
John Lear y, at (203) 582-8304.
Pre-Health Profession Studies in Medicine
and Dental and Veterinary Science
The first two years of the program consist of a
strong science and liberal arts curriculum similar to
other health sciences programs at Quinnipiac University. The second two years include advanced science courses that enhance qualifications for professional schools and allow time to take science and
liberal arts electives specified by individual graduate programs. General requirements for most med ical, osteopathic and dental schools are met by the
Quinnipiac curriculum, and specific requirements
are satisfied by choosing courses with guidance
from the pre-health professions studies advisers.
Curricula to meet entrance requirements for programs in such fields as chiropractic, optometry and
podiatry are available. Examinations for admission
to professional schools such as the Medical College Admissions Test (MCAT) and the Dental
Admissions Test (DAT) normally are given in the
spring of the junior year. Internal transfers to biology pre-health professions will require a minimum
G.P.A., based on the area of study described in the
33
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:09 AM
Page 34
program manual. Copies of the manual are available from pre-health professions advisers.The
variant procedure can be used by the department
chair to address any exceptions or problems.
Freshman Honors Program
During summer, winter and spring vacations,
Quinnipiac offers field studies trips for credit to
sites in the United States and abroad. Field studies
trips, to carefully selected locations, are designed to
take advantage of the unique educational opportunities made possible by direct contact with other
cultures. Pre-trip orientation and on-site instruction are provided by the faculty.
Deans’ Scholars and other students demonstrating
outstanding academic success in high school and
the prospect of excelling in college are invited by
the academic deans to participate in the Freshman
Honors Program. Led by a knowledgeable and
innovative member of the faculty, students in the
program have the opportunity, for credit, to explore
the artistic, cultural,intellectual,commercial and
scientific resources of the Greater New Haven Area
and the southern New England region. Those
students interested in continuing the honors experience are able to do so during their sophomore year
if they meet a minimum grade point average.
Washington Semester Programs
Office of Multicultural Advancement
Field Studies
Washington Semester Programs are multi-disciplinary, experiential learning programs bringing students from around the nation and the world to
semester-length internships, research projects and
seminars in the national capitol. Quinnipiac is
affiliated with two organizations, each with somewhat different programs and costs.These organizations are American University and the Washington Center. All programs offer modules that focus
on students’ particular areas of interest, such as
American politics, economic policy, journalism,
international development and the arts.Occasionally students have the opportunity for inter-term
and summer programs.
To be eligible, Quinnipiac students must have a
minimum grade point average of 2.5. Students
must pay full-time Quinnipiac tuition for the
semester in Washington. An additional fee (based
on the cost difference between Quinnipiac tuition
and the program sponsor’s fee) is assessed each student who selects a Washington Semester program
whose costs exceed Quinnipiac’s tuition. Students
receiving financial aid at Quinnipiac may apply
their aid to the Washington Semester; this includes
federal aid, state grants, and college grants and
scholarships. Additional scholarships from the affiliated programs or other sources may also be applied
to tuition or housing costs. For details about the
three programs and application deadlines, please
contact Professor Scott McLean in the Department
of Political Science, at (203) 582-8686. These programs are not limited to political science majors.
34
Quinnipiac University recognizes the benefits of
cultural diversity for everyone in the campus community. The Office of Multicultural Advancement
is designed to provide leadership for all campus
constituencies to plan and implement programs
and practices which reflect and incorporate the
richness of our societ y’s diversity throughout the
university–from recruitment and retention, to the
classroom, to campus activities.The office also
offers a variety of formal and informal opportunities for students, faculty, administrators and staff to
explore the complexity of cultural perspectives that
influence life-long educational, social and professional interactions and pursuits.The Office of
Multicultural Advancement strives to direct the
enhancement of an educational climate that promotes the understanding of the benefits of diversity in and out of the classroom and in the communities around us.
International Education
Quinnipiac University is committed to preparing
students for the 21st century. An integral part of that
preparation includes providing opportunities for
international education through study and internships in foreign countries or having international
professors teach all or a part of a course offered at
Quinnipiac. Details regarding application to any of
the programs and places of study or work are available from the Office of International Education.
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:09 AM
Page 35
Study Abroad Programs—General
Quinnipiac University currently has six bilateral
agreements with international university partners
(see below) and more are pending. Students are
encouraged to study at one of these partner institutions or at any program of study of which Quinnipiac is an affiliate (some examples are: AIFS,
Australearn, Beaver, Boston, Butler, Syracuse, etc.).
Students are advised to plan ear ly for study abroad
and most spend either the second semester of the
sophomore year abroad or one or both of the two
semesters of junior year.
To be eligible, students must have a minimum
grade point average of 3.0. Students must maintain
full-time status by paying full tuition to
Quinnipiac for the semester abroad. An additional
fee (based on the cost difference between
Quinnipiac tuition and the program sponsor’s
tuition) is assessed each student choosing a study
abroad program whose cost exceeds Quinnipiac’s
tuition. Students who receive financial aid at
Quinnipiac may apply their aid to study abroad;
this includes federal aid, state grants, and college
grants and scholarships.
Quinnipiac faculty also lead short study abroad
courses to various countries during the January and
summer breaks. Details are available from the
Office of International Education.
Minor in Latin American Studies
Quinnipiac’s new interdisciplinary minor in Latin
American Studies combines the study of Latin
America’s vital and diverse business, cultural,
economic, health, media and political
environments as part of an interdisciplinary course
of studies. University faculty and guest lecturers
from many disciplines offer course work and share
their scholarly passion about Latin America with
Quinnipiac students. Latin America is poised to
become one of the most important regions for the
United States in the 21st century. Students
minoring in Latin American Studies are required
to take one cornerstone course, one capstone
course, and four elective courses selected from a list
of more than 10 courses, including an internship.
The program offers two tracks—one emphasizing
Spanish and another emphasizing study abroad.
Director: Professor Mario Norbis (203) 582-8309
A C A D EM I C I N F O R M A T I O N
Quinnipiac University in Ireland
Quinnipiac University offers a semester-long
program of study in Ireland, based in southwestern
Ireland, in Tralee County, Kerry. Students will be
able to choose from a variety of classes taught by
both Quinnipiac and Irish faculty, and will study
in a curriculum that integrates the local area—
archaeological sites, business venues, etc.—into
the classroom. For additional information, contact
Robert Smart, associate professor of English
(203) 582-3325.
Study Abroad Programs—
Partner Institutions
Quinnipiac—Ecole Supérieure de Commerce de
Rennes (France)
This French graduate school of business offers an
entire curriculum taught in English. Qualified
juniors in the Quinnipiac School of Business may
apply to spend a semester or a year at Rennes and
transfer their credits back to Quinnipiac.
35
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:09 AM
Page 36
Bioanthropology Research Institute
Quinnipiac’s Bioanthropology Research Institute,
administered through the Department of
Cardiopulmonary Sciences and Diagnostic
Imaging, provides research opportunities for
students and faculty in a variety of disciplines.
Research projects, field experiences and
international course work provide unique
opportunities to experience current and ancient
cultures. Research projects often lead to
publications and presentations at professional
conferences.The field of bioanthropology naturally
crosses many disciplines, including both science
and arts.The Bioanthropology Research Institute
has formal relationships with international research
groups such as Centro Mallqui in Peru as well as
with many well-known domestic and international
museums.
Students should contact the cardiopulmonar y
department for more information.
Quinnipiac—La Universidad de Costa Rica
(San José)
This university, which offers courses in all the
disciplines taught at Quinnipiac, has experienced a
century and a half of productive growth and offers
undergraduate, graduate and research programs.
All courses are taught in Spanish and are open to
Quinnipiac students of all disciplines.
Quinnipiac—Universidad de la Republica
Oriental del Uruguay (Montevideo)
All courses are taught in Spanish and are open to
Quinnipiac students of all disciplines.
Quinnipiac—Medical Academy of Latvia (Riga)
This program is designed to provide Quinnipiac
students in the School of Health Sciences with
opportunities to experience the medical field of
rehabilitation in Latvia. Quinnipiac faculty members
accompany students to Riga on short courses taught
by Quinnipiac and Latvian professors.
Quinnipiac University—Beijing Technology and
Business University and the Beijing Broadcasting
Institute (China)
Students wishing to attend these universities may
spend a semester studying the Chinese language,
economics and sociology and may also opt for
internships with international companies operating
in Beijing.
36
The Learning Center
The Learning Center assists students in reaching
their academic potential by offering various means
of academic support.The center is located in Tator
Hall, room 119.
Nationally certified, our peer tutor program
offers individual peer tutoring in nearly all 100level courses, many 200- and 300-level courses and
supports many of our graduate degree programs.
Tutoring is content-specific and addresses both
entry-level and advanced courses such as
mathematics, writing, science and many other
specialized subject areas.
Content is only one aspect of the educational
experience. The Learning Center also offers
learning skills seminars, weekly meetings that
address specific skills interactively. In addition, classspecific workshops and individual meetings all help
students achieve their academic potential. Working
with students to identify the strengths and
weaknesses they bring to the university experience,
the Learning Center staff helps students develop
skills and strategies that contribute to their success
at Quinnipiac, the better to be prepared for their
career.
The Learning Center staff also coordinates
the Advanced Learning Seminar. This seminar,
meeting weekly, is open to students on academic
probation who meet specific criteria.Through
1 front layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:09 AM
Page 37
assessment and subsequent individual action plans,
students work toward specific academic goals that
reinforce their success in the university
environment.
The Learning Center recognizes that people
learn differently. Following the guidance of
ADA/504, our coordinator of Learning Services
meets individually with students who disclose a
disability, assisting them to meet the academic
challenges they face.
The Learning Center offers a venue for
academic support. Staffed by helpful professionals,
equipped with appropriate technology and texts,
the Learning Center is an important facet of a
successful student’s experience at Quinnipiac. For
more information, contact the director of the
Learning Center.
Computer Services
The Arnold Bernhard Library computer lab is
open to students each day of the academic year.
More than 100 computers are available throughout
the library for student use. Student assistants are
trained at all times to resolve problems that may
arise.The Arnold Bernhard Library also contains
the Media Services Center, which hosts computer
scanning services, analog and digital video editing
stations, graphic design support and work areas for
utilizing multimedia materials.The Arnold
Bernhard Library also provides hundreds of
network connection points for laptop computers,
and wireless access throughout. Our state-of-theart equipment, staffing and extensive hours of
availability offer students an ideal setting for
computer-related assignments.
Twelve classroom computer labs in the Lender
School of Business, the Ed McMahon Mass
Communications Center, Tator Hall and the
Arnold Bernhard Library support courses in a
broad range of disciplines. These specialized
classroom labs are equipped with a variety of
software, including statistics, database
management, graphics, desktop publishing,
simulations, expert systems and digital editing.
In all, there are more than 350 computers across
campus for classroom use.
37
1 front layout.revproof
38
7/21/03
10:09 AM
Page 38
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 39
COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS
Department and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Advising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Degrees in Liberal Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43
Department of Computer Science and Interactive Digital Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
Department of English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46
Department of Fine Arts, Languages and Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Department of History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Department of Legal Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
Department of Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Department of Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .54
Department of Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .55
Department of Sociolog y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57
Interdisciplinary Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
39
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 40
College of Liberal Arts
Central Office of the College
Robert W. Evans College of Liberal Arts Center
(203) 582-8730
Administrative Officers
Dean of the College
Associate Dean of the College
Dean, Division of Education
Director of Liberal Arts
Cultural Programming
Hans Bergmann
Jean Blue
Cynthia Dubea
David Valone
Office
CLA 1 Rm. 206
CLA 3 Rm. 210
CLA 3 Rm. 112
CLA 3 Rm. 307
Phone
582-8730
582-8951
582-8702
582-5269
Departments/Programs
Department
Computer Science and
Interactive Digital Design
English
Fine Arts, Languages and Philosophy
History
Legal Studies
Mathematics
Political Science
Psychology
Sociology
Chairperson
Office
Jonathan Blake
Leonard Engel
Luis Arata
Ron Heiferman
Jill E. Martin
Stanley Rothman
Mahmood Monshipouri
Sharlene Walbaum
Lynne G. Hodgson
CLA 1 Rm.322
CLA 1 Rm. 320
CLA 3 Rm. 315
CLA 3 Rm. 314
CLA 1 Rm. 313
CLA 3 Rm. 109
CLA 3 Rm. 313
CLA 1 Rm. 315
CLA 1 Rm. 314
582-8539
582-8556
582-8658
582-8754
582-8712
582-8751
582-3356
582-8223
582-8950
Other Programs
Asian Studies
Criminal Justice
Gerontology
Psychobiology
Pre-Law Advising
Science and Values
Studies in the Law
Women’s Studies
Information and Advising
Ron Heiferman
Lori Sudderth
Lynne G. Hodgson
Joan Bombace
John Leary
Kathy Cooke
Jill Martin
Michele Hoffnung
Office
CLA 3 Rm. 314
CLA 1 Rm. 336
CLA 1 Rm. 314
TH Rm. 219
CLA 1 Rm. 309
CLA 3 Rm. 307
CLA 1 Rm. 313
CLA 1 Rm. 331
Phone
582-8754
582-3387
582-8950
582-8623
582-8304
582-3475
582-8712
582-8703
Graduate Program
Master of Arts in Teaching Elementary
Master of Arts in Teaching
Middle Grades and Secondary
Director
Anne Dichele
Gloria Holmes
CLA 3 Rm. 107
CLA 3 Rm. 105
582-3463
582-3461
40
COLLEGE
Phone
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 41
Mission Statement
At Quinnipiac University, we believe your education must look to the future–your own future and the
future of the society in which you live and work.The College of Liberal Arts is responsible for the Core
Curriculum that makes up 40 percent of your study, and offers 16 majors and a five-year, two-degree
program in teacher training to provide the skills required to be successful in a complex society.
In the College of Liberal Arts, innovative programs emphasize connections between what you are
learning and the world where your efforts will have an impact. Today, more than ever, the basics of a liberal
arts education provide a critical foundation as you acquire the skills of your specialty. Majors in a variety of
fields prepare you for the personal and professional challenges you will experience throughout your life.
The Quinnipiac University liberal arts program challenges you to examine your relationship to a society
increasingly defined by global awareness and a diversity of populations. Our internship programs in
particular allow you to gain work experience and define your values in communities and organizations
outside Quinnipiac.
The College of Liberal Arts offers a first-rate education and preparation for successful careers in a
range of fields. We teach you to think—for yourself and about your world.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A R TS
41
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the College of Liberal Arts, students must meet the admission standards for the
baccalaureate degree programs.
All students are examined upon matriculation
to determine whether they have attained levels of
proficiency in basic mathematics and written communication skills that are adequate for college
work. Students found inadequate in either or both
of these skills will be given special courses in
mathematics or English.
General Requirements: The requirements for the
bachelor of arts degree are qualitative as well as
quantitative. Completion of 120 hours with a
grade point average of C or better is not in itself
sufficient to qualify for graduation. In addition to
the general Quinnipiac requirements, eligibility for
a bachelor of arts degree also requires the satisfactory completion of both liberal arts requirements
and those in a major or field of concentration.
Specific major requirements are noted below under
the individual departmental or area descriptions.
Students should be cautioned that an average of C,
or 2.0, in the student’s major is a minimum
requirement for each major and that some departments may require higher standards as noted.
Core Requirements: The College of Liberal Arts
requires each of its students to pursue a balanced
program of study. Students select, in consultation
with their advisers, courses to satisfy the following
requirements for all B.A. degrees offered by the
College of Liberal Arts:
Area/Courses
Writing Competency
EN 101-102
Math Competency
MA 117
Foreign Language
SP 101-102 FR 101-102
GR 101-102 IT 101-102
JP 101-102 CN 101-102
Specialized Competency
Computer Literacy (CIS 101, CSC 101)
Speech (MC 150)
Advanced math
Advanced language 200 level
Performance Arts (DR 150)
Artistic Tradition
Art, drama, music, film
* must be CC course
42
Credit Hours
6*
3*
6**
3
3
Page 42
Humanistic Tradition
History, literature, philosophy, law
• 2 courses must be CC
• at least 2 disciplines are required
• 1 course must be at the 200 level or higher
Social and Behavioral Sciences
Anthropology, geography
political science, psychology, sociology
• 2 courses must be CC
• at least 2 disciplines are required
• 1 course must be at the 200 level or higher
Laboratory Science
Biology, chemistry or other lab science courses
• both must be CC course
Economic and Managerial Tradition
Two courses from:
EC 101, EC 102, IB 105, MG 333, HS 215,
SO 230 (prerequisite: SO 101 or EC 101)
Advanced Electives for Core Curriculum
Two 200 or 300 level CC courses
outside the major area
Advanced Electives
Three courses outside of the major
for Liberal Arts at the 300 level or higher
12
12
8
6
6
9
*A student may place out of some of these courses. The
requirement has been fulfilled but no credit is given unless the
student fulfills the requirement with AP credits. By graduation,
each student must have completed at least 50 credits of CC
courses.
**A student must complete a language to the 102 level or above.
If a student places out of 101 and 102,the student must take
one other CC course to replace the missing CC credits.If a
student places out of language 101,the student need only take
the 102 language to satisfy the language requirement.The
required specialized competency still has to be fulfilled,in both
situations.
Some courses may be used to satisfy more than
one requirement. For example, a sociology major
could use a 300-le vel English course to satisfy two
requirements—the 200-400 level humanistic tradition and one course in the advanced electives outside of the major.
All candidates for the bachelor of arts degree
are required to complete a minimum of 24 hours
of work in courses numbered 300 or higher, and
nine of these hours must be from outside the candidate’s major department.There is a general
requirement that a minimum of 72 hours must be
taken from outside the student ’s major. Primary
responsibility for knowing and completing all
course requirements rests with the students.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 43
Note: Of the 120 hours required for the bachelor’s
degree, only six hours of liberal arts workshop courses
and/or physical education courses may be applied.
Master’s Degrees
Advising
Psychobiology and computer information systems
and mathematics are offered through interschool
programs. In cooperation with the School of
Health Sciences, a joint baccalaureate program is
offered in psychobiology. In cooperation with the
School of Business, a joint baccalaureate program
is offered in mathematics and computer information systems.
Dual Degrees
The College of Liberal Arts maintains an advising
staff that works with the college dean to advise all
students. Upon entrance to the college, each student works with one member of the faculty to
select course work in accordance with the student’s
interests and the college’s requirements. Although
the primary responsibility for course selection rests
with the student, the adviser maintains a file or
program plan for the student and aids in proper
course selection. Students are not permitted to register without the approval of their advisers.
Note: While plan sheets are maintained by
advisers, the primary responsibility for the completion of all prerequisites for courses is the student’s.
Students who take courses without the proper prerequisites, or who complete the prerequisites after
taking the courses, may lose credit hours toward
their degree requirements. No student may repeat
a course for credit except to remove an F grade or,
under special circumstances, to remove a C- or D
grade in a college requirement, a prerequisite, or a
major (see page 24).
Degrees in Liberal Arts
Baccalaureate Degrees
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
English
Gerontology
History
Independent Majors
Interactive Digital Design
Legal Studies (paralegal)
Mathematics
Mathematics/Computer Information Systems
Political Science
Psychobiology
Psychology
Social Services
Sociology
Spanish
COLLEGE
Master of Arts in Teaching
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
Independent Majors
The College of Liberal Arts offers independent
majors. A student may design a unique major program to fit his or her own individual goals.The
responsibility for the planning of such a program
rests with the student proposing it. A proposal for
an independent major must be submitted to the
dean and must have the approval of a three-member faculty committee, chosen by the student,
which will work with the student to plan the program.The proposal must have the approval of the
dean and faculty screening committee and must
contain suitable justification and a coherent curricular plan. Independent major proposals should be
submitted no later than the first semester of the
junior year.
Five-Year Liberal Arts B.A./M.A.T.
Program in Elementary Education
This two-degree program leading to a Master of
Arts in Teaching degree is designed for any liberal
arts major who maintains an overall undergraduate
G.P.A. of 2.67. Students should make contact with
the elementary education program director as early
as possible for advisement. Students majoring in a
science should seek guidance through the dean of
Health Sciences and the director for elementary
education upon admission into Quinnipiac
University.
Five-Year Liberal Arts B.A./M.A.T.
Program in Middle Grades or Secondary
Education
This two-degree program leading to a Master of
Arts in Teaching degree is designed for Quinnipiac
students who wish to earn Connecticut certification to teach biolog y, chemistry, English,
43
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
history/social studies, mathematics or Spanish on
the middle grades or secondary level. A student
interested in entering this program should contact
the director for middle grades and secondary education as early as possible for advisement.
Students majoring in a science should seek
guidance through the dean of Health Sciences and
the director for middle grades and secondary
education upon admission to Quinnipiac University.
Five-Year Liberal Arts B.A./M.B.A.
Program
This two-degree program leading to a Master of
Business Administration is designed for any liberal
arts major who maintains an overall G.P.A. of 3.0
at Quinnipiac from the end of the junior year, and
who uses a total of four Core Curriculum courses
and three undergraduate electives to satisfy the
undergraduate Business Core (see page 63 for
more information). As an undergraduate, this
student should make ear ly contact with the dean
of liberal arts for specific direction.
Five-Year Gerontology B.A./M.H.A.
Program
To meet the need for well-trained professionals to
manage organizations devoted to serving older
adults, a five-year, two-degree program has been
developed for students interested in majoring in
gerontology at the undergraduate level who also
wish to earn a Master of Health Administration.
In order to qualify for admission into the program,
a student must have an overall G.P.A.of at least
3.0 for at least 75 units at Quinnipiac and a 3.25
in the major. If these standards are met, then the
Graduate Management Admissions Test is not
required for admission to this program.
Students may be accepted into the program at the
end of their sophomore year or during their junior
year. As undergraduates, students will begin taking
graduate courses during their junior and senior
years.The program requires the completion of
150 credits—120 at the undergraduate level and
30 at the graduate level. In order to continue in
the program, the student must maintain an overall
G.P.A. of at least 3.0. Students interested in
this program should contact the director of the
gerontology program.
44
Page 44
Minors
In addition to major programs, a student may
apply to have a minor recorded on his or her
transcript.The College of Liberal Arts offers
minors in the following areas: anthropology, Asian
studies, computer science, criminal justice, English,
French, history, interactive arts, interactive digital
design, mathematics, music, philosophy, political
science, psychology, sociology, Spanish, and theater
studies. Interdisciplinary minors in Asian studies,
international studies, science and values, and
women’s studies also are available (see p. 57).
Liberal arts students may complete a minor in one
of the other schools.Through the selection of a
minor outside Liberal Arts, students can maximize
their career or graduate school opportunities while
still obtaining the benefits of a flexible liberal arts
education. A 2.0 average, or better, is required in
the minor course.
Department of Computer Science
and Interactive Digital Design
B.S. in Computer Science
B.A. in Interactive Digital Design
Technology plays an increasingly important role in
society today. Much of the new economy is based
on advances in computers and communication.
The Department of Computer Science and Interactive Digital Design emphasizes the synthesis of
technological expertise with a traditional liberal
arts education in order to provide students with
the best opportunity for success.
General Information
The Department of Computer Science and Interactive Digital Design offers two majors comprising
four separate areas of concentration. A computer
science degree may be earned in three different
areas including traditional computer science, mathematics and computer science, and Internet studies.The major in interactive digital design provides
students with the opportunity to study digital
design and interactive graphics, emphasizing both
technological proficiency and artistic sensibilities.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Bachelor of Science in Computer
Science
The computer science major in the College of
Liberal Arts offers a foundation of study in
computer science within the framework of a
traditional liberal arts education.The core for the
major consists of 27 credits (eight courses) in
computer science and mathematics. Note: a C- or
better is required for all departmental prerequisites.
CSC 110
CSC 111
CSC 205
CSC 210
CSC 215
CSC 225
MA 229
CSC 310
Programming and Problem Solving
Data Structures and Abstraction
Introduction to Discrete Mathematics
Computer Architecture and Organization
Algorithm Design and Analysis
Introduction to Software Development
Linear Algebra
Operating Systems and Systems Programming
Upon completion of the core in the computer
science major, each student takes 12 credits
(four courses) in one of the following areas of
specialization:
Track 1: Computer Science
CSC 245
Numerical Analysis/Computational Science
CSC 320
Compilers
CSC 325
Database Systems
CSC 340
Networking and Distributed Processing
CSC 345
Computer Graphics
CSC 350
Intelligent Systems
CSC 355
Programming Language Concepts
MA 305
Applied Discrete Mathematics
Track 2: Mathematics
MA 142
Calculus II
MA 241
Calculus III
MA 305
Applied Discrete Mathematics
MA 321
Abstract Algebra
MA 361
Numerical Analysis
MA 371
Math Statistics I
MA 372
Math Statistics II
MA 381
Experimental Design
Track 3: Internet Studies
CSC 240
Multimedia/WWW Writing
CSC 305
Dynamic Web Design
CSC 330
The Internet and the Law
CSC 340
Networking and Distributed Processing
MK 301
Electronic Commerce
MG 320
Internet Entrepreneurship
MG 325
The Internet and Corporate Management
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A R TS
Page 45
Minor in Computer Science
To complete a minor in computer science, a student is required to take a total of six courses (20 or
21 credits, if the student starts in the Spring of
2002 or later), including CSC 110, CSC 111,
either CSC 205 or MA 305, and three additional
courses in computer science at the 200 level or
above, to be approved by the chair of the Department of Computer Science and Interactive Digital
Design.These additional courses include either
CSC 210 or CSC 215 (or both), and at least one
computer science course at the 300 level.The following computer science courses are applicable
toward the minor:
CSC 110
CSC 111
CSC 205
CSC 210
CSC 215
CSC 225
CSC 245
CSC 310
CSC 340
CSC 345
CSC 350
CSC 355
Programming and Problem Solving
Data Structures and Abstraction
Discrete Structures
(or MA 305: Discrete Mathematics)
Computer Architecture and Organization
Algorithm Design and Analysis
Object Oriented Programming
Numerical Analysis/Computational Science
Operating Systems and Systems Programming
Networking and Distributed Processing
Computer Graphics
Intelligent Systems
Programming Languages Concepts
Bachelor of Arts in Interactive
Digital Design
The interactive digital design major provides
students with in-depth hands-on experience in
creating, designing and authoring original
interactive art for CD-ROM, DVD, the World
Wide Web, and desktop presentation.This major
emphasizes artistic creativity, experimentation and
technological competence grounded in a critical
understanding of the arts and related areas of the
humanities.
There are a total of 36 credits in the major, 27
of which comprise a core of nine courses.The
remaining nine credits (three courses) are chosen
from a list of electives.
The core courses (9) in the interactive digital
design major include:
AR 140
IDD/AR 160
IDD/AR 161
IDD 250
Basic Visual Design
Introduction to Computer Art
Digital Imaging on the Computer
Literature and Writing for Interactive Art
(to be created)
45
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
IDD/AR 301 2D Computer Graphics and Animation
IDD/AR 302 3D Computer Graphics and Animation
IDD 315
Scripting for Action and Interactivity
IDD 410
Advanced Interactive Authoring
IDD 480
Senior Seminar and Portfolio
Three electives (at least two at the 300-level or above) are to
be chosen from the following list:
AR 158
Photography I
AR 258
Photography II
IDD 270
Type Design and Production
IDD 401
Advanced 3D Computer Graphics and Animation
IDD 405
Soundscapes (to be created)
IDD 420
Virtual Reality/Alternative Interfaces
IDD 490
Internship
AR/PL 380
Interactive Arts
CSC 110
Programming and Problem Solving
CSC 305
Dynamic Web Design
DR 207
Comparative Drama
Substitutions to this list are permitted with the prior
approval of the student’s adviser and the chair.
Minor in Interactive Digital Design
The minor in IDD provides students with a basic
literacy, understanding and competency for creating,
designing and authoring original interactive art and
design for CD-ROM, DVD, desktop presentation
and for the World Wide Web. A minor may be combined with any major inside or outside the College of
Liberal Arts,complementing majors or minors in
other disciplines on campus. The minor emphasizes
artistic creativity, experimentation and technological
competence grounded in a critical understanding of
the arts and related areas of the humanities.
Minor Core Requirements (15 credits)
AR 140
Basic Visual Design
AR/IDD 250 Literature & Writing for Interactive Art
AR/IDD 260 Introduction to Computer Art
AR/IDD 261 Digital Imaging on the Computer
AR/IDD 301 2D Computer Graphics and Animation
Minor Electives (3 or 4 credits)
At least one course must be selected in consultation
with the chair of the department from the following:
AR 158
AR 245
AR/IDD 270
AR/IDD 302
CSC 110
CSC 305
IDD 315
46
Photography I
Drawing
Type Design and Production
3D Computer Graphics and Animation
Programming and Problem Solving
Dynamic Web Design
Scripting
Page 46
Department of English
The Department of English is dedicated to the
study of reading and writing because intellectual
development, as well as academic and professional
success, is based on one’s ability to read and analyze
texts, speak and write effectively, and appreciate the
aesthetic and cultural features of literature.
Literature courses are offered in all periods and
genres, and strongly emphasize writing and researching skills that will serve a student in any field of
study and any career. In particular, a strong literature
and writing background is essential for those considering teaching as a vocation and is crucial as a traditional route for students who aspire to law school,
librarianship, publishing and advertising.
Assessment of graduates from the English
major is regularly conducted through exit interviews, alumni surveys, admission to graduate programs and career advancement. Assessment of
writing is carried out primarily by monitoring the
quality of student writing in the Composition Program and in all literature courses; other assessments will emerge from a new Writing-Acrossthe-Curriculum initiative.
General Information
The Department of English supports four programs: the Freshman Composition Program, the
English major, the English minor, and the M.A.T.
in English. Students usually apply for the major or
minor during their freshman year or early in their
sophomore year. They apply to the chair of English, Professor Leonard Engel (CLA 1, Rm.320,
tel. 582-8556), who helps them construct their
program of study and selects an adviser with whom
the student meets periodically. Students in good
academic standing are accepted into the major or
minor and must maintain 2.0 grade point average
in the major or minor and must satisfy all liberal
arts requirements. According to their inclinations
and goals, English majors are encouraged to consider a double major or a minor in another field.
The Department of English supports the English
Club, open to all Quinnipiac students, and Montage,
the undergraduate literary journal. Students who
meet the academic criteria are encouraged to join
Sigma Tau Delta, an international honor society for
English majors and minors. For further information,
please visit the Quinnipiac Web site.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBER AL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Bachelor of Arts in English
The Department of English offers a four-year baccalaureate program (minimum 37 credit hours) in
English, American and world literatures. In addition, it allows students in other majors to earn a
second major or a minor (18 credit hours). An
emphasis on reading, critical thinking, research and
writing produces graduates well-trained in skills
basic to constantly changing employment opportunities. In addition, student writers use state-of-theart computers.
The English Major Curriculum
The composition courses (preliminary to the
major) emphasize effective writing skills essential
for an educated person. In addition to offering a
balanced study of English, American, and world
literature, upper-level study includes period and
single author courses, and a large range of specialized thematic and genre courses.Interdisciplinary
courses, whereby students can study the intersections of psychology, sociology, or women’s studies
with literature are offered regularly. The department currently offers about 50 different courses in
any four-year cycle.
The English Major Requirements
(37 hours minimum)
Required literature courses and areas
6 credit hours (survey course):
EN 240-250 (Brit. Lit) or EN 260-270 (Amer. Lit)
or EN 280-281 (World Masterpieces)
3 credit hours: EN 343 (Shakespeare)
3 credit hours: EN 304 (Literary Theory and Criticism)
3 credit hours: An interdisciplinary, multicultural or women’s
literature course
3 credit hours: Senior Seminar (EN 460)—8 to 12 students
create and present their work
Elective literature courses
9 credit hours: 300-level courses
9 credit hours: Any 200- or 300-level literature courses
offered by the department
1 credit hour: EN 150 (Advanced Grammar and Editing for
Writers)
Page 47
Sample Program
Fall Semester, Second Year
EN 240
Survey of English Literature I
EN 236
The Idea of the West in the American
Imagination
Spring Semester, Second Year
EN 250
Survey of English Literature II
EN 208
Greek Tragedy
Fall Semester, Third Year
EN 304
Critical Approaches to Literature
EN 352
English Romantic Literature
Spring Semester, Third Year
EN 343
Shakespeare
EN 372
Law and Literature
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
EN 365
The American Renaissance
EN 380
Realism and Naturalism in American Fiction
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
EN 460
Senior Seminar (topic changes each year)
EN 320
Studies in the Novel
Internships
The English major allows students to pursue onecredit, repeatable internships (EN 293) in supervised field work related to writing or reading in
order to investigate career opportunities and to
develop professional contacts. Some three-credit
internships are accepted, but are taken in addition
to the 37-hour literature requirement. Interested
students see the chair of English.
The Honors Program in English
English majors with high overall academic standing and a minimum 3.0 grade point average in the
major may seek the recommendation of any English faculty member for admission to EN 470
(Senior Thesis). Students interested in this option
should discuss the qualifications and options during the junior year, develop a thesis proposal with
the counsel of the recommending instructor, and
file an application by the November preceding the
graduation date.High achievement in a senior thesis, combined with the English grade point average, may lead to the distinction of honors, high
honors, or highest honors in English (distinct from
the overall university awards).
Career Opportunities
English majors (and double majors) have found
employment in education, government, the law,
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
47
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
public service, management, advertising, journalism, media work, traditional and desk-top publishing. Moreover, the blend of professional talents
derived from training in creative thinking, critical
reading, logic, organizing projects for presentation,
and effective and varied writing, provides English
graduates with a special flexibility rare among college graduates and prized by employers.
The English major offers ideal preparation for
advanced study in librarianship, Internet publication and museum studies.The American Association for Schools of Law urges students seeking
admission to law school to major in a strong liberal
arts area at the undergraduate level, and the most
frequently recommended major for law school
aspirants is the English major. The ability to write
the English language with precision, grace and
substance is a crucial skill for those students seeking admission to law school. Additionally, the
English major sharpens critical thinking skills
because students are expected to examine literature
from a number of interpretive perspectives. Finally,
students majoring in English learn how to read
with insight and critical acumen and strengthen
their functional vocabularies in the process.
Students pursuing the English major with law
school in mind should contact Professor John Leary,
the Quinnipiac University Pre-Law adviser (5828304), and should prepare early to take the LSAT.
The English Minor
The Department of English offers an English
minor of 18 hours beyond the composition courses, EN 101-102. Students interested in the English
minor apply to the chair of English.
Who Should Consider the English Minor?
• Students who love reading literature and who
wish to foster their writing.
• Students whose advancement in professional
careers will depend on sound writing, creative
thinking, solid communication skills, and sound
critical analysis of ideas presented orally and in
writing.
What Courses Are Required?
• two 200-level literature courses (6 credits)
• four 300-level literature courses (12 credits)
Strongly advised: One year of a survey course
(English, American or World Masterpieces),
EN 343 (Shakespeare)
48
Page 48
Department of Fine Arts,
Languages and Philosophy
The Department of Fine Arts, Languages and
Philosophy investigates the life of the mind and
the life of the spirit as communicated in language,
ideas, music and visual arts. It is dedicated to
understanding ourselves and others through a
familiarity with the way cultures near and far
express themselves.The department systematically
gives attention to how different peoples speak to
each other, how they construct systems of thought
and religion, and how they make plays, paintings
and music.This ecumenical spirit is absolutely
necessary for survival, let alone success, in the 21st
century.
The popularity of the department’s minors (in
French, Spanish,interactive arts, music, philosophy
and theatre studies), as well as its major in Spanish
language and literature, enables the department to
assess its multifaceted role at Quinnipiac.Assessment of present Core Curriculum courses, which
include most of the offerings in the department,
relies on departmental surveys of each class.
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish Language
and Literature
In addition to major cultural benefits, the study of
how important populations outside and within our
borders communicate from day to day enhances the
individual’s value in the workplace.
The program has three components: Spanish language (written and oral);culture of Spain and Latin
America; and major literary works in Spanish.
Students undertaking the Spanish major are
prepared for careers dependent in part on facility
with the language and familiarity with the culture.
These include employment in international business, journalism and mass communications, health
care, government, education, criminal justice and
law among others.
Double majors are encouraged.
The Spanish major consists of 36 hours as follows:
1. Written and oral fluency in Spanish
(9 credits)
*Demonstrated by completing the following courses or their
equivalent
SP 301
SP 302
Advanced Spanish I
Advanced Spanish II
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
SP 312
Advanced Spanish Conversation (this course
might be waived for students with demonstrated
proficiency in oral Spanish—those students
would take three additional credits in
component 2 or 3)
2. Cultural literacy (12 credits), including a familiarity with
Hispanic cultures and fine arts, historical and sociopolitical matters, and/or linguistics.
*Demonstrated by completing 12 credits in courses addressing
these matters (9 of the credits must be in courses taught in
Spanish)
Possible courses include:
SP 180
Cultural Studies: Spain
SP 243
Culture of Spain
SP 270
History of the Romance Languages
SP 373
Latin American Culture I
SP 374
Latin American Culture II
SP 376
Spanish Caribbean
3. Knowledge of major works of literature written in
Spanish (12 credits)
*Demonstrated by completing 12 credits in courses on Spanish
or Spanish-American literature taught in Spanish.
Possible courses include:
SP 251
Short Story in Spanish
SP 317
Approaches to Literary Genres
SP 321
Masterpieces of Spanish Literature
SP 328
Spanish-American Literature from
Conquest to 1880
SP 329
Spanish-American Literature from
1880 to the Present
SP 335
19th-Century Literature of Spain
SP 347
Spanish Novel of the Golden Age
SP 348
Spanish Drama and Poetry of the Golden Age
SP 371
Contemporary Literature in Spanish
4. SP 450 Senior Seminar
(3 credits)
Internships
The department strongly advocates off-campus
experience communicating in Spanish. Internships
in area organizations such as radio and television
stations, health care facilities, educational institutions and inner-city social work reinforce classroom practice.
Honor Society
The department rewards students who do outstanding work in Spanish language courses with
membership in Sigma Delta Pi, the national Spanish language honor society.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
Page 49
Language Placement
Students who continue the study of a foreign language begun prior to college must take a placement test to be placed at the course level for which
they qualify.
Study Abroad
Study abroad, especially for students enrolled in
the appropriate major/minor program, is encouraged. Quinnipiac offers organized opportunities of
various durations, including a summer program in
Salamanca, Spain (see SP 280), and will accept relevant credit from colleges and universities abroad.
(See page 35.)
Minor Programs
Fine Arts: Especially appropriate if the student
desires to explore the links between visual and performing arts. To include: AR 103, and five courses
in art, music, film, and/or theatre/drama (18 hrs.).
Interactive Arts: Focuses on the interactive capabilities of the digital arts in conjunction with other
arts, from drawing to photograp hy. To include:
courses in digital art, animation, Web design,
graphic design, photography or studio art in consultation with the department chair (18 hrs.).
French: Opens up a worldwide culture, notably
in France, Canada and Africa, by means of intensive language study. To include: six courses, at least
one at the 300-le vel (18 hrs.).
Spanish: Offers the student a solid foundation in
Spanish and a well-rounded entry to the Spanishspeaking cultures with practical benefits in travel
and work. To include: six courses, all of which must
be taught in Spanish. SP 270, SP 363 and SP 375
do not count for the minor. No more than two of
SP 101, SP 102 and SP 112 may count, and at least
one of the six courses must be at the 300 level.
Music: A major international art form, music
gives lifelong aesthetic pleasure and a means of
bringing people together in a common experience.
To include: MU 130, MU 230 and four courses in
music (18 hrs.).
Philosophy: An adventure in thinking and talking
about our own ideas as well as those of great
philosophers, past and present, with reference to the
moral life, power and wealth, and man’s relation to
nature and the future of the planet. To include: PL
101, and five courses in philosophy (18 hrs.).
49
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Theater Studies: In its role as an amalgam of
visual, performing and literary art, the theater is
uniquely positioned to explore what our society
and those before us feel deeply about major issues
in the eternal present of the stage. Students may
create a specialized minor that focuses on their
specific interests. Possibilities include playwriting,
acting, directing and theater for young audiences.
To include: six courses chosen in consultation with
the theater program adviser (18 hrs.).
Performing Arts Workshop: The department
invites participation in performance workshops
which carry an optional one-credit academic
credit, which can be repeated up to a maximum of
six credits, the equivalent of two electives in liberal
arts.These workshops include MU 190
(Quinnipiac Singers) MU 191, MU 192 (Bell
Choir), and MU 195 (Instrumental Ensemble).
Department of History
Page 50
tion to the college requirements, students majoring
in history must meet the following departmental
requirements:
European history
American history
Fields of history outside of Western
European or American history
At least five courses at the 200 level or higher
in at least two of the three distributional areas
HS 408 Seminars in history
6
6
6
15
3
The minimum requirement (36 hours) must be
met with grades of C or better in all courses. Note
about internships: The department is able to provide student internships with area historical societies and also will attempt to place qualified students in credit related internships with area
governmental organizations.
Honors Program
Departmental acceptance for honors in history normally requires an overall 3.25 average with a corresponding history average, including no history mark
less than B. In addition, the candidate must write an
honors essay (in HS 409) during the second semester of the fourth year. The student may, however, be
given preliminary acceptance to begin research under
advisement for his or her HS 409 essay as early as
the second semester of the third year.
The mission of the Department of History is
twofold. First, it provides intensive programs of
study for students majoring in history that will
prepare them for graduate school, law school, and
careers in public service or the private sector. Second, it provides opportunities for all students at
Quinnipiac to familiarize themselves with the
roots of American and western civilizations, and
the institutions which are the foundation upon
which these civilizations rest. Students have the
opportunity to study non-western cultures and are
encouraged to do so.
The faculty regularly reviews curriculum,
including general education courses, for their relevance to its mission; conducts exit interviews with
graduating seniors; and updates survey data from
graduates that include GRE scores, admission to
graduate schools, and employment.
A minor in history will be recorded upon completion of at least 18 hours with grades of C or better
in all courses.The student must select at least
three hours from each of the following areas of
history: American, European and non-Western. At
least nine hours of the 18 must be at the 200 level
or above and should be chosen with the consultation of the department chair.
Bachelor of Arts in History
Department of Legal Studies
Students normally apply for admission to the
major during their sophomore year. Applications
must be made to, and approved by, the chairperson. Acceptance usually is approved for all applicants in good standing academically.
Continuation in the major is dependent upon a
satisfactory level of performance in all courses,
with special reference to work in history. In addi-
50
Minor in History
Quinnipiac University’s Bachelor of Arts degree
with a major in Legal Studies is designed to provide graduates with the full set of knowledge and
skills needed to be successful in the rapidly evolving paralegal profession.The classic values of a liberal arts education are added to the critical thinking skills of the legal profession, producing
COLLEGE
OF
LIBER AL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
graduates who possess both the traditional breadth
of understanding of persons educated in liberal
arts, and the depth of paralegal studies.
Quinnipiac’s ABA-approved program is
planned and taught by lawyers to provide students
with a solid grounding in the fundamentals of the
legal system.The education focuses on particular
core areas of the law and on developing specific
legal research, writing, and critical thinking skills,
all within a framework of the ethical and statutory
constraints confronting the paralegal profession.
Hands-on computer classes provide students with
exposure to the latest legal research techniques,
including the use of nationwide online databases.
Through the Legal Studies Internship, students
are able to integrate their class work with practical
office experience. It is by this combination of theoretical class work with real-world experience, along
with exposure to the traditional liberal arts and
business courses of Quinnipiac (including a minor
in a related area of study), that legal studies graduates are prepared for a broad range of professional
opportunities. Our graduates work as paralegals in
the public and private sector and in other lawrelated positions. Other graduates have continued
their education and become attorneys, teachers and
business owners.
Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies
The legal studies department curriculum, approved
by the American Bar Association, prepares students for careers as paralegals by combining a liberal arts education with skills necessary for those
interested in law-related employment. A paralegal
performs specifically delegated substantive legal
work under the supervision of an attorney. While
paralegals may not give legal advice to clients or
appear in court on their behalf, these highly skilled
professionals perform a wide range of tasks and play
an integral role in the delivery of legal services.
To complete the B.A. in legal studies, students
must complete LE 100, LE 101, LE 208, LE 210,
LE 301-302, and LE 480-481, a two-semester legal
internship where students are placed in law offices,
agencies or corporate legal departments. The internship is limited to legal studies majors and must be
done within the fall and spring terms of the student’s senior year. The student must complete LE
100, 101,208, 210, 301, 302 before beginning the
internship. In addition, the legal studies major must
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
Page 51
take at least four legal studies elective s ,t h ree of
which must be at the 300 level or higher.
The legal studies student also must take Introduction to Sociology, Accounting 101, a 200-level
literature course, and a course in American history.
These may be taken in conjunction with the College of Liberal Arts requirements.
Students also must complete a minor related to
their professional goals and selected with the
approval of their adviser.
Students must have LE 100, LE 101 and LE
208 before their junior year to successfully complete the degree requirements within four years.
Studies in the Law Minor (19 credits)
The minor in Studies in the Law is offered for students who are interested in learning more about law
and the American legal system. Law is the binding
force in society. It reflects the values of society and is
constantly changing as society changes. Law deals
with issues such as justice, equity, and the balance
between the rights of individuals and the public
interest. This minor introduces students to the historical and current issues facing society through its
legal system. The minor does not meet the ABA
Guidelines for a paralegal program.
Required courses: (7 credits)
LE 101 Introduction to the American Legal System (3 credits)
LE 208 Legal Research (4 credits)
Elective courses: (12 credits)
At least 6 credits must be on the 300-level. Electives
may be taken from all Legal Studies courses, except
LE 480-1. Minors may not take LE 480 or LE 481,
Legal Internship I and II. Students must meet the
prerequisites for elective courses.
Other courses that may be used as electives (no more than one
from this category):
EN 372
Law in Literature
LW 121
Contracts and Agency
LW 122
The Law of Property, Sales and Negotiable
Instruments
MSS 440
Media Law
PL 202
Logical Reasoning
PO 317
International Law
PO 353
American Constitutional Law
PO 354
Civil Rights I
PO 355
Civil Rights II
PO 357
Supreme Court and Foreign Policy
PS 383
Psychology and the Law
51
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Department of Mathematics
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
Bachelor of Arts or Science in Computer
Information Systems and Mathematics
Mathematics is a universal language. More than
numbers and symbols, it encompasses the logic and
methodology of reasoning and provides the tools for
making decisions, interpreting observations, explaining natural phenomena, and solving problems.
Areas of study include statistics, pure mathematics, mathematics and computer science, and
mathematics for actuarial sciences, with career
options available in all areas. Students may concentrate in specific, or sample different areas of the
field. Internships also are available as part of the
major. In addition, the department offers a number
of courses for non-majors in business, science and
liberal arts which concentrate on problem solving,
often using graphing calculators.
Assessment is crucial in a department that
intensively trains majors yet teaches an overwhelming number of non-majors in required Core
Curriculum courses. Actuarial exams are a reliable
gauge for the preparation of majors who have
graduated from the program. Internally, the
department’s effectiveness in teaching non-majors
is analyzed by using a post test method that measures student expectations and satisfaction, based on
the required nature of the courses.
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
Though students normally are accepted in the major
program after completing 30 hours in the College of
Liberal Art s ,t h ey are advised to apply to the chairperson of the mathematics department as early as
possible for a personalized program of study.
In addition to liberal arts requirements, a mathematics major takes a core requirement of 24
hours, consisting of MA 141, 142,229, 241, 242,
305, 321,and 341. Depending upon the student ’s
interest, nine additional hours are taken from one
of the following sequences of courses.
Pure math sequence: MA 342, and any two from
MA 365, 400, 421, 441, 451
Applied math sequence: MA 365, and any two
from MA 361, 362, 378, or courses above 400
Statistical sequence: MA 371-372, and one from
MA 378, 381
52
Page 52
Placement
Upon entering Quinnipiac University, each student
is given a placement test.This test, together with
previous course work in mathematics and the SAT
score, determines which courses must be taken in
the freshman year.
Actuarial Studies Concentration
As an alternative to the three sequences listed
above, a concentration in actuarial studies is available. An actuary is a professional who uses mathematical skills to define, analyze and solve problems
related to pensions and insurance. In addition to
liberal arts requirements and the 24-hour core
requirement of the major program, actuarial students must complete the following course work.
MA 361
MA 371-372
AC 101-102
EC 101-102
FIN 201
FIN 310
CIS 110
CIS 212
Numerical Analysis I
Mathematical Statistics and Probability I and II
Basic Accounting I and II
Principles of Economics I and II
Fundamentals of Financial Management
Global Security Analysis
Introduction to Programming and Objects
Programming in C and C++
Minor in Mathematics
Students interested in pursuing the minor must
complete a minimum of six courses as described
below:
1. Required courses: MA 141, MA 142, MA 229
2. At least one of MA 241 and MA 361.
3. Remaining electives are to be chosen under
advisement in such a way that two courses at the
300 level or above are covered in the program.
Sequence MA 271-272 may be counted as one
of the above electives. MA 275 may be counted
toward the minor only if it is in sequence with
MA 381.
Bachelor of Arts or Science in
Computer Information Systems and
Mathematics
Co-Directors:
Stanley Rothman, College of Liberal Arts
Bruce White, School of Business
The expanding impact of high-speed computers in
every aspect of modern society has given rise to a
need for individuals capable of formulating matheCOLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL A RTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
matical models of “real-life” situations, solving
these models on a computer, and interpreting the
solutions of the models in terms of the original
“real-life” situation.
To aid in the development of the skills needed
for such tasks, Quinnipiac University offers an
interdisciplinary program sponsored and administered jointly by the School of Business and the
College of Liberal Arts.The joint major in computer information systems and mathematics is
designed to lead the student to an understanding
of both the specific problems involved in developing information into a database that facilitates
information retrieval by a computer and the underlying mathematical and logical concepts involved
in the treatment of the database. Upon the satisfactory completion of the program, a student may
choose either a B.A. or a B.S. in computer information systems and mathematics.
The bachelor’s degree in computer information
systems and mathematics requires the completion
of 135 hours as follows:
Core Curriculum
Written English
EN 101-102 Elements of Composition I and II
Mathematics
Fulfilled by major program
Special Competency Areas
Fulfilled by dual major program requirements
Area Requirements
Artistic Tradition
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Humanistic Tradition
Physical and Biological Sciences
Economic and Managerial Tradition
Advanced Electives or minor
Fulfilled by dual major program requirements
Business Core
AC 101
Financial Accounting
AC 102
Managerial Accounting
CIS 101
Principles of Information Technology
EC 101
Principles of Economics (macroeconomics)
EC 102
Principles of Economics (microeconomics)
FIN 201
Finance
LW 201
Contracts and Commercial Transactions
MG 101
Process of Management
Students may elect to complete one of
IB 201
International Business
MG 202
Management and Human Behavior
MK 201
Marketing and Human Behavior
or they may choose to complete a two-semester CS
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
6
3
6
6
8
6
3
3
3*
3*
3*
3
3
3
Page 53
internship and two of
IB 201
International Business
MG 202
Management and Human Behavior
MK 201
Marketing and Human Behavior
FIN 310
Security Analysis
3
3
3
3
*These courses may also be applied to Core Curriculum
requirements.
Computer Science
Required courses
CIS 110
Introduction to Programming and Objects 3
CIS 205
Information Systems in Organizations
3
CIS 220
Systems Analysis and Design
3
CIS 310
Program Maintenance (COBOL)
3
CIS 320
Package Selection and Modification
3
CIS 340
Systems Development Project
3
CIS 351
Data Base Program and Design
3
CIS/MA 361 Numerical Analysis I
3
Students elect three courses (9 hours) from the following in
consultation with faculty advisers from both major
departments
CIS 209
Computer Communications and
Networking
3
CIS 251
OOP and GUI with C++
3
CIS 260
Advanced Spreadsheet Processing
and Design
3
CIS 325
GUI Programming in a Windows
Environment
3
CIS/AC 335 Accounting Information Systems
3
CIS 380
Expert System Design and Development
3
Mathematics
MA 141,142 Calculus of a Single Variable I
6
MA 229
Linear Algebra
3
MA 241
Calculus of Several Variables
3
MA 242
Integral Calculus and Differential
Equations
3
MA 305
Discrete Mathematics
3
MA 321
Abstract Algebra
3
MA 341
Advanced Calculus I
3
MA 371, 372 Mathematical Statistics and Probability I
6*
MA/CS 361 Numerical Analysis I
3**
* Replaces MA 271 and MA 272 in the business core
** Also meets CIS requirement
Students who wish to meet the actuarial studies
concentration in the Department of Mathematics
should plan to take CIS 251 and FIN 310 as part
of their elective choices.
3
3
3
53
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 54
Department of Political Science
The mission of the Department of Political
Science is twofold. First, it provides an intensive
program of study for students majoring in political
science, which prepare them for law school,
graduate school and careers in public service of the
private sector. Second,it provides opportunities for
all students at Quinnipiac to understand the ways
in which politics overlap with economics, gender,
ethnicity and culture at local, national and
international levels.Thus, we strive to educate
citizens who understand the links between and
among political actors, processes, institutions and
outcomes.The department is committed to civic
education and experiential learning, which it
supports through government internship
opportunities in Washington and Hartford, a
semester exchange program in Washington, DC,
and Service Learning opportunities.
To meet this mission, the department offers
both a major and minor course of studies in
political science and supports a minor in
international studies (see p. 57). We provide a
variety of courses in political theory, American
politics, comparative politics, international
relations and political economy.
The faculty regularly reviews curriculum,
including general education courses, for their relevance to its mission; conducts exit interviews with
graduating seniors; and updates sur vey data from
graduates that include G.R.E. scores, admission to
graduate schools and employment.
Bachelor of Arts in Political Science
The B.A. in Political Science requires the completion of 36 credits distributed as follows:
The core requirements (21 credits) for the majors in the
political science program are:
PO 101
Introduction to Political Science
PO 111
Introduction to International Relations
PO 131
Introduction to American Government
PO 201
Political Inquiry
PO 215
Political Theory
PO 321
Comparative Government
PO 408
Senior Seminar
54
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Electives (15 credits hours). Five political science courses
or cognate (see below).
A. Political science courses:
PO 216
American Political Thought
3
PO 217
International Law and Organization
3
PO/HM 218 Politics of Health
3
PO 225
Public Opinion Research
3
PO 231
Elections and Political Parties
3
PO 245
International Political Economy
3
PO 247
Actors and Processes in U.S. Foreign
Policy Formation
3
PO 260
Political Communications
3
PO 270
State and Local Government
3
PO 280
Congress and the Presidency
3
PO 299
Independent Study in Political Science
3
PO 315
Democracy and Public Policy
3
PO 317
International Law
3
PO 331
Topics in Comparative Government
3
PO 350
Topics in Political Theory
3
PO 353
American Constitutional Law
3
PO 354
Civil Rights and Liberties I
3
PO 355
Civil Rights and Liberties II
3
PO 357
Supreme Court and Foreign Policy
3
PO/SO 360 Topics in American Government
3
PO 399/499 Independent Study/Internship in
Political Science
B. Cognate courses: In addition to political science courses,
the following courses will also count as electives toward
completion of the political science major.
IB 201
International Business
PS 261
Social Psychology
SO 264
Social Welfare Institutions
SO 285
Protest and Change
SO 340
Peace and Conflict Resolution
Experiential requirement: At least three credits of
the major must be based on experiential learning.
Students are strongly urged to discuss these experiential education options with academic advisers
early in their program. Any one of the following
types of experiential learning will satisfy the
requirement.
a. Political/Governmental Internship
b. Study Abroad Program
c. Political Science Service Learning Course (SL)
d. Washington, D.C. Program
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
No more than six credits of PO 299, 399 or 499
(Independent Study/Internship in Political Science) may count toward distribution or completion
of the major.
Minor in Political Science
A minor in political science is awarded upon completion of 18 credit hours with a minimum grade
of C in all courses.
Required (six hours)
PO 101
Introduction to Political Science
3
PO 131
American Government
3
Two of the following:
PO 111
International Relations
3
PO 215
Political Theory
3
PO 321
Comparative Government
3
PO 353
Constitutional Law
3
Electives (six hours)
Two courses (six hours) in political science at the 200-level or
above, only three hours of which may be PO 399 (Internship
in Political Science).
Page 55
Department of Psychology
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Bachelor of Science in Psychobiology
The Department of Psychology offers preparation
for admission to graduate and professional schools,
education in the liberal arts tradition in anticipation of employment after graduation, and, in its
minor program, enhanced skills and knowledge for
those majoring in other areas.The program
emphasizes the ability to think critically about the
different kinds of research and var ying theories
that distinguish psychology as a discipline.The
psychology major prides itself on its preparation of
students to think for themselves, without the pressure of having to espouse a particular approach to
the study of the human mind.
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
Requirements for the B.A., in addition to school
requirements, begin with PS 101, followed by PS
205, 206,307, 308, 309 and 409 over the four-year
period. Students enrolling in PS 307 must have
better than a 2.0 average in prior psychology
courses and must have completed PS 206. In addition to providing coverage of the broad content of
psychology, a total of se ven different psychology
courses at the 200 level or higher must be elected
from two groups specified by the department.The
senior essay required of all candidates for the B.A.
ordinarily is done in PS 409.
In addition to the general psychology major,
students also have an opportunity for intensive
study in one of the concentrations described below,
which provide supervised fieldwork experience.
A. Child Development
Students may elect to enroll in the child
development program (CD) within the general
psychology major. The program exposes students
to career possibilities involving children and
adolescents, and provides the basis for graduate
work in developmental psychology, child life, social
work or education.
CD students also must fulfill the special
requirements listed below. Students must take PS
236, PS 254, PS 392, PS 395, and PS 396.
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
55
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
The CD program emphasizes:
1.Theories, methods and research in
developmental psychology.
2.The historical, cultural and social context of
childhood.
3. Issues and concerns related to work with children.
4. Exposure to child-related occupations in child
care education, recreation, child life, social work
and research.
B.Human Services Concentration
Students may elect to enroll in the human services
program (HS) within the general psychology
major. The program prepares students for careers
in counseling and related areas and provides the
basis for graduate work in fields such as social
work, counseling and school psychology.
HS students must also fulfill the special requirements listed below. Students must take PS 272, PS
371, PS 391, PS 393, and PS 394.
The HS program emphasizes:
1. Mental health fields as possible careers.
2. Conceptions of mental illness and the history of
therapeutic methods.
3. Counseling and other treatment techniques.
C.Industrial/Organizational Psychology
Concentration
Students may elect to enroll in the Industrial/
Organizational Psychology (I/O) program within
the general psychology major. The program exposes
students to career possibilities in I/O psychology
areas and provides the basis for further study in
fields such as I/O Psychology and Management.
The I/O Psychology program emphasizes:
1.The traditional research and practice of
industrial/organizational psychology.
2. Using psychological principles to study and
improve working conditions.
3. Mindfulness of the changing nature of work and
the ability of the field to make innovations to
match such changes.
I/O psychology students fulfill all Quinnipiac and
psychology major requirements as specified in relevant sections of this catalog. I/O psychology students must also fulfill the special requirements listed below. Students must take PS 265, PS 366, PS
367 and PS 397 and one specialized elective to be
determined.
56
Page 56
Minor in Psychology
This designation requires 18 hours in psychology, no
more than six of which may be in 100-level courses.
Bachelor of Science in Psychobiology
The psychobiology major is an interdisciplinary
course of study offered jointly by the Department of
Biological Sciences and the Department of Psychology. The program places major emphasis on the
biological and social foundations of behavior.
The curriculum has been designed to meet the
needs of students interested in the biological and
behavioral sciences and prepare them for graduate
study and professional work in fields such as
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, behavior genetics,
ethology and psychopharmacology.
The program also is appropriate for students
planning careers in medicine or related sciences.
Fall Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 110
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
CC
Mathematics*
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 111
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 217
Comparative Anatomy
CH 210
Organic Chemistry
PS 307
Methods in Psychology I
CC
Specialized Competency
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 317
Developmental Biology
CH 211
Organic Chemistry
PS 308
Methods in Psychology II
CC
Artistic Tradition
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 346
Cell Physiology
PH 110
General Physics
PS 309
History and Systems of Psychology
PS 351
Brain and Behavior
CC
Humanistic Tradition
COLLEGE
OF
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
4
3
Total 15
4
4
3
3
Total 14
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 347
General Physiology
BI 398
Research Methods
PH 111
General Physics
PS 352
Animal Behavior
CC
Advanced Elective
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
CH 315
General Biochemistry
Biology Elective*
CC
Advanced Elective
CC
Humanistic Tradition
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
BI 282
Genetics
Biology Elective*
PS 409
Psychology Seminar
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
4
2
4
3
3
Total 16
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
Total 14
*The mathematics requirement will depend upon the high
school entrance units presented (most students will probably
enroll in MA 117-118).Biology electives should be selected,
with faculty guidance, for their suitability to the goal of the
individual student.
Note: Psychology electives should be selected after
consultation with the student ’s faculty adviser.
Courses recommended include:
PS 261
PS 272
PS 311
PS 332
PS 354
PS 355
Social Psychology and Its Development
Abnormal Psychology
Group Tests and Measurements
The Concept of Personality
Sensation and Perception
Psychology of Learning
Department of Sociolog y
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
Bachelor of Arts in Gerontology
Bachelor of Arts in Social Services
Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice
Five-Year Gerontology B.A./M.H.A.
The program in sociology provides the student
with a broad grounding in the theories and
research that describe and analyze the problems of
individuals, families and communities in modern
America—as well as explore potential solutions.
Students take a broad range of sociology courses
designed to acquaint them with the breadth of the
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
Page 57
discipline and help them become more effective
members of the community. The degree enables
students to pursue a career in the social services
or continue their education in fields such as social
work, teaching, criminal justice, and public administration.
The program in social services integrates a traditional liberal arts education with the specialized
training and field background that a student will
find helpful in pursuit of a career in the social
services. Each student’s education occurs both in
the classroom and in community agencies.The
program—both in the classroom and out—is
designed to acquaint students with the nature of
social problems, examine how organizations deal
with these problems, learn about the people who
are being served, and discuss the major policy
choices available to society. Students are prepared
to enter careers in the social service arena or to
continue their education in fields such as social
work, criminal justice and public administration.
The state-licensed program in gerontology prepares students to work for and with older Americans.The interdisciplinary curriculum provides
background in such additional fields as sociology,
psychology, anthropology, health administration,
and biology, all of which are relevant to the study
of aging. The integration of a liberal arts education
and specialized training—of learning in the classroom and in the community—offers students a
broad understanding of the aged in today’s society.
The program in criminal justice educates students
in a wide range of issues on the social nature of
crime and on the strategies and policies of social
control. The interdisciplinary curriculum draws not
only from criminal justice studies, but from sociology, psychology and legal studies as well. The integration of a liberal arts education and specialized training—of learning in the classroom and the
community—offers students a solid background in
criminal justice. Students are prepared to enter
careers in a variety of law enforcement agencies or to
continue their education in fields such as criminal
justice, law, social work or public administration.
Each of these programs has at least one
required internship in the community, in widely
varying sites that include governmental agencies,
health-related settings, public school systems, probation offices, women’s shelters, nursing homes,
hospital emergency rooms, prisons, police departments, substance abuse facilities, senior centers,
57
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
and community homes for the developmentally
disabled, to name only a few. Career opportunities
for graduates are just as varied, from communitybased agencies of all kinds, to state departments
for social service, to hospitals. Recent graduates
have taken jobs in the Area Agency on Aging, the
Connecticut Department of Children and Youth
Services, the New Haven Planning Department,
the Department of Elder ly Services, Hospice, the
Fund for the City of New York, and the Department of Mental Retardation.
The student who chooses to major in sociology,
social services, gerontology or criminal justice must
confer with the department chairperson at an early
date to plan the program in the major.
Bachelor of Arts in Sociology
Concentrated study in sociology prepares the student for informed, active citizen participation in
community and national affairs and for careers
and/or graduate education in social service, business or teaching.
Requirements (39 hours)
1. Introductory Sociology (101), Orientation to Sociology (205)
and at least two of the following:
Social Problems (225)
Racial and Ethnic Groups (241)
Social Welfare (264)
Crime (283)
2. Internship (292) or a special topic in Applied Sociology
(200).
3. Six electives in sociology, at least two of which must be at
300 level.
4. Social Stratification (344), Evaluation Research (381),
Social Policy (385).
Page 58
(GT/SO 263), Aging: Problems and Policies (GT 365), Adult
Development (PS 234), Biology of Aging (BI 200),
Evaluation Research (GT 381), Senior Seminar (GT 385).
2. Two internships in the community (GT 292 and GT 392).
3. Two courses from the following: Race and Ethnicity (SO
241), Sociology of the Family (SO 255), Social Welfare (SO
264), Population and Society (SO 266), Illness and
Disability (SO 280), Death, Grief and Bereavement (SO
305), Social Organizations and Behavior (SO 312), Social
Stratification (SO 344), Ethics and Human Values (PL 220),
Philosophies of Health (PL 234), Health Psychology (PS
325) and any Health Administration course.
4. Three courses from the following: Program Planning (GT
370), Elder Law (GT 310), Death, Grief and Bereavement
(GT 305), Counseling Older Clients (GT 325), Therapeutic
Recreation (GT 318), Introduction to Social Work (GT 311),
Case Management (GT 315) and Special Topics (GT 300).
Bachelor of Arts in Social Services
Concentrated work in social services prepares students through course work and internships to be
effective in direct service or administration in a
wide range of public and private social agencies
serving those in need.
Requirements (39 hours)
1. Introductory Sociology (101), Orientation to Sociology (205)
and at least two of the following:
Social Problems (225)
Social Welfare (264)
Population and Society (266)
2. Internship (292), Organizations (312) and Internship (392)
3. Minimum of two courses each in two of the following
areas: Health, Welfare, Justice and Aging
4. Social Stratification (344), Evaluation Research (381),
Social Policy (385)
Bachelor of Arts in Gerontology
Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice
The gerontology program prepares students for
careers and/or graduate education in the field of
aging. An interdisciplinary curriculum of required
courses in sociology, anthropology, psychology and
biology prepares the student for direct service or
administration in programs serving the elderly. See
p.59 for Five-Year B.A./M.H.A. program.
This 37-hour major focuses on courses in criminal
and deviant behavior and the social response to
this behavior within the context of a sociological
perspective, and prepares students for careers
and/or graduate school in criminal justice, law,
social work or public administration.
Requirements
1. Introductory Sociology (SO 101), Introductory Psychology
(PS 101) or Developmental Psychology (PS 133),
Orientation to Gerontology (GT 205), Sociology of Aging
58
Requirements (37 hours)
1. Orientation to Criminal Justice (CJ 205), Introduction to
Sociology (SO 101), Crime and Society (CJ 283), Criminal
Law (LE 115), Criminal Justice Systems (CJ 335), Senior
Seminar (CJ 385).
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
2. Two internships in the community (CJ 392 and CJ 394) are
required.
3. One course from the following courses in the area of
criminology research: Women in the Criminal Justice
System (CJ 232), Youth Crime (CJ 250), Public Order
Crimes (CJ 270), Politically Motivated Crimes (CJ 262),
Organized Crime (CJ 240).
4. Two courses from the following courses in the area of
occupations in criminal justice: Police and Policing (CJ 241),
Investigative Techniques (CJ 243), Probation, Parole and
Community Corrections (CJ 251), Prisons and Jails (CJ 261).
5. Two courses from the following advanced level courses:
Racial & Ethnic Groups (SO 241), Social Control and
Deviance (SO 260), Perspectives on Violence (CJ 330),
Alternatives to Violence (CJ 340), Social Stratification (SO
344), Practicum in Negotiation Skills (CJ 350), Psychology
and the Law (PS 383), Constitution, Ethics and Policing
(CJ 370), Criminal Justice Policy (CJ 380), Independent
Study (CJ 399, 499), Special Topics in Criminal Justice
(CJ 200, 300).
Minor Programs
A minor in sociolog y, gerontology, criminal justice
or anthropology consists of 18 hours of course
work in the field. Students who wish to minor
must confer with the department chairperson to
select those courses that enable them to pursue a
particular interest or select those courses most
related to their major field.
Five-Year Gerontology B.A./M.H.A.
Program
To meet the need for well-trained professionals to
manage organizations devoted to serving older
adults, a five-year, two-degree program has been
developed for students interested in majoring in
gerontology at the undergraduate level who also
wish to earn a Master of Health Administration.
In order to qualify for admission into the program,
a student must have an overall G.P.A. of at least
3.0 for at least 75 units at Quinnipiac and a 3.25
in the major. If these standards are met, then the
Graduate Management Admissions Test is not
required for admission to this program.
Students may be accepted into the program at the
end of their sophomore year or during their junior
year. As undergraduates, students will begin taking
graduate courses during their junior and senior
years. The program requires the completion of
150 credits—120 at the undergraduate level and
COLLEGE
OF
LIBE R AL A RTS
Page 59
30 at the graduate level. In order to continue in
the program, the student must maintain an overall
G.P.A. of at least 3.0. Students interested in
this program should contact the director of the
gerontology program.
Interdisciplinary Minors
Minor in Asian Studies
This interdisciplinary program introduces students
to the people and cultures of East and Southeast
Asia. To complete the minor in Asian Studies students are required to take six courses (18 credit
hours) distributed as follows:
Language (6 credits)
AS/Japanese 101-102
AS/Chinese 101-102
History (6 credits)
AS/HS 235–Modern China
AS/HS 236–Modern Japan
AS/HS 271–Southeast Asia: the Mainland
AS/HS 272–Southeast Asia: the Islands
AS/MC/HS 305–Vietnam
Open Electives (6 credits)
AS/Anthropology 337–Non-Western Medicine
AS/Political Science 211–International Relations
PO 331–Topics in Comparative Government
Minor in International Studies
A minor program in international studies is designed
to stress connections between “classroom” learning
and the international experiences as well as to
increase program options available to students with
an interest in international studies who are planning
on attending law or graduate school in fields such as
English,history, legal studies, mass communications,
political science, psychology, social services, sociology
and Spanish.International studies minors are
required to complete 18 hours in four years as is the
case in other programs. Students are required to
meet with their adviser for course choices ideally
toward the end of their sophomore year or the
beginning of their junior year.
Course Structure
Students are required to take a minimum core of
requirements within the 18-hour minor program
(at least six hours of which are 300-level courses)
as follows:
59
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
7/21/03
10:11 AM
1. Two world language courses: these must be
advanced courses at the 200 level or above. In
languages without advanced course offerings,
two courses in an additional language.The
sequence of these courses can be decided with
the consent of your adviser. Languages offered
include Spanish, French, German, Italian,Chinese and Japanese.
2. A course on a non-American culture, in history,
art, comparative literature, anthropology, etc.
Examples include:
HS 227
HS 229
HS 235
HS 236
AN 101
AN 201
AN 337
EN/SP 363
SP/AN 375
Russian Cultural and Intellectual History
The Irish
History of Modern China
History of Modern Japan
The Life Process
Cultural Worlds
Non-Western Medicine
20th Century Latin American Fiction
Pre-Columbian America
3. A capstone course in international studies:
PO 331 with an international focus is a required
course for all students who choose a minor in
international studies. For political science
majors, this is in addition to the requirements
for the major.
4. A course in international business/economics at
the introductory or advanced level depending on
the student’s major concentration.
EC 220
IB 201
IB 280-281
IB 311
IB 324
IB 325
International Economics
International Business
International Field Experience
International Marketing
International Transaction Law
International Trade, Foreign Direct Investment
and Competition
5. A course in geography, philosophy or political
science. Examples are:
GP 101
GP 200
PL 238
PL 265
PO 111
PO 217
PO 321
Introduction to Geography
Special Topics in Geography
Philosophies of the Future
Living Religions of the World
Introduction to International Relations
International Law
Comparative Politics
In addition, students are encouraged, but not
required, to take off-campus studies, either in the
form of study abroad or an internship in, for example, Washington, D.C.
60
Page 60
Minor in Science and Values
This interdisciplinary program seeks to introduce
students to the social, political, economic and ethical issues raised by the dominant place that science
has assumed in our world. For this program, science is defined broadly to encompass both scientif ic theory and practical applications of scientific
knowledge.The minor in Science and Values
therefore includes consideration of technology, the
practice of medicine, and aspects of the human sciences in addition to the traditional physical, chemical and biological sciences.The purpose of a
minor in Science and Values is to give students the
skills to understand and to prepare for changes in
science, technology and health care, and to evaluate the ways in which these changes impact society. A Science and Values minor provides an understanding of the pace of change in science and
medicine, and develops critical thinking and writing skills applicable to a broad range of professional pursuits including technical writing, science
journalism and patent law. One specific aim of the
program is to expose students to a wide range of
courses offered by different schools throughout the
university, while giving them a solid foundation in
the humanistic tradition of the liberal arts.The
course of study is designed to build upon the
knowledge and skills developed in the student's
major by providing a greater interdisciplinary scope
and a consideration of ethical issues on topics
relating to science, technology and health.
To complete a minor in Science and Values students are required to complete six courses (18
credit hours). Students take SV 101: Introduction
to Science, Technology, Health and Human Values, and SV 301: Science, Technology and Health
Care: Present and Future Challenges. In addition,
students take 12 credits from the following list of
approved courses, no more than six credits of
which may be at the 100 level:
AN/AS 337 Non Western Medicine
BI 117
The Human Organism
BI 118
Human Health and Disease
BI 205/PL 222
Ethics in Biomedical Research and Health Care
Delivery
BI 222/EN 222
Evolution in Biology and Literature
CS 101
Principles of Information Technology
CS 203
Electronic Information and Cyberspace
CS 207
Computer Information Systems in Health Care
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
GT/SO 305
HM 101
HM 202
HM 217
HM/PO 218
HM 310
HS/SV 330
PL 220
PL 234
PL 235
PL 238
PS 325
SO 266
SO 280
SV/WS 230
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Death, Grief and Bereavement
Organization and Agencies of Health
Introduction to Public Health
Health Economics
Politics of Health
Health and Disease in Less Developed Countries
The History of Medicine
Ethics and Human Values
Philosophies of Health, Healing and Medicine
Philosophy of Science
Philosophies of the Future
Health Psychology
Population and Society
Illness and Disability
History of Sexuality and Reproduction in America
Page 61
WS/History 308
WS/History 309
WS/Legal Studies 250
WS/MEP 311
WS/Psychology 210
WS/Psychology 260
WS/Psychology 262
WS/Psychology 370
WS/CJ/SO 232
WS/Sociology 255
WS/Sociology 265
WS/Sociology 285
WS/SO/GT 302
WS/Sociology 304
Women in America: 1770-1920
Women in America: 1920-1990
Gender and the Law
Women and the Mass Media
Human Sexuality
Psychology of Men
Psychology of Women
Intimate Partner Violence Seminar
Women in the Criminal Justice System
The Family
Sociology of Work
Protest and Change
Women, Health & Aging
Sociology of Gender
In consultation with the director of the program,
students design a course of study with a coherent
focus related to their interests and major field.
These courses of study will have a central theme or
area of study that falls within the general scope of
the program.
Minor in Women’s Studies
Women’s Studies is an interdisciplinary field that
takes the study of women and gender as its subject.
The women’s studies program has three purposes.
First, it introduces students to the experiences and
achievements of women, and their treatment by
society here and now, as well as in earlier historical
times and in other geographical places. Second, it
examines gender as a social construct by taking it
as the primary focus of analysis and raising questions about its impact on traditional disciplines.
This enables students to examine the content of
other courses in new ways.Third, it promotes
interdisciplinary understanding of women’s experience by requiring students to take collateral courses
in several academic areas in the humanities and the
social sciences and by providing an integrative
seminar.
For a minor in women’s studies, students usually
take WS 101, Introduction to Women’s Studies
and WS 301, Seminar in Women's Studies, and
select four courses representing at least three different disciplines other than their major, from the
following:
WS/English 235
WS/EN/PS 335
Women’s Literature
Images of Women in Psychology and
Literature
American Literature by Women of Color
WS/English 338
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
61
2 Liberal Arts layout.revproof
62
7/21/03
10:11 AM
Page 62
COLLEGE
OF
LIBERAL ARTS
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 63
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Department and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Learning Objectives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Guiding Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65
Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66
Business Core Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67
Degrees in Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Five-Year B.S./M.B.A. Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Leadership Development Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Department of Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
Department of Computer Information Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Department of Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
Department of Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74
Department of International Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Department of Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
Department of Marketing and Advertising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
63
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 64
School of Business
Central Office of the School—Lender School of Business Center
(203) 582-8720
Administrative Officers
Dean
Associate Dean
Director of M.H.A. Program
Mark Thompson
Charles Brooks
Ronald Rozett
SB 211
SB 214
SB 212
582-8914
582-8333
582-8249
Chair
Anne Rich
Bruce White
Mark Gius
Vincent Driscoll
Xiaohong He
Ronald McMullen
Abhik Roy
Office
SB 215
SB 232
SB 216
SB 225
SB 221
SB 213
SB 219
Phone
582-8787
582-3386
582-8576
582-8788
582-5279
582-8784
582-8465
Departments/Programs
Department
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
Economics
Finance
International Business
Management
Marketing/Advertising
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Business is to support the goals of Quinnipiac University. Our core mission
is offering a quality education that enables students to meet the demands and challenges of a complex and
competitive world.This means that we must provide a supportive and stimulating environment for the
intellectual and personal growth of undergraduate, graduate and continuing education students. To accomplish this, we must:
• Awaken the spirit of creative and critical thought to enhance an individual’s problem-solving capabilities.
• Foster a sense of personal responsibility that encourages ethical behavior.
• Create an environment that requires respect for cultural diversity and an understanding of global issues.
• Develop an understanding and appreciation of the role that technology can play in enhancing business
operations.
• Encourage the willingness to take risks, the ability to acquire resources, to learn from failure, and to
influence action.
• Nurture life-long learning as a core value.
• Imbue a sense of professionalism.
In support of this mission, we are committed to:
• Continuous improvement in faculty capabilities in the area of teaching;
• Research and scholarly activity which enhances business education;
• Faculty and student involvement with the business communit y;
• Emphasis on interactive learning in a small class environment;
• Offering an individualized faculty-student relationship and assessment program that supports student
learning and career development; and
• Providing professionally recognized programs of instruction.
64
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 65
Learning Objectives
Communications
Our species’ most precious facility is that of communication. No one in business can hope to be
effective unless he/she de velops powerful communication skills. Communication skills center on an
individual’s ability to effectively transmit and
receive ideas to and from others. We define communication skills as w riting, speaking, reading and
listening. Effective writing skills center on the
ability to present concepts in a concise, yet complete manner in the production of memos, letters
and reports. Effective speaking skills include both
interpersonal and public communication. Effective
reading skills consist of comprehending and evaluating progressively more challenging materials.
Effective listening skills are active rather than passive in nature and reflect an individual’s ability to
confirm another’s meaning through feedback.
Critical Thinking
Critical thinking is centered around an individual’s
ability not to succumb to common fallacies of reasoning and to comprehend and effectively analyze
an argument. It consists of the ability to distinguish an argument from a set of claims that are
not inferentially related and to distinguish between
validity and soundness as they are related to
deductive argument and to evaluate the strength of
inductive and rhetorical arguments.
Computer Skills
Comprehensive computer skills will be vital for
those involved in the information-based economy
of the 21st centur y. These skills include the ability
to use the computer to gather and categorize data,
as an aid to decision making and as both a research
and communications tool.This means that students must be taught and consistently required to
use word processing, spreadsheet and communication software. In addition, they should be exposed
to the Internet, database fundamental, and major
specific computer decision tools. Computer skills
should go beyond specific software training. Students are expected to evaluate how to use the computer to enhance personal and organizational
effectiveness.
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
Behavioral Skills
Work requires interaction with others—either on
an individual basis or in the context of groups.
Behavioral effectiveness begins with self-awareness.
Students should be able to understand their own
motivations and accurately evaluate their own
capabilities.They should also be able to understand
another individual’s motivations and be able to
honestly evaluate another’s performance. The ability
to function effectively in a team, as a member or
leader, is another critically important behavioral skill.
Research Skills
Research skills consist of the ability to know how
to gather the appropriate information to address
the question at hand. Specific research skills
include effective use of library and computer-based
resources, organizing the data, and knowledge of
the appropriate decision tools to analyze the data.
Decision-Making Skills
Decision-making skills encompass a variety of
skills; however, they begin with the ability to identify problems. Students should learn to make the
distinction between symptoms of problems and the
sources of problems. Having identified problems,
students should be required to generate alternative
solutions.There should be a focus on creativity in
problem solving. Decision making entails making a
choice from alternative solutions. Students should
be exposed to a variety of analytical approaches to
aid the selection process. They also should be
expected to incorporate in their evaluation behavioral issues associated with implementing the
selected solution.
Guiding Principles
As an institution, the school has a number of
stakeholders/customers—students, their parents,
employers, society, fellow teachers and administrators. Students must be seen as our most important
stakeholders/customers.The totality and quality of
their education is our most critical goal.
We recognize that we also have an obligation to
serve our community. This obligation will be met
not only by reaching our educational goals but by
being a proactive member of the community.
Social and moral responsibility requires that the
65
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 66
issues of diversity and global awareness be totally
integrated into our curriculum. It also requires that
we practice what we teach.
In instruction, research and service activities, we
honor and impact principles of academic honesty,
freedom, and integrity and ensure that we adhere
to these principles oursel ves.
Continuous re-examination and improvement
of our activities are essential to our success.These
must be open, agreed upon, and impartially
conducted.
Values
Commitment to Education
Our core value is a commitment to excellence in
education.This is the basis that guides our school,
our personal activities, our research, our consulting,
the allocation of resources, and our own professional development.
Respect
Our actions must be guided by a profound respect
for the individual—the individual student, the
individual faculty member, the individual administrator, individual differences of opinion and ideas.
This respect must manifest itself in terms of the
highest ethical behavior.
Openness
Throughout the school and in the classroom, we
shall be open to challenge and debate. Openness
implies access to information and freedom to
express opinions in a mature and professional
manner.
Continuous Improvement
Pursuit of Knowledge
A key element of a university is to add to the
existing body of knowledge. Research, and scholarly activities which support the learning process, are
integral to our core activities. It is crucial that the
appropriate resources be devoted to this need and
the opportunity to renew our intellectual capital.
Ethics
We define ethics as a code of principles that characterizes right from wrong and guides the behavior
of individuals, groups and organizations. Ethical
principles should suggest courses of action. Students should be able to evaluate effectively both
personal and organizational decisions in the context of an ethical framework.They should be able
to identify and address examples of the ethical
dilemmas that they might face during their careers.
Global Awareness
As our economy becomes more globally integrated,
students should have a thorough grasp of the
role of international business. They should have
an appreciation for the dynamics of global trade,
alternative forms of business structures and
competition,international politics and social issues.
Students should have a comprehension of the size
and importance of different international resource
suppliers and product markets.
Awareness of Workplace Diversity
Our students are entering a business environment
dramatically different from that of the past. Today,
85% of the American work force is female, foreign
born or minority. To be effective, today’s business
student must appreciate the impact of diversity—
with respect to race, gender, ethnicity and ablebodiness—in the workplace.
We believe that students,faculty, staff and
administrators regularly should be informed about
their performance and progress.The faculty will
evaluate students fairly and provide specific
suggestions as to how the students can improve
their capabilities. In turn, the faculty will also be
evaluated and given the opportunity to improve
and to excel.The faculty needs to welcome
suggestions from students and each other on how
to improve performance.
66
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 67
Business Core Curriculum
IB 201
SB 101
SB 102
SB 450
Rationale
Consistent with its mission, the School of Business
has designed a series of courses and related activity
to introduce the student to the world of work in
business organizations. Problem solving, interpersonal relations and cultural sensitivit y, among other
issues, are addressed.The Business Core challenges
students to confront their business futures and
begin the professional development process. Each
core course provides a knowledge and skill basis for
advancement in the various disciplines.
Intent
• To provide foundation knowledge of the essential
concepts and techniques in business.
• To demonstrate the interdependence among the
basic disciplines of business.
• To provide job information about positions and
careers in various fields.
• To orient future business leaders to the emerging
global,political, social and economic context of
business in the 21st century.
• To understand the influence of the information
revolution and the use of state-of-the-art
technology upon current and future business
practices.
• To begin the process of enabling students to
become more creative and innovative while being
open to the prospect of life-long learning.
• To establish leadership st yles that include
personal integrity as a cornerstone.
The common requirements for graduation with the
Bachelor of Science degree for all business majors
include completion of the Business Core Curriculum, the Core Curriculum and open electives taken
outside the School of Business as follows.
Business Core Curriculum
AC 101
AC 102
FIN 201
MG 101
MG 202
LW 121
MK 201
SCHOOL
Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Fundamentals of Finance
Process of Management
Management & Human Behavior
Contracts and Agency
Marketing Principles
OF
B U S I N ES S
Credits
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
International Business
3
Business Environment I*
3
Business Environment II**
2
Strategic Integrated Management Seminar
2
Total 31
*The decision to waive SB 101/102 for transfers into the
School of Business is at the discretion of the adviser. The
following criteria are recommended:
• students transferring in with 60 credits or more may be
waived;
• OR students transferring in with 12 or more business credits
may be waived;
• OR any business experience the student has may, at the
discretion of the adviser, be reason for waiving.
**Students enrolled in SB 102 are simultaneously enrolled in
PL 160 (Ethics and Diversity), a one credit module taught by
faculty from the College of Liberal Arts.This credit is added to
the total for open elective courses outside the School of
Business (C) below.
Core Curriculum
Credits
English Competency
EN 101
Elements of Composition I
EN 102
Elements of Composition II
Mathematics & Specialized Competencies
MA 117
College Algebra
CIS 101
Principles of Information Technology
MA 118
Introductory Calculus
Area Requirements
Artistic Tradition
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Humanistic Tradition
Physical and Biological Sciences
Economics and Managerial Tradition
EC 101
Principles of Macroeconomics
EC 102
Principles of Microeconomics
Advanced Electives
MA 271
Probability and Statistics I
MA 272
Probability and Statistics II
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
6
8
3
3
3
3
Total 50
Open Electives
Must be taken outside the School of Business
PL 160
Ethics and Diversity
Credits
12
1*
Total 13
*As described in the Business Core Curriculum above.
67
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 68
Degrees in Business
Baccalaureate Degrees
Accounting
Advertising
Computer Information Systems
Computer Information Systems—Accounting
Computer Information Systems—Mathematics
(joint major with College of Liberal Arts)
Economics
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management
Finance
International Business
Management
Marketing—Areas of concentration:
Marketing Management, Marketing
Communications
Certificate Programs
Accountant’s Assistant
Export Marketing
Professional Accounting (C.P.A. Preparation)
Master’s Degrees
Master of Science in Accounting
Master in Business Administration
Thesis Option
Non-thesis Option with electives available in:
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
Economics
Finance
Health Administration
International Business
Management
Marketing
Master of Science in Computer Information Systems
Master in Health Administration
Five-year B.S./M.B.A. Program
Five-year B.A./M.B.A. Program
Joint M.B.A./J.D. Degree
Joint M.H.A./J.D. Degree
68
Five-Year B.S./M.B.A. Program
This program is designed for outstanding undergraduate students majoring in business administration. In order to complete the program in five
years, a student must apply for admission to the
Five-Year B.S./M.B.A. program no later than the
last semester of the student’s junior year. In order to
qualify for admission into the program, a student
must have an overall G.P.A. of at least 3.0 for 75 or
more units and 3.25 in one’s major at Quinnipiac.
If these standards are met, the Graduate Management Admissions Test is not required for admission
to the program. In order to continue in the program, the student must maintain an overall G.P.A.
of at least 3.0. Students in the B.S./M.B.A. program must consult the director of graduate business
programs. A minimum of 30 credit hours must be
completed at the graduate level in addition to the
undergraduate degree requirements.
Leadership Development Program
Incoming freshmen in the School of Business have
the opportunity to participate in an ongoing fouryear program designed to develop leadership skills.
A maximum of 30 students is provided with both
educational and experiential activities to enable
them to actualize their leadership potential. In
addition, these students can participate in supervised internships and corporate mentoring experiences with business and industry, as well as leadership seminars and conferences.
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 69
Department of Accounting
Master of Science in Accounting (see p. 163)
Bachelor of Science in Accounting
Accounting is the language of business. It is used
to communicate financial and other information to
people, organizations and governments. Accounting plays a key role in our society and is important
to businesses as well as not-for-profit organizations. Since accounting information is used to
make rational economic decisions, accounting is an
integral component of all management information systems.
The mission of the Department of Accounting
is to provide a broad education designed to foster
an understanding of business and accounting concepts relevant to today’s global economy. The goals
of the department are:
1. To offer a relevant curriculum that provides the
student with an understanding of accounting,
shows the relationship of accounting to other
disciplines, balances theory and practice, and
communicates the ethical standards of the
profession.
2. To enrich the students’ learning environment by:
[a] developing their skills in communicating,
analyzing, critical thinking, problem solving and
computer applications [b] providing information
about accounting careers and certifications
[c] fostering student involvement in the business
community through internships, seminars with
accounting practitioners and participation in
professional organizations.
3. To provide continuing education programs to
accountants and the business community.
4. To assure faculty are current in their fields and
contribute to the business and academic
community.
Students studying accounting find careers in public
accounting, industry, government and academia.
Entry-level accountants work as staff accountants
in public accounting firms, internal auditors, cost
and financial analysts in industry, as well as IRS
agents. As one obtains experience in the accounting field, an accountant can become a partner in a
public accounting firm, or a controller or chief
financial officer in a corporate organization. Most
accounting students continue their education in
S C H OO L
OF
B U S I N ES S
master’s degree programs or in professional education courses. Many entrepreneurs have benefited
from a strong accounting background.
The Department of Accounting is committed
to a balance of theory and practice. Students utilize the computer as a tool throughout their program. Students are challenged through simulation
analysis, classroom discussion, library research and
oral and written projects. To support the educational objectives of the accounting program, students are encouraged to complete internships in
public accounting firms or business organizations,
participate in seminars with accounting practitioners, to actively participate in the Accounting Society, and take advantage of study abroad programs.
For students who qualify, there is an accounting
honors program. Many professional accounting
organizations, such as the Institute of Management Accountants, hold meetings at Quinnipiac
University. All accounting students are encouraged
to attend these programs to learn about current
issues in the profession.
Accounting students have the opportunity to
complete a joint major in accounting and computer
information systems. In addition, students may combine accounting with a major or minor in any business discipline. The faculty advises students on career
opportunities. The Career and Counseling Centers
provide excellent assistance to accounting majors
through special recruiting dinners, résumé workshops,internship support and campus interviews.
Students who wish to pursue a career in public
accounting should note most states now require
150-credit hours of college education as the minimum education to sit for the CPA examination.
The Connecticut State Board of Public Accountancy requires at least 60 nonbusiness credits, 36
credit hours in accounting, and 30 credit hours in
business. Other states have different specific course
requirements. Students should meet with their
adviser to plan a program that will satisfy their
needs. Students may fulfill the 150-hour program
requirement by completing the M.B.A. or M.S. in
Accounting programs at Quinnipiac University or
by taking sufficient additional undergraduate
courses.
69
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 70
Bachelor of Science in Accounting
A total of 125 semester hours (40 courses or the
equivalent) is required for graduation with the
degree of Bachelor of Science in Accounting. A
course in accounting or law for which a grade of D
is received must be repeated.
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Accounting Core (28 credits)
AC 103
The Accounting Process
AC 201,202,203
Intermediate Accounting I, II & III
AC 311
Auditing Theory & Practice
AC 323
Advanced Cost Accounting
AC 335
Accounting Information Systems
AC 405
Accounting for Business Combinations
AC 431,432 Federal Income Tax Procedure
Accounting Capstone Course (select one) (3 credits)
AC 402
Internship Program
AC 406
Accounting for Government Entities,
Consolidations & SEC Reporting
AC 489
Personal Financial Planning
FIN (any)
Finance Elective
LW 122
Law of Property, Sales &
Negotiable Instruments
70
1
9
3
3
3
3
6
3
3
3
3
3
Department of
Computer Information Systems
Master of Science in Computer Information
Systems
Bachelor of Science in Computer Information
Systems
Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science—
Double Major Program:
Computer Information Systems and
Mathematics
The mission of the computer information systems
department,in support of the mission and goals of
Quinnipiac University and the School of Business,
is to provide students with programs of study and
learning opportunities that enable them to pursue
successful careers in a global information age.
In pursuit of this mission the department focuses on excellence in teaching, and a course of study
that develops knowledge and understanding of
theoretical principles though individual practice.
The department is committed to the development
of expertise in information technology that meets
the needs of businesses, social, and other nonprofit
organizations.This commitment recognizes the
need to balance technical skills with an understanding of human and ethical requirements, and
focuses on the unchanging need for the effective
management of information in an environment in
which the technology itself can be expected to be
constantly changing.
In support of its stated mission of graduating students who can pursue successful careers, a primary
goal of the computer information systems department involves the development of a long-term career
path tailored to the individual student’s tastes, and a
secondary goal is to equip students with the skills
necessary to gain entrance to a job which provides
opportunities for further career development and
lifelong learning. In support of these objectives the
computer information systems department provides
undergraduate programs of study for a major in
computer information systems, a number of dual
majors offered jointly with other departments inside
and outside of the School of Business, and a minor
in computer information systems.
S C H OO L
OF
BUSINE SS
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 71
Learning Objectives of the Major in
Computer Information Systems
The computer information systems program maintains a focus of enabling students to manage and
work with computer information systems which
meet business or organization requirements effectively; this means that students must understand
the need for fault tolerant systems which are within the requirements of budgetary constraints,
incorporate ethical and legal considerations, and
meet specific enterprise goals, including quality
requirements for customer service.
Among the information system specific skill
sets students are provided with are:
• Analysis and design of information systems
which meet enterprise needs.This includes the
more general skills of: effective written and oral
communication, problem recognition, problem
definition (in both system and enterprise terms),
the synthesis of new solutions, identification and
recognition of essential components.
Among the specific courses that concentrate on
these skills are CIS 310, CIS 370, CIS/AC 335,
CIS 383 and CIS 440.
• Use and experience with multiple design
methodologies (such as the System Development
Life Cycle, Rapid Application Development with
prototyping and Joint Application Development),
and multiple system models (procedural or
process oriented,enterprise or data oriented and
object-oriented models) Among the specific
courses which support the development of these
skills are CIS 370, CIS 383 and CIS 440.
• Experience in the use of multiple programming
languages to be used as tools for system construction and modification, with an understanding of
appropriateness for an application and the capabilities and limitations of a language.
Among the courses supporting this skill set goal
are: CIS 110, CIS 210, CIS 212, CIS 213,
CIS 312, CIS 313, CIS 214, and CIS 314.
• Development of interpersonal and g roup skills,
including working in teams, meeting deadlines,
developing user instruction manuals and improving written and oral communication skills.
Among the courses designed to de velop these skills
are: CIS 370, CIS 440 and the internships CIS 482
and CIS 483.
SCHOOL
OF
BUSINESS
• Understanding of the role of computer-related
equipment in system design and use, including
recognizing the capabilities and limitations of
such equipment and ergonomic considerations.
Among the courses that develop this skill set are
CIS 301, CIS 370 and CIS 440.
In order to assist students in meeting these goals
the program is built upon a core of required courses,
a distribution of elective courses within the program, and a required two-semester internship. As
with all programs within the School of Business,
students must meet the requirements of both the
Core Curriculum and the School of Business Core
as well as the specific requirements of the major.
Requirements for a Computer Information
Systems Major
As part of the requirements for a B.S. in Computer
Information Systems, students are required to meet
each of:
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Computer Information Systems
Students must complete each of the following required
courses:
CIS 101
Principles of Information Technology
(Core course)
CIS 110
Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 301
Information Systems Hardware & Software
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 330
Networking & Telecommunications
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 351
Database Programming Design
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 370
Systems Analysis & Design
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 440
Project & Change Management
(3 credit hrs.)
CIS 482
Internship I (1 credit hr.)
CIS 483
Internship II (1 credit hr.)
Also at least one of the following courses (all 3 credit hrs.):
CIS 210
Advanced Object-Oriented Programming
CIS 312
Advanced Java
CIS 313
Advanced C++
CIS 312
Advanced COBOL
And:
Any three CIS electives (3 credit hrs. each)
71
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 72
Students who elect to complete a minor in fine
arts/multimedia may substitute up to two multimedia electives for CIS electives. Consult with the
department chair for the latest list of multimedia
courses.
The following pattern is suggested to assist
students in planning the sequence of CIS courses:
Freshman Year — Fall
CIS 101
Principles of Information Technology
Freshman Year — Spring
CIS 110
Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
Sophomore Year — Fall
CIS 210 or CIS 212 or
CIS 213 or CIS 214 (Advanced Programming)
Sophomore Year — Spring
CIS 301
Information Systems Hardware & Software
Junior Year — Fall
CIS 351
Database Programming Design
CIS 370
Systems Analysis & Design
Junior Year — Spring
CIS 330
Networking & Telecommunications
CIS 440
Project & Change Management
Senior Year — Fall
CIS 482
Internship I
CIS
Elective(s)
Senior Year — Spring
CIS 483
Internship II
CIS
Elective(s)
CIS electives provide students with an opportunity
to personalize their program of study. The selection of electives should be based, at least in part,
upon career goals, advice from advisers, and the
special interests of the student. Students should
note that every elective is not offered every semester, but with proper planning, the schedule of
elective offerings permits every student the opportunity to take any elective within his or her four
years at Quinnipiac. Listings of anticipated offerings are available on the departmental Web pages,
and students are encouraged to add their own recommendations for offerings.
72
Interschool Offering
Bachelor of Science OR Bachelor of Arts in
Computer Information Systems and Mathematics
Students may select either one of the Bachelor of
Arts or Bachelor of Science degrees, and program
requirements will be different as noted below in
school requirements.
Program requirements are as follows:
Computer Information Systems and
Mathematics Dual Major
Core Curriculum
The requirements are the same as for all Bachelor of Science
programs in the School of Business.
Business Core
Students either meet all requirements for the Business Core
with the substitution of MA 371, MA 372 for the requirements
of MA 271, MA 272, or, if they elect also to meet the
additional requirements for the actuarial studies concentration
they may substitute the following requirement: AC 101, AC
102, CIS 101, EC 101, EC 102, FIN 201, LW 201, MG 101,
MA 371, MA 372; two courses from IB 201, MG 202, MK
201, FIN 310; a two-course internship CIS 480, CIS 481.
Computer Information Systems
Required Courses (3 credit hrs. each)
CIS 110
Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
CIS 214
Introduction to COBOL
CIS 301
Information Systems Hardware & Software
CIS 330
Networking & Telecommunications
CIS 351
Database Programming Design
CIS 370
Systems Analysis & Design
CIS 440
Project & Change Management
MA 361
Numerical Analysis I
Students select three courses (9 credit hrs.) from the
following in consultation with faculty advisers from both
major departments (each course is 3 credit hrs.).
CIS 210
Advanced Object-Oriented Programming
CIS 212
Introduction to C++
CIS 213
Introduction to Java
CIS 230
Desktop Publishing
CIS 260
Advanced Spreadsheet Processing & Design
CIS 282
Multimedia & WWW Publishing
CIS 312
Advanced C++
CIS 313
Advanced Java
CIS 314
Advanced COBOL
CIS 335
Accounting Information Systems
CIS 381
Client Side Web Development
CIS 382
Server Side Web Development
CIS 383
Analysis & Design for Web Development
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Dual Major Courses
Mathematics
MA 141,142 Calculus of a Single Variable I & II
MA 229
Linear Algebra
MA 241
Calculus of Several Variables
MA 242
Integral Calculus & Differential Equations
MA 305
Discrete Mathematics
MA 321
Abstract Algebra
MA 341
Advanced Calculus I
MA 371
Mathematical Statistics & Probability I*
MA 372
Mathematical Statistics & Probability II*
MA/CIS 361 Numerical Analysis I**
Page 73
Department of Economics
6
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
3
* replaces MA 271,MA 272 in Business Core
**meets CIS requirement also
Students who wish to meet the actuarial studies concentration
in the Department of Mathematics should plan to take CIS 251
and FIN 310 as part of their elective offerings.
Computer Information Systems Minor
Students may choose a minor in computer information systems for various reasons, including:
wanting to become better educated consumers or
users of information technolog y, or, a desire to
improve employment opportunities by adding
additional skills, or, they enjoy working with one
or more aspects of computer systems. The variety
of reasons for the election of a minor in computer
information systems precludes a single learning
objective for the limited number of courses in a
minor, consequently the minor is structured to
provide each student with an opportunity to select
courses which support the learning objective
appropriate for his or her purposes.
The minor in computer information systems
requires the completion of 18 semester hours
which must include:
CIS 101
Principles of Information Technology
CIS 110
Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming
CIS 301
Information Systems Hardware & Software
Students also select any three CIS courses numbered above
199. Students may substitute one AR or MC class numbered
above 199 for one of these three CIS courses.
S C H OO L
OF
B U S I N ES S
Bachelor of Science in Economics
Minor in Economics (available to all Quinnipiac
students)
Bachelor of Science in Economics
A student enrolled in the economics program
examines the development and application of
economic theory. Such study requires that the
student consider questions relating to social goals
and policies, the role of a market economy in
attaining those goals, and the relationship between
market and non-market institutions. According
to the student’s interests, these studies are
supplemented by more specialized courses such
as environmental economics, law and economics,
international economics, or labor economics. To earn
a B.S. degree in economics, students must complete
123 semester hours (40 courses or the equivalent).
Goals
1. To learn the core theories of economics.
2. To become skilled in the application of these
theories to business and social problems.
Economics majors have gone on to successful
careers in government and business, not only as
economists but as buyers, systems analysts, lawyers,
securities analysts, bankers, stockbrokers, sales
managers and researchers.
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Required Courses for Economics Majors
EC 201
Intermediate Macroeconomics
EC 202
Intermediate Microeconomics
EC 350
International Economics
EC 365
Econometrics
Economics Electives
(EC courses numbered 200 or higher)
Free Electives
3
3
3
3
12
6
73
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 74
Minor in Economics
Any Quinnipiac student may minor in economics.
We encourage students wishing to augment their
field of study with the perspective and skills of
economics to consider this minor. In addition to
the core curriculum economics courses (EC 101,
EC 102), the student must complete four economics courses numbered 200 or higher to be approved
by the department chair.
Department of Finance
Bachelor of Science in Finance
Minor in Finance
Consistent with the missions of Quinnipiac
University and the School of Business, the
Department of Finance is committed to providing
high quality teaching and learning activities so that
graduates are well prepared to compete in the
global community.
More specifically, graduates of this program
have opportunities to gain working knowledge and
hands-on experience in both the corporate and the
investment sides of finance. Global, ethical, legal,
regulatory and technological issues in finance are
considered throughout the program.
The B.S. in finance prepares graduates for career
opportunities as corporate project and budget analysts, cash and credit managers, (and ultimately
treasurers); also as securities and portfolio analysts,
and bank lending, marketing and credit officers.
Graduates of the program also are well prepared for
careers in financial services sales, real estate and
insurance as well as for graduate studies in business
administration, law and other disciplines.
Learning activities involved in the program
include lectures, group activities, problem solving,
case studies, a variety of computer applications,
and internships.The department provides learning
opportunities to develop student skills in communication, critical thinking and the ability to adapt
to change.
In support of the program’s goals, faculty participate in classroom activities, individual and club
advising, basic and applied research, college and
community service, and ongoing development of
the program.
74
Bachelor of Science in Finance
Graduation with a B.S. in finance requires that the
student complete 124 semester hours.
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Finance Core (15 credit hours)
FIN 210
Cases in Financial Management:
Computer Application
2
FIN 310
Global Security Analysis &
Investment Planning
4
FIN 350
Global Financial Markets & Institutions
3
FIN 420
Management of Commercial Banks
3
FIN 430
Investment & Portfolio Management
3
Finance Electives (15 credit hours)
The student must complete five finance courses numbered 200
or higher, exclusive of the finance core courses and FIN 201.
Minor in Finance
Students wishing a minor in finance must complete FIN 201 Financial Management, FIN 210
Cases in Financial Management: Computer Applications, FIN 430 Investment and Portfolio Management, FIN 310 Global Security Analysis, FIN
420 Management of Commercial Banks and
Other Financial Institutions and one additional
adapt advanced finance course.
Transfer credits may not be used to satisfy the
above requirements for a minor. Upon the recommendation of the department chairman, the dean
of the School of Business may modify or waive this
restriction for individual students.
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 75
Department of
International Business
The world around us is fast changing and future
business leaders need to recognize these changes.
International trade and investment, international
labor and capital movement, new technologies
such as the Internet and the World Wide Web,
and other aspects and vehicles of globalization
continue to grow at a significant rate. It is important that we—as voters, as future employees and as
citizens of our increasingly globalized world—
understand the pros and cons of this process.
What goes on outside of the United States affects
us, and the better we understand it, the better we
can operate within it.
Recognizing the necessity of global awareness for
success in today’s business world, the Department
of International Business at Quinnipiac University
prepares students for a wide range of careers in
practically every field and type of organization:
business, not-for-profit and government.The
following fields have demonstrated a particular need
for graduates in international business:
• manufacturing firms such as multinational corporations, import-export trading companies, or any
firm that currently exports or imports or practices
outsourcing;
• service firms such as shipping, banking, insurance, finance, consulting, market research companies, legal, airlines, hotels and travel agencies;
• government agencies such as the foreign commercial service, consular staff, the Export-Import
Bank, and state and federal commerce departments; and
• international organizations such as the World
Bank, IMF and the United Nations.
The program’s mission is to offer a international
business curriculum that helps nurture and develop
students’ abilities and interests. Students are
exposed to a multiplicity of perspectives and challenged to develop a broad and inquisitive mindset.
Concurrently, practical knowledge and skills also
are emphasized through the active development of
technical and business related skills.
This dual objective is accomplished through:
• the development of an area competence ear ly in
the program, with a broad range of options
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
including languages, liberal arts courses, and study
abroad opportunities;
• specific functional courses (international marketing, international business research, international
trade and investment, international finance, international management, international strategy,
international law, global supply chain management) that provide students with the theoretical
foundations needed for sound practical decisions;
• a focus on developing key conceptual, analytical
and practical competencies, including critical
thinking, negotiation skills, global awareness and
sensitivity towards cultural differences and ethical
issues, commitment for life-long learning, as well
as technology-related abilities such as facility
with the Internet and its many applications, and
expertise in using spreadsheet programs and
other business software;
• frequent interaction with the local business community through adjunct facult y, guest speakers,
participation in smaller projects for local businesses, field trips and international as well as
domestic internships; and
• hands-on experience with two certificate programs.
Study abroad programs (two to four weeks as well
as semester-long) offer the opportunity for immersion in a foreign country to better understand its
language, history, politics, business and culture. All
students are urged to take advantage of these possibilities, once they meet the necessary requirements (junior or senior status with a minimum
G.P.A. of 3.0). Quinnipiac University has semester-abroad programs in China, France, Ireland,
England and Costa Rica and is developing similar
programs in Uruguay and Mexico. We also assist
students in seeking out opportunities in other
countries such as Spain and Italy.
The International Business Society is a student
organization that provides opportunities to visit
internationally oriented companies in Connecticut
and New York, and is active in establishing and
strengthening ties with local companies through
workshops on export and foreign market entry for
local business and entrepreneurs.
Students select courses and internships under
the guidance of a department faculty adviser. The
Bachelor of Science in International Business
requires the completion of 124 semester hours.
75
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 76
Bachelor of Science in International
Business
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Business Core
As described on page 67
Foreign Language (12 hours) at least 6 at 200 level
International Business Core (21 hours)
IB 311/MK 362
International Marketing
IB 313/MK 370
International Marketing Research
IB 325
International Trade, Investment & Competition
IB 335
International Financial Management
IB 352
International Management
IB 401
International Business Strategy
IB 345
Global Supply Chain Management
or IB 323
Export Procedures, Financing & Insurance
Electives
Electives may be utilized for concentration of courses in a
minor (e.g. Spanish minor, marketing minor, finance minor,
etc.), or for transfer credits from other majors/institutions.
To allow for a minor and the 5-year B.S./M.B.A. program,
students need to plan early and choose courses carefully.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
Planning Pattern for IB Related Courses
(prerequisites in parentheses)
First year — Fall
EC 101 (MA 117 corequisite)
AC 101 (MA 117 corequisite)
MA 117
First year — Spring
IB 201 (EC 101)
AC 102 (AC 101)
EC 102 (EC 101)
Second year — Fall
MK 201 (EC 101-2)
IB 325 (IB 201)
FIN 201 (AC 101, EC 101-2, MA 117)
Foreign Language
Second year — Spring
IB 311 (IB 201 or MK 201)
IB 345 (IB 201)
IB 335 (IB 201, FIN 201)
Foreign Language
Third year — Fall
IB 313 (IB 201, IB 311, MK 201, MA 271)
IB 352 (IB 201, MG 202)
IB 323 (IB 201, IB 311)
Foreign Language
Third year — Spring
Electives/Internship/Semester abroad & Foreign Language
Fourth year — Fall
Electives/Internship/Semester abroad & Foreign Language
Fourth year — Spring
IB 401 (Seniors only)
Note:Business core courses are listed only because they are
prerequisites of IB core courses.
Program G.P.A. Requirement
If a student’s G.P. A .f a lls below 2.3, he or she has
one semester limit to bring it up to 2.3. Otherwise
the student is subject to dismissal from the program.
International Business Minor (18 credits)
IB 201
IB 311
IB 325
International Business (prerequisite EC 101)
International Marketing (prerequisite IB 201)
International Trade, Investment & Competition
(prerequisite IB 201)
IB 352
International Management (prerequisite IB 201,
MG 202)
Two additional electives from international business courses
(with IB prefix)
76
SCHO OL
OF
BUSINE SS
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 77
Minor in European Union Business Studies
(18 credits)
The minor is designed to respond to the needs of
students from a variety of backgrounds (liberal arts
as well as business).This specialization offers a
focus that complements and enhances the skills
and knowledge acquired in the student’s major
area of study.
The program is recommended to students planning careers in businesses and other organizations
dealing with the European Union, America’s
largest trading partner and an emerging political,
financial and economic powerhouse.
The minor consists of six required courses, including an International Field Experience course that will
be conducted over six weeks in May and June of
every year.
Required courses:
IB 105
International Business Environment
(3 credits) Fall, Spring
IB 205
Introduction to the European Union
(3 credits) Spring
PO 332
European Politics (3 credits) Fall
IB 311
International Marketing (3 credits) Fall, Spring
IB 352
International Management (3 credits) Fall
IB 362
International Field Experience and Research in
the European Union (3 credits)
Department of Management
Bachelor of Science in Management
Bachelor of Science in Entrepreneurship and
Small Business Management
Minor in Management
Bachelor of Science in Management
2. Providing students a broad overview of the concepts, principles and processes essential for
effectively and efficiently running an organization and/or managing a small business enterprise in an environment of cultural diversity,
with special emphasis on interpersonal skills and
group dynamics.
3. Providing students with an understanding of the
functional disciplines of business administration,
related social and natural sciences, as well as liberal arts subject matter appropriate for managing
a business enterprise.
4. Inculcating an experimental attitude among the
students that they continuously improve their
understanding of the academic disciplines and
the evolving world.
Students majoring in management are required
to complete 124 semester hours (40 courses or the
equivalent).
Management Major
In order to graduate as a management major, a student must have earned a minimum of C grade in
every management course.
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Management Core
MG 201
Decision Making
MG 203
Organizational Theory
MG 240
Software Applications for Business
MG 301
Organizational & Group Processes
MG/HM 333 Management Thought
MG 401
Project Management
MG 402
Business Policy Seminar
Management Electives
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
9
Leadership requires innovation and creativity in
dealing with global competition. Keeping this frame
of reference in view, the management department
has designed its curriculum to provide students with
an educational base to become business leaders. The
management department’s mission is:
1. Training students in developing a conceptual
framework for creating, organizing and
managing a business enterprise in a global
environment.
SCHOOL
OF
BUSINESS
77
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 78
The Double Major and Management
Students who want to pursue a double major in
management and another business discipline must
consult with the department chair to develop a
program that best suits their needs.
Career Possibilities
Job opportunities for management majors exist as
managers, administrators, human resource managers, consultants and section heads in a wide
range of business, governmental and nonprofit
organizations. Many graduates also begin their
own businesses or join family firms.
Quinnipiac has an Office of Career Services
which provides students assistance in developing
résumés, securing internships and exploring available career opportunities.
Student Activity
Management majors have the opportunity to
participate in student chapters of the following
organizations:
1. Society for the Advancement of Management
2. American Production and Inventory Control Society
3. Students in Free Enterprise
4. Management Club
The first deals with cutting-edge issues in modern
management, and the second with production and
technology questions.The third involves students
interested in starting or managing their own businesses. All sponsor speakers, dinners and visits to
local businesses, providing students opportunities
to interact with members of the business community in a non-classroom setting. Management Club
is a forum for students to meet each other and discuss emerging and evolving concepts.
Minor in Management
To minor in management, for business as well as
liberal arts students, the requirements are:
Management 101, Management 202 and four
upper-level courses.The department chair’s
approval is required.
78
Bachelor of Science in
Entrepreneurship and Small
Business Management
Increasingly recognized as an important driver for
both the national and international economy,
entrepreneurship is more than the creation of a
new business venture. Rather, entrepreneurship
encompasses seeking opportunity, identifying and
acknowledging risk,and, most importantly,
persisting until the idea becomes reality. At
Quinnipiac University, we believe that this
perspective can be developed in our students and
that they can utilize their entrepreneurial perspective
for the purpose of realization of innovative ideas in a
variety of settings including profit and not-for-profit
organizations,new and existing ventures, and in
business and non-business activities. Moreover, we
view the development of this perspective as having
special relevance for the small business environment
that many of our students seek upon graduation.
The program includes a rigorous and rounded
academic curriculum complemented by extracurricular and service learning involvement in the region’s
business activity. The program develops entrepreneurial thinking, establishes a foundation in sound
business practices along with an appreciation for
and understanding of the social sciences in general,
and fosters the skills necessary to successful entrepreneurship and small business management.
This is accomplished through a distinct and
innovative curriculum. The program includes
traditional classroom-based courses, experiential,
distance and service learning, independent study,
internships,learning modules, case study and case
management. The program’s educational purpose
cannot be fulfilled without the involvement of local,
regional and national companies and small business
owners sharing their expertise and experiences.The
Quinnipiac University Entrepreneurship and Small
Business Management Institute assists this academic
program by providing related services such as
professional education,consulting, capital access, and
other services to the entrepreneurial and small
business community.
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 79
Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management Major
In order to graduate as an entrepreneurship and
small business management major, a student must
have earned a minimum of C grade in every entrepreneurship and small business management course.
Business Core Curriculum
See page 67
Core Curriculum
See page 67
Open Electives
See page 67
Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management Core
MG 240
Software Application for Business
MG 332
Achievement, Risk Taking
& the Entrepreneur
MK 370
Marketing Research
MG 433
Entrepreneurship & Small
Business Management
MG 470
Entrepreneurial Creativity & Implementation
MG 488
Internship
MG 471
Business Plan Competition
One of the following:
MG 490
Field Projects
SB 222
Ventures in Free Enterprise
Entrepreneurship & small business management electives
Faculty Activity
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
6
The Double-Major and Entrepreneurship
and Small Business Management
Students wishing to pursue a double major in
entrepreneurship and small business management
and another business discipline must consult with
a program faculty adviser to develop a program
that best suits their needs.
Career Possibilities
Although some of the entrepreneurship and small
business management majors will indeed launch
their own new business or firm upon graduation,
most opt to begin their careers in already established organizations. Indeed, many Quinnipiac students come from a family business background and
use this program as a vehicle to develop ideas and
plans to be implemented when they join the business. Others find that the entrepreneurial perspective they gain through this program, along with the
rich portfolio of learning experiences, provides
them with skills of interest to prospective employers in a wide range of industries.
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
Successful completion of the major provides
students with documented evidence of their ability
to integrate and apply their business acumen in
both directed and self-managed activities.This,
coupled with a rich network of faculty, staff, businesses and entrepreneurs eager to assist them in
attaining their career goals from the moment they
enter the program, provides students with the tools
they need to successfully navigate a rewarding
career in today’s business environment.
In addition to the preparation and delivery of the
entrepreneurship courses, faculty serve as advisers
to the previously described student activities.
Moreover, to keep on the cutting edge of entrepreneurship and small business management,they are
active in research and consulting. Both of these
activities often provide opportunities for direct stu dent participation. Faculty also develop and deliver
a variety of professional education programs to the
business community including being certified to
facilitate the nationally recognized Kauffman FastTrac program for de veloping business plans.
Student Activity
The heavy emphasis on experiential learning and
direct contact with businesses and entrepreneurs
provides students majoring in entrepreneurship
and small business management with a multitude
of opportunities to expand their skills and stretch
their capabilities.These currently include:
1. Students in Free Enterprise (SIFE): SIFE is a
nonprofit organization that gives students the tools
to learn the free enterprise system in a real working
situation. SIFE challenges students on more than
700 college campuses worldwide to take what they
are learning in the classroom and use their knowledge to better their communities. Guided by the
major’s faculty advisers, who are named Sam M.
Walton Free Enterprise Fellows in honor of the
late Wal-Mart founder, SIFE Teams establish a
variety of community outreach programs that teach
free enterprise. For example, they teach concepts
such as budgeting, accounting, and supply and
demand.They help budding entrepreneurs get
their plans off the ground and mentor at-risk students,inspiring them to reach for their dreams.
2. EntrePrep: EntrePrep is a national program for
talented, motivated high school juniors. It is
designed to provide the fundamental concepts
79
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 80
and skills for becoming an entrepreneur and starting
up a business. In addition to laying a solid foundation in entrepreneurship, EntrePrep offers internship experiences with start-up businesses and helps
students explore the process of evaluating and making recommendations to new ventures. Quinnipiac
students assist in this program by providing mentoring services to these students and in program
administration and delivery.
3 .C onnecticut Venture Group and the Connecticut
State Department of Economic and Community
Development (DECD) University Business Plan
Competition (CVG): This competition,which
provides over $50,000 in prize money to student
business plans, is designed to: 1) educate students
in the process of creating and evaluating new business ventures, 2) prepare students for opportunities
in entrepreneurship during their careers, and 3) use
the resources and skills of CVG members to further the educational experience of participants.
Quinnipiac students are encouraged to enter the
contest and to assist other students in their efforts.
The Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management Minor
Both business and non-business school students
are encouraged to minor in entrepreneurship and
small business management.The minor enables
students to supplement their main interest area
with the basic skills necessary to create a business
plan and engage in the entrepreneurial activities
and learning experiences offered by the university.
The requirements of the minor are: MG 101, MG
202, MG 332, MG 433,MK 201, MK 370 and
two upper-level courses from the Entrepreneurship
Core. Approval from the entrepreneurship faculty
advisers is required.
80
Department of Marketing and
Advertising
Bachelor of Science in Marketing
Bachelor of Science in Advertising
The department seeks to empower students with
the knowledge and tools necessary to compete
successfully in today’s challenging global business
environment. Ethical considerations, international
aspects and cultural diversity topics are included
throughout the department ’s programs of study.
The department aims to offer high-quality
teaching and a small-group learning environment.
Through a variety of classroom and internship
experiences, and global exchange programs, majors
are prepared to apply academic concepts to
business situations, and also to use them as
personal resources in planning their future. In
addition, our students are prepared to enhance
their knowledge of the field through active pursuit
of lifelong learning. In support of these objectives,
the department offers its departmental resources to
carry out and enhance faculty activities such as
classroom teaching, supervision of internships and
independent studies, individual and club advising,
professional development, research and the
ongoing development of these majors.
Bachelor of Science in Marketing
The Bachelor of Science in Marketing is designed
to provide students with a comprehensive
understanding of marketing concepts and practices.
The marketing major combines core business
courses and the technical skills of marketing. The
curriculum includes courses such as Electronic
Commerce, Product Management, Marketing
Research, Consumer Behavior, Marketing Channels
and Distribution, Retail Management, and
Advertising Practices and Procedures.
Marketing majors are encouraged to complete a
minor in another department such as mass
communications or art. A student chapter of the
American Marketing Association is active on
campus, and the Quinnipiac University Polling
Institute offers opportunities for students to gain
hands-on experience conducting sur vey research.
Students are encouraged to take advantage of the
many internship opportunities that are available to
Quinnipiac marketing students.
S C H OO L
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 81
Graduates find career opportunities in a variety
of businesses such as pharmaceutical manufacturers, financial institutions, high-tech firms, retailers,
and small businesses. In addition, marketing career
opportunities exist outside business organizations,
in government, trade associations, health organizations, and not-for-profit institutions.The marketing program also provides students with the necessary prerequisites for graduate education.
The baccalaureate degree, Bachelor of Science
in Marketing, requires the completion of 124
semester hours as outlined below:
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Marketing Core (9 hours)
MK 210
Consumer Behavior
3
MK 370
Marketing
3
MK 401
Marketing Strategy
3
Marketing Electives
(21 hours of which at least 15 hours must be in marketing)
Marketing Management
MK 332
Integrated Marketing Communication (required) 3
MK 333
Distribution Management (required)
3
MK 334
Product Management (required)
3
MK 301
Electronic Commerce
3
MK 312
Advertising
3
MK 316
Advertising Copy & Layout
3
MK 324
Business-to-Business Marketing
3
MK 340
Database Marketing
3
MK 352
Retail Management
3
MK 355
Service Marketing
3
MK 362/IB 311
International Marketing
3
MK 383
Professional Selling
3
MK 488/489 Internship in Marketing
6
MK 497
Marketing & Advertising Competition
3
IB 323
Export Marketing
3
IB 345
Global Supply Chain Management
3
Program G.P.A. Requirement
If a student’s G.P.A. falls below 2.5, the student has
one semester limit to bring it up to 2.5. Otherwise
he or she is subject to dismissal from the program.
Minor in Marketing (18 hours)
Three marketing minors are available: marketing
minor for biology majors, marketing minor for business majors, and marketing minor for non-biology
and non-business majors. Marketing minors should
coordinate options with their major adviser and the
chairperson of the marketing department. (Note:
Students desiring a minor in international marketing should minor in international business).
Marketing Minor for Biology Majors (18 hours)
This minor was designed to prepare students for
careers in pharmaceutical and other biotechnology
and health-related fields. Required marketing
courses are:
MK 201
MK 210
MK 324
MK 370
MK 383
MK 488
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
Marketing Principles (prerequisites EC 101-102)
Consumer Behavior (prerequisite MK 201)
Business to Business Marketing (prerequisite
MK 201)
Marketing Research (prerequisites MK 201 &
MA 275)
Professional Selling & Sales Management
(prerequisite MK 201)
Internship in Marketing (requirement: junior
status; prerequisite MK 201)
81
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 82
Marketing Minor for Business Majors (18 hours)
This minor is intended to broaden the qualifications of students majoring in other areas of business. Required marketing courses are:
MK 201
MK 210
MK 370
Marketing Principles (prerequisites EC 101-102)
Consumer Behavior (prerequisite MK 201)
Marketing Research (prerequisites MK 201 &
MA 271)
Three other marketing courses are approved by the
chair of the Department of Marketing and
Advertising.
Marketing Minor for Non-Business and Non-Biolog y
majors (18 hours)
This minor was designed to assist communications
students and other liberal arts and science majors
to prepare for business careers.
MK 201
MK 210
MK 370
Marketing Principles (prerequisites EC 101-102)
Consumer Behavior (prerequisite MK 201)
or
Marketing Research (prerequisites MK 201 &
MA 271)
Four other marketing courses are approved by the
chair of the Department of Marketing and
Advertising.
82
Bachelor of Science in Advertising
The Quinnipiac University advertising program is
based on the business planning process. With its
two areas of concentration (advertising account
management and creative strategy), the Bachelor
of Science in Advertising degree prepares students
for entry-level positions in the advertising field.
The advertising major combines core business
courses and fundamental marketing courses (i.e.,
Marketing Research, Consumer Behavior, and
Marketing Strategy), with the technical skills of
advertising. The advertising curriculum includes
courses such as Advertising Principles and
Practices, Integrated Marketing Communications,
Strategic Advertising Campaigns, Advertising
Account Management, Media Planning,
Advertising Portfolio, and Advertising Copy and
Layout. Courses are designed to challenge
students’ problem-solving, strategic planning, and
communication skills in the context of advertising.
In order to prepare for careers in advertising,
students are encouraged to participate in an
internship program, and seniors either take part in
the National Student Advertising Competition or
work on a semester-long advertising campaign.
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
3 business layout.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 83
After completion of the program, a Quinnipiac
student has a degree unique among Connecticut
colleges and universities. Job opportunities exist in
independent advertising agencies, advertising
media organizations (e.g., television and radio),
and in-house advertising departments.The growth
of the Internet has provided a new advertising
medium, thereby increasing job opportunities.The
advertising program also provides students with
the necessary prerequisites for graduate education.
The baccalaureate degree, Bachelor of Science
in Advertising, requires the completion of 124
semester hours as outlined below:
Business Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Core Curriculum
As described on page 67
Open Electives
As described on page 67
Advertising Core (18 hours)
MK 210
Consumer Behavior
MK 312
Advertising Principles & Practice
MK 332
Integrated Marketing Communications
MK 370
Marketing Research
MK 401
Marketing Strategy Seminar
MK 497
Strategic Advertising Campaigns
Advertising Concentrations
(12 credit hours in one of two concentrations of which 6
hours must be in marketing)
Account Strategy
MK 315
Media Planning (required)
MK 320
Advertising Account Management (required)
MK 301
Electronic Commerce
MK 310
Entertainment Marketing
MK 314
Public Relations
MK 316
Advertising Copy and Layout
MK 324
Business to Business Marketing
MK 345
Public Relations Case
MK 383
Professional Selling & Sales Management
MK 488/489 Internship
SCHOOL
OF
B U S I N ES S
Creative Strategy
MK 316
Advertising Copy & Layout (required)
MK 301
Electronic Commerce
MK 313
Advertising Portfolio
MK 315
Media Planning
MK 317
Advanced Copy Writing
MK 488/489 Internship
AR 140
Basic Visual Design
AR 158
Photography
AR 240
Graphic Design
AR 260
Introduction to Computer Art
AR 261
Digital Imaging on the Computer
CIS 230
Desktop Publishing
EN 201
Creative Writing
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Program G.P.A.Requirement
As with the marketing major, if a student ’s G.P.A.
falls below 2.5, he/she has one semester to bring it
up to 2.5 or better. Students failing to meet this
requirement are subject to dismissal from the
program.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
83
3 business layout.6.26.03
84
7/21/03
10:14 AM
Page 84
SCHO OL
OF
B U S I N ES S
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:16 AM
Page 85
SCHOOL OF
COMMUNICATIONS
Department and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86
Undergraduate Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Admission Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Advising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Degrees in Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Department of Journalism,Media Production and e-Media. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Department of Media Studies and Public Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
85
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:16 AM
Page 86
School of Communications
Central Office of the School—The Ed McMahon Mass
Communications Center, School of Business
(203) 582-8974
Administrative Officers
Interim Dean of the School
David Donnelly
SB 241
Chairperson, Director
Office
582-3641
Departments/Programs
Department
Journalism, Media Production and e-Media Raymond Foery
Public Relations and Media Studies
Sharon Kleinman
Graduate Program Director,
Richard Hanley
e-Media and Journalism
Additional faculty offices are located in the Faculty Office Building.
SB 235
FOB 15
SB 243
Phone
582-8967
582-3481
582-8974
Mission Statement
The School of Communications is organized to provide superior education in journalism and the diverse
fields of media; to develop an understanding of the practices and processes in media and the theories
which underlie those practices and processes; and to study journalism and media in a learning environment
that draws on the liberal arts, the humanities, and professional fields such as business, law and the arts.
More specifically, the School of Communications seeks to: inspire and foster creative vision; prepare
enlightened students to lead, manage and staff media organizations; educate enlightened consumers to
evaluate media practices; research and analyze the artistic, social, political, economic and ethical effects
of media; evaluate the impact, practice and policies of media and disseminate those analyses to relevant
publics and institutions in a timely manner; identify and recognize excellence in media; and serve as a
watchdog for the effects of media on society.
An integrated and cohesive program in communications is one of the best ways for students to prepare
for life in the 21st century. The School of Communications offers Bachelor of Arts degrees and master’s
degrees in disciplines that are becoming increasingly valuable in our society. The goal is to develop in
students a rich and full sense of the relationship between the recent “information explosion” and Western
culture. To this end, students receive practical training in various production aspects of the media to
complement a thorough grounding in communication history and theories. Advanced students may
arrange internships in regional media organizations.The wide variety of these internships enables the
School of Communications to assess the preparation of its students on a continuing basis.
On campus, students work in one of the finest university educational facilities in the Northeast—the
Ed McMahon Mass Communications Center. The center features a spacious, professional television
studio, two radio studios, a journalism technology center, a multimedia production facility, editing suites
and labs, and a mini-theater. The center is equipped with state-of-the-art technology and is staffed with
highly skilled media professionals to instruct and assist students. As a result, graduates are prepared to
enter both the commercial and non-commercial fields of communication, as well as those businesses and
corporations where media specialists are in demand. Recent graduates have obtained positions with audiovisual services, cable television companies, broadcasting stations, cable and broadcasting networks, film
companies, newspapers, advertising and public relations agencies and a variety of non-media firms.
86
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:16 AM
Undergraduate Studies
Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the School of Communications,
undergraduates must meet the university’s admissions standards for the baccalaureate degree programs. Students are examined upon matriculation
to determine whether they have attained levels of
proficiency in basic mathematics and written communication skills adequate for university work.
Students found inadequate in either or both of
these skills are given special courses in mathematics or English.
General Requirements: The requirements of
the Bachelor of Arts degree are qualitative and
quantitative. Completion of 120 hours with a grade
point average of C or better is not in itself sufficient to qualify for graduation. Students should be
cautioned that an average of C, or 2.0, in the student’s program is a minimum requirement for each
major and that some programs may require higher
standards as noted. In addition to the general
Quinnipiac University requirements, eligibility for a
Bachelor of Arts degree also requires the satisfactory completion of both School of Communications
requirements including those in a program of concentration. Specific major requirements are noted
below under the individual program descriptions.
School Requirements: The undergraduate
majors require students to study the political, social,
legal and economic institutions that have shaped
the media; the artistic heritage through which
broadcasting, film, print media and the Internet
have developed; and the social and psychological
structures which both influence and are influenced
by the media. Through a balanced approach, the
programs simultaneously develop technical skill and
an understanding of the artistic, historical and theoretical traditions on which the disciplines are built.
Students should apply for formal admission to
their program of choice by the beginning of
sophomore year.
Beyond the university Core Curriculum
requirements (see p. 20), students majoring in any
of the programs in the School of Communications
must meet the following requirements:
• two courses in a language sequence (in addition
to speech and computer science in the Specialized Competency category); the sequence will be
determined by placement testing;
S C H OO L
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
Page 87
• two additional liberal arts courses in the Artistic
Tradition;
• four additional liberal arts courses in Humanistic
Tradition and/or behavioral and social sciences.
The additional courses may fall in the following
subject areas—literature, history, philosophy,
sociology, psychology, political science,
anthropology, geography—with the following
limitations: in either the Core Curriculum or in
the additional four courses, two courses must be
in literature, one must be in philosophy or
sociology, and three must be in history, legal
studies and/or political science;
Program Requirements: The following is required
by all baccalaureate programs: Students must successfully complete MSS 101, JRN 160, MSS 220
and one or two other courses (depending on concentration) with an aggregate B-average before
they will be allowed to pursue upper-level courses
in the department.
Writing (W) requirement: Each student must
complete a minimum of four courses that emphasize writing exercises.These courses are designated
(with a W) in the programs’ curricula.
Oral (O) requirement: Each student must complete a minimum of three courses (in addition to
the 3-credit speech or performance requirement)
that emphasize oral exercises.These courses are
designated (with an O) in the programs’ curricula.
Minor requirement: In addition, each student in
the School of Communications is required to take
a minor (18 credits) in a subject offered by one of
the other schools within the university. Minors are
available in each of the baccalaureate programs.
See the program directors for information.
Advising
Faculty and staff of the School of Communications
advise all students. Upon entrance to the school,
each student works with one faculty member to
select course work in accordance with the student’s
interests and the school’s requirements. Although
the primary responsibility for course selection rests
with the student, the adviser maintains a file or
program plan for the student and aids in proper
course selection. Students are not permitted to register without their advisers’ approval.
Note: While plan sheets are maintained by
school and program advisers, the primary responsibility for the completion of all prerequisites for
courses is the student ’s. Students who take courses
87
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:16 AM
without the proper prerequisites, or who complete
the prerequisites after taking the courses, may
lose credit hours toward their degree requirements.
Students may not repeat a course for credit except
to remove an F grade or, under special circumstances, to remove a C- or D grade in a school
requirement, a prerequisite, or a major (see page 25).
Degrees in Communications
Baccalaureate Degrees
Communications
e-Media
Public Relations
Master’s Degrees
Master of Science in e-Media
Master of Science in Journalism
Department of Journalism, Media
Production and e-Media
Bachelor of Arts in Communications
Journalism Concentration
Media Production Concentration
Bachelor of Arts in e-Media
Bachelor of Arts in
Communications
A. Journalism Concentration
The journalism concentration prepares students for
productive careers in news and other fields that involve
communicating information in an accurate, unbiased,
clear and timely fashion. Special emphasis is placed on
the time-tested journalistic values of honesty and fairness. The required curriculum includes both skills
courses and courses on the relationship between communication and society. Students become familiar
with the entire news media spectrum: newspapers,
magazines, radio, television and the Internet.
The wide range of elective courses enables students to focus on a specific medium (such as television) or news subject (such as sports).
88
Page 88
The Print Journalism Concentration
Requirements (36 hours minimum)
Required journalism core courses to be completed by the end
of sophomore year with a minimum B- average (12 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
JRN 160
Introduction to Newswriting (W)
MSS 220
Media History (W)
JRN 260
Reporting (W)
or JRN 265 Producing the Newspaper
Other required journalism courses (18 credits):
MEP 105
Video Essentials
JRN 261
Computer-Assisted News Technology
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W & O)
MSS 440
Media Law (O)
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W & O)
MSS 490
Internship
Electives, select two (6 credits):
MEP 280
Producing for Radio (O)
JRN 263
Broadcast News Writing
JRN 291
Reporting for Television (W)
MEP 290
TV News Production (W)
JRN 360
Public Affairs Reporting (W)
JRN 361
Sports Reporting (W)
JRN 363
Computer-Assisted Reporting
JRN 391
Producing & Presenting the News
The Broadcast Journalism Concentration
Requirements (36 hours minimum)
Required journalism core courses to be completed by the
end of sophomore year with a minimum B- average
(12 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
JRN 160
Introduction to Newswriting(W)
MSS 220
Media History (W)
JRN 260
Reporting (W)
or JRN 263 Broadcast News Writing
Other required journalism courses (18 credits):
MEP 105
Video Essentials
MEP 280
Producing for Radio (O)
or JRN 291 Reporting for Television
JRN 391
Producing and Presenting the News
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W & O)
MSS 440
Media Law (O)
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W & O)
MSS 490
Internship
Electives, select one (3 credits):
JRN 311
In-depth Reporting
JRN 360
Public Affairs Reporting
JRN 361
Sports Reporting (W)
JRN 395
Broadcast Performance
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:17 AM
Minor in Journalism
Eighteen hours chosen in consultation with the
department chair.
B.Media Production Concentration
The central purpose of the production
concentration is to introduce students to various
forms of media practice and educate them to be
technically accomplished, aesthetically grounded,
and expressively mature. To achieve this goal,
students are thoroughly immersed in the
techniques of electronic production, digital media,
television studio production, single camera
production, and writing and producing for film,
radio, television and the Internet. Because we
believe that good media practice requires a solid
understanding of media history and theory, the
production component of this concentration is
balanced with courses that explore the role and
impact of mass media in society.
Page 89
An internship—MSS 490—also is highly recommended
but not required.
Minor in Production
Eighteen hours chosen in consultation with the
department chair.
The Media Production Requirements (36/38 credits)
Required media studies core courses to be completed by
the end of sophomore year with a minimum B- average
(15 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
JRN 160
Introduction to Journalism (W)
MEP 110
Fundamentals of Media Production (I)
MEP 112
Fundamentals of Media Production (II)
MSS 220
Media History (W&O)
Other required media courses (12 credits):
MSS 240
Analysis of the Moving Image
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W&O)
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W&O)
Electives, select two (6 credits):
MEP 272
Screenwriting (W)
MEP 280
Producing for Radio (O)
MEP 285
Film and Video Soundtrack
MEP 290
Broadcast News Production
MEP 291
Television Workshop (1 hr.) (with MP 290)
MEP 292
Digital Editing
MEP 293
Broadcast Animation
MEP 295
Narrative Production
Electives, select one (3 credits):
EME 310
Authoring & Animation
MEP 370
Directing Film and Television
MEP 375
16 mm. Film Production
MEP 380
Projects in Radio Production (O)
MEP 390
Producing for Broadcast
MEP 392
Advanced Editing
SCHOOL
OF
CO M M U N I C AT I O N S
89
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:17 AM
Bachelor of Arts in e-Media
The objective of this program is to prepare
students for careers as independent digital
interactive multimedia producers or employees in
for-profit, nonprofit and educational organizations.
The program aims to develop the student ’s creative
vision, technical proficiency and understanding
of the role and impact of new media on society.
Our undergraduate thrust is to develop wellrounded individuals with the appropriate entrylevel and intermediate skills to be successful in
this growing field.
Preparation includes study of new media
technologies (including digital graphic design,
image and sound production, hypermedia and Web
page design), the relationship of content to form,
principles of visual and sound design, writing,
copyediting and effective text/media integration.
The role of new media technologies in shaping
culture and values in contemporary society also is a
major focus.
The e-Media Major Requirements (36 credits)
Required Courses (30 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
MSS 220
Media History (W)
90
Page 90
EME 190
Introduction to Digital Visual Design:
Principles and Practice
EME 191
Introduction to Web Publishing (W & O)
JRN 160
Introduction to Newswriting (W)
MSS 240
Analysis of the Moving Image (W)
EME 310
Authoring and Animation
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W & O)
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W & O)
And one elective from the two following courses (3 credits):
MSS 440
Media Law
EME 355
Community, Computers and Cyberspace
And one elective from any of the following courses
(3 credits):
EME 327
New Media and Online Information
MEP 292
Digital Editing
CS 110
Object-Oriented Programming
MK 312
Advertising
JRN 261
Computer-Assisted Reporting
And one of the following:
EME 333
Advanced Web Publishing: Web Animation
or EME 335 Advanced Multimedia Authoring
Minor in e-Media
Eighteen hours chosen in consultation with the
department chair.
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
7/21/03
10:17 AM
Department of Media Studies
and Public Relations
Bachelor of Arts in Mass Communications
Media Studies Concentration
Bachelor of Arts in Public Relations
Bachelor of Arts in Communications
Media Studies
Quinnipiac’s Media Studies Program offers a mix of
applied and conceptual courses that equip students
with the understanding and analytical skills necessary for advancing successfully in the evolving
media landscape. Media studies is a broad, flexible
approach to the study of communications, in contrast to concentrated study in a single area such as
e-Media, journalism,production or public relations.
Media studies students can plan programs that
integrate hands-on courses with topical courses
that address the social and cultural context in which
media practitioners work. Increasing technological
convergence of traditional and new media makes a
foundation in media studies highly desirable to
employers, and to graduate and professional schools.
The Media Studies Concentration Requirements (36 credits)
Required media studies core courses to be completed by
end of sophomore year with a min. B- average (12 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
JRN 160
Introduction to Newswriting (W)
MSS 220
Media History (W)
MSS 231
Media and Society (O)
Other required media studies courses (18 credits):
MSS 331
Media Texts, Contexts, Subtexts (W)
MSS 332
Current Issues in Media Research
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W&O)
MSS 440
Media Law
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W&O)
MSS 490
Internship or MSS 491 Research Project (W)
Electives, select two (6 credits):
MEP 105
Video Essentials
MSS 240
Analysis of the Moving Image
JRN 260
Reporting
MEP 270
Screenwriting
JRN 291
Reporting for Television
MSS/WS 311 Women and Mass Media
MSS 342
Media Ethics (O)
MSS 343
Media Management
MSS 344
Popular Culture and the Media
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
Page 91
MSS 346
MSS 348
MSS 349
MEP 235
MEP 370
MEP 375
Global Culture and the Economics of
Information/Entertainment
Film Styles and Genres
Political Communication
Multimedia Production
Directing for Film & TV
16mm Film Production
Minor in Media Studies
Eighteen hours chosen in consultation with the
department chair.
Bachelor of Arts in Public Relations
The goal is to prepare entry-level public relations
and corporate communication practitioners for
careers in agency, corporate, government and nonprofit communications.The program stresses
research, writing, speaking and evaluation. Quinnipiac’s public relations program is grounded in
media history and theory as a prelude to practice,
or graduate and professional schooling.
The Public Relations Major Requirements (36 credits)
Required public relations core courses to be completed by
end of sophomore year with a min. B- average (12 credits):
MSS 101
Introduction to Media Communications
JRN 160
Introduction to Newswriting (W)
PRR 101
Principles of Public Relations
MSS 220
Media History (W)
Other required Communications courses (24 credits):
PRR 201
Public Relations Writing (W)
PRR 332
Public Relations Research (W)
PRR 401
Public Relations Campaigns (W&O)
MSS 350
Junior Seminar (W&O)
MSS 440
Media Law
MSS 450
Senior Seminar (W&O)
MSS 490
Internship
Electives, select one (3 credits):
MEP 105
Video Essentials
PRR 241
Agency and Corporate Public Relations
PRR 243
Public Relations for Non-Profits
PRR 240
Public Relations Management (W&O)
PRR 420
Topics in Public Relations (W&O)
MK 310
Entertainment Marketing
MK 312
Advertising
MK 332
International Marketing Communications
EME 190
Introduction to Visual Design
Minor in Public Relations
Eighteen hours chosen in consultation with the
department chair.
91
4 CommunicationsLayout.revproof
92
7/21/03
10:17 AM
Page 92
SCHOOL
OF
C O M M U N I C AT I O N S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 93
SCHOOL OF
HEALTH SCIENCES
Department and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Degrees in Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Certificates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Undeclared Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Department of Biological Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97
Department of Biomedical Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Department of Chemistry and Physical Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Department of Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Department of Occupational Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Department of Physical Therapy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Department of Cardiopulmonary Sciences and Diagnostic Imaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
93
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 94
Central Office of the School
Echlin Health Sciences Center, first floor
(203) 582-8710
Administrative Officers
Dean
Assistant to the Dean
Associate Dean
Joseph J. Woods
Nancy S. Loiselle
Edward R. O’Connor
EC 103A
EC 103B
EC 103E
Departments/Programs
Chairs, Directors,
Coordinators
Allan Smits
Steven Carleton
Thomas C. Brady
Thomas C. Brady
Dennis Opheim
Offices
TH 219C
BC 109
EC 103D
EC 103D
TH 203
582-8701
582-8958
582-8609
582-8609
582-8497
Michelle Geremia
Carol Fenn
Elizabeth McGann
Janice Thompson
Jeanne LeVasseur
Kimberly D. Hartmann
Edward Tantorski
Lennart Johns
Ronald Beckett
EC 222
TH 324
EC 103F
EC 220
Sherman Avenue
EC 103G
EC 103H
FOB 40
EC 103I
582-5255
582-8254
582-8678
582-8608
582-5397
582-8679
582-8681
582-8557
582-8682
Michael J. Smith
Gerald Conlogue
Ronald Beckett
Kenneth Kaloustian
Charlotte Hammond
Kenneth Kaloustian
Russell Woodman
EC 222
EC 103J
EC 103I
EC 103C
TH 203
EC 103C
EC 209
582-3427
582-8683
582-8682
582-8676
582-8058
582-8676
582-8684
Cynthia Lord
Sherman Avenue
582-5297
Biological Sciences
Veterinary Technology
Biomedical Sciences
Clinical Laboratory Science
Microbiology/Molecular Biology
Entry Level/Master’s Physician
Assistant Program
Chemistry and P hysical Sciences
Nursing
Undergraduate
Graduate
Occupational Therapy
Physical Therapy
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
Cardiopulmonary Sciences
and Diagnostic Imaging
Cardiovascular Perfusion
Diagnostic Imaging
Respiratory Care
Medical Laboratory Sciences
Molecular and Cell Biolog y
Pathologists’ Assistant
Physical Therapy
Advanced Clinical Practice
Orthopedic Physical Therapy
Physician Assistant
94
SCHO OL
OF
582-8674
582-8675
582-5202
Phone
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 95
Mission Statement
The belief that access to good health care is an individual’s right is prominent in our societ y. Underscoring
this belief are the needs to make adequate health services and health personnel available and to develop an
environment that is conducive to good general health and long life.The School of Health Sciences is
committed to developing professionals through comprehensive career-oriented programs at the bachelor’s
and master’s levels. To this end, it has developed a series of aims upon which it conceives, plans, develops
and evaluates its educational programs.
• All programs within the School of Health Sciences are based upon a comprehensive foundation in the
liberal arts and sciences, which is essential to preparation for a happy, useful and productive life and the
individual’s interaction with society.
• The school provides educational opportunity for those who wish to pursue careers in health care delivery
and basic science professions.
• The school prepares individuals through basic scientific knowledge supplemented by actual and simulated
clinical and field experiences.
• The school has designed, and will continue to create innovativ e, flexible programs to meet both present
and future needs of the health care system.
• The school offers practicing science and health professionals the opportunity to maintain and upgrade
their skills through continuing education courses that can lead to one of several graduate degrees.
• The school encourages its basic science and health science faculty to undertake research, on and off
campus; publish their findings; and share their research and new concepts in their courses with colleagues
and students.
• Quinnipiac University is affiliated with outstanding health and scientific institutions, and private
industry in Connecticut,the Northeast and the nation. These sites provide field and clinical experiences
that allow students to apply classroom knowledge to real situations. To be eligible for the clinical
experience required for graduation and certification, students must maintain a le vel of academic
excellence acceptable to both the academic program director and the clinical director.
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
95
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 96
Degrees in Health Sciences
Entry-Level Master of Physical Therapy
(M.P.T.)
Please note—Academic programs with clinical
components use multiple clinical education
centers. Students are responsible for their
transportation to and from these clinical agencies.
This 51⁄2-year degree program is the only track for
new physical therapy students and begins in the
freshman year. As part of the program, students
first earn a Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences
degree.
Baccalaureate Degrees
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
Biochemistry
Biology
Biomedical Sciences
Chemistry
Diagnostic Imaging
Health/Science Studies
Microbiology/Molecular Biology
Nursing
Occupational Therapy**
Psychobiology*
Respiratory Care
Veterinary Technology
*Jointly with the College of Liberal Arts
Up to six hours of workshop courses and/or physical education
courses may be applied toward the degree requirement.
**Admission is limited to transfer students due to conversion of
program to an entry-level master’s degree.
Graduate Degrees
Master of Health Science—major in:
Medical Laboratory Sciences with
concentrations in biomedical sciences,
microbiology and laboratory management
Pathologists’ Assistant
Physician Assistant
Master of Science—major in:
Orthopedic Physical Therapy
Advanced Clinical Practice in Physical Therapy
Molecular and Cell Biolog y
Neurorehabilitation in Physical Therapy
Nursing
Adult Nurse Practitioner
Family Nurse Practitioner
Forensic Nurse Clinical Specialist
Entry-Level Master of Occupational
Therapy (M.O.T.)
This 51⁄2-year degree program is the only track for
new freshmen. As part of the program, students first
earn a Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences degree.
96
Entry-Level Master’s Physician Assistant
Program
This six-year degree program is designed for qualified students who enter as freshmen earning a
Bachelor of Science in Health Sciences degree.
After successful completion of the undergraduate
curriculum, they enter the graduate physician assistant program.
Certificates
Cardiovascular Perfusion
Clinical Microbiology
Clinical Chemistry
Hematology
Clinical Immunology/Post Master’s Adult Nurse
Practitioner
Immunohematology
Post Master’s Family Nurse Practitioner
Clinical Laboratory Science (Medical Technology)
Undeclared Science
First-year science students are often unsure about
professional career goals and, hence, do not wish to
designate a specific major. This decision is the
result of multiple considerations about personal
interests, capabilities and available career opportunities. Alternatively, some students desire to
explore more fully the quantitative sciences such as
biology, chemistry and physics and their potential
role in the choice of a career path.
Consistent with the four-year specific programs in
the basic and health sciences, Quinnipiac University,
through its School of Health Sciences, provides a
general first-year experience for the undeclared
students. During this time, they pursue work in
biology, chemistry, mathematics and the liberal arts
while exploring potential areas of concentration.
Through a special one-hour course (AH 101) and
regular meetings with a special advisery committee
(including the dean, the chairperson of the
biomedical sciences department, and a health sciences
faculty member), students receive guidance and
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 97
encouragement to focus more clearly on the available
options. These options include:
1. A two-year curriculum that allows transfer to a
specialized school that provides other types of
undergraduate education not offered through
majors in our school. Examples of this are
optometry and pharmacy, which commonly
accept graduates of two-year programs. Students
who choose this option receive the associate in
science degree following successful completion
of the following:
Biology
Chemistry
EN 101-102 Elements of Composition
Mathematics
Liberal Arts Electives
Open Electives
8 hrs.
8
6
6
18
18
Total 64 hrs.
2. A four-year curriculum leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree in Health/Science (General)
Studies. This curriculum permits students, in
conjunction with an academic adviser, to design a
program that is tailored to meet their needs based
upon initial marginally defined career goals.
Students choosing this option are carefully
counseled in the formulation of specific career
goals as time progresses.Given the broad
applicability of course work in the first two years
of study, it is often quite possible for a student to
fully matriculate into one of the existing
baccalaureate majors without falling behind in
specific program requirements.
Basic Science Core (biology, chemistry & physics) 20 hrs.
Health/Science Electives
30
Open Electives
30
Core Curriculum Requirements
42
*Total 122 hrs.
*It is possible that courses taken within the Basic Science Core
may also satisfy the Core Curriculum’s physical and biological
science requirement (i.e.8 credit hours).
3. Entrance into one of the basic science or health
science baccalaureate curricula on a space available basis.
Finally, we are prepared to assist any student who
exhausts the list of available options at Quinnipiac
and decides to transfer to another institution. Our
primary concern is always the best possible option
for the student.
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
Department of Biological Sciences
Bachelor of Science in Biology
Bachelor of Science in Veterinary Technology
Bachelor of Science in Psychobiology
Bachelor of Science in Biology: Pre-Health
Professions
Bachelor of Science in Biology: Marketing Minor
Bachelor of Science in Biology: Environmental
Science Minor
Bachelor of Science in Biology: Master of Arts
in Teaching
The mission of the Department of Biological
Sciences is to provide our students with the
breadth and depth of knowledge in biology that
will allow them to: (1) incorporate the biological
sciences and its scholarly methodologies into the
broad perspectives of a liberal education and their
own individual lives; (2) continually reconstruct a
world-view that is consistent with the current state
of scientific knowledge; (3) appreciate the unity of
knowledge across disciplinary boundaries, and the
ways in which the various fields of knowledge
enlighten and illuminate one another ; (4) become
useful and productive contributors within their
chosen professions; (5) continue learning independently throughout their lives; (6) assess, from a
critical and analytic perspective, the state of knowledge within a variety of biological sub disciplines,
and (7) have at their fingertips the intellectual
tools to formulate readily testable hypotheses,
design sound experiments, analyze and evaluate
data, and draw legitimate conclusions.
General Information
Programs in the Department of Biological Sciences
provide scientific training as part of a liberal education and develop an understanding of the nature of
biological systems. Courses furnish a broad scientific background for advanced study in various biological and medical areas. The first two years of each
program consist of a core of science and liberal arts
courses that permit lateral mobility during those
years. Students may be admitted to advanced
standing by obtaining satisfactory grades in the
Advanced Placement Tests or the College Level
Examination Program of the College Entrance
Examination Board. Students in all majors in the
Department of Biological Sciences must achieve a
97
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 98
science grade point average of 2.25, and an overall
grade point average of 2.0 to qualify for graduation.
A score of 4 in the AP biology exam is required
to receive credit for BI 101-102. A score of 3 on
the AP biology exam will result in credit being
granted for BI 105-106. BI 105-106 meets the
needs of students in non-science areas, but not students in such majors as biology pre-health professions, physical therapy or occupational therapy.
Students who are regular biology majors can use
the variant procedure to receive credit for BI 101102 instead of BI 105-106.The variant procedure
can be used by the department chair to address any
exceptions or problems.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
At Quinnipiac, the Bachelor of Science program in
biology provides students with a biological and
physical science foundation on which they can
build a graduate degree in natural science or enter
the fields of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, podiatry or education.
Those choosing to end their formal education
with the bachelor’s degree will have a sufficient
level of sophistication in biological science and a
liberal enough education to assume a variety of
positions with research institutions, governmental
agencies or industry.
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 228
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
CH 211
Organic Chemistry
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
BI 298
Research Methods in Biology
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 241
Botany
BI 346
Cell Physiology
PH 110
General Physics
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 282
Genetics
CC
Artistic Tradition
PH 111
General Physics
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Biology Elective (one course)**
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
BI 251
Ecology*
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Biology Electives (two courses)**
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
CC
Advanced Electives (two courses)
Biology Elective (one course)**
Open Elective
B.S.in Biology Suggested Curriculum
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
Physical/Biological Sciences
4
CH 110
General Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Mathematics (Minimum of MA 141 required) 3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical/Biological Sciences
4
CH 111
General Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
Total 14
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 227
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
4
CH 210
Organic Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
Biology Elective (one course)**
3-4
Total 14-15
98
4
4
3
3
Total 14
4
4
4
3
Total 15
4
3
4
3
4
Total 18
4
3
8
Total 15
3
6
4
3-4
Total 16-17
*This requirement may be satisfied by BI 251 (General
Ecology),BI 354 (Marine Ecology),BI 356 (Freshwater
Ecology) or BI 358 (Human Ecology).
**Some biology electives have no laboratory component and are
3-hour rather than 4-hour courses.
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented. Students intending to pursue graduate or professional studies (medicine, dentistry, osteopathy or veterinary medicine)
are advised to complete at least one semester of calculus. A minimum of MA 141 is required for graduation. BI 101-102 are required for graduation and
may be used to meet the Core Curriculum’s physical
and biological sciences requirement. Students
intending to pursue professional studies are advised
to elect BI 217 and BI 317. BI 398, Research Methods in Biology, may be taken during the spring
semester of the third year. BI 282, Genetics, is
offered in both fall and spring semesters.
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 99
Biology Electives
Course
BI 200
Biology of Aging
BI 205/PL 222
Bioethics*
BI 217
Comparative Anatomy
BI 222/EN 222
Evolution in Biology/Literature*
BI 226
Animal Parasitology
BI 229
Entomology
BI 241
Botany
BI 314/316 Animal Physiology
BI 317
Developmental Biology
BI 320
Pharmacology
BI 332
Histology
BI 350
Cardiovascular Physiology
BI 351
Natural History of New England
BI 354
Marine Ecology
BI 356
Freshwater Ecology
BI 358
Human Ecology
BI 370
General Microbiology
BI 372
Pathogenic Microbiology
BI 373
Mycology
BI 375
Immunology
BI 377
Electron Microscopy
BI 382
Human Genetics
BI 383
Evolution
BI 470
Virology
BI 471
Molecular Genetics
BI 472
Microbial Physiology/Biotechnology
BI 476
Environmental Microbiology
BI 498
Independent Study
BI 499
Independent Study
CH 315
Biochemistry
PS 351
Psychobiology I*
PS 352
Psychobiology II*
Credits
3
4
4
3
4
4
4
4/4
4
3
4
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1-4
1-4
4
3
3
and the department chairman (who serves as
committee chairman). Note: It is the student ’s
responsibility to obtain a sponsor for his or her
project prior to this examination.
4. Successful completion of a senior research project
(for example, BI 498 and/or BI 499) is required.
The project must include (1) a written proposal;
(2) the actual completion of an approved research
project under the supervision and sponsorship of
a full-time faculty member in the Department of
Biological Sciences or another faculty member
approved by the department chair; (3) the presentation of the outcome of the research project
in the written format approved by the department; (4) and a seminar presentation of the outcome of the research project.
5. Evidence of excellence in speaking and writing
skills must be documented by term papers, English theme papers, oral presentation(s) and
grades, as determined by the committee.
6.The actual granting of honors in biology is
determined by all the full-time faculty in the
Department of Biological Sciences.
A list of the faculty of the department and their research
interests is available to each student.The list consists of faculty
members’office locations,major fields of interest,current
research, and/or current listings of research publications. Copies
of such publications are available on reserve in the library.
*BI 205,PS 351,BI 222/EN 222 and PS 352 may be taken as,
and credited as,either biology electives or liberal arts electives.
Honors in Biology
1. An overall quality point average of 3.0 or better is
required. An average of 3.5 in biology is required.
2. During the fall semester of their junior year, students should announce in writing their intention
to pursue honors in biology to both the department chairman and academic adviser.
3. Students must take an oral examination in areas
related to the proposed student project, which is
administered by a departmental committee composed of a minimum of three members of this
department, including the sponsor of the project
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
99
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 100
Bachelor of Science in Veterinary
Technology
The Quinnipiac University veterinary technology
program is a baccalaureate offering designed to
meet the increasing need for qualified technologists in the clinical and biomedical sectors. The
program’s mission is to prepare students for career
entry or advanced studies through its integrated
liberal arts and professional curricula.This is
accomplished while providing a supportive and
stimulating environment for the intellectual and
personal growth of the program’s students.
General Information
The veterinary technologist is a member of a relatively new profession that provides expertise in the
breeding, care and management of domestic animals. Working under the direct supervision of one
or more graduate veterinarians, the technologist can
assist in a private veterinary practice, in a research
facility or in an animal production program.
Veterinary technologists can help alleviate the
critical shortage of veterinary services by helping
veterinarians in the performance of routine technical procedures. Under the veterinarian’s direct
supervision, the technologist can assist in the diagnosis, treatment and prevention of animal diseases;
perform routine clinical laboratory and radiologic
procedures; prepare animals for surgery; assist during surgery; monitor anesthesia; render pre- and
post-operative care; and instruct animal owners in
the proper care, nutrition and breeding of animals.
Employment by institutions—such as veter inary, medical or dental schools; hospitals; pharmaceutical industries; or biotechnology companies—
can provide the security and stimulation of
performing similar services as a member of an animal health support team. A technologist also may
be required to call upon knowledge of chemistry,
physics and mathematics to assist in the experimental design or development of new equipment
and techniques, as well as in the statistical analysis
of research data. Frequently, a technologist is the
only member of the research team qualified to
handle laboratory animals, thereby providing indispensable services.
In animal breeding establishments and exotic
animal exhibitions (zoo, museums), the major concerns may be nutrition and breeding. The collection of precise clinical data is vital to the manage100
ment of such a facility and to the maintenance of
these often rare collections.
The veterinary technology program at Quinnipiac, by virtue of its attention to the basic sciences,
also prepares students for admission to graduate
schools of animal science, nutrition, microbiology,
physiology and related areas. Students contemplating application to veterinary college normally complete a premedical (biology/chemistry) program
prior to submitting their application; however, the
relatively low number of successful veterinary college applicants may justify consideration of veterinary technology as an alternative undergraduate
preveterinary curriculum. The first two years of the
program consist of a science and liberal arts core,
almost identical to that required by other baccalaureate science programs at Quinnipiac. During the
third and fourth years, the student is expected to
complete several advanced courses in veterinary
technology. These courses are biomedical in orientation and emphasize the application of medical
technology to the employment situation.
An integral part of the program is the provision
of internships with cooperating animal facilities and
veterinary hospitals. The curriculum in veterinary
technology is fully accredited by the American Veterinary Medical Association’s Committee on Animal Technician Activities and Training. After graduation and the completion of two years of full-time
employment, the veterinary technologist is eligible
to be officially certified by the Animal Technician
Certification Board of the American Association for
Laboratory Animal Science. Immediately following
graduation, one is qualified to sit for state licensing
examinations in order to enter clinical practice.
Fall Semester, First Year
CC
Physical/Biological Science
CH 110
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
Specialized Competency
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical/Biological Sciences
4
CH 111
General Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
BI 115
Administration in Veterinary Technology
1
BI 199
Veterinary Technology Seminar
2
Total 17
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 227
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
CH 201
Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
PH 101
Elements of Physics
Page 101
4
4
3
4
Total 15
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 228
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
4
BI 298
Research Methods in Biology
3
CH 205
Fundamentals of Physiological Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
Total 14
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 226
Animal Parasitology
4
BI 313
Introduction to Animal Science
4
BI 370
General Microbiology
4
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Total 15
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 315
Clinical Veterinary Laboratory Techniques
4
BI 372
Pathogenic Microbiology
4
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
CC
Artistic Tradition
3
Total 14
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
BI 332
Histology
4
BI 413
Veterinary Technology I
4
BI 414
Clinical Practice in Veterinary Technology
4
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Advanced Elective
3
Total 18
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
BI 319
Biology of the Horse and Agricultural Species 4
BI 415
Veterinary Technology II
4
BI 416
Clinical Practice in Veterinary Technology
4
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Advanced Elective
3
Total 18
Placement in the English and mathematics courses
is determined by examination and an evaluation of
high school units presented. MA 118 or its equivalent is considered the minimum le vel of preparation for some advanced courses in the curriculum.
Students intending to pursue graduate studies are
advised to complete at least one semester of calculus. BI 101-102 and MA 275 are required for
graduation and may be used to meet Core Curriculum requirements where applicable. Students
intending to pursue graduate studies are advised to
substitute CH 210-211 for the CH 201-205
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
sequence, and one year of physics (PH 110-111)
for the PH 101. BI 298 may be taken during the
spring semester of the second year. Students must
achieve a minimum GPA of 2.25 in their science
courses in order to meet graduation requirements.
Bachelor of Science in Psychobiology
Interdisciplinary program with Psychology
(see p. 56)
Bachelor of Science in Biology:
Pre-Health Professions
At Quinnipiac University, the pre-health professions program provides undergraduate students
interested in a career as a health professional the
appropriate educational background necessary to
meet the entrance requirements of a variety of different professional schools including medicine,
podiatry, chiropractic, dentistry, optometry,
osteopathy and physician assistant. In addition to
the regular course work, the qualified undergraduate pre-health professions student also has the
opportunity to obser ve social, ethical and medical
issues in his or her field of interest.
The educational process in the pre-health professions program provides students with a strong scientific and liberal arts background. The course of
study consists of science courses required of, or
highly recommended for, students seeking admission to professional schools and includes the liberal
arts selections that create well-rounded individuals.
Biology faculty advisers assist students in selecting
courses and the Pre-Health Professions Committee
provides information concerning such admission
tests as the Dental Admission Test (DAT) and the
Medical College Admission Test (MCAT).
The first two years of the program consist of a
strong science and liberal arts curriculum similar to
other health sciences programs at Quinnipiac.The
second two years include advanced science courses
which are beneficial in many professional schools
and allow time to take science and liberal arts electives specified by individual graduate programs.
General requirements for most professional schools
are met by the curriculum and specific requirements are satisfied by choosing courses with guidance from the biology faculty advisers.
101
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 102
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
Physical/Biological Science
(Biology 101-required)
4
CH 110
Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Mathematics (Minimum of MA 141 required) 3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical/Biological Science
(Biology 102-required)
4
CH 111
Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
Total 14
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 227
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
4
CH 210
Organic Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Science
3
BI
Biology Elective
3
Total 14
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 228
Comparative Anatomy/Physiology
4
BI 298
Research Methods in Biology
3
CH 211
Organic Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Science
3
Total 14
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 346
Cell Physiology
4
BI 370
General Microbiology
4
PH 110
General Physics
4
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Total 15
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 205
Bioethics
3
BI 282 or BI 382
Genetics or Human Genetics
4
CH 315
General Biochemistry
4
PH 111
General Physics
4
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Total 18
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
BI
Ecology*
4
BI
Biology Elective(s) (two courses)**
6-8
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Artistic Tradition
3
Total 16-18
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
BI 317
Developmental Biology
4
BI
Biology Elective**
3-4
102
CC
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Advanced Electives (2)
3
6
Total 16-17
*This requirement may be satisfied by BI 251 (General
Ecology),BI 354 (Marine Ecology),BI 356 (Freshwater
Ecology) or BI 358 (Human Ecology).
**Some biology electives have no laboratory component and are
3-hour rather than 4-hour courses.
Additional requirements:Biology Pre-Health
Professions Curriculum
1. Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented. Advanced
placement scores less than a “3” are not accepted.
2. Students placing out of an introductory level
science course with a minimum of “4” on the
Advanced Placement Examinations are required
to take the equivalent number of hours at a higher
level in the same area of course work (e.g. two
“200” or “300” level courses replace the introductory biology courses).
3. Students must take one semester of statistics (MA
275) in addition to the minimum math requirement of one semester of calculus (MA 141).
4. Biology and other electives must be selected in
consultation with your adviser.
5. Eligible students, on recommendation by their
pre-health professions adviser, are allowed to
participate in the following biology elective: PreHealth Professions Clinical Affiliation (BI 397).
Bachelor of Science in Biology:
Marketing Minor
Biomedical Products Marketing Curriculum
(Biology Major with Marketing Minor)
This curriculum provides students with a significant
background in the basic sciences coupled with appropriate course work in marketing. Increasing demands
are being placed upon individuals who wish to enter
the rapidly expanding field of biomedical products
marketing. The sophisticated knowledge required to
deal effectively with such products as medical electronics, pharmaceuticals and scientific equipment
goes beyond what one might expect of a business
major. Alternatively, the basic science graduate lacks
the skills in marketing techniques that could hamper
entry into this field. Students interested in pursuing
such an option should seek the guidance of the faculty adviser assigned to this program of study.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Fall Semester, First Year
CC BI 101 General Biology
CH 110
General Chemistry I
CC EC 101 Principles of Economics
CC EN 101 Elements of Composition I
CC MA 117 College Algebra
or as determined by placement exam
MA 118
Introductory Calculus
Page 103
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC BI 102 General Biology
4
CH 111
General Chemistry II
4
CC MA 118 Introductory Calculus (if not already taken)
3
CC EC 102 Principles of Economics
3
CC EN 102 Elements of Composition II
3
Total 17
Fall Semester, Second Year
Open Elective
3
BI 211
Anatomy and Physiology I
4
CH 210
Organic Chemistry I
4
CC MA 275 Probability and Statistics I
3
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences I
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, Second Year
CC MC 150 Speech as Communication
3
BI 212
Anatomy and Physiology II
4
BI 282
Genetics
4
CH 211
Organic Chemistry II
4
MK 201
Marketing Principles
3
Total 18
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 370
General Microbiology
4
CH 315
General Biochemistry
4
MK 383
Professional Selling and Sales Management 3
PH 110
General Physics I
4
Total 15
Spring Semester, Third Year
Open Elective
3
MK 210
Consumer Behavior
3
PH 111
General Physics II
4
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences II
3
Biology Elective
3-4
Total 16-17
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
BI 346
Cell Physiology
4
BI 298
Research Methods in Biology
3
MK 324
Business to Business Marketing
3
CC
Humanistic Tradition I
3
Open Elective
3
Total 16
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
MK 370
Marketing Research
BI 471
Molecular Genetics
MK 488
Internship in Marketing
CC
Artistic Tradition
CC
Humanistic Tradition II
3
4
3
3
3
Total 16
The constraints imposed by prerequisites for certain
marketing courses, and biology courses determined
by the needs and wishes of the biomedical products
industry, leave little room for electives. Accordingly,
the student is advised to select the biology major
with marketing minor early in his or her academic
career in order to avoid the need for additional
semesters of study. The curriculum includes one
biology elective. In addition, students may wish to
enroll in an additional biology or marketing course,
including independent study, during the spring
semester of the junior year or the fall semester
of the senior year. HM 101, Organization and
Agencies of Health, is highly recommended.The
biology open electives should be selected in
consultation with your program adviser.
One more course in chemistry would enable
you to have a minor in chemistry. If you choose
this option, you must register this minor with the
Department of Chemistry. The additional course
required to fulfill the minor is CH 215 (Analytical
Chemistry—3 credit hours) and CH 215L (Laboratory to Accompany CH 215—1 credit hour).
A student who wishes to pursue the M.B.A.
immediately following the completion of the above
curriculum will need 3 additional prerequisite
courses not included in the biology major with
marketing minor. They are:
AC 501
FIN 501
MG 501
Introduction to Accounting
Business Finance
Principles of Management
The listing of specific courses listed under the
Core Curriculum (CC) designation does not indicate that those courses are required for the Core
Curriculum. It is intended only to point out that
three separate sets of requirements, those of the
biology major, those of the marketing minor, and
those of the Core Curriculum, can be met with
proper selection of Core Curriculum courses. Students are, of course, free to choose whichever Core
Curriculum courses they wish.This may, however,
result in additional semesters of study. Students
103
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 104
also are free to take the suggested courses, which
usually will result in all three sets of requirements
being met within eight semesters of study. MA
118 is required for graduation. Students who are
not enrolled in MA 118 as a result of their placement examination must complete MA 117 before
enrolling in MA 118. If MA 118 is completed in
the fall semester of the freshman year, a Core Curriculum requirement course may be substituted for
MA 118 in the spring semester, thereby reducing
the number of courses that must be taken later.
Students who have completed MA 118, but not
MA 117, can use MC 150 to complete their Core
Curriculum, Specialized Competency, requirement.
Students who have completed both MA 117 and
MA 118 will have met that part of their Core
Curriculum requirement. Nevertheless, MC 150 is
still required for this curriculum. BI 282 (Genetics)
is offered in both fall and spring semesters. BI 298
(Research Methods in Biology) is offered in the
spring semester.
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented.
Bachelor of Science in Biology:
Environmental Science Minor
Environmental Science Curriculum
(Biology Major with Environmental
Science Minor)
The environmental science minor is intended for
students majoring in one of the sciences at Quinnipiac University who may be planning a career in
the environmental field.The purpose of the environmental science minor is to provide students
with an opportunity to study ecosystems and
understand environmental issues and the impact of
human activity on those systems. Students who
complete this minor are well-prepared for graduate
work or entry-level jobs working with environmental consulting firms, analytical laboratories,
government agencies, or environmental advocacy
or educational groups.
The program consists of a minimum of 20
credit hours of biology distributed between 12
credit hours of required courses and 8 credit hours
of elective courses consistent with the following
specifications:
104
Required
BI 241 / ES 241
Botany (Required for Biology Degree)
BI 251 / ES 251
General Ecology
BI 358 / ES 358
Human Ecology
Electives (select two of the courses listed)
BI 226 / ES 226
Animal Parasitology
BI 229 / ES 229
Entomology
BI 351 / ES 351
Natural History of New England
BI 354 / ES 354
Marine Ecology
BI 355 / ES 355
Alpine Ecology
BI 356 / ES 356
Freshwater Ecology
BI 476 / ES 476
Environmental Microbiology
CH 215
Analytical Chemistry
Minor in Biology
A minor in biology normally requires the completion of at least 20 hours of study (including 5 laboratory courses beyond BI 101-102, BI 105-106, or
BI 111-112) with a minimum biology course average of 2.0 or better. No more than 8 semester hours
of credit can be part of other major or minor programs. Under special circumstances, the chair of the
department may approve minors with fewer semester hours or fewer courses or permit other exceptions. Students who wish to minor in biology are
strongly urged to consult the chair of the department to design a minor that best meets their needs.
Bachelor of Science in Biology:
Master of Arts in Teaching
This degree in biology is offered in collaboration
with the Division of Education, and applies
specifically to students who plan to teach biology in
the middle school or high school settings. This
five-year program allows students to simultaneously
earn a B.S. in Biology and M.A. in Education
while preparing to be certified for teaching. The
program provides students with the combination of
an in-depth knowledge in biology and integrated
teaching skills that will serve them in their teaching
careers. The curriculum listed here describes the
program of study to ensure attainment of the B.S.
in Biology. For a list of the required courses in
education, students are referred to the Graduate
School Section, the B.S./M.A.T. Five-Year
Program in Middle Grades and Secondary
Education.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 105
Program of Study Requirements:
Course
BI 101 General Biology I
BI 102 General Biology II
BI 211 Anatomy and Physiology I
BI 212 Anatomy and Physiology II
BI 231 Intro to Earth Science
BI 241 Botany
BI 251 Ecology
BI 282 Genetics
BI 346 Cell Physiology
BI 383 Evolution
BI 471 Molecular Genetics
CH 110 General Chemistry I
CH 110L General Chemistry I Lab
CH 111 General Chemistry II
CH 111L General Chemistry II Lab
CH 201 Organic Chemistry
CH 201L Organic Chemistry Lab
CH 205 Physiol. Chemistry
CH 205L Physiol. Chemistry Lab
PH 110 Physics I
PH 110L Physics I Lab
PH 111 Physics II
PH 111L Physics II Lab
Total Science Hours
M.A.T. Hours*
Core Curriculum**
Other Requirements (see below)***
Total Degree Credit Hours
Credits
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
1
68
19
42
3
132
*see Division of Education,M.A.T. section for required courses.
**Required courses to be included in the Core Curriculum are
MA118 (Introductory Calculus), MA275 (Biostatistics), two
semesters of foreign language, PS101 (Intro to Psychology).
*** PS236 (Child and Adolescent Development), one semester
of American History, and one semester of Physical Education
are required.
1 This version of the biology major may be exercised only by
students successfully completing the Biology B.S./Pre-M.A.T.
program.
2 Students wishing to cross-certify as chemistry teachers should
take the CH210/211 series instead of CH201/205, and CH315
(biochemistry).
3 Students must achieve a minimum GPA of 2.25 in their
science courses in order to meet graduation requirements.
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
Department of
Biomedical Sciences
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Sciences
Post baccalaureate Certificate Programs in:
Clinical Laboratory Science, Clinical
Chemistry, Clinical Microbiology, Hematology
and Clinical Immunology/Immunohematology
Bachelor of Science in Microbiology/Molecular
Biology
Entry-Level Master’s Physician Assistant
The Department of Biomedical Sciences is
designed to provide the students with knowledge
and skills of the rapidly expanding field of basic
sciences, medicine and clinical and research laboratories.The integration of courses from these areas
with a broad range of courses taken from other
disciplines such as liberal arts and business provides the students with the maximum educational
background and the critical thinking skills required
to succeed in the increasingly demanding field of
biomedical sciences.
The department offers three programs leading
to the Bachelor of Science degree.These include
microbiology/molecular biology, biomedical sciences and an entry-level master’s physician assistant program. Because of the expansion of medical
information and techniques, the department also
offers several graduate degree programs including
physician and pathologists’ assistant, medical laboratory science with specialties in biomedical sciences, microbiology and laboratory management,
and molecular and cell biology. The focus of each
of these programs is to educate students for the
critical thinking necessary to function successfully
in the arena of the medical profession which has
become highly diversified, encompassing multitudes of related and yet distinct differences.
The Department of Biomedical Sciences integrates and coordinates the activities of related biomedical sciences programs that may be conveniently grouped under the generic title “biomedical
sciences.” The inclusion of these programs, which
have many elements in common, under the direction of a single administrative unit, encourages the
mixing of ideas and disciplines. It allows both the
lateral and the upward mobility of students enrolled
in closely related curricula and permits the faculty
to cut across traditional disciplinary boundaries.
105
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 106
The rapid expansion of basic medical information, methodology and technology in recent years
has increased the demand for specially trained personnel to perform in the clinical and research laboratories of hospitals, medical schools and government health facilities, and in pharmaceutical and
related industries.The training of such biomedical
laboratory specialists as medical technologists,
clinical microbiologists, clinical chemists, pathologists’ assistants, physician assistants and immunohematologists, is within the broad scope of the
field of biomedical sciences.The health care system has a need for development of interdisciplinary skills in order to keep pace with sophisticated
scientific developments and their applications in
the biomedical sciences.
Bachelor of Science in
Biomedical Sciences
The primary goal of the biomedical sciences degree
program is to provide the student with a solid
foundation in the basic sciences as means to study
and understand the biomedical sciences. This,
together with the development of scientific thinking, analysis and research skill s ,s e rves to prepare
the student for many avenues of opportunity upon
program completion. In addition, it is a goal of the
program to serve the greater community by providing individuals who are competent in this field.
The curriculum for the Bachelor of Science
degree in Biomedical Sciences allows the student
to pursue many different avenues of opportunity
depending upon the student ’s goals and interests.
In addition to courses in science and mathematics,
a number of Core Curriculum courses (designated
CC on the curriculum) are required.These include
selections from the liberal arts, computers, economics and management areas.The entire curriculum provides students with a strong program in
basic and biomedical sciences, as well as a wellrounded educational experience through the Core
Curriculum.
Students completing this degree may qualify for
employment in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries, the medical diagnostics industr y,
hospital and independent testing laboratories, university-based biomedical research, and state and
federal health/research laboratories. Additionally, a
student with this degree may wish to continue
his/her education in graduate/professional school
106
in: biological sciences, biomedical sciences,medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, physician assistant, pathologist assistant, forensic sciences, toxicology, etc.
Students who excel in this program (>3.0 GPA
overall and in science/math) may be eligible for a
6-8 week internship in an area company sometime
after the junior year.
Admission to this program is dependent on the
applicant’s potential to pursue a college program
and on past academic performance. Transfer students wishing to enter this program will be given
appropriate transfer credit for previous college work.
The technical standards for individuals working
in the biomedical field may include the following
abilities: to effectively communicate via oral and
written expression; exhibit general fine motor skills
and hand-eye coordination appropriate to performing delicate procedures; distinguish between
subtle shades of color; read, comprehend and interpret scientific/medical information from professional sources. We will consider reasonable accommodations on a case-by-case basis.
Students must complete the following curricu lum. In order to remain in good standing within
the program, the student must maintain a GPA of
2.5 overall, as well as in math and science.
Fall Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 110
General Chemistry I
CC
English 101
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
CC
Mathematics*
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 111
General Chemistry II
CC
English 102
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 211
Anatomy and Physiology I
CH 210
Organic Chemistry I
PH 110
General Physics I
CC
Artistic Tradition
CC
Economics/Managerial Traditions
S C H OO L
OF
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
4
3
3
Total 18
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 212
Anatomy and Physiology II
CH 211
Organic Chemistry II
PH 111
General Physics II
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Fall Semester, Third Year
BI 370
General Microbiology
CH 315
Biochemistry
Science Elective
CC
Specialized Competency
Page 107
4
4
4
3
3
Total 18
4
4
3-4
3
Total 14-15
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 375
Immunology
4
BI 481
Research Methods in Biomedical Sciences I 1
CH 231
Basic Chemical Instrumentation
4
Science Elective
3-4
CC
Economics/Managerial Tradition
3
Total 15-16
Fourth Year, Fall Semester
BI 346
Cell Physiology
4
BI 482
Biomedical Sciences Ind. Study
2
Science Elective
4
CC
Advanced Elective
3
Total 13
Fourth Year, Spring Semester
BI 471
Molecular Genetics
4
Science Elective
4
BI 318
Pathophysiology
3
BI 483
Research Methods in Biomedical Sciences II 1
CC
Advanced Elective
3
Total 15
Total credits: 127-129
*Minimum mathematics requirement: MA 118 and MA 275
Science electives should be selected from the following list. Science electives not on this list must
be approved by the student ’s academic adviser.
BI 200
BI 226
BI 282
BI 320
BI 325
BI 328
BI 332
BI 350
BI 372
BI 373
BI 377
BI 470
SCHOOL
Biology of Aging (3 credits)
Parasitology (4)
Genetics (4)
Pharmacology (3)
Toxicology (3)
Advanced Clinical Parasitology (4)
Histology (4)
Cardiovascular Physiology (3)
Pathogenic Microbiology (4)
Mycology (4)
Electron Microscopy (4)
Virology (4)
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
BI 472
BI 473
BI 476
Microbial Physiology/Biotechnology (4)
Food and Dairy Microbiology (4)
Environmental Microbiology (4)
Students may choose to pursue one of the following areas of concentration within the biomedical
sciences major:
Microbiology
Pharmacology/Toxicology
Molecular and cell biology
For further information about the undergraduate
biomedical sciences degree program, please contact
the chairman of the Department of Biomedical
Sciences.
Certificate in Clinical Laboratory Science
(formerly Medical Technology)
A certificate in clinical laboratory science is offered
to individuals holding a bachelor ’s degree in science from an accredited college or university with
appropriate prerequisite courses.These include: 16
semester hours (or equivalent) of biology including
general biology and a course in general microbiology, 16 semester hours of chemistry including general chemistry and at least one semester of organic
chemistry. Biochemistry, mathematics and physics
are recommended.
The above prerequisites, plus satisfaction of program admission criteria,allow students to enter the 3semester certificate program beginning each January.
The program consists of the pre-professional
courses: MT 100—Introduction to the Clinical
Laboratory Sciences, BI 372 Pathogenic Microbiology, BI 375 Immunology and CH 231 Basic
Clinical Instrumentation. After successful completion (a “C” or better) of these courses, the student
must complete all of the professional MT courses
listed in the senior year of the clinical laboratory
science curriculum.This program must be taken
within one three-semester (15 month) cycle (i.e.
spring-fall-spring). Students completing this program are eligible to sit for the national certification
examinations for clinical laboratory scientists.
All inquiries about this program should be
directed to the director of the clinical laboratory
science program.
107
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 108
Certificate Programs In: Clinical Chemistry,
Clinical Microbiology, Hematology and
Clinical Immunology/Immunohematolog y
The certificate programs in each of the above categorical areas of clinical laboratory science consist
of a customized sequence of courses designed to
conform to eligibility requirements of the technologist level certification examinations given by the
American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP)
in each of these areas.
To be eligible for one of these certificate programs, an individual must have a bachelor’s degree
in science from an accredited college or university
with a minimum number of credits in biology and
chemistry—depending upon the specific area the
student is interested in.The number of courses in
each program varies depending on each individual
student’s academic and, if applicable, clinical laboratory experience background.
All inquiries about these programs should be
directed to the director of the clinical laboratory
science program.
Bachelor of Science in
Microbiology/Molecular Biology
The program in microbiology/molecular biology
provides the student with fundamental knowledge
of the theories, principles and research techniques
in this exciting and rapid ly evolving field. Our
program is committed to helping the student
develop the ability to ask significant scientific
questions and then utilize critical thinking skills
and modern research laboratory technology to
solve these problems successfully.
Students are required to learn about technology
with hands-on student-directed laboratory projects
where thinking, planning and the ability to execute
solutions are developed. Independent research projects under the guidance of faculty allow development of these skills with “real world” experiences.
Student skills are evaluated continuously with
written and oral presentations, encouraging the
refinement of communication skills critical to a
successful career. Products of student research
activity are presented in seminars and at regional
scientific meetings.
need for future employees with expertise in a
variety of areas. Our graduates are prepared for
exciting careers in the expanding medical, clinical,
pharmaceutical, biotechnological, molecular and
health industries.This program also prepares the
student for advanced study in specialized graduate
science, health and medical programs.
The program offers students a range of classroom,
laboratory and independent research experiences.All
courses consist of lecture and hands-on laboratories
where students perform the most current research
techniques. In addition to courses in the sciences,
the university Core Curriculum course offerings
prepare students with a broad-based conceptual
understanding of science and its role in society.
Included in this program is a two-semester
required undergraduate seminar/research
experience performed with faculty in research
laboratories. This experience allows the student to
develop the expertise and experience to be
successful in beginning a career or in graduate
study. All of our students give formal presentations
of their independent research projects. Many have
presented the results of research experiences at
professional scientific meetings. Successful thirdand fourth-year students may be able to obtain
internships or part-time work experiences during
the school year and/or summer in government labs
and major pharmaceutical or biotechnology
companies located in the region.
General Information
Rapid and expanding advances in the field of
microbiology/molecular biology have created a
108
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Fall Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 110
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
Artistic Tradition
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CH 111
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Fall Semester, Second Year
CH 210
Organic Chemistry
PH 110
General Physics
BI 370
General Microbiology
CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Spring Semester, Second Year
CH 211
Organic Chemistry
PH 111
General Physics
Science Elective
CC
Humanistic Tradition
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Fall Semester, Third Year
CH 315
General Biochemistry
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Microbiology Elective
Science Elective
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 372
Pathogenic Microbiology
BI 375
Immunology
CC
Advanced Elective
Science Elective
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
BI 478
Microbiology Seminar
CC
Specialized Competency
Science Elective
Microbiology Elective
Chemistry Elective
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
BI 479
Microbiology Research
CC
Advanced Elective
Two Microbiology Electives
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
Page 109
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
4
3
3
Total 18
4
4
4
3
3
Total 18
4
3
4
4
Total 15
4
3
3
4
Total 14
1
3
4
4
4
Total 16
2
3
8
Open Elective
3-4
Total 16-17
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented.The minimum mathematics requirement is MA 117 or its
equivalent. BI 101-102 are required for graduation
and may be used to meet the Core Curriculum’s
physical and biological sciences requirement.
Recommended science electives
BI 211-212 Anatomy and Physiology I & II
BI 217
Comparative Anatomy
BI 251
General Ecology
BI 282
Human Genetics
BI 314
Animal Physiology
BI 317
Developmental Biology
BI 332
Histology
BI 347
General Physiology
Additional electives may be selected with the approval of the
department chair.
Microbiology electives
BI 226
Animal Parasitology
BI 346
Cell Physiology
BI 373
Mycology
BI 377
Electron Microscopy
BI 470
Virology
BI 471
Molecular Genetics
BI 472
Biotechnology
BI 473
Food and Dairy Microbiology
BI 476
Environmental Microbiology
BI 482
Independent Study in Biomedical Sciences
Minor in Microbiology/Molecular Biology
The minor in microbiology/molecular biology is
available to students in baccalaureate degree science programs. Students wishing to receive a
minor in microbiology must receive written
approval from the department chairman.
Students must complete at least five of the
courses listed below with a grade of C or better.
Students from other institutions are allowed a
maximum of two transfer microbiology courses
toward the minor.
BI 226
BI 346
BI 370
BI 372
Animal Parasitology
Cell Physiology
General Microbiology
Pathogenic Microbiology
109
5 health sciences.6.26.03
BI 373
BI 375
BI 377
BI 470
BI 471
BI 472
BI 473
BI 476
BI 482
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 110
Mycology
Immunology
Electron Microscopy in Biomedical Sciences
Virology
Molecular Genetics
Biotechnology
Food and Dairy Microbiology
Environmental Microbiology
Independent Study
Entry-Level Master of Health
Science—Physician Assistant
Preprofessional Component
The mission of the Quinnipiac University entrylevel masters physician assistant program is to
begin the education and preparation of masterslevel physician assistants who practice with physicians and other members of health care teams.The
program has been designed to benefit from faculty
expertise in both the graduate and undergraduate
divisions as well as practitioners from a variety of
clinical specialties. It is our expectation that these
collaborative strategies will ultimately result in outstanding health care providers.
The program offers the qualified pre-physician
assistant student the opportunity to pursue a
master’s degree in the physician assistant program
at Quinnipiac.The program is divided into a fouryear pre-professional component and a 27-month
professional component. Following successful
completion of the pre-professional component,
students receive a Bachelor of Science in
Health/Sciences (General) Studies.The
preprofessional component provides students with
a well-rounded education and a strong focus in
biological and health science studies.This very
structured and organized undergraduate program
not only prepares students for the rigors of the
professional component of the program, but also
introduces several topics that now require more
extensive study because of the advances and
technology in health care.The program addresses
the need for medical experience by providing
students with Emergency Medical Technician
(EMT) training as well as extensive time
“shadowing” and “mentoring” practicing physician
assistants. Initial evaluation of the pre-physician
assistant student by the Review and Evaluation
Committee takes place at the end of the spring
semester of the second year. To continue in the
110
program, students must have a minimum
cumulative grade point average of 3.000 and a
minimum cumulative science grade point average
of 3.000. Following the initial evaluation, students
are evaluated after completion of each semester.
Failure to maintain a minimum cumulative grade
point average of 3.000 and a minimum cumulative
science grade point average of 3.000 results in
dismissal from the program. In addition, a
minimum G.P.A. (both cumulative and science) is
required for participation in clinical affiliations.
By the beginning of the fourth year, students are
required to have accumulated 500 hours of documented direct patient contact through summer paid
and/or volunteer experiences (i.e., certified nurse’s
aide, phlebotomy technician,emergency room technician). Students are responsible for making their
arrangements to obtain these clinical hours.
Admission to the Program
Candidates applying for admission to the entry-level
master’s physician assistant program are required to
have: a minimum of three years of high school
mathematics including geometry, algebra and precalculus; one year of biology; one year of chemistry
and one year of physics. In addition, advanced electives in the biological sciences are recommended.
Related health care experience is highly desirable.
Prospective candidates must also satisfy the admission requirements of Quinnipiac. Transfer students
are not admitted to the entry-level master’s physician
assistant program. Admission into the pre-professional
component of the program does not guarantee admission
into the professional component of the program.
Please see the physician assistant program curriculum in the Graduate Studies section of the catalog for information relative to the professional
component of the program.
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences (BI 101)
4
CH 110
General Chemistry I
4
CC
English
3
CC
Mathematics (MA 118)
3
Total 14
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences (BI 102)
4
CH 111
General Chemistry II
4
CC
English
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
BI 104
Orientation to Physician Assistant Seminar I 1
Total 15
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Summer I—Clinical
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 211
Anatomy and Physiology I
CH 210
Organic Chemistry I
PH 110
General Physics I
CC
Specialized Competency
BI 388
Clinical Training I
Total number of credits required for completion
of preprofessional component:
4
4
4
3
3
Total 18
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 212
Anatomy and Physiology II
CH 211
Organic Chemistry II
BI 397
Pre-Health Clinical Affiliation
BI 389
Clinical Training II
CC
Artistic Tradition
Academic Evaluation
Summer II—Clinical
Fall Semester, Third Year
CH 315
General Biochemistry
Biology Electives (two)
CC
Behavioral/Social Science
CC
Humanistic Tradition
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
6-8
3
3
Total 16-18
Academic Evaluation
Spring Semester, Third Year
BI 318
Pathophysiology
BI 370
General Microbiology
CC
Advanced Elective
BI 400
Pre-Physician Assistant Clerkship
BI 203
Introduction to Medical Terminology
CC
Behavioral/Social science
Academic Evaluation
Summer III—Clinical
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
Biology Elective
Biology Elective
CC
Advanced Elective
BI 401
Introduction to Problem Solving
CC
Economics/Managerial Tradition
Page 111
3
4
3
3
2
3
Total 18
127-132
Final Academic Evaluation–
Preprofessional Component
Additional Requirements:
Preprofessional Component
Students placing out of an introductory-level
science course with a minimum of 4 on the
Advanced Placement examinations are required to
take the equivalent number of hours at a higher
level in the same area of course work.
Acceptable Biology Electives
BI 200
Biology of Aging
BI 310
Neuroanatomy
BI 320
Pharmacology
BI 325
Toxicology
BI 329
Neurobiology
BI 330
Endocrinology
BI 346
Cell Physiology
BI 350
Cardiovascular Physiology
BI 375
Immunology
Acceptable Behavioral/Social Science Electives
PS 101
Introduction to Psychology
PS 272
Abnormal Psychology
Acceptable Advanced Elective
BI 200/GT 200
Biology of Aging
3-4
3-4
3
3
3
Total 15-17
Academic Evaluation
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
BI 332
Histology
4
Biology Elective
3-4
BI 204
Orientation to Physician Assistant Seminar II–
Introduction to Clinical Medicine
1
CC
Economics/Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Total 14-15
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
111
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 112
Department of Chemistry and
Physical Science
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
Pre-Health Professions
The Five-Year B.S. (Chemistry) M.B.A. Program
The Five-Year B.S. (Chemistry) M.A.T. Program
The Chemistry Minor
The Department of Chemistry and Physical
Science is dedicated to the study of chemistry
through approaches that ser ve the student
personally and professionally. Chemistry is the
study of matter beginning with atoms of each of
the elements and how they combine to produce
more complex units including living organisms. In
our highly technological society, a fundamental
knowledge of chemistry is needed often to make
policy decisions and to conduct transactions in
business, academe, government, and to deal with
all other facets of our environment.The
department provides an array of introductory
courses in chemistry, physics and physical science
that are available to any university student.These
courses help individuals to understand and make
better use of the technology that permeates
everyday living.
The chemistry minor program is recognized as
a necessary asset to students studying in other programs, particularly those pursuing careers in the
biomedical sciences
The programs offered in chemistry strive to
educate competent chemists with a background in
humanities: Sufficient flexibility allows students to
place some emphasis on personal career goals. To
date, the professor who instructs any upper division class also instructs the accompanying laboratory class. As a result, Quinnipiac graduates are
regarded locally to be skillful in the laboratory and
highly employable. Quinnipiac students also use
the chemistry degree as a base to seek entry into
graduate programs in chemistry, medical sciences,
teaching, business, environmental science, law and
many other options.
General Information
The initial placement of entering students into
English and mathematics classes is determined by
examination and an evaluation of high school units
112
presented. Students may be required to take the
laboratory portions of some courses.
Undergraduates enrolled in the chemistry major
programs must maintain a minimum grade of C in
all chemistry, physics and mathematics courses.
Any required course not listed in the course
description section may be considered for scheduling when the need arises. An independent research
project chosen by the student and directed by a
full-time faculty member in the department is
required of all majors.This research project plays a
key role in de veloping a deeper understanding of
the chemistry invol ved, in building skills necessar y
to work independently and to communicate results
of the work to a group of scientists.
Students seeking admission to advanced standing must obtain satisfactory grades in placement
examinations in general chemistr y, general biology
and mathematics. Students may be required to take
the laboratory portions of some courses.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
Fall Semester, First Year
CC CH 110 General Chemistry I
CC CH 110L Laboratory
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
Behavioral and Social Science
CC
Artistic Tradition
Spring Semester, First Year
CC CH111 General Chemistry II
CC CH111L Laboratory
CC
English
CC
Behavioral and Social Science
CC
Humanistic Tradition
CC
Mathematics
Fall Semester, Second Year
CH 210
Organic Chemistry I
CH 210L
Laboratory
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
PH 110
Physics I
PH 110L
Laboratory
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Spring Semester, Second Year
CH 211
Organic Chemistry II
CH 211L
Laboratory
S C H OO L
OF
Credits
3
1
3
3
3
3
Total 16
3
1
3
3
3
3
Total 16
3
1
3
3
1
3
Total 14
3
1
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
CH 215
CH 215L
CC
PH 111
PH 111L
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Analytical Chemistry
Laboratory
Mathematics
Physics II
Laboratory
Fall Semester, Third Year
CH 301
Physical Chemistry I
CH 301L
Laboratory
Chemistry Elective
CC
Advanced Elective
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Open Elective
Spring Semester, Third Year
CH 302
Physical Chemistry II
CH 302L
Laboratory
CH 305
Instrumental Analysis
CH 305L
Laboratory
Open Elective
Open Advanced Elective
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
CH 490
Chemistry Research
CH 475
Chemistry Seminar
Open Elective
Open Elective
Chemistry Elective
Open Elective
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
Chemistry Elective
CC
Advanced Elective
Open Elective
Open Elective
CH 476
Chemistry Seminar
CH 491
Chemistry Research
Page 113
3
1
3
3
1
Total 15
3
1
3-4
3
3
3-4
Total 16-18
3
1
3
1
3-4
3-4
Total 14-16
3
1
3
3
3-4
3-4
Total 16-18
3-4
3
3
3-4
1
3
Total 16-18
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented.Mathematics requirements include MA 141-142, and MA
275. Chemistry electives must be selected with the
advice and approval of the department chairperson.
Open electives should be selected based upon student interests and career goals from offerings in all
three schools.
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
Increasing numbers of important scientific
advances in biology and medicine are focused on
the chemical interaction of molecules and require a
fundamental understanding of chemistry applied
to life sciences.The Bachelor of Science in
Biochemistry maintains the Quinnipiac tradition
of a strong liberal education and a balance of
science requirements that provides competent
training in chemistry with suitable applications in
biochemistry and strong orientation in biolog y.
The freshman and sophomore years are
structured much like other science programs in the
School of Health Sciences.This allows students a
period of study within the biochemistry program
while keeping open their choices of majors in
science programs.
The junior and senior years retain the essential
advanced courses in chemistry that are
advantageous for employment in the majority of
chemistry laboratory positions in the foreseeable
future. Graduates with acceptable grades may also
continue into graduate education.
Fall Semester, First Year
CC CH 110 General Chemistry I
CC CH 110L Laboratory
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
BI 101
CC
Behavioral and Social Science
Spring Semester, First Year
CC CH 111 General Chemistry II
CC CH 111L Laboratory
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
BI 102
CC
Behavioral and Social Science
Fall Semester, Second Year
CH 210
Organic Chemistry I
CH 210L
Laboratory
PH 110
Physics I
PH 110L
Laboratory
CC
Mathematics
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Credits
3
1
3
3
4
3
Total 17
3
1
3
3
4
3
Total 17
3
1
3
1
3
3
Total 14
113
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Spring Semester, Second Year
CH 211
Organic Chemistry II
CH 211L
Laboratory
CH 215
Analytical Chemistry
CH 215L
Laboratory
PH 111
Physics II
PH 111L
Laboratory
CC
Artistic Tradition
Fall Semester, Third Year
CH 301
Physical Chemistry I
CH 301L
Laboratory
CH 315
General Biochemistry
CH 315L
Laboratory
Advanced Biology Elective
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Spring Semester, Third Year
CH 304
Biophysical Chemistry
CH 304L
Laboratory
CH 316
Intermediate Biochemistry
CH 316L
Laboratory
Advanced Biology Elective
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
CH 490
Chemistry Research
CH 475
Chemistry Seminar
Advanced Elective
CC
Humanistic Tradition
CC
Advanced Elective
Chemistry Elective
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
CH 305
Instrumental Analysis
CH 305L
Laboratory
CH 476
Chemistry Seminar
CH 491
Chemistry Research
Chemistry Elective
Open Elective
Open Elective
Page 114
3
1
3
1
3
1
3
Total 15
3
1
3
1
4
3
Total 15
3
1
3
1
4
3
Total 15
3
1
3
3
3
3-4
Total 16-17
3
1
1
3
3-4
3-4
3
Total 17-19
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an
evaluation of high school units presented.
Mathematics requirements include MA 141-142
and MA 275. Chemistry electives must be selected
with the advice and approval of the department
chairperson. Advanced biology electives may be
chosen from the list of suggested electives (or
114
similar level courses). Prerequisite course work may
be required.
BI 282
BI 346
BI 347
BI 370
BI 375
BI 472
Genetics
Cell Physiology
General Physiology
General Microbiology
Immunology
Microbial Physiology/Biotechnology
Open electives should be selected based upon student interests and career goals from offerings in all
three schools.
Pre-Health Professions
The pre-health professions program provides an
undergraduate student interested in a career as a
health professional the appropriate educational
background necessary to meet the entrance requirements of a variety of different professional schools,
including medicine, podiatry, chiropractic, dentistry,
optometry, osteopathy and physician assistant.
The curriculum consists of the program of study
outlined for the biochemistry major, with chemistry
and biology electives chosen specifically to meet the
requirements of the majority of professional schools.
Faculty advisers assist students in selecting courses
and the Pre-Health Professions Committee provides information concerning such admission tests
as the Medical College Admission Test (MCAT).
An independent research project chosen by the
student and directed by a full-time faculty member
in the department is required of all students in this
program.This research project plays a key role for
the student in developing a deeper understanding
of the chemistry involved, and builds skills necessary to work independently and communicate the
results of the work to a group of scientists.
The Five-Year B.S. (Chemistry)/
M.B.A. Program
This undergraduate program meets all of the
requirements for the B.S. in Chemistry and positions the candidate to complete the M.B.A. in one
calendar year following graduation.The admission
requirements are specified under the Master of
Business Administration programs. Although formal application is not made until the end of the
sophomore year, the appropriate course selections
are begun in the first year.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 115
The Five-Year B.S. (Chemistry)/
M.A.T. Program
This program allows a student to earn a Bachelor
of Science in Chemistry and fulfill many of the
requisite courses for the Master of Arts in Teaching degree in four calendar years.The M.A.T.
degree then may be completed at the end of a fifth
year of study.
The Chemistry Minor
The highly technical nature of our daily living has
increased the need for a working knowledge of
chemistry in biological sciences, medical sciences,
law, business, government, academe and many
more areas. Students majoring in programs other
than chemistry can be recognized as having additional proficiency in chemistry by successfully
completing this balanced program. Candidates
must apply to the chemistry department to enter
this program and be enrolled concurrently in a
major undergraduate program.The program consists of a minimum of 24 credit hours of chemistry
distributed between 20 credit hours of required
courses and 4 credit hours of elective courses consistent with the following specifications:The minimum grade required for each course is a C-.
Required
CH 110
General Chemistry
3
CH 110L
Laboratory
1
CH 111
General Chemistry II
3
CH 111L
Laboratory
1
CH 210-211 Organic Chemistry I-II
6
CH 210-211LLaboratory
2
CH 215
Analytical Chemistry
3
CH 215L
Laboratory
1
Elective (select one of the courses listed or its equivalent)
CH 301
Physical Chemistry I
3
CH 301L
Laboratory
1
CH 305
Instrumental Analysis
3
CH 305L
Laboratory
1
CH 310
Qual. Org. Analysis
2
CH 310L
Laboratory
1
CH 315
General Biochemistry
3
CH 315L
Laboratory
1
Department of Nursing
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Generic B.S.N. Track for High School Graduates
Accelerated B.S.N. Track for Second Degree
Students
R.N. to B.S.N. Track
The mission of the Department of Nursing at
Quinnipiac University is to prepare graduates for
professional nursing practice who are capable of
providing holistic care for individuals, families and
aggregates of all ages and diverse cultural backgrounds in a variety of settings. In addition, our
curriculum and clinical experiences provide the
foundation for continued personal and professional
development.
Graduate nursing education builds on this
foundation of holistic care to prepare specialists at
an advanced practice level who are capable of practicing as collaborative and independent holistic
health-care providers.The department affirms that
nursing is both a science and an art that is creative,
goal-directed, evidence-based and concerned with
the health and dignity of the whole person. Professional nursing may encompass the use of the political process to influence change in the health-care
delivery system and foster support for nursing education and research. Advanced practice nursing is
distinguished by the application of well-developed
specialized skills grounded in theory, research and
expert clinical judgment.
Philosophy
Education is a dynamic, cognitive, multisensory
process that provides for an individual ’s continued
growth and development in a changing world of
diverse cultures. It occurs in a highly personalized,
student-centered learning community that provides
for a reciprocal interchange based on mutual
respect and integrity. This encourages the learner
to think critically and creatively, become an effective communicator, and be able to make informed
value judgments. Learners evidence growth by
their ability to self-evaluate, by being self-directed,
and exercising their rights and responsibilities.
General Information
The undergraduate nursing curriculum at
Quinnipiac fosters professional socialization for
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
115
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 116
future roles and responsibilities within the
profession. Graduates are prepared as generalists
who synthesize theory based upon the foundations
of research and professionalism into their nursing
care. Baccalaureate nursing education prepares the
graduate for entry into professional nursing
practice and provides the foundation for graduate
study. The undergraduate program in nursing is
accredited by the National League for Nursing
Accrediting Commission (NLNAC). A Master of
Science in Nursing (MSN) preparing adult and
family nurse practitioners and forensic nurse
clinical specialists also is available. For more
information about these offerings, please see the
Graduate Studies section of the catalog. For
information about any of our programs you may
contact the Department of Nursing via e-mail at
nursing@quinnipiac.edu, by phone at (203) 5828385 or by visiting the nursing Web page at
http://www.quinnipiac.edu.
Admission Requirements
The requirements for admission into the undergraduate nursing program are the same as those for
admission to Quinnipiac Universit y. Students must
complete the preprofessional component courses
before enrolling in courses in the professional
component. A cumulative grade point average of
2.67 is required for entry into the professional
component.
In order to progress and remain in continued
good standing, the student must attain a cumulative and semester grade point average of 2.67, a
minimum grade of C in all nursing and science
courses, and a grade of P (pass) in each hospital
laboratory. If these requirements are not met, the
student is not permitted to progress in the professional nursing component.
The policy for Advanced Standing/Placement,
as stated in the Quinnipiac catalog, applies to the
student seeking admission into the undergraduate
program in nursing. Quinnipiac normally grants
transfer credit for courses appropriate to the chosen curriculum, completed with a grade of C or
better, at a regionally accredited post-secondary
institution. Transfer into the nursing major
requires a grade point average of at least 2.67.
Advanced standing or placement is considered for
entering freshmen who have completed collegelevel credit courses through a recognized college or
university, achieved an acceptable score on an
116
appropriate examination of (1) the Advanced
Placement Program of the College Entrance
Examination Board, (2) the International Baccalaureate, or (3) the College Level Examination
Program (CLEP).
Graduates are eligible for registered nurse licensure in Connecticut or other states upon satisfactory achievement of the National Council Licensure
Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEXRN). In Connecticut, the laws of the state provide
limitation to eligibility for licensure for any person
convicted of a felony (according to Public Act
86.385). A copy of the act is available for review in
the nursing department.
Select learning experiences in hospitals, physicians’ offices, clinics and community health agencies begin with the first nursing course and continue throughout the curriculum. Students are
responsible for transportation to and from clinical
agencies. Liability insurance and CPR certification
must be obtained prior to enrolling in the first
nursing course, and renewed annually. The nursing
department has se veral additional health requirements in addition to those specified by the university. Submission of documentation of a physical
examination and PPD on the form supplied by the
nursing department is required of all students prior
to the enrollment in the first nursing course in
junior year, and annually thereafter. If the student
has a positive PPD or has previously received
BCG vaccine, a chest X-ray is required.Documentation of hepatitis B vaccination (or signed waiver
declining immunization) and current tetanus
booster is required upon admission to the professional component. See the Undergraduate Nursing
Student Resource Manual for further explanation.
Undergraduate Program Outcomes
The undergraduate nursing program prepares a
graduate able to:
• Synthesize knowledge from holistic nursing theory and the biological, physical, social and behavioral sciences in providing basic health care to
individuals,families and communities; considering diversity of age, gender, culture, life space and
human response patterns.
• Exercise critical thinking, ethical decision making, independent judgment in the utilization of
the nursing process as a basis for providing culturally competent holistic care to individuals,
families and communities.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 117
• Utilize leadership, management, delegation and
collaborative skills in providing high quality basic
nursing care.
• Demonstrate professional role competency
through accountability, social consciousness and
advocacy commensurate with basic nursing preparation; and a commitment to life-long learning.
• Employ effective communication skills and current technology into basic nursing practice.
• Utilize theory and research findings to inform
clinical practice.
• Practice nursing in a holistic manner, in accordance with ethical and professional standards,
within the legal parameters of a registered nurse.
Curriculum
Pre-professional Component
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
English 101
3
CC
Mathematics 117
3
CH 101
Fundamentals of General, Organic
and Biological Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
CC
The Physical & Biological Sciences (BI 101) 4
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
English 102
3
CH 102
Fundamentals of General, Organic
and Biological Chemistry
4
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
CC
Artistic Tradition
3
CC
The Physical & Biological Sciences (BI 102) 4
Total 17
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 211
Anatomy & Physiology
4
BI 213
Microbiology & Pathology
4
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 212
Anatomy & Physiology
4
PH 101
Elements of Physics
4
CC
Advanced Elective
3
CC
Specialized Competency
3
CC
Economics and Managerial Tradition
3
Total 17
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
Professional Component
Fall Semester, Third Year
Credits
NU 301*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals I 5
NU 304*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed in the
Community I
4
NU 311
Holistic Health Assessment
4
BI 318
Pathophysiology
3
Total 16
Spring Semester, Third Year
NU 302*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families I 5
NU 303*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals II 5
NU 310
Theoretical Basis for Nursing
2
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Elective
3
Total 18
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
NU 401*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families II 5
NU 403*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity Related to
Behavioral Health
5
NU 404*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals III 5
NU 410
Introduction to Nursing Research
3
Community Based Project (CBE)
Total 18
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
NU 402*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed
in the Community II
5
NU 405*
Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals IV 4
NU 420
Issues in the Provision of Holistic Nursing Care 3
Elective
3
Elective
3
Community Based Project (CBE)
Total 18
Initial placement in English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination. The minimum mathematics requirement is MA 117 or its
equivalent. The preprofessional component must be
completed with a minimum cumulative grade point
average of a 2.67 in order to progress to the professional component. A minimum grade of C is
mandatory in all required science and nursing
courses. A grade of P must be obtained in all clinical courses. Courses must be taken in the semester
indicated unless prior approval is obtained from the
student’s academic adviser. The following courses
must be completed successfully. Where applicable,
they may be used to satisfy Core Curriculum
requirements: MA 275, BI 101-102, BI 318.
Courses with an asterisk * include classroom, campus practice lab and clinical practicum components.
117
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 118
Accelerated B.S.N. Track For Second
Degree Students
The Accelerated B.S.N.track is designed for individuals with a non-nursing undergraduate degree
who wish to become a nurse. A second bachelor’s
degree in nursing may be earned in one calendar
year, beginning in May (double summer session, a
fall and a spring semester). Admission requirements
include graduation from a regionally accredited college or university with a cumulative grade point
average of at least 2.67 (B-); one year of anatomy
and physiology, one semester of pathophysiology,
microbiology and statistics; and being able to meet
university core requirements. Transfer credit is evaluated for prerequisite course work according to university policy. Second degree students not wanting
such an accelerated path may apply to begin in the
fall semester and take all the nursing courses with
the generic students over four semesters or two academic years.Graduates are eligible to take the
NCLEX-RN, and qualify for entry-level nursing
positions, or graduate study. Detailed information
about the Accelerated B.S.N. track is available from
the nursing department. Those students contemplating continuing on for graduate study in nursing at
Quinnipiac should refer to the Graduate Studies
section of the catalog.
R.N. to B.S.N. Track
Registered nurses may enroll either as full or parttime students in the R.N. to B.S.N. Track. For
recent graduates of accredited associate degree and
diploma programs in Connecticut, the Connecticut
Articulation Model for Nurse Educational Mobility applies. Detailed information about advanced
placement in the R.N. to B.S.N. track is available
from the nursing department.
Department of
Occupational Therapy
Entry-level Master’s Degree in Occupational Therapy
Bachelor of Science in Occupational Therapy
(final year)
The Quinnipiac University Department of Occupational Therapy embodies three fundamental values: excellence in education, a sensitivity to students, and a spirit of communit y.
The foundation on which the occupational
therapy professional education is built consists of a
curriculum in liberal arts, sciences, economic and
managerial traditions.The occupational therapy
faculty’s mission is to create an atmosphere that
promotes student self-actualization, intellectual
growth, clinical scholarship and research.
The occupational therapy program cultivates
student growth within a de velopmental-humanistic
model.This process acknowledges that the student
has physical, psychosocial and cultural needs and
abilities.These abilities are developed through professional, liberal and scientific experiences that
provide a general education, a professional knowledge base, and entry-level skills and judgment.
In addition, faculty encourage creative thinking,
clinical reasoning and problem solving, based on the
principles and current philosophy, frame of reference
and theory of the occupational therapy profession.
The curriculum is designed to impart relevant
content while stimulating creative and critical reasoning to foster openness to new concepts and
evolving models of practice.
The faculty facilitates professional development by
promoting a continuum of life-long learning founded
on classroom education,fieldwork experiences,laboratory experiential learning, contribution and service
to the community. This program prepares graduates
for entry-level practice and interdisciplinary collaboration within an ever-changing practice environment
in a world of diverse cultures and people.
General Information
Occupational therapy is a health care profession
that includes the use of purposeful activities, or
occupations, to assist persons in achieving their
highest level of functioning or self-actualization.
The definition which was adopted and approved
by the Representative Assembly of the American
118
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 119
Occupational Therapy Association (1986) states
that: “Occupational therapy is the therapeutic use
of self-care, work and play activities to increase
independent function, enhance development and
prevent disability. It may include the adaptation of
tasks or the environment to achieve maximum
independence and to enhance quality of life.”
Occupational therapy is both an art and a science.
An occupational therapist is able to administer and
analyze a variety of evaluations that are utilized in
the therapeutic relationship to establish treatment
goals and interventions for the individual involved in
the occupational therapy process. The therapeutic
interventions meet the needs of people of all ages
who may have limitations because of physical,developmental, psychosocial, or challenges of the normal
developmental process. The therapeutic interventions are adapted to meet individual needs and are in
collaboration with the environment in which the
person lives, works and plays.Occupational therapists are committed to promoting health, preventing
injury or disability, and improving one’s abilities.
Students are engaged in a variety of learning
experiences to prepare them for the diverse practice
of occupational therapy. The curriculum objectives
include an emphasis on the arts and sciences with
knowledge, skills and attitudes developed through
an integration of classroom learning, experiential
learning and laboratory fieldwork level I and II
experiences. The content is delivered through
collaborative and cooperative teaching strategies
involving academic and clinical faculty, in order to
promote the integration of theory into practice for
individuals with diverse needs in varied practice
environments,across the ages, with individual
cultural, economic and social needs. Inherent within
the profession and the program is the value and
regard for all human beings as unique individuals
who have the capacity to choose and seek their own
meaning and purpose in life. The occupational
therapy student learns to become an effective
change agent in this process of helping others to
achieve their own satisfactory life occupations.
The occupational therapy program is accredited
by the Accreditation Council for Occupational
Therapy Education (ACOTE) of the American
Occupational Therapy Association (AOTA), located
at 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220,
Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. ACOTE’s phone number c/o AOTA is (301) 652-AOTA. The ACOTE
on-site evaluation awarded the program full accrediSCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
tation status in August 1999. The next evaluation
will be 2008–09. Graduates of the program are eligible to sit for the national certification examination
for the occupational therapist administered by the
National Board for Certification in Occupational
Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of
this exam, the individual will be an occupational
therapist, registered (OTR). Most states require
licensure in order to practice; however, state license
eligibility is usually based on the results of the
NBCOT certification examination.
Entry-Level Master’s Degree in
Occupational Therapy
In December 2001, the State of Connecticut Board
of Governors approved and accredited the entrylevel Master of Occupational Therapy (M.O.T.)
program.
Admission to the Program
The high school student applying for admission to
the occupational therapy program should present
four years of mathematics and three years of science.
The general Quinnipiac University requirements for
admissions must be met. All students applying for
admission are strongly encouraged to have at least
30 hours of observation in occupational therapy.
The department is prepared to provide reasonable
accommodations for students who have special
needs or challenges.
Transfer Students from Other Colleges
and Universities
Transfer students from other colleges and universities are accepted into the occupational therapy program dependent upon successful completion of the
Core Curriculum and sciences prerequisite courses
with a grade point average of 3.0. In addition the
30 hours of observation is strongly encouraged.
Once accepted into the program, students need
to complete OT 111, 112, 210, 212 during the
summer before they enter the junior year with a
grade of B- or better in each course.These courses
are offered in the summer.
119
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 120
Transfer Students from within Quinnipiac
Students currently attending Quinnipiac in other
programs are accepted into the occupational therapy program. Students may apply through the
department.All prerequisite courses as listed in the
catalog must be completed with a grade point
average of 2.75. In addition, 30 hours of observation in occupational therapy is strongly encouraged. Once accepted into the program, students
need to complete OT 111, 112, 210, 212 during
the summer before they enter the junior year with
a grade of B- or better in each course.
Professional Component
Entry into the junior year (professional program)
depends upon recommendation of the faculty, at
least average on the Professional Behavior Rating
Scale, a B- or better in OT 111, 112, 210, 212, and
satisfactory completion of all lower division requirements with a minimum 2.75 quality point average.*
A G.P.A. of 3.0 each semester must be maintained
in the O.T. courses during the junior, senior and
graduate years. All professional courses in the junior
and senior years are accepted only if the student
earns a grade of “C+” or above. A grade of C or
lower may result in dismissal from the program. All
three fieldwork level II experiences must be completed with a “P” or pass in order to graduate. If two
fieldwork level II experiences are graded either “F”
or “W” the student is dismissed from the program.
A student dismissed from the program may follow
the appeal procedure outlined in the Occupational
Therapy Student Manual. Following a dismissal, an
acceptance of an appeal will indicate that no further
appeals will be allowed. A second dismissal will be a
final dismissal. All students are responsible for
transportation to all fieldwork experiences and
maintaining viable health insurance, malpractice
insurance, CPR certification, and immunizations
according to their fieldwork placements.
*All science courses must be taken at Quinnipiac.
Bachelor of Science in Occupational
Therapy
(Curriculum for Seniors 2003-2004)
Summer between Junior and Senior Year
OT 470
Fieldwork Level II A
6
The student is considered to be a full-time student
during this 12-week course. OT 470 may be post120
poned until after the senior year depending on the
availability of fieldwork placement sites.
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
OT 404
Physical Management in Orthopedics
3
OT 405
Pediatric Clinical Media
3
OT 410
Sensory & Cognitive Processing
2
OT 453
Senior Fieldwork I A
2
OT 460
Techniques of Research & Measurement in OT 3
1 CC 200 or higher
Core Curriculum Advanced Elective
3
Total 16
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
OT 400
Senior Professional Seminar
1
OT 401
Specialty Seminar (optional)
1
OT 454
Senior Fieldwork I B
2
OT 461
Management in O.T.
3
OT 462
Biomechanics of Human Motion
3
OT 463
Physical Management in Neurorehabilitation 3
OT 465
Clinical Reasoning
3
1 CC 200 or higher
Core Curriculum Advanced Elective
3
Total 18*
*Additional credit optional
May–December Post-Senior Year
OT 471
Fieldwork Level II B
OT 472
Fieldwork Level II C
12
All Fieldwork Level II must be completed within 24 months
from completion of course work.
The B.S. program in no longer open. All new students will enter the M.O.T. program.
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an
evaluation of high school units presented.The
minimum mathematics requirement is MA 117 or
its equivalent. BI 101-102 are required for
graduation and may be used to meet the Core
Curriculum’s physical and biological sciences
requirement.The occupational therapy course
requirements must be fulfilled in the appropriate
semester as indicated. The final two years of the
program are a full-time, day program. Deviations
from the sequence, waivers from occupational
therapy courses and transfer courses from other
occupational therapy programs must be approved
by the Occupational Therapy Progression
Committee and the department chairperson.
A felony conviction may affect a graduate’s ability
to sit for the certification exam or attain state licensure.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 121
Entry-Level Master’s Degree in
Occupational Therapy
Fall Semester, First Year Credits
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CC
Humanistic Tradition
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
OT 111
Fundamentals of Occupational Therapy
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Sciences
CC
Behavioral/Social Science
CC
English
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Humanistic Tradition
OT 112
Purposeful Activity Analysis
Fall Semester, Second Year Credits
BI 211
Anatomy and Physiology I
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Artistic Tradition
Open Elective (200 level)
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
OT 210
OT Skills in Therapeutic Use of Self
Spring Semester, Second Year Credits
BI 212
Anatomy & Physiology II
PH 101
Elements of Physics
Open Elective (200 level)
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
OT 212
Group Leadership
4
3
3
3
3
1
Total 17
Credits
4
3
3
3
3
1
Total 17
4
3
3
3
3
2
Total 18
4
4
3
3
2
Total 16
Fall Semester, Third Year
Credits
OT 315
Anatomy & Lab
4
OT 325
Principles of Human Development & Occupation 3
OT 335
Functional Neuroanatomy
3
OT 345
Theory of Occupation & Fieldwork I: Wellness 3
OT 355
Occupation, Activity, Purposeful Activity
2
CC 200 or Higher Core Curriculum
3
Total 18
Spring Semester, Third Year
Credits
OT 316
Kinesiology & Lab
4
OT 326
Principles of Human Development—
The Older Adult
3
OT 336
Functional Neuro-behaviors
3
OT 356
OT Practice Contexts
3
OT 365
Problem Based Learning:
Risk Factors Impacting Occupation
2
CC 200 or Higher Core Curriculum
3
Total 18
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
Credits
OT 415
Health Conditions I
6
OT 420
Evaluative Process & Lab with FWI
8
OT 445
Infusing Occupation Theory into Practice
3
OT 466
Problem Based Learning:
Health Conditions & Occupation I
1
Total 18
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
Credits
OT 416
Health Conditions II
6
OT 421
OT Intervention Strategies & Lab with FW
8
OT 446
Group Process & Lab
4
OT 467
Problem Based Learning Groups
Health Conditions & Occupation II
1
Total 19
Upon successful completion of the fourth year, the
Bachelor of Science in Health Science is awarded.
Award of this degree leads to matriculation into
the graduate level of the program.
Summer Between Fourth Year and Graduate Year Credits
OT 500
Fieldwork Level II
6
Twelve weeks of full-time supervised experience. All FWII
policies must be followed according to the OT program
manual available from the chairperson.
Total 6
Fall Semester, Graduate Year
Credits
OT 510
Impact of Laws & Regulations on OT Practice 2
OT 535
Integrative Intervention Strategies I
5
OT 550
Quantitative & Qualitative Research
4
OT 555
Reflective Practitioner
3
OT 560
Emerging Practices I
2
OT 565
Integrative Case Studies
2
Total 18
Spring Semester, Graduate Year
Credits
OT 511
Administration & Management
4
OT 536
Integrative Intervention Strategies II
5
OT 551
Action Research
1
OT 556
Professional Development & Service Learning 3
OT 561
Emerging Practices II
2
OT 570
Capstone Project
2
Total 17
Summer and Fall Following Graduate Year
Credits
OT 580
Fieldwork Level II
6
OT 581
Fieldwork Level II
6
Total 12
All fieldwork must be completed within 12 months
from completion of course work.
All course work and fieldwork must be completed
with grades as stated in the OT program manual.
Retention and dismissal criteria are also written in
the OT program manual which is available from the
121
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 122
chairperson. Any variations in the program of study
leading to the M.O.T. must be approved by the OT
Retention and Progression committee. The OT
course work must be completed in the sequence
provided on a full-time basis. The only exceptions,
which require approval from the OT Retention and
Progression Committee, may be transfer students.
The curriculum, as designated OT courses, is subject
to modification as deemed necessary in order to
maintain a high quality educational experience.
Department of Physical Therapy
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine and
Master of Arts in Teaching
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine and
Master of Physical Therapy
Master of Physical Therapy (two-year
preprofessional and three and one half-year
professional components)
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
The Athletic Training/Sports Medicine Program
in the Department of Physical Therapy functions
within the mission and goals of the institution.
Quinnipiac University acknowledges its role in
providing a supportive and stimulating environment for the intellectual and personal growth of
the students.The primary mission of the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program is to pr ovide a
quality education program through which students
may obtain the knowledge and psychomotor skills
necessary to practice as athletic trainers certified by
the National Athletic Trainers’ Association Board
of Certification. Importance is placed upon the
provision of opportunities within the curriculum
for the development of skills encompassing the
domains of Athletic Training. Strong emphasis is
placed on the practical clinical experience coupled
with specific professional course work. Recognizing the importance of excellence in teaching and
instruction, the faculty, in its commitment to the
combination of diverse clinical and intellectual
experiences, collaborates in educating students.
Through successful completion of the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program, graduates are
prepared to enter the profession of Athletic Train-
122
ing and assume a leadership role.
The Athletic Training/Sports Medicine Program offers a highly personalized learning environment featuring small classes and ready access to
faculty, reflecting the university’s commitment to
excellence in teaching, as well as support for scholarship and professional de velopment.The Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine faculty share a service
orientation toward the students and their needs.
The program also strives to prepare graduates who
manifest critical and creative thinking, effective
communication skills, informed value judgments,
and who possess an educational foundation for
continued growth and development in a changing
world of diverse cultures and people.
Candidacy Status
The Athletic Training/Sports Medicine Program
at Quinnipiac University achieved candidacy status
from the Joint Review Committee on Educational
Programs in Athletic Training in Fall 2001. The
process of accreditation is a multiyear progression
leading to program evaluation by the Commission
on Accreditation of Allied Health Education Programs. Because we are still in the progression, we
must inform you that candidacy status is not an
accreditation status and does not guarantee that
accreditation will be granted in the future. We are
scheduled for a site visit in Fall 2003 with notification of accreditation status in Spring 2004.
Admission to the Program
Candidates applying for admission to the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program from high
school are required to have not less than three years
of high school college preparatory mathematics, one
year of biology, one year of chemistry and one year
of physics. In addition, the scores of the SAT or the
ACT are an important consideration. Related
health-care experience is highly desirable. Prospective candidates also must satisfy general Quinnipiac
University admission requirements.
All applications must include three letters of reference, and a personal interview may be required
with representatives of the admissions office to discuss program requirements and the applicant’s professional interests and commitments. Applications
are accepted for admission to the fall semester only.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 123
All applications are processed and screened by
the vice president and dean of admissions for
selection to the program. Reference letters, other
correspondence and inquiries relating to an application should be directed to the dean of undergraduate admissions. Admission to Quinnipiac
University does not guarantee admission to the
program in Athletic Training/Sports Medicine,
unless officially accepted into the program.
Students enrolled in the program’s pre-professional component (semester 1-3) must achieve a
B- or better in AT 114, AT 214 and AT 220 and a
minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.67
upon completion of all additional pre-professional
requirements including all program science and
math requirements to qualify for admission into
the professional component of the program. (D
and F grades in the required science and math
courses are unacceptable). All AT courses must be
taken and completed at Quinnipiac University.
Professional component students (semesters
4-8) must earn at least a B- in all professional
component courses and maintain a G.P.A. of 3.0
each semester during the professional component.
Students who fail to maintain these grade requirements will be subject to dismissal from the
program.
Technical Standards for Admission
The Athletic Training/Sports Medicine Program
at Quinnipiac University is a rigorous and intense
program that places specific requirements and
demands on the students enrolled in the program.
An objective of this program is to prepare graduates to enter a variety of employment settings and
to render care to a wide spectrum of individuals
engaged in physical activity. The technical standards set forth by the Athletic Training/Sports
Medicine Program establish the essential qualities
considered necessary for students admitted to this
program to achieve the knowledge, skills, and
competencies of an entry-level athletic trainer, as
well as meet the expectations of the program’s
accrediting agency (Commission on Accreditation
of Allied Health Education Programs). All
students admitted to the program must meet the
established abilities and expectations. In the
event a student is unable to fulfill these technical
standards, with or without reasonable accommodation, the student will not be admitted or may be
dismissed from the program.
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I E N C E S
Candidates for selection to the program will be
required to verify they understand and meet the
technical standards or that they believe that, with
certain reasonable accommodations, the technical
standards can be met. Verification of understanding includes the student reading, signing and
returning a copy of the Technical Standards
Agreement to the program director prior to arrival
on campus in the fall semester. A listing of the
technical standards and an agreement form for the
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine Program at
Quinnipiac University can be found on the Programs Web page (www.quinnipiac.edu). If the
student fails to complete the agreement form
prior to the first day of classes, the student will
be admitted to the university but may be required
to reapply for the Athletic Training/Sports
Medicine Program.
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
and Master of Arts in Teaching
See Graduate Program Admissions for a Master
of Arts in Teaching on p. 151 of this catalog for
details.
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
and Master of Physical Therapy
(6 1/2 yrs)
Contact undergraduate admissions for further
details on direct entry into the dual program of
Athletic Training/Sports Medicine and Master
of Physical Therapy.
Students who are enrolled in the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program may apply
for entry into the dual program in Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine and Master of Physical
Therapy at the completion of their junior year.
Students applying from the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine program would be
required to follow the dual program curriculum in
their freshman, sophomore and junior years and
meet all of the academic performance standards
of both Athletic Training/Sports Medicine and
Physical Therapy programs. Following a joint
review of the applicants by the program directors
of Physical Therapy and Athletic Training/Sports
Medicine, students would be accepted into the
dual major at the completion of the junior year,
based on performance and space availability.
123
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 124
See Physical Therapy for required standards to
successfully complete the pre-professional component of that program. Additionally, the following
courses in Athletic Training/Sports Medicine must
be completed with a B- or better and an overall
GPA of 3.0: AT 114, 214,215, 220, 298, 338,339,
398, 399, 410 and 411 and BI 300, 301.
appropriate semesters as indicated.The following
courses must be completed with a C- or better and
a minimum G.P.A of 2.67. Where applicable,
they may be used to satisfy core curriculum
requirements. Progression to the professional
component occurs in the fourth semester or second
year, spring semester.
Transfer Students from Other Colleges and
Universities
MA 117
BI 101-102
CH 101-102
BI 211-212
PH 101
Transfer students from other colleges and
universities may be accepted into the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program based on space
availability. These students must meet the course
requirements, performance standards (G.P.A. of
2.67) and technical standards of the program.
The students must complete the general science
requirements, AT 114, AT 214 and AT 220 prior
to entry into the professional component of the
program or the fourth semester of the course
sequence. AT 114, AT 214 and AT 220 must be
taken at Quinnipiac. No Athletic Training course
from the student’s previous institution will be
considered for replacement of BI 300, BI 301 or
any of the Athletic Training courses offered at
Quinnipiac.
Transfer Students from within Quinnipiac
Students currently attending Quinnipiac in another program may be accepted into the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program based on space
availability and review of qualification by the program director. Students may apply through the
department upon completion of the general science
requirements, AT 114, AT 214 and AT 220 and
prior to entry into the professional component of
the program or the fourth semester of the course
sequence. These students must meet the course
requirements, performance standards (G.P.A. of
2.67) and technical standards of the program.
Course of Study: Athletic Training/Sports
Medicine Program
Pre-professional Component
Examination and an evaluation of high school
units presented determine initial placement in the
English and mathematics courses.The minimum
mathematics requirement is MA 117. It is strongly
suggested that Biology and Athletic Training/
Sports Medicine courses are completed in the
124
College Algebra
General Biology
Fund. Gen., Org, Biol. Chemistry
Anatomy and Physiology
Elements of Physics
The following courses must be completed with a
minimum of a B- at Quinnipiac and prior to entry
into the professional component of the Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine Program. All AT courses must be taken at Quinnipiac.
AT 114
AT 214
AT 220
Introduction to Athletic Training/Sports Medicine
Care and Prevention of Athletic Training
Pharmacology and Nutrition in Sports Medicine
Professional Component
The Review and Evaluation Committee for the
program in Athletic Training/Sports Medicine is
responsible for evaluating and screening candidates
for the professional component of the program.
Program requirements for the program in Athletic
Training/Sports Medicine are established in
conjunction with the guidelines established by the
Educational Council of the National Athletic
Trainers’Association and are acceptable to the
school and university administration. While a good
deal of the athletic training students’ clinical assignments (clinical practicum II-V) occur at Quinnipiac,
off-campus assignments also are required. Students
are responsible for transportation to and from all
off-campus sites. Most off-campus sites are within
15 miles from the main campus. Moreover, students
involved in varsity athletics may require additional
semester(s) to complete the program.
Pre-Professional Component, Semesters 1-3
First Year, Fall Semester
BI 101
General Biology I
CH 101
Fund Gen., Org., Biol. Chem. I
EN 101
Elements of Composition I
MA 117
College Algebra
CC
CC Elective
SCHO OL
OF
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
First Year, Spring Semester
AT 114
Introduction to AT/SM
BI 102
General Biology II
CH 102
Fund Gen., Org., Biol. Chem. II
EN 102
Elements of Composition II
CC
CC Elective
Page 125
3
4
4
3
3
Total 17
If the student is interested in graduate school, CH
110-111 should be taken in place of CH 101-102
Second Year, Fall Semester
AT 214
Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries
3
AT 220
Pharmacology and Nutrition in Sports Medicine 3
BI 211
Anatomy and Physiology
4
PH 101
Elements of Physics
4
CC
CC Elective
3
Total 17
Professional Component
Second Year, Spring Semester
AT 215
Therapeutic Modalities
4
AT 298
Clinical Practicum, I
3
AT 338
Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation I
4
BI 212
Anatomy and Physiology II
4
MA 275
Biostatistics
3
Total 18
If the student is interested in graduate school,
PH 110-111 should be taken in place of PH 101.
Third Year, Fall Semester
AT 339
Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation II 4
AT 398
Clinical Practicum, II
3
AT 410
Therapeutic Exercise I
4
BI 300
Physiology of Human Performance I
4
Total 15
Third Year, Spring Semester
AT 399
Clinical Practicum, III
AT 411
Therapeutic Exercise II
AT 440
Biomechanics
BI 301
Physiology of Human Performance II
Fourth Year, Fall Semester
AT 450
Administration and Management in AT
AT 498
Clinical Practicum, IV
CC
CC Electives (2)
BI
Elective, for BI Minor
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
3
4
4
4
Total 15
3
3
6
3
Total 15
Fourth Year, Spring Semester
AT 480
Current Concepts in AT
AT 499
Clinical Practicum, V
CC
CC Electives (3)
3
3
9
Total 15
Total Credits 129
The curriculum for the professional component is
subject to modification as deemed necessary to
present to the students a progressive and meaningful educational experience.
A G.P.A. of 3.0 must be maintained each
semester during the professional component; C, D
and F grades are unacceptable in the professional
component of the program.
Master of Science in Physical Therapy
The mission of the program in physical therapy is to
graduate an entry-level therapist who will practice as
a generalist,serve as an advocate for clients and the
profession, and interact collaboratively with a variety
of health care professionals. As a practitioner of physical therapy, the graduate is prepared to assess risk,
promote health and wellness, and provide education
at all levels of service. The graduate also is able to
employ critical thinking skills to assess the efficacy of
interventions and engage in research to support the
scope of practice as it continues to evolve.Emphasis
on community service, lifelong learning, and professional development strengthen the educational foundation of the physical therapy program.
To achieve its mission, the program in physical
therapy shares the university’s commitment to three
major values: excellence in education,sensitivity to
students, and a spirit of community. The foundation
of its curriculum consists of the liberal arts and sciences, including humanistic, economic and managerial traditions. This foundation allows the program
to cultivate the student’s critical and creative thinking skills,communication skills, and clinical competencies. The program uses a model of evidencedbased learning and authentic assessment in a highly
personalized learning environment that features
small classes, multiple hands-on and authentic laboratory activities.
General Information
The program in physical therapy is divided into a
two-year pre-professional component and a three
and one-half year professional component. Follow125
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 126
ing completion of the fourth year of study, students
receive a Bachelor of Science in Health/Science
Studies. Students receive a Master’s in Physical
Therapy upon completion of the program.
The preprofessional component provides a
broad liberal arts education, as well as the basic
science foundation for the professional component.
Consistent with Quinnipiac ’s mission, this integration of liberal arts and professional studies prepares
students to be responsible decision-makers in a
society that increasingly demands its professionals
understand the humanities, the social and natural
sciences, and technology. During the professional
component the students develop the specific
knowledge base, clinical skills, problem-solving
ability and professionalism necessary to become
entry-level physical therapists.
The program objectives are: to prepare physical
therapy clinicians sensitive to the evolving concept of
comprehensive health care and prepared to cooperate
with other health professionals in meeting the
changing health needs of society; assist the student
in the acquisition of the basic skills for assuming
beginning responsibilities in the areas of patient care,
administration,education and research; cultivate in
the student a knowledge, understanding and appreciation of the social, political and economic aspects of
health in conjunction with the humanities.
The program in physical therapy has received
accreditation from the Commission on Accreditation in Physical Therapy Education of the Amer ican Physical Therapy Association.
Admission to the Program
Candidates applying for admission to the physical
therapy program from high school are required to
have no less than three years of high school college
preparatory mathematics (four years are preferred)
one year of biolog y, one year of chemistry and one
year of physics. In addition, the scores of the
Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) or the College
Entrance Examination board of the American
College Testing (ACT) program are an important
consideration. Related health care experience is
highly desirable. Prospective candidates also must
satisfy general Quinnipiac University admission
requirements.
All applications must include three letters of reference, and a personal interview may be required
with representatives of the admissions office to discuss program requirements and the applicant’s pro126
fessional interests and commitments. Applications
are accepted for admission to the fall semester only.
All applications are processed and screened by
the vice president and dean for admissions for selection to the program. Reference letters, other correspondence and inquiries relating to an application
should be directed to the dean of undergraduate
admissions. Admission to Quinnipiac does not
guarantee admission to the program in physical
therapy, unless officially accepted into the program.
Students enrolled in the program’s preprofessional component must achieve a minimum cumulative
grade point average (G.P.A.) of 3.0 upon completion of all pre-professional requirements and for all
program science and math requirements to qualify
for admission to the professional component of the
program. (D and F grades in the required science
and math courses are unacceptable.)
Professional component students whose
averages for each semester fall below 3.0 during
this component are subject to dismissal from the
program.
Transfer students are considered for admission to the
physical therapy program on a space-available basis.
Master’s Degree in Physical Therapy
Preprofessional Component
Fall Semester, First Year
CC
Physical & Biological Sciences
CH 110
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Mathematics
CC
Behavioral & Social Sciences
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical & Biological Sciences
CH 111
General Chemistry
CC
English
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
Fall Semester, Second Year
BI 211
Anatomy & Physiology
PH 110
General Physics
CC
Specialized Competency
CC
Artistic Tradition
CC
Humanistic Tradition
Spring Semester, Second Year
BI 212
Anatomy & Physiology
SCHO OL
OF
Credits
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
4
3
3
3
Total 17
4
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
PH 111
CC
CC
CC
PT 211
7/21/03
10:25 AM
General Physics
Behavioral & Social Sciences
Humanistic Tradition
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Introduction to Physical Therapy
Page 127
4
3
3
3
1
Total 18
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an
evaluation of high school units presented.The
minimum mathematics requirement is MA 141. The
above physical therapy course requirements must be
fulfilled in the appropriate semester as indicated.
Any deviations from the prescribed program require
the prior approval of the department’s Review and
Evaluation Committee. The following courses must
be successfully completed with a C or better. Where
applicable, they may be used to satisfy Core
Curriculum requirements.
MA 275
CH 110-111
PS 101
BI 211-212
PS 272
PH 110-111
BI 101-102
MA 141
Biostatistics
General Chemistry
Intro. to Psychology
Anatomy & Physiology
Abnormal Psychology
General Physics
General Biology
Calculus of a Single Variable I
The following courses must be taken at Quinnipiac: BI 101-102, CH 110-111, PH 110-111 and BI
211-212, MA 141 and MA 275. A total of 68
credit hours is required for the preprofessional
component of the program. All requirements must
be completed by the end of the spring semester of
the second year to be guaranteed a position in the
professional component. If AP credits are awarded
for BI 101-102, the student is absolved of this
requirement. However, if AP credits are awarded
and accepted for CH 110-111, BI 211-212, PH
110-111, MA 141 and MA 275, the following
courses must be taken in their place.
CH 110-111
CH 201 & Lab
CH 205 & Lab
BI 211-212
BI 346 & Lab
BI 347
PH 110-111
BI 282 & Lab
BI 317 & Lab
MA 141
MA 142
General Chemistry I & II
Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry
Fundamentals of Physiological Chemistry
Anatomy & Physiology I & II
Cell Physiology
General Physiology
General Physics I & II
Genetics
Developmental Biology
Calculus of a Single Variable I
Calculus of a Single Variable II
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
MA 275
MA 381
Biostatistics
Experimental Design
The Review and Evaluation Committee for the
program in physical therapy is responsible for evaluating and screening candidates for the professional
component of the program. Program requirements
for the program in physical therapy were approved
in conjunction with the accreditation of the program and are acceptable to the School of Health
Sciences and Quinnipiac University administration.
Professional Component
Fall Semester, Third Year
Credits
PT 338
Human Anatomy I
4
BI 300
Physiology I
4
PT 340
Kinesiology I
4
PT 342
Neuroanatomy I
2
PT 344
Introduction to Physical Therapy Process I (PTP) 3
Total 17
Spring Semester, Third Year
PT 339
Human Anatomy II
4
BI 301
Physiology II
4
PT 341
Kinesiology II
4
PT 343
Neuroanatomy II
3
PT 345
Introduction to Physical Therapy
3
Process II (PTP)
Total 18
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
PT 440
Pathophysiology I
3
PT 442
PTP Musculoskeletal I
3
PT 444
PTP Physical Agents
3
PT 438
PTP Neurological Rehabilitation I
4
PT 448
Applied Pharmacology I
1
CCIIF
Advanced Elective
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
PT 441
Pathophysiology II
3
PT 443
PTP Musculoskeletal II
4
PT 439
PTP Neurological Rehabilitation II
4
PT 447
PTP Acute Care and Cardiopulmonary
4
Physical Therapy
PT 449
Applied Pharmacology II
1
CCIIF
Advanced Elective (BI 200 Biology of Aging) 3
Total 19
Summer Semester, First Graduate Year
PT 500
Clinical Education I (8 weeks)
4
Fall Semester, First Graduate Year
PT 540
Pathophysiology III
3
PT 538
PTP Neurological Rehabilitation III
3
PT 546
PTP Manual Therapy
2
127
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 128
PT 547
PT 550
PT 553
PT 554
Applied Pharmacology III
1
Research Theory
3
Topics in Community Health and Wellness
2
Aspects of Physical Disability
3
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Graduate Year
PT 541
Differential Diagnosis
3
PT 543
PTP Musculoskeletal III
3
PT 545
Administration and Management
3
PT 539
PTP Selected Topics in Rehabilitation
4
PT 551
Research Application
2
PT 552
Applied Concepts in Education
2
Total 17
Summer/Fall Semester, Second Graduate Year
PT 580
Clinical Education II (8 weeks)
4
PT 581
Clinical Education III (8 weeks)
4
PT 582
Clinical Education IV (8 weeks)
4
Total 12
The regular full-time tuition requirements, including appropriate charges above 16 semester hours,
apply to the third and fourth years. For the first
summer clinical, the applicable summer undergraduate credit hour charges apply.
A total of 123 credit hours are required to complete the professional component of the program.
Note: BI 200 (Biology of Aging) is a required
course in the professional component of the physical therapy curriculum. It is a core approved
course; therefore can be taken as an advanced elective. It is strongly suggested this course be taken in
the spring semester of the fourth year.
The above course requirements must be fulfilled
in the appropriate semester as indicated.
The curriculum for the professional component
is subject to modification as deemed necessary to
present to the students a progressive and meaningful educational experience.
A GPA of 3.0 must be maintained each semester
during the final 107 hours of study. C, D and F
grades are unacceptable in the professional program.
128
Department of Cardiopulmonary
Sciences and Diagnostic Imaging
Bachelor of Science in Diagnostic Imaging
Continuing Education: Bachelor of Science in
Diagnostic Imaging
Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Care (Day)
Continuing Education: Bachelor of Science in
Respiratory Care
Certified Therapist to Advanced Practitioner
Accelerated Respiratory Care Track
Cardiovascular Perfusion
Admission
It is recommended that high school students applying for admission to any of the above programs
have three years of mathematics and one year each
of biology, chemistry and physics. In addition,
prospective candidates must satisfy general Quinnipiac University admission requirements.
Bachelor of Science in
Diagnostic Imaging
The primary mission of the program is to prepare
students to pass the American Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT) entry-level examination and to demonstrate clinical and technical
competence in the clinical setting; and, in addition,
to offer the opportunity for student development
and competency in advanced imaging modalities.
General Information
Radiographers are essential members of the health
care team.Their knowledge of radiation protection, physics and biology, as well as technical positioning, allows them to deliver the safest and highest quality patient care through the use of multiple
imaging modalities. In the evolving world of medicine, high technology imaging has become multifaceted, both in modalities and operationally.
This program offers both knowledge and basic
clinical cross-training in diverse aspects of patient
care for the student who is motivated to become a
member of this specialty. Courses also are offered
to introduce the student to the subspecialties of
cardiovascular intervention (CV), computed
tomography (CT), magnetic resonance imaging
(MR), mammography (M), bone densitometry
(BD), quality management (QM) and sonography.
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 129
To prepare students for careers in radiography
and to introduce them to the subspecialty areas
within diagnostic/interventional radiology, as well
as its management, Quinnipiac offers a Bachelor of
Science degree program in Diagnostic Imaging.
Graduates are ready for entry-level employment as
radiographers with expanded skills in advanced
imaging and quality management.
The first year of the baccalaureate-level program consists of core curriculum studies on the
Quinnipiac campus.The professional component
begins in the second year of study. During the second and third years, the students concentrate on
didactic radiography classes and laboratory sessions
on campus and clinical education at multiple clinical education centers.The curriculum is structured
so students can apply the knowledge and skills
developed in the classroom and laboratory to the
care of patients in the clinical setting. Didactic and
clinical courses are taken concurrently to provide
the opportunity for immediate application and
reinforcement.
Upon satisfactory completion of the junior year,
students are eligible to apply for the American
Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT) certification examination. Upon satisfactory achie vement on this national examination, students are
eligible for radiologic technology licensure in Connecticut and other states.This component of the
program is accredited by the Joint Review Committee on Education in Radiologic Technology.
The fourth year of the program provides the
student with an opportunity to select from five
areas of concentration; advanced imaging, science,
management, computer science, marketing/business. In the advanced imaging track, the student
selects from among advanced modalities such as
computed tomography (CT), magnetic resonance
imaging (MR), mammography (M), bone densitometry (BD), sonography (ARDMS/ARRT) and
cardiovascular interventional technology (CV) in
preparation for the advanced level ARRT certification examination in a particular modality. Students
intending to continue their education beyond the
baccalaureate-level select the science track, which
concentrates on completing requirements for most
professional schools. Students choosing the management track concentrate on health care administration to prepare for management positions within diagnostic imaging facilities.The computer
science track focuses on enabling the student to
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
manage and work with computer information systems, which meet business and healthcare needs.
Students interested in business, may select the
marketing/business track in preparation for careers
in medical advertising, marketing and sales.
Policies
In addition to the general policies of Quinnipiac
University, such as due process and academic honesty, the following apply to students enrolled in the
diagnostic imaging program:
Admission Requirements
The requirements for admission into the diagnostic imaging program are the same as those for
admission to the university. High school students
applying for admission to the diagnostic imaging
program should have no less than three years of
college preparatory mathematics, one year of biology and one year of physics or chemistry.
Progression in the Program
BI 117-118 and MA 117 must be completed with a
minimum grade of C- (70) and C+ (77) respectively
before admission to the clinical component of the
program. Physics or chemistry also is required with
a passing grade. All students must be CPR certified
prior to admission to clinical practicum and must
maintain certification throughout the duration of
the program. In addition, all diagnostic imaging
courses with the prefix RS, including RS 101, must
be successfully completed with a minimum grade of
B- (80). A student who earns a grade of less than
B- (80) in an RS course must repeat the course
before enrolling in a more advanced diagnostic
imaging course. Students are allowed to repeat one
diagnostic imaging course one time only. After
completion of the freshman year, a cumulative grade
point average of 2.5 is required for continued good
standing. Students whose averages fall below 2.5 are
subject to dismissal from the program.
Transportation
Multiple clinical education centers are used
throughout the professional component of the program. Students are responsible for their own transportation to and from these sites.
129
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 130
Diagnostic Imaging Curriculum
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
Physical and Biological Science (BI 117)
4
CC
English
3
CC
Mathematics
3
*CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
Physics or Chemistry
4
Total 17
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical and Biological Science (BI 118)
4
CC
English
3
RS 101
Introduction to Diagnostic Imaging
3
*CC
Behavioral and Social Sciences
3
*CC
Artistic Tradition
3
Total 16
Fall Semester, Second Year
RS 210
Radiographic Procedures I
2
RS 211
Laboratory Practicum I
1
RS 240
Radiographic Processing and Exposure I
3
RS 250
Clinical Education I
2
RS 260
Radiographic Physics and Instrumentation
3
RS 298
Methods of Patient Care
3
Total 14
Spring Semester, Second Year
RS 215
Radiation Safety and Protection
3
RS 220
Radiographic Procedures II
2
130
RS 221
RS 251
RS 318
RS 245
*CC
Laboratory Practicum II
1
Clinical Education II
2
Pathology for Imaging Sciences
3
Radiographic Processing and Exposure II
3
Advanced Elective
3
Total 17
Summer Semester, Second Year
RS 252
Clinical Education III
2
Total 2
Fall Semester, Third Year
RS 322
Introduction to Sectional Anatomy
3
RS 230
Radiographic Procedures III
2
RS 231
Laboratory Practicum III
1
RS 350
Clinical Education IV
2
RS 405
Computers in Radiology
3
RS 330
Diagnostic Assessment
3
Total 14
Spring Semester, Third Year
RS 290
Advanced Radiographic Procedures
2
RS 290L
Advanced Radiographic Procedures Lab
1
RS 351
Clinical Education V
2
RS 401
Quality Management in Diagnostic Imaging
3
RS 498
Radiography Seminar
1
RS 497
Directed Study in Diagnostic Imaging
1
*CC
Advanced Elective (BI 318 Pathophysiology) 3
*CC
Specialized Competency (CI 101 or CS 101) 3
Total 16
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
Fourth Year
*CC
*CC
*CC
*CC
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Humanistic Tradition
Specialized Competency
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Page 131
6
3
3
3
Total 15
And selection from one of the following tracks:
Advanced Imaging (16 credits )
RS 340
Introduction to Mammography
RS 320
Introduction to Ultrasound
RS 338
Introduction to CT Scanning
RS 415
Introduction to Magnetic Resonance Imaging
RS 460
Advanced Imaging & Pathology
RS 323
Advanced Sectional Anatomy
RS 370
Instructional Strategies in Allied Health Educ.
RS 414
Research: Analysis & Critique
RS 331
Electrocardiography
RS 332
Phlebotomy and Interpretation of Vital Signs
RS 333
Diagnostic Imaging Pharmacology1
RS 334
Bone Densitometry
RS 335
Pathology Seminar
RS 421
Non Traditional Applications of Diagnostic
Imaging I
RS 422
Non Traditional Applications of Diagnostic
Imaging II
RS 425
Cadaver Imaging
RS 440
Non-Traditional Imaging Practicum
RS 450
Forensic Imaging I
RS 451
Forensic Imaging Lab
RS 452
Forensic Imaging II
RS 455
Human Osteology
RS 430
Clinical Practicum: Mammography I
RS 431
Clinical Practicum: Mammography II
RS 432
Clinical Practicum: Magnetic Resonance
Imaging (MR) I
RS 433
Clinical Practicum: Magnetic Resonance
Imaging (MR) II
RS 434
Clinical Practicum: CardiovascularInterventional Technology (CV) I
RS 435
Clinical Practicum: CardiovascularInterventional Technology (CV) II
RS 436
Clinical Practicum: Quality
Management (QM) I
RS 437
Clinical Practicum: Quality
Management (QM) II
RS 438
Clinical Practicum: Computed
Tomography (CT) II
RS 439
Clinical Practicum: Computed
Tomography (CT) II
RS 480
Clinical Practicum: Medical Sonography I
RS 481
Clinical Practicum: Medical Sonograpy II
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
RS 482
Clinical Practicum: Medical Sonography III
2
RS 483
Clinical Practicum: Medical Sonography IV
2
RS 444
Clinical Practicum: Bone Densitometry I
2
RS 445
Clinical Practicum: Bone Densitometry II
2
RS 470
Ultrasound of the Abdomen
3
RS 471
Gynecological & Peripheral Sonography
3
RS 472
Obstetrics
3
Science
16 credits of biology, chemistry, or physics course work for
the students considering medical, dental, podiatric,
chiropractic, or veterinary medicine.
Management (15 credits)
MG 101
Process of Management
3
HM 101
Organization & Agencies of Health
3
HM 202
Introduction to Public Health
3
HM 204
Financing Health Institutions
3
HM 219
Health Economics
3
HM 304
Strategic Management in Health Services
3
HM 306
Legal Aspects of HSA
3
HM 311
Labor Relations in Health Services
3
HM 333
Management Thought
3
HM 348
Development of Health Services in America 3
RS 414
Research
3
RS 370
Instructional Strategies in Allied Health
3
Education
Computer Information Systems (17 credits)
CIS 110
Object-Oriented Programming
3
CIS 203
Electronic Information in Cyberspace
3
CIS 205
Information Systems in Organizations
3
CIS 207
Computer Information Systems in Health Care 3
CIS 209
Communications & Networking
3
CIS 220
Systems Development I: Systems Analysis
& Design
3
CIS 320
Systems Development II: Package & Selection 3
& Project Management
CIS 351
Data Base Programming & Design
3
RS 448
Internship
2
Marketing/Business (17 credits)
MK 201
Marketing Systems
3
MK 383
Professional Selling & Sales Management
3
MK 210
Consumer Behavior
3
MK 314
Public Relations
3
MK 324
Business to Business Marketing
3
MK 332
Integrated Marketing Communications
3
MK 355
Services Marketing
3
LW 121
Contracts & Commercial Transactions
3
MG 202
Management & Human Behavior
3
RS 370
Instructional Strategies in Allied Health
3
Education
RS 414
Research
3
RS 446
Internship
2
131
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 132
1.The Core Curriculum courses (CC) indicated by
the symbol (*) may be taken during any semester
of the program. Other CC courses must be
taken in the sequence noted.
2. Initial placement in the English and
mathematics courses is determined by placement
examination and an evaluation of high school
units presented.The minimum mathematics
requirement is MA 117 or its equivalent.
3. BI 117-118 are required courses for the
diagnostic imaging program and may be used to
meet the general curriculum’s physical and
biological sciences requirement.
4. All diagnostic imaging course requirements
must be completed in the appropriate semester
as indicated above. Any deviations from the
prescribed program require the approval of the
program director.
5. Joint Review Committee on Education in
Radiologic Technology, 20 N. Wacker Dr., Suite
900, Chicago, Illinois 60606-2901.
Continuing Education: Bachelor of Science
in Diagnostic Imaging
Students who are graduates of a JRCERT accredited radiology program and/or are credentialed by
the American Registry of Radiologic Technology
(ARRT) or the American Registry of Diagnostic
Medical Sonographers (ARDMS) are eligible for
advanced placement in the baccalaureate program.
Additional transfer credits are granted for
Advanced Level ARRT certification.
Students who are not graduated but enrolled in
another JRCERT accredited program may transfer
into the Quinnipiac University diagnostic imaging
program.
Quinnipiac University normally grants transfer
credit for courses appropriate to the chosen curriculum, completed with a grade of C or better, at
regionally accredited postsecondary institutions.
Radiologic technology articulation programs are
in place with Gateway Community Technical College, Middlesex Community Technical College,
Naugatuck Valley Technical Community College
and St. Vincent’s College.
Registered radiographers and sonographers may
enroll in the Bachelor of Science program either
full time or part time. A minimum of 45 credit
hours is required for degree completion. Contact
the diagnostic imaging program director or clinical
coordinator for transfer assessment.
132
Bachelor of Science in
Respiratory Care—Day
The goal of this program is to prepare respiratory
care practitioners who are highly competent, selfdirected and able to conceptualize and solve problems; and develop practitioners able to communicate clearly and effectively and assume leadership
roles and responsibilities for decision making.
General Information
Respiratory care is a health science specialty
employed in the treatment, management, control,
diagnostic evaluation and care of patients with
deficiencies and abnormalities of the cardiopulmonary systems (heart and lungs).These patients
are found in a variety of settings including adult,
pediatric and newborn medical units, emergency
rooms, outpatient departments, intensive care
units, rehabilitation facilities and in the home.
Respiratory care practitioners treat patients who
require the assistance of mechanical life support,
specifically designed for artificial ventilation.The
respiratory care practitioner is a life support specialist and an integral part of the intensive care team.
Respiratory care practitioners are competent in
medical gas administration, airway management,
breathing exercises, cardiopulmonary resuscitation,
medication aerosol therapy, chest physiotherapy,
pulmonary function studies, blood gas analysis and
physiological monitoring.
The baccalaureate-level curriculum consists of
four years of study. The professional curriculum
begins in the fall semester of the junior year and
consists of four semesters. Courses in liberal arts
and related sciences are taken during the freshman
and sophomore years. The curriculum is structured
so students can apply the knowledge and skills
developed in the classroom and laboratory to the
treatment of patients in the clinical setting. Didactic and clinical courses are taken concurrently to
provide the opportunity for immediate application
and reinforcement. In addition, students experience
more than 1,000 supervised clinical hours with
completion of six specific clinical courses and the
clinical practicum. The program has a variety of
clinical sites. This allows the student more diverse
and rounded clinical abilities. Admitted students
must achieve a minimum GPA of 2.3 in order to
enter the professional curriculum in the junior year.
All math and related science courses must be comSCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 133
pleted with a grade of a “C-” or better in order to
enter the professional curriculum in the junior year.
Admitted students are required to complete all
respiratory care courses and clinicals (designated
RC) with a grade of C- or better before graduation. Transportation to all clinical facilities is the
responsibility of the student. As with other health
science programs, laboratory and clinical fees are
applied to the appropriate courses.The respiratory
care program maintains and promotes a philosophy
of maximum educational flexibility. Students with
college credit and previous departmental and
job-related clinical experience are evaluated for
transfer credit and advanced standing toward the
baccalaureate degree through transcript evaluation
and equivalency testing. The program is accredited
by the Committee on Accreditation for Respiratory Care, and graduates are able to apply for the
National Credentialing Examination of the
National Board for Respiratory Care.
Preprofessional Component
Fall Semester, First Year
Credits
CC
Physical & Biological Sciences
4
CH 101
Fundamentals of General, Organic &
Biological Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Mathematics
3
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
RC 185
Orientation Seminar for Respiratory Care
1
Total 18
Spring Semester, First Year
CC
Physical & Biological Sciences
4
CH 102
Fundamentals of General, Organic &
Biological Chemistry
4
CC
English
3
CC
Behavioral/Social Sciences
3
CC
Special Competency
3
Total 17
Fall Semester, Second Year
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
BI 213
Microbiology & Pathology
4
CC
Artistic Tradition
3
CC
Special Competency
3
Total 16
Spring Semester, Second Year
CC
Economics & Managerial Tradition
3
CC
Humanistic Tradition
3
PH 101
Elements of Physics
4
RC 240
Medical Gas Therapeutics
3
S C H OO L
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
RC 240L
BI/GT200
Medical Gas Therapeutics Lab
Biology of Aging
1
3
Total 17
Professional Component
Fall Semester, Third Year
Credits
RC 280
Pathophysiology of Pulmonary Disease
3
RC 260
Medical/Surgical Respiratory Care
3
RC 260L
Medical/Surgical Respiratory Care Lab
1
RC 330
Diagnostic Assessment
3
RC 261
Medical/Surgical Clinical
2
RC 200
Pharmacology for Respiratory Care I
2
RC 220
Introduction to Respiratory Care
3
RC 262
ABG Interpretation
1
Total 18
Spring Semester, Third Year
RC 342
Critical Care Case Management
3
RC 340
Respiratory Care of the Critically Ill Patient
3
RC 340L
Critical Care Lab
1
RC 341
Critical Care Clinical
3
RC 345
Critical Care Seminar
3
RC 222
Pharmacology for Respiratory Care II
2
Total 15
Fall Semester, Fourth Year
RC 360
Pulmonary Function Testing
3
RC 380
Pulmonary Rehabilitation, Home Care, HP/DP 3
RC 381
Pulmonary Rehabilitation, Clinical
1
RC 460
Perinatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care
3
RC 461
Perinatal/Pediatric Clinical
1
RC 491
Clinical Practicum
1
RC 495
Current Advances in Respiratory Care
3
RC 420
Respiratory Care Management/Education
3
Total 18
Spring Semester, Fourth Year
RC 311
Advanced Respiratory Care of the
Critically Ill Patient
3
RC 312
Advanced Critical Care Clinical
1
RC 412
Introduction to Polysomonography
3
RC 413
Respiratory Care Clinical
2
RC 414
Research: Analysis and Critique
3
CC
Advanced Elective
3
Total 15
Initial placement in the English and mathematics
courses is determined by examination and an evaluation of high school units presented.The minimum mathematics requirement is MA 117 or its
equivalent. BI 111-112 and PS 101 are required
for graduation and may be used to meet the Core
Curriculum requirements where applicable.
133
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 134
Following completion of the fall semester,
fourth year, the student becomes registry eligible
and is awarded a Certificate of Completion for the
basic respiratory sciences. Minors, if desired, are
available through various departments and may
alter total credit hour requirements.
Continuing Education: Bachelor of Science
in Respiratory Care
Students who already hold an associate’s degree in
respiratory care from an accredited therapist school
may complete their Bachelor of Science in
Respiratory Care by transferring into the upper
division course work. Depending upon the number
of matching credits, individual requirements may
vary. A minimum of 45 credit hours is required.
Depending on transfer credits, a minor may be
selected.Contact the program director for transfer
assessment.
Fall Semester, First Year (Junior)
Credits
(Required courses dependent upon transfer credits)
BI 318
Pathophysiology
3
CC
Core Curriculum
9
Total 12
Spring Semester, First Year (Junior)
RC 311
Advanced Respiratory Care of the
Critically Ill Patient
3
CC
Core Curriculum
6
RC 412
Advanced Respiratory Care
Laboratory Techniques
3
Total 12
Fall Semester, Second Year (Senior)
CC
College Curriculum
6
Core or Clinical Practicum
4
Total 10
Spring Semester, Fourth Year (Senior)
RC 413
Respiratory Care Clinical
2
RC 414
Research: Analysis and Critique
3
CC
Core Curriculum
6
Total 11
Note: Program outlines minimum requirements.
Individual requirements may vary dependent upon
transfer credits. Upon successful completion of the
program requirements, the graduate is awarded the
degree Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Care.
Certified Therapist to Advanced
Practitioner Track
Students who are graduates of two year therapist
programs may become registry-eligible in one of
two ways. Students are awarded advanced credit
if they hold the CRT credential.
1.Therapists (CRT) with four years experience
must have a total of 62 college credit hours,
among which must be seven courses in
mathematics and specific sciences (see adviser).
2.Therapists (CRT) with less than four years
experience may be awarded advanced standing
via placement testing and earn a RegistryEligible Certificate of Completion upon
completion of lower division required course
work.
Note: Therapists (CRT) may apply these credits
toward a Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Care.
Accelerated Track Respiratory Care
The accelerated program is for students with a
baccalaureate degree in either sciences or arts. Students entering the program with a bachelor’s
degree need only complete the required respiratory
care and science courses to be awarded a certificate
of completion and to be eligible to apply for credentialing through the National Board for Respiratory Care. Students choosing to earn a second
bachelor’s degree must complete the required science, respiratory care, and Core Curriculum courses.These students are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Science in Respiratory Care. Advanced
credit may be given provided a grade of C or better
has been earned and the courses are appropriate to
the program at Quinnipiac. Before starting the
program, students should have completed two
courses in chemistry, and two courses in anatomy
and physiology, one course in physics, microbiology, psychology and mathematics is also required.
The program requires a minimum grade of C in all
respiratory care courses.
Summer Semester
RC 240
Medical Gas Therapeutics
RC 240L
Medical Gas Therapeutics Lab
Fall Semester
RC 280
Pathophysiology of Pulmonary Disease
RC 260
Medical/Surgical Respiratory Care
RC 260L
Medical/Surgical Respiratory Care Lab
134
SCHO OL
OF
Credits
3
1
Total 4
3
3
1
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
5 health sciences.6.26.03
RC 330
RC 261
RC 200
RC 220
RC 343
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Diagnostic Assessment
Medical/Surgical Clinical
Pharmacology for Respiratory Care I
Introduction to Respiratory Care
ABG Interpretation
Page 135
3
2
2
3
1
Total 18
Spring Semester
RC 342
Critical Care Case Management
3
RC 340
Respiratory Care of the Critically Ill Patient
3
RC 340L
Critical Care Lab
1
RC 341
Critical Care Clinical
3
RC 345
Critical Care Seminar
3
RC 222
Pharmacology for Respiratory Care II
2
Total 15
Fall Semester (or Summer session)
RC 360
Pulmonary Function Testing
3
RC 380
Pulmonary Rehabilitation, Home Care, HP/DP 3
RC 381
Pulmonary Rehabilitation Clinical
1
RC 460
Perinatal/Pediatric Respiratory Care
3
RC 461
Perinatal/Pediatric Clinical
1
RC 491
Clinical Practicum
1
RC 495
Current Advances in Respiratory Care
3
RC 420
Respiratory Care Management/Education
3
Total 18
Cardiovascular Perfusion
Concentrated work in the basic and clinical
sciences prepares one through course work and
clinical internships to be effective in directly
administering a wide range of techniques and
equipment to patients requiring temporary or
long-term support of the cardiopulmonary system.
General Information
The perfusionist provides consultation to the
physician in the selection of the appropriate equipment and techniques to be used during extracorporeal circulation. During cardiopulmonary bypass,
the perfusionist may administer blood products,
anesthetic agents or drugs through the extracorporeal circuit on prescription. The perfusionist is
responsible for the induction of hypothermia and
other duties, when prescribed. Perfusionists may be
administratively responsible for purchasing supplies and equipment as well as for personnel and
departmental management.
Individuals interested in becoming a perfusionist should have intelligence, dexterity and mechanical aptitude and be able to concentrate intensely
SCHOOL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
for long periods of time. Other important personal
qualities include a strong sense of responsibility,
the ability to work well with people as well as the
ability to work effectively in emergency situations.
Perfusionists often work under very stressful conditions.The hours are long, and the situations are
life and death. A perfusionist must be emotionally
stable and able (mentally and physically) to react
effectively to all situations in the operating room.
In evaluating applications, the Committee on
Admissions places heavy emphasis on previous
academic achievement and recommendations from
perfusionists and cardiac surgeons. Quinnipiac
encourages prospective students to visit the campus
and meet with the program faculty, although an
interview is not required for admission.
In order to be considered for admission to the
cardiovascular perfusion program, the applicant
must meet the following criteria:
1. Baccalaureate degree in science or health related
discipline from an accredited college or university.
2. Successful completion of the following science
courses: chemistry, physics, college algebra,
anatomy, physiology and microbiolog y.
3. Health related work experience is considered.
(Exceptions to the B.S. requirement; an
appropriate A.S. degree and work experience may
be considered in lieu of the B.S. degree. In these
cases, a B.S. in Health Sciences may be applicable
if the core education requirements of Quinnipiac
have been met and 80 or more credit hours with a
“C” or better have been achieved.)
The program at Quinnipiac offers the student
well rounded didactic,laboratory and clinical
experience in the perfusion area.The clinical phase
of the program runs from mid-May through
December. The students rotate through a variety of
clinical sites to assure adequate exposure.
The cardiovascular perfusion program is
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of
Allied Health Education Programs.
Fall Semester I
Credits
PR 290
Introduction to Cardiovascular Perfusion
2
PR 300
Pathophysiology, Diagnostic Review
3
PR 310
Physiologic Monitoring
3
PR 311
Clinical Orientation and Laboratory
1
PR 314
Systems Anatomy and Physiology
6
Total 15
135
5 health sciences.6.26.03
7/21/03
10:25 AM
Page 136
Spring Semester
PR 302
Surgical Techniques
2
PR 304
Extra-Corporeal Circuitry
3
PR 306
Pharmacologic Intervention in
Cardiovascular Perfusion
4
PR 308
Special Topics in Cardiovascular Perfusion
2
PR 312
Pediatric Perfusion
3
PR 316
Research Methodology in Cardiovascular
2
Perfusion
Total 16
Summer Semester I and II
PR 402
Clinical Practicum in
Cardiovascular Perfusion I
6
Total 6
Fall Semester II
PR 404
Clinical Practicum in Cardiovascular
Perfusion II
5
PR 406
Clinical Practicum in Cardiovascular
Perfusion III
5
Total 10
Class size is limited. Upon successful completion
of all course work and clinical practica,the student
is awarded a Certificate of Completion for cardiovascular perfusion.The cardiovascular perfusion
certificate program is subject to standard full-time
undergraduate tuition rates. Completion of all
didactic and laboratory course work is a prerequisite for entering the clinical phase of the program.
136
SCHO OL
OF
H E A LT H S C I EN C E S
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 137
PART-TIME
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
Administrative and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .138
Part-time Admission Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Non-Degree Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Changing Status—Non-degree to Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139
Academic Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Special Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Academic Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
PA R T-T I M E U N D E R G R A D UAT E S T U D I E S
137
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 138
Part-time Undergraduate Studies
Central Office: Office of Undergraduate Admissions
Arnold Bernhard Library Building
Director of Part-time Admissions
Mary Wargo
LN-WG
582-8612
Quinnipiac University recognizes that the desire to obtain a college education may be limited for the adult
student.The demands of work or family may not allow continuation or completion of a degree in the traditional manner. Quinnipiac offers the part-time student an opportunity to attend classes and pursue a
degree with flexible scheduling and customized degree programs. Quinnipiac offers a variety of ways to use
previous collegiate and noncollegiate learning experiences to award college credit and shorten the time
needed to earn a degree.
Part-time students are an integral part of the university and benefit from the resources of Quinnipiac’s
highly regarded Schools of Business, Communications, Health Sciences and College of Liberal Arts.
Instruction is provided by faculty experienced in working with adult students. Departmental chairpersons
and select faculty work with part-time students as academic advisers. Free tutoring services are available in
our Learning Center which maintains evening hours. Part-time students may explore career options at no
charge with the Career and Counseling Center.
Quinnipiac also recognizes student financial needs through creative payment plans and financial assistance. Part-time students receive personal service from a committed staff and faculty with access to offices
at times compatible with their schedules.
138
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 139
Part-time Admission Procedures
Students who are starting college for the first time,
returning to school after an absence, or considering
transfer should contact the Office of Part-time
Admissions at (203) 582-8612 for an appointment
at any time of the year to discuss the courses or
programs offered by Quinnipiac.
Applications for admission may be obtained
from the Office of Part-time Admissions.The
admissions requirements for undergraduate applicants listed in this catalog are the same for parttime candidates, with the following exceptions:
1. Applicants who graduated high school more
than five years ago or who have successfully
completed the equivalent of one year (30 semester hours) of college study are not required to
submit score results for the Scholastic Assessment Test (SAT) of the College Entrance
Examination Board (CEEB) or of the American
College Testing Program (ACT)
2. Applicants who have earned an associate degree
from an accredited college need not submit high
school transcripts.
3. An interview is recommended.
Non-Degree Study
Part-time students may take courses on a nondegree basis if they are attempting to build an academic record after many years of absence from
school or are not ready to pursue a degree program. As a general rule, students must hold high
school diplomas or equivalent to take courses.
Advanced courses may require specific prerequisites for registration. Students are encouraged to
matriculate as soon as possible to ensure guidance
with course selection and a degree program. No
more than 12 credits may be completed by nonmatriculated students in the School of Business.
Changing Status—Non-degree to Degree
Students who have earned credit at Quinnipiac and
wish to apply for matriculation into a degree program
should initiate the admissions process by filing a
“Change of Status”form available from the Office of
Part-time Admissions.All appropriate documents
required by the university for admission should be
sent to the same office. Course work already
completed at Quinnipiac as a non-degree student is
considered in the admission process, as well as course
P A R T-T I M E U N D E R G R A D U A T E S T U D I E S
work transferred from other institutions. Students
should contact the Office of Part-time Admissions
(203) 582-8612 with any questions.
Financial Assistance
Quinnipiac Tuition Assistance Program
Undergraduate part-time students who are beginning their study or those who have special financial
needs can apply for Quinnipiac Tuition Assistance
(QTAP) grants. QTAP grants are awarded shortly
before the start of the fall and spring semesters and
may be used only to defer tuition costs.The application and a copy of the applicant’s most recent tax
return should be submitted by the deadline dates:
January 4 for spring semester and August 15 for
fall semester. Students must file a new application
for each semester they request aid. Applications
may be obtained through the Office of Part-time
Admissions.
Diversity Articulation Scholarships
Quinnipiac University offers diversity scholarships
to students, determined by state or federal guidelines to be under-represented in higher education,
who have earned associate degrees at area community/technical colleges and wish to complete the
bachelor’s degree at Quinnipiac on a part-time
basis.This half-tuition scholarship is renewable for
five years, provided the student completes 12 credits in a calendar year with an overall grade point
average of 2.5 and remains in satisfactory academic
progress. Contact the Office of Part-time Admissions for information and an application.
Get Acquainted Program
In partnership with Connecticut community/technical colleges, Quinnipiac University offers a onecourse scholarship to students admitted into a
degree program in a Connecticut community/technical college who are considering transfer to a
four-year college. Applications and information
can be obtained through the Office of Part-time
Admissions.
Dislocated Worker Program
In cooperation with the New Haven and MeridenMiddlesex Regional Workforce Development
Boards, Quinnipiac offers certified dislocated
139
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 140
workers wishing to explore new educational
opportunities a one-course scholarship. Individuals
who have been certified as dislocated workers
should contact the New Haven or MeridenMiddlesex Regional Workforce Development
Boards for information and an application prior to
making an appointment with the Office of Parttime Admissions.
Employer Tuition Benefits
Quinnipiac University works with students to
make the most of their employer’s educational
benefits plan. If your company does not have a formal agreement with Quinnipiac but does offer
educational benefits, you can defer two-thirds of
your tuition charges. All that is needed is an
employer letter verifying participation in the company tuition reimbursement plan during the current semester. At registration, the student pays
one-third of the tuition plus fees.The final tuition
payments are due five weeks after the end of the
semester, which allows time for tuition reimbursement checks to be issued by the employer. Contact
the bursar’s office for information.
Deferred Payment Plan
Students who do not participate in company
tuition reimbursement plans can still defer tuition
payments through Quinnipiac ’s deferred payment
plan. Tuition payments can be spread across the
semester. Only one-third payment of tuition and
fees is required to register and may be paid by
check, MasterCard or VISA. Contact the bursar’s
office for assistance.
Federal Financial Aid Programs
Undergraduate part-time students who have been
admitted by Quinnipiac into a degree program and
are registered for a minimum of six credits each
semester are eligible to apply for federal financial
aid programs (loans and grants). Students taking
fewer than six credits may be eligible for federal
Pell Grants. Contact the financial aid office for
information and assistance.
Academic Policies
The detailed academic policies that govern all
students are found in the Quinnipiac University
Student Handbook and in this catalog. Below are
the basic academic policies that govern part-time
students.
Placement Tests
To ensure appropriate placement in English courses, all students with fewer than six hours of
approved transfer credit in English composition
from another college must take an English placement examination prior to registration in English
composition.
A math placement exam is also required to
determine appropriate placement before registering
for math courses required in all majors; and a language placement test is required for students continuing in a language from high school.
There is no fee for the placement exams, and
arrangements can be made for taking the tests by
calling the Office of Part-time Admissions at
(203) 582-8612.
Transfer of Credit
Credits for college courses taken at other regionally accredited institutions may be transferred if they
carry a grade of C or better. Evaluation of transfer
credit is completed by the transcript evaluator.
Official acceptance of transfer credit is completed
upon matriculation.
CLEP, Challenge Exam Policies
Quinnipiac University participates in the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) which provides an opportunity to obtain credit through
examination. Information regarding CLEP exams
and test sites may be obtained from the Office of
Part-time Admissions. Students also may petition
to earn credit through challenge examinations.
Applications for these exams are reviewed by the
dean or associate dean of the schools of Business,
Communications, Health Sciences or College of
Liberal Arts.
Credit for Prior Learning
Adults with high school diplomas or equivalency
who have acquired, through life experience, knowledge that they can document and verify, may have
140
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 141
a head start on a degree from Quinnipiac. Examples may include:
• past and present paid work
• military service
• community service work
• in-service training
• independent reading, viewing and listening
• non-credit courses
The first step to enter this creative program is to
schedule an interview with part-time admissions.
We will discuss your work/life experience and any
college credit you may have accumulated previously
to determine whether or not this program meets
your needs. If Credit for Prior Learning is appropriate for you, your next step is to discuss possible
course equivalencies with the dean of the school in
which you are seeking credit. Upon agreement on a
plan of action, you would then enroll in Personal
Educational Planning, a workshop in which you
explore your personal, educational and career goals.
The workshop is intended to help you equate life
experiences with college-level learning for which
you could receive credit.The outcome of this
workshop will be a personal educational plan that
outlines and documents your previous learning.
Students must be matriculated at Quinnipiac University to earn credit for prior learning.
Registration
Course schedules for each semester may be
obtained by calling the Office of Part-time Admissions at (203) 582-8612. Registration may be completed in person, by mail or by FAX at the Office
of the Registrar. Continuing students may register
by telephone or via the Web for a limited time
each semester. Registration dates and procedures
are listed in the course schedule. Students should
check course descriptions in the catalog for any
specific prerequisites prior to registering. Course
changes and updates are posted on the Quinnipiac
Web site: www.quinnipiac.edu. New students
should make an appointment with the Office of
Part-time Admissions prior to registration.
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
Special Programs
No-Risk Enrollment—Our Guarantee of
100% Satisfaction
We guarantee the quality of our courses through
our No-Risk Enrollment option. Register for your
first course as a part-time student and, if you
decide to withdraw within the first three weeks,
receive a full refund. (The No-Risk period varies in
length for accelerated courses.) Forms are available
through the Office of Part-time Admissions.
Accelerated Courses
Accelerated courses may allow part-time students
to complete some requirements more rapidly and
shorten the path to their degrees. Accelerated
courses are completed in seven-week periods in the
evening or on Saturdays.
Saturday Courses
Saturday classes provide an attractive option for
many students whose weekday hours are irregular
or who have a long commute to work. Most
Saturday classes are scheduled from 9 a.m.to
11:30 a.m. or 12:30 to 3 p.m. while accelerated
Saturday courses are scheduled from 9 a.m. to 2:30
p.m. during the fall and spring semesters.
We work with part-time students to use all of
the eligible credit they have earned at other
colleges and universities. Our individualized
programs are ideal for students who enter with
substantial previous college credit.
141
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 142
Academic Programs
Professional Certificate Programs
Accountant’s Assistant Certificate
There is a demand for qualified persons who can
assume “full charge” of a set of books for accounts
of small or medium size businesses and nonprofit
organizations.The accountant’s assistant performs
these duties under the supervision and direction of
internal and/or public accountants.
To prepare for this occupation, the student must
complete successfully the following courses. Each
course carries three credit hours.
AC 101
AC 102
AC 431
AC 432
CS 101
Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Federal Income Tax Procedure
Advanced Federal Income Tax Procedure
Principles of Information Technology
The student will achieve proficiency in recording
accounting data and preparing financial statements
and income tax returns. At the conclusion of the
15 credits listed above, the student receives a certificate of completion.The program may be completed in one year. Credits may be applied toward
an A.S. or B.S. degree in accounting or the B.S. in
business studies.
Professional Accounting Certificate
This special eight-course program is designed for
individuals who already have a bachelor’s degree
that is not in accounting and who may wish to
start on a new path leading to the CPA.This certificate will be issued by Quinnipiac upon successful completion of eight of the following accounting
courses. Each course carries three credit hours.
AC 101
AC 102
AC 201
AC 202
AC 203
AC 311
AC 323
AC 335
AC 405
AC 431
AC 432
142
Financial Accounting
Managerial Accounting
Intermediate Accounting I
Intermediate Accounting II
Intermediate Accounting III
Auditing
Adv. Cost Accounting
Accounting Information Systems
Accounting for Business Combinations,
International Operations and Other Entities
Federal Income Tax I
Federal Income Tax II
Students should note that the State of Connecticut
approved a 150-hour program requirement beginning with candidates sitting for the CPA exam in
the year 2000.
Export Marketing Certificate
This career–directed program is designed in
response to the growing need and opportunity for
export of American goods and services. Both small
and large businesses have an increasing need for
managers trained in export marketing management.
The five courses of the certificate program can be
applied to the B.S. program in international business
or the B.S. in any other business functional area.
Required:
Credits
IB 201
International Business
3
IB 311/MK 362
International Marketing
3
IB 323
Export Procedures, Financing and Insurance 3
IB 335
International Financial Management
3
One from the following:
IB 325
International Business Transaction Law
3
IB 498
Internship in Export
3
Total Credits
15
International Purchasing Certificate
Facing a growing demand for trained global purchasing managers from industries, this careerdirected program is designed in response to the
growing needs of manufacturing, retail and service
companies moving toward global sourcing of their
raw materials, components and services. How can
a firm use global supply chain to hedge against
fluctuations in world market demand, price or
exchange rate? In integrating a global supply
chain, a firm faces many challenges including areas
of trade law, product safety, environment protection, as well as logistics and finance.
The five courses of the certificate program can
be applied to the B.S. program in international
business or the B.S. in any other business
functional area.
Required:
Credits
IB 201
International Business
3
IB 335
International Financial Management
3
IB 345
Global Supply Chain Management
3
IB 352
International Financial Management
3
One from the following:
IB 325
International Business Transaction Law
3
IB 498
Internship in Purchasing
3
Total Credits
15
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 143
Associate in Arts
Associate of Science in Accounting
The associate in arts degree is awarded to parttime students who have completed 60-62 semester
hours with a grade point average of 2.0 or better
and who do not plan to pursue a baccalaureate
degree. Courses required for the degree are
listed below.
This 60-credit accounting program provides a general education to part-time students with a professional emphasis in accounting. All courses taken in
this program can be transferred to a bachelor’s
degree program in accounting.
EN 101
EN 102
MA 117
Elements of Composition I
Elements of Composition II
College Algebra
Foreign Language 101 and 102
Specialized Competency
Artistic Tradition
Behavioral and Social Sciences
Humanistic Tradition
Physical and Biological Sciences
Economics and Managerial Tradition
Elective
3
3
3
6
3
3
12*
12*
8
6
1-3
*At least two disciplines must be represented.Also note that 15
credits in courses numbered 200 or higher are required in this
associate degree program.
Associate of Science in Business
Administration
The Associate of Science in Business Administration, available only to part-time students, requires
the successful completion of 60 semester hours
(20 courses or equivalent) as follows:
Business Courses (33 semester hours)
Credits
AC 101
Financial Accounting
3
AC 102
Managerial Accounting
3
EC 101
Principles of Economics I
3
EC 102
Principles of Economics II
3
FM 201
Financial Management
3
IB 201
International Business
3
CS 101
Computer Literacy
3
LW 121
Contracts and Commercial Transactions
3
MG 101
Process of Management
MG 202
Management and Human Behavior
3
MK 201
Marketing Systems
3
General Education (27 semester hours)
EN 101
Elements of Composition I
3
EN 102
Elements of Composition II
3
MA 117
College Algebra
3
Special Competency Area
3
Area Requirements
15*
*In consultation with adviser, choose from Core Curriculum
courses in Artistic Tradition,Behavorial and Social sciences,
Humanistic Tradition, Physical and Biological Sciences,
Advanced Electives.
PA R T-T I M E U N D E R G R A D UAT E S T U D I E S
Courses in accounting (18 semester hours)
AC 101
Financial Accounting
AC 102
Managerial Accounting
AC 201-202 Intermediate Accounting I and II
Select 2 courses:
AC 323
Cost Accounting
AC 335
Accounting Information Systems
AC 431-432 Federal Income Tax I and II
Electives (9 semester hours)
Three courses–choose one from each of the following areas:
The Artistic Tradition
The Behavioral and Social Sciences
The Humanistic Tradition
Business electives (15 semester hours)
Two of the following:
MG 202
Management and Human Behavior
MK 201
Marketing Systems
MG 101
Process of Management
IB 201
International Business
Three additional business electives
Other courses (18 semester hours)
EN 101-102 Elements of Composition I and II
EC 101-102 Principles of Economics I and II
MA 117
College Algebra
MA 118
Introductory Calculus
Associate in Science
This curriculum allows transfer to a specialized
school that provides other types of undergraduate
education not offered through majors in the
School of Health Sciences at Quinnipiac. Examples of this are optometry and pharmacy, which
commonly accept graduates of associate degree
programs.The associate in science degree is
awarded to part-time students upon successful
completion of the following 64 hours:
BI 101-102 General Biology
CH 110-111 General Chemistry
EN 101-102 Elements of Composition
Mathematics
Liberal Arts Electives
Open Electives
8
8
6
6
18
18
143
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 144
Individualized Bachelor Degree
Program
Many part-time students who return to college
already have a substantial amount of college credit
earned in an associate ’s degree program, Credit for
Prior Learning, or part-time studies. In addition,
experienced students often have unique educational goals that are not met by traditional programs.
These students need degree programs which a) can
accommodate the maximum amount of previously
acquired credit, and b) allow maximum flexibility
in choosing courses to meet individual needs without adding to the total number of credits needed
to graduate. To meet these needs Quinnipiac offers
special general studies degree programs.These
baccalaureate degree programs (Health and Science Studies and Liberal Studies) are built around
Quinnipiac’s common core curriculum.The dean
or faculty adviser works with each student to
establish a curriculum plan that makes maximum
use of previously obtained credit and incorporates
new courses that build in-depth knowledge in the
student’s area of interest. Health and Science
Studies and Liberal Studies programs are described
in detail below.
Bachelor of Science in Health and Science
Studies
The health and science studies program provides
an excellent opportunity for nurses, laboratory
technicians and other health care and science professionals who hold an associate ’s degree to obtain
the baccalaureate degree.The program provides
the maximum utilization of previously acquired
credits from academic and clinical training. An
individual curriculum plan, approved by the dean
of Health Sciences, can be designed that allows
flexibility in choosing courses to build concentrations in the health and science fields, as well as in
other areas such as business, management, psychology and sociolog y.
Program Requirements: (122 semester hours)
Basic Science Core (20 semester hours)
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Health/Science Courses (30 semester hours)
144
Credits
8
8
4
Courses taken in an allied health or basic science
area outside the requirement of the basic science
core listed above. Alternatively, 30 semester hours
of credit may be awarded for the year-long clinical
affiliation in cytotechnology. This affiliation time
must be documented and approved on a case-bycase basis by the dean.
Electives (30 semester hours)
Core Curriculum Requirements (42 semester hours)Credits
EN 101
Elements of Composition I
3
EN 102
Elements of Composition II
3
MA 117
College Algebra
3
Specialized Competency
6
Artistic Tradition
3
Behavioral and Social Sciences
6
Humanistic Tradition
6
Economics and the Managerial Tradition
6
Advanced Electives
6
Physical and biological sciences requirement may
be satisfied through Basic Science Core courses.
Bachelor of Arts in Liberal Studies
(Evening)
The Liberal Studies major offers the opportunity
to choose concentrations in a number of fields.
Students have maximum flexibility in the
utilization of previously earned credit and in the
selection of new courses to meet their personal
goals. Each program is individually designed by
the student with approval by the dean of the
College of Liberal Arts.
Program Requirements: (120 credits)
College of Liberal Arts Requirements:
Credits
EN 101
Elements of Composition I
3
EN 102
Elements of Composition II
3
MA 117
College Algebra
3
Foreign Language 101-102
6
Specialized Competency (CC)
3
Artistic Tradition (CC)
3
Behavioral and Social Sciences
(6 credits CC)
12*
Humanistic Tradition (6 credits CC)
12*
Physical and Biological Sciences (CC)
8
Economics and the Managerial
Tradition (CC)
6
Advanced Electives for General Education
Curriculum
6
Advanced Electives at the 300 level
15**
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 145
*At least two disciplines must be represented
**These courses need not be additional hours but may be taken
in fulfillment of area requirements stated above or elective
requirements below.
Elective Courses chosen in consultation with adviser
and approved by the dean of Liberal Arts.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science
Degrees—Traditional Majors
Part-time students may enroll in virtually all
of the bachelor’s degree programs offered by the
academic schools of the university (physical
therapy, physician assistant and occupational
therapy require full-time status).The following
bachelor’s degree programs usually can be
completed through evening study and normally
do not require students to take classes during the
day. The programs are described in detail in this
catalog’s sections on the Schools of Business and
Health Sciences, and the College of Liberal Arts.
PA R T-T I M E U N D E R G R A D UAT E S T U D I E S
Bachelor of Arts
Gerontology
Legal Studies
Liberal Studies
Bachelor of Science
Accounting
Advertising
Computer Information Systems
Computer Information Systems and Accounting
Computer Information Systems and Finance
Computer Information Systems and Management
Entrepreneurship and Small Business
Management
Health and Science Studies
International Business
Management
Marketing
145
6 Part-time layout6.10.03
146
7/21/03
10:26 AM
Page 146
P A R T - T I M E U N D E R G RA D U A T E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 147
GRADUATE STUDIES
Administrative and Program Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Mission Statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148
Graduate Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149
Graduate Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .150
Requirements for Graduation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151
Graduate Academic Policies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Graduate Academic Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Variant Procedure Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Tutorial Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
Undergraduate Students in Graduate Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
College of Liberal Arts, Division of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
School of Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
School of Business and School of Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .168
School of Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .169
School of Health Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
147
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 148
Graduate Studies
Administrative Officers
Director of Graduate Admissions
Associate Director of Graduate
Admissions and Financial Aid
Director of Graduate Financial Aid
Office
Phone
Scott Farber
LN-WG
582-8795
Louise Howe
Odette Franceskino
LN-WG
LN-WG
582-5221
582-5234
Program Directors
Office
Phone
Education, Division of
M.A.T. Elementary Education
M.A.T. Middle Grades and
Secondary Education
Master of Business Administration
Master of Health Administration
M.H.S. Pathologists’ Assistant
M.H.S. Medical Laboratory Sciences
M.H.S. Physician Assistant
M.S. Molecular and Cell Biolog y
M.S. Nursing
M.S. Accounting
M.S. Computer Information Systems
M.S. Physical Therapy
M.S. Journalism
M.S. e-Media
Cynthia Dubea, Dean
Anne Dichele
CLA 3 Rm 112
CLA 3 Rm 107
582-8702
582-3463
Gloria Holmes
Charles Brooks
Ronald Rozett
Kenneth Kaloustian
Kenneth Kaloustian
Cynthia Lord
Charlotte Hammond
Jeanne LeVasseur
Anne Rich
Bruce White
Russell Woodman
Richard Hanley
Richard Hanley
CLA 3 Rm 105
SB 214
SB 212
EC 103C
EC 103C
Sherman Avenue
TH 203
Sherman Avenue
SB 215
SB 232
EC 209
SB 257
SB 257
582-3461
582-8333
582-8249
582-8676
582-8676
582-5297
582-8058
582-5397
582-8787
582-3386
582-8684
582-8439
582-8439
School of Law
Admissions Office
Law School
582-3400
Mission Statement
Through its graduate programs, Quinnipiac University recognizes a substantial trend toward greater professionalism and the rapidly expanding body of knowledge in the fields of business, communications, health
management, education and the health care, rehabilitative and laboratory sciences. The provision of graduate
degrees is a logical extension of Quinnipiac’s special mission, which is “to provide opportunity for an integrated
liberal and technical education” that will enable students to prepare for and advance in their professional
careers and to “make responsible decisions in a society that increasingly demands understanding of the
humanities, the social and natural sciences and technology.”
All graduate programs at Quinnipiac share three foundations.Instruction is provided by a team of academicians who hold the highest available academic credentials and practicing professionals who hold advanced
positions in their field. Every graduate student is provided with the opportunity to obtain practical experience
through supervised residencies, thesis research, special projects or small laboratory classes. Study in all graduate
programs is advanced and builds on both undergraduate education and professional experience. Additional
prerequisite courses are available and are needed by students who enter new fields at the graduate level.
148
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 149
Graduate Admission
Applications for all graduate programs
may be obtained from the Office of Graduate
Admissions or on the university Web site—
www.quinnipiac.edu.The application, along with
the appropriate fee, is to be returned with official
transcripts of all college-level work completed at
other institutions. Applicants also are required to
submit an autobiography or résumé (as stipulated
by each specific program) and to make arrangements to have two letters of reference submitted.
Individual graduate programs have additional
application requirements. For example, GMAT
scores are required for admission into the MBA,
Accounting and MHA programs.
The Quinnipiac University physician assistant
program participates in the Central Application Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA). Go to
www.caspaonline.org for more information regarding
the application process and fees. All applications,
transcripts, references and other supporting materials
are submitted directly to CASPA. Applicants may
contact the Office of Graduate Admissions for
information.
Submission of Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) scores is not required for admission into
Quinnipiac’s master’s degree programs. However,
many program faculty find GRE scores a useful
indication of a student’s ability. Information about
specific admissions requirements or standardized
exams can be obtained from the Office of Graduate Admissions.
International Student Admission
Applications for graduate study from international
students are welcomed. Upon application international students are requested to submit English
language descriptions of universities and colleges
attended including status as a public or private
institution as well as recognition by government
and accrediting agencies of the respective country.
All applicants from non-English speaking
countries must, in addition to all of the regular
admissions requirements, provide TOEFL (Test of
English as a Foreign Language) scores (go to
www.ets.org). In general, a minimum score of 575
(233 computer-based) is required for admission. In
lieu of TOEFL, applicants may submit IELTS
(International English Language Testing System)
G RADUATE ST UDIE S
scores (go to www.ielts.org). A minimum score
of 6.5 on this exam, “B” or above on the CAE
(Certificate of Advanced English), or “C” or above
on the CPE (Certificate of Proficiency in English)
is required. TOEFL and IELTS scores are valid
for two years.
Candidates holding degrees from foreign institutions must provide notarized English translations and
an official evaluation of their post-secondary records
from an academic credential evaluation service.
International applicants are required to submit
proof of adequate funds to complete their study at
Quinnipiac University before a visa application can
be issued.
Five-Year Combined Undergraduate/
Graduate Program Admission
Quinnipiac offers outstanding undergraduate students the opportunity to enroll in linked undergraduate/graduate degree programs that can be
completed in five to five and one half years. Students initially accepted into an undergraduate
degree program can declare for priority consideration for admission into a master’s program such as
the M.B.A., M.H.A., Master of Arts in Teaching,
M.S. in Accounting or M.S. in Computer Information Systems.
During their undergraduate studies, these
students receive special advisement from graduate
faculty. Undergraduates who maintain an overall
3.0 grade point average and 3.25 G.P.A. in their
major qualify for ear ly admission into their
graduate program before or during their junior
year. If accepted, early admitted business students
may begin graduate courses before their senior year
while completing the undergraduate degree.
Admission Standards
Students who meet the admission requirements are
considered for matriculation into a degree granting
graduate program. To apply but not be guaranteed
admission to a graduate degree program students
must satisfy the following all-university standards:
1. A baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher learning.
2. An overall grade point average of 2.5 on a 4.0
point scale (or equivalent) in undergraduate
studies.
3. Demonstrated potential for the desired field of
graduate study.
149
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 150
The meeting of minimum admission standards
does not guarantee admission. Individual degree
programs may have more specific or stringent
requirements or standards. For example, in the
physician assistant or pathologists’ assistant programs, extensive related work experience and overall grade point average of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale
is expected. Preferred G.P.A. for the graduate
nursing program is 3.0 or higher. Upon admission,
successful candidates meet with their faculty adviser to review the prerequisite and program courses
that are required for graduation.
Conditional Admission
Students who do not meet all admissions requirements needs may be granted a conditional admission on a case by case basis.
Non-Degree Study
Selected graduate courses may be taken on a nondegree basis either by a student who is considering
entering a graduate degree program or who does
not wish to complete a graduate degree program.
However, after completion of two prerequisite
Business courses or one core graduate course in
business or another graduate program, one must
be admitted to a graduate degree program or
obtain permission from the director of the related
graduate degree program to continue enrolling in
courses in that program.
Transfer of Credit and Challenge Policy
Graduate course credit completed with a grade of
B or better at other regionally accredited institutions may be transferred into a graduate program
at Quinnipiac.The normal limit for transfer credits is nine semester credit hours, though additional
transfer credits may be considered on an individual
basis. Requests for transfer of credit must be submitted to the appropriate graduate program director along with official transcripts from the institution(s) where the credits were earned. Ordinarily,
transfer of credit is granted for courses demonstrated to be similar in content, level of instruction
and objectives to courses within a student’s graduate curriculum at Quinnipiac.
The physician assistant program and pathologists’
assistant programs do not accept transfer credits and
does not accept applications for challenge examinations. The Master of Arts in Teaching program may
accept up to six semester credit hours.
150
Graduate level courses taken to complete a
degree program at Quinnipiac may be applied to a
second graduate degree.These courses must be
part of the approved curriculum of the second
degree. Further, a minimum of 15 hours of additional course work must be completed before the
conferral of a second degree.
In individual graduate programs, students with
documented graduate level training or experience
may petition to earn credit through challenge examinations. Applications for challenge examinations are
submitted to the appropriate graduate program
director. The application must include a detailed
description and documentation of the nature and
scope of the student’s training together with specific
reference to the content of the graduate course(s) the
student wishes to challenge. Applications for challenge exams are evaluated by the normal instructor
of the course(s) and are reviewed by the appropriate
academic dean. If the application is approved, an
examination is prepared and administered by the
course instructor. The examination may be taken
only once and if successfully completed, it becomes
part of the student’s permanent file and credit for
the graduate course(s) is awarded.
Graduate Financial Assistance
Financing a graduate degree is a concern for many
people. In addition to personal resources—savings,
employer tuition benefits and family assistance—
Quinnipiac provides several financial aid programs to
help graduate students fund their education. Financial aid is available to both full-time and part-time
graduate students. Students must be matriculated,
enrolled at least half time (5-8 credit hours) and be
making satisfactory academic progress in a degree
program in order to receive financial aid.
Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistantships are available on a limited
basis to qualified graduate students. Assistantships
are awarded primarily to full-time graduate students and provide a partial tuition waiver. In return
for their award, graduate assistants provide services
to Quinnipiac including research, administrative
support, instructor assistance or professional service in their field of expertise.
GRADUATE STUDIE S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 151
The number of graduate assistants varies each
year with the needs of Quinnipiac and the number
of qualified applicants. Students who wish to be
considered for a graduate assistantship should
submit a Graduate Assistant Application after
acceptance. Graduate Assistant Applications can
be obtained from and submitted to the Office of
Graduate Admissions.
M.A.T. Internships and Clinical Waiver
Students accepted full time into the Master of
Arts in Teaching program have the opportunity to
serve as graduate student interns in a single public
school. Interns receive a tuition reduction during
the internship semesters. During their second year
of required clinical residenc y, pathologists’ assistant
and physician assistant students receive a partial
tuition waiver.
Loan Programs
Graduate students may be eligible for federal
STAFFORD loans. To receive federal funding, in
adddition to the requirements for receiving financial aid, students must be U.S. citizens or eligible
non-citizens; males must be registered with the
Selective Service. Additionally, graduate students
may apply for privately sponsored commercial loan
programs such as GRADEXEL,TERI or FELP
(Family Educational Loan Program). Loan eligiblity depends on the cost and duration of individual
graduate programs as well as personal finances.
Applying for Financial Aid
The Office of Financial Aid—Graduate Division
assists graduate students in applying for loan pr ograms. Students considering student loans should
complete, as soon as possible, a “Free Application
for Federal Student Aid” (this may be completed
online or at www.fafsa.ed.gov). Students wishing
to be considered for a graduate assistantship
should contact their graduate program director or
the director of graduate admissions about current
assistantship opportunities.
Requirements for Graduation
For the Master of Arts in Teaching
Program
1.The satisfactory completion of all M.A.T.
program requirements.
2.The satisfactory completion of the Connecticut
State Department of Education’s certification
requirement of demonstrated competence in
language arts, mathematics, natural sciences,
social sciences (including a U.S. history course),
the fine arts, physical education and health, a
world language, and computer and other
technology.
3. Satisfactory results (passing) on the appropriate
PRAXIS II exam(s).
For the Master of Business Administration
1. A student may choose either a two-semester
thesis research project or a total of three elective
courses selected from one or more of the following areas: accounting, economics, finance, health
administration, information systems, international business, management and marketing. A
student who chooses to pursue a thesis research
project must successfully complete 36 credit
hours (10 core courses and a 6-credit hour thesis
project). A student who chooses not to pursue a
thesis research project must successfully complete 39 credit hours (10 core courses and 3
electives).
2.The satisfactory completion of the prerequisite
courses or their equivalents (usually business
courses at an accredited university).
3. The submission of an official Graduate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) score report as a
component of the materials required for application for admission to the program (under some
conditions this requirement may be waived).
4. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
5. A minimum of C in all prerequisite courses,
Level Two Core courses, elective courses or
thesis courses taken at Quinnipiac.
For the Master of Health Administration
1.The satisfactory completion of at least 39 credit
hours of graduate study, including six (6) credit
hours of residency or consulting practicum for
the general health administration concentration.
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
151
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 152
The long-term care administration concentration requires 45 credit hours.
2.The satisfactory completion of prerequisite
courses assigned by the program director.
3. The satisfactory completion of the Business Core
Curriculum as specified in the program descriptions.
4. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
5. A minimum grade of C in all prerequisite courses, Business Core courses, health administration
program core courses and residency or consulting practicum courses taken at Quinnipiac.
6. Recommendation by the faculty.
7.The satisfactory completion of a supervised
residency or consulting practicum.
8.The submission of official Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) scores as part of
an application for admission.
For the Master of Health Science
1.The satisfactory completion of at least
35 semester hours of graduate study (thesis
option) or 38 semester hours (non-thesis
option with comprehensive exam).
2. Satisfactory completion of specific course
requirements.
3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
For the Master of Science in Accounting
1.The satisfactory completion of 30 semester
hours of graduate study.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
3.The submission of official Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) scores as part of
an application for admission.
For the Master of Science in Computer
Information Systems
1.The satisfactory completion of the required core
of 16 semester hours.
2.The satisfactory completion of three career track
sets of two courses each.
3.The satisfactory completion of two program
elective courses.
4. A minimum grade of C in all program courses.
5. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
For the Master of Science in e-Media
1.The satisfactory completion of 30 semester
hours of graduate study.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
152
For the Master of Science in Journalism
1.The satisfactory completion of 30 semester
hours of graduate study.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
For the Master of Science in Molecular and
Cell Biology
1.The satisfactory completion of at least 37
semester hours of graduate study (thesis option)
or 40 semester hours (non-thesis option with
comprehensive exam).
2. Satisfactory completion of specific course
requirements.
3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0
For the Master of Science in Nursing
1.The satisfactory completion of all core courses
and appropriate specialty courses.
2. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
3. Satisfactory completion of the precepted
practice hour requirement.
For the Master of Science in Physical
Therapy
1.The satisfactory completion of six core required
courses (18 credits) and either a comprehensive
examination and nine credits in electives or a
thesis presentation.
2. Students pursuing a degree in orthopedic physical therapy must also complete 200 clock hours
in an approved orthopedic setting.
3. A cumulative grade point average of at least 3.0.
4. A B- or better must be achieved in any course in
the curriculum.
Graduate Academic Policies
Academic Achievement and Graduation
Requirements
All graduate students are expected to maintain a
grade point average (G.P.A.) of at least 3.0 on a 4.0
scale. Full-time graduate students are required to
achieve a 3.0 G.P.A. each semester. Part-time graduate students must have an overall G.P.A. of 3.0
upon the completion of nine credit hours and must
maintain a cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0 thereafter.
Individual programs may have additional
achievement requirements. For example, a program
may require students to achieve a grade of B or betGR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 153
ter (or pass in a pass/fail format) in key specified
courses. Alternatively, a program may limit the
number of courses in which a student is permitted
to receive a grade of B- or less. Individual programs
may also require that full-time graduate students
complete a minimal number of credits per semester
to retain full-time status within the program.
At the end of each semester, the academic dean
provides each program director a list of students
who do not meet academic achievement requirements. Utilizing the review process established by
his or her program’s faculty committee, the graduate program director prepares and forwards to the
academic dean the program’s decision regarding
each deficient student. Deficient students are notified by the academic dean of a decision on their
status. Deficient students may be: a) placed on
probation, b) suspended or c) dismissed. Students
placed on probation remain in their program but
must meet specified performance standards. Suspended students may apply for readmission into
their program after the term of their suspension
has expired. Dismissed students may not appl y
for readmission.
Dismissed or suspended students may appeal
the sanctions placed on them by their program to
the academic dean. Appeals must be submitted in
writing within ten days of the receipt of a suspension or dismissed notice. Appeals should be based
on errors in the facts considered by their program
or extenuating circumstances. Upon hearing the
appeal the academic dean may decide:
1. To concur with the program’s initial decision.
In this case the initial decision is final.
2. To send the matter back to be reconsidered by
the program.
3. To change the sanctions decided by the program
by decreasing or increasing the sanctions.
To be eligible for graduation, all students must
satisfy the following requirements:
1. Meet all conditions of admission.
2. Achieve a cumulative G.P.A. of 3.0.
3. Meet all program academic achievement
requirements.
4. File an application for graduation.
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
Graduate Academic Honors
Degrees with Honors
Graduate students who have demonstrated
superior scholarship and who have attained a
grade point average of 3.85 on a 4.0 scale receive
degrees with distinction.
Academic Awards
Excellence in Scholarship and Teaching
Award, Education
The award, from the faculty in Education, goes to
the graduate of the program who has demonstrated the best combined performance in course work
and student teaching.
Two awards are granted: one to a graduate in
elementary education and one to a graduate in
middle grades or secondary education.
Faculty Award for Academic Excellence
These awards recognize the outstanding achievement of the student who has maintained the highest grade point average in his or her program of
study, and who has distinguished him/herself by a
superior academic project and/or contribution to
the program, as determined by the faculty.
Master of Business Administration
Master of Health Administration
Master of Science in Accounting
Master of Science in Computer Information Systems
Master of Science in e-Media
Master of Science in Journalism
Academic Excellence Awards
These awards recognize the outstanding academic
achievement of graduate students who have completed their programs of study. In the opinion
of the program directors, these graduates have
excelled in both the didactic and clinical/laboratory
phases of their post-baccalaureate education.
Master of Health Science/Medical Laboratory Sciences
Master of Health Science/Pathologists’ Assistant
Master of Health Science/Physician Assistant
Master of Physical Therapy
Master of Science in Molecular and Cell Biology
Master of Science in Nursing
Master of Science in Physical Therapy
153
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 154
Variant Procedure Policy
All Quinnipiac University and program specific
graduate policies are designed to maintain the
standards and quality of graduate studies. Graduate
students and faculty are bound by the policies outlined in this catalog. However, individual circumstances may warrant a student to petition to be
exempted or granted a variance from a particular
policy. This petition should be stated briefly on a
variant procedure form by the student. It is strongly recommended that the variant form be accompanied by a letter of explanation and supportive
documentation.
The variant procedure form must be examined
in turn by the program director, academic dean
and the vice president for academic affairs.
Undergraduate Students in Graduate
Courses
Advanced undergraduate students who lack a baccalaureate degree may take graduate courses in
some programs as part of their undergraduate curriculum. Graduate courses are taught at an
advanced level and no special consideration is
made for undergraduate students who have
enrolled in graduate classes on a space available
basis. In individual graduate programs, graduate
credits taken by an undergraduate may be used to
fulfill curricular requirements of a subsequent master’s degree. However, a minimum of 30 additional
graduate credits beyond those counted toward the
baccalaureate degree must be completed to obtain
a master’s degree.
Tutorial Study
Quinnipiac University makes every effort to schedule courses so graduate students can complete their
curriculum in a convenient period of time. Occasionally, a student may need to take a course not
scheduled during a particular semester in order to
complete a program or meet a professional requirement. In such cases, students may request to take a
course on an individual, tutorial basis. Courses
taught on a tutorial basis may not have regularly
scheduled class times. However, tutorial courses
have the same academic standards and performance requirements of regularly scheduled courses.
Applications for tutorial courses (“Individual Study
Form”) can be obtained from the program director,
who will refer the student to the proper faculty
member. The application with the instructor’s signature must be filed before the first day of classes
together with a registration form.
154
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 155
College of Liberal Arts
Division of Education
I. Five-Year B.A./M.A.T. Programs in Elementary,
Middle Grades, and Secondary Education
A. Five-Year B.A./M.A.T. Program in
Elementary Education
B. Five-Year B.A./M.A.T. Program in Middle
Grades or Secondary Education
II. Five-Semester M.A.T. Programs in
Elementary, Middle Grades, and Secondary
Education
A. Five-Semester M.A.T. Program in
Elementary Education
B. Five-Semester M.A.T. Program in Middle
Grades or Secondary Education
Master of Arts in Teaching
I. Five-Year B.A./M.A.T. Programs
in Elementary, Middle Grades, and
Secondary Education
The purpose of Quinnipiac’s five-year
B.A./M.A.T. program is to prepare graduates with
perspectives, knowledge and skills to become master educators. Graduates of the program learn to
have high expectations for all their students, focus
on the individual student ’s success, and work collaboratively with colleagues, families and the community for the students’ benefit. Graduates are
prepared to create effective, positive learning
opportunities for students from multi-cultures,
multiple developmental levels, and multiple abilities, and to become future leaders in their schools
and the professional community.
The program reflects the spirit and mission of
Quinnipiac University with close attention to the
teaching standards for the state of Connecticut and
to the standards of the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE).
The three values of “excellence in education, a sensitivity to students, and a spirit of community”
which are at the heart of Quinnipiac’s mission
statement are woven through the program.
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
General Information
The five-year B.A./M.A.T. program offers Quinnipiac students a bachelor’s degree in an academic
major and a Master of Arts in Teaching degree leading to certification through the Connecticut State
Department of Education.Consistent with the university’s mission,liberal arts and science studies are
integrated with professional studies to prepare students to be leaders in the education profession.
The five-year program is divided into a twoyear pre-professional component and a three-year
professional component. Students begin their professional component in the fall semester of their
junior year. Supervised fieldwork, an integral part
of the professional component, includes undergraduate observation and fieldwork, a graduate
internship, and student teaching. Following completion of the fourth year of study, students receive
a Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science degree
in their academic major. The summer semester
immediately following graduation, students begin
their graduate study.
The five-year B.A./M.A.T. program is fully
accredited by the Connecticut State Department of
Education,which participates in the NASDTEC
Interstate Contract with 39 other states1 and is
aligned to the teaching standards of the National
Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education.
Note: Because the education program is subject to
state review on a regular basis, prospective and current students are advised to see the Division of Education for up-to-date program information.
Admission
Students are admitted into the five-year
B.A./M.A.T. program upon meeting the following
admission requirements:
(a) at least a B- (2.67) overall undergraduate grade
point average (from all colleges and universities
attended) for 45 credits of course work with a
subject area major or appropriate interdisciplinary major;
(b) a passing score on the PRAXIS I exam
(PPSTs) or a PRAXIS I waiver;
(c) at least two written recommendations from
individuals who have knowledge of the applicant’s suitability as a prospective educator;
(d) a written essay setting out the reasons for
wanting to enroll in the program and emphasizing experience relevant to teaching;
(e) a formal interview during which the applicant
155
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 156
is expected to demonstrate: an ability to communicate clearly; an ability to respond appropriately to potential classroom situations; a
demeanor appropriate to the teaching profession; a maturity and attitude necessary to meet
the demands of the M.A.T. program.
The demands of the program require that students
seek admission into the five-year B.A./M.A.T.
program as soon as possible and no later than midterm of their sophomore year. Applicants are
assigned an M.A.T. adviser who will work collaboratively with the student’s major adviser to monitor
the student’s progress during the junior and senior
year. The M.A.T. adviser will assume sole responsibility for the student’s advisement during the
graduate year of study.
Special consideration is given to transfer students;
however, no student may transfer into the program
later than second semester of the junior year.
Retention
Retention in the program requires that students
maintain academic standards and honor and follow
Connecticut’s Code of Professional Responsibilities for
Teachers in all interactions in the schools. Students
must maintain an overall B- (2.67) undergraduate
grade point average with a B- or better in any professional course. Students must maintain a 3.0
grade point average for graduate courses in each
semester with at least B- or better in any education
course. A grade of C+ or below in an education
course requires the student to retake the course
and earn a minimum of B-.
If a student, once formally accepted into the
program, fails to maintain the minimum G.P.A.,
that student may be allowed to remain in the program for a single semester on a probationary status. If such a probationary student fails to meet the
minimum G.P.A. by the end of the single probationary semester, that student will be dismissed
from the program. Granting of probationary status
is subject to the director ’s approval and is neither
automatic nor guaranteed.
Students failing to meet professional standards in
the program may be subject to suspension or dismissal.
Completion
In order to complete all requirements of the M.A.T.
program, a student must complete all course work,
fulfill the internship responsibilities, take and pass
the PRAXIS II exam in her/his area of certification,
and successfully complete all performance tasks.
156
The Internship/Field Study
Students participate in an internship during their
graduate studies. Quinnipiac has developed collaborative partnerships with school districts throughout central and southern Connecticut to provide
graduate students with guided, hands-on professional practice and to defray some costs of the
graduate portion of the program.
During the internship semesters students serve in
area schools in a variety of capacities and as substitute teachers with guidance from an on-site mentor
and from a Quinnipiac faculty member. Students
have the opportunity to participate in staff meetings
and take part in all school operations,becoming valued members of the school faculty. In the late afternoon and early evening, students continue their formal studies on the Quinnipiac campus.
Students must continue serving in their internship
through the last day of the public school calendar.
Therefore, although classes end in May, the internship and the completion of the five-year M.A.T. program do not occur until mid- to late June. Students
are allowed to “walk” during graduation ceremonies
but will not formally receive their degrees until all of
the internship responsibilities are met.
A. The B.A./M.A.T. Five-Year Program in
Elementary Education
The elementary education program is designed to
prepare students with in-depth content knowledge
across the elementary school curriculum and exemplary skills in teaching and classroom management. Students interested in elementary education
may major in any discipline or have a transdisciplinary major.
Central to students’ professional studies are
undergraduate service-based courses (ED 301,
ED 302, ED 401, ED 402) in which students
gain more than 80 hours of hands-on experience,
and the full-year graduate internship/student
teaching experience in exemplary partner schools.
Program of Study
General Requirements
The following courses meet both the Core Curriculum requirements and the Connecticut State
Department of Education’s general education
requirements. A grade of “C” or better is required
in these courses.
GRADUATE STUDIE S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 157
• English 101
• English 102
• English at 200 level or higher
• History 131
• History 132
• Math 117 (or test out)
• Special Competency – Math 2062
• World Language – L evel 101
• World Language – L evel 102
• Psychology 101
• Psychology 236
• Social/Behavioral – 3 credits
• Humanistic Tradition – 3 credits 3
• Artistic Tradition – 6 credits
• Laboratory Science – 8 credits
• Physical Education – 1 credit
Professional Component
ED 301
ED 302
ED 315
ED 320
ED 401
ED 402
ED 436
ED 440
ED 441
ED 462
ED 468
ED 543
ED 550
ED 552
ED 554
ED 555
ED 556
ED 558
ED 564
ED 566
ED 569
ED 602
ED 693
ED 694
Elementary Field Study I
Elementary Field Study II
Diversity, Dispositions & Multiculturalism
Social & Philosophical Foundations of Education
Elementary Field Study III
Elementary Field Study IV
Teaching Literacy in the Primary Grades
Learning & Teaching in the Elementary
Classroom
The Design & Management of the Elementary
Classroom
Teaching the Arts in the Elementary Classroom
Teaching Mathematics in the Primary Grades
Clinical Practice in Reading
Issues and Research in Education
Teaching in the Inclusive Classroom
Internship and Seminar I
Internship and Seminar II
Teaching Literacy in Grades 4-6
Elementary School Science: Content and
Pedagogy
Health Education
Elementary School Social Studies: Content and
Pedagogy
Teaching Mathematics in Grades 4-6
Student Teaching
Research I/Electronic Portfolio
Research II/Electronic Portfolio
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
B. The B.A./M.A.T. Five-Year Program in
Middle Grades or Secondary Education
The middle grades and secondary education program is designed to prepare students with strong
teaching skills and a depth of content knowledge in
the discipline they wish to teach. Students interested in middle grades or secondary education must
select a major from among the following:biology,
chemistry, English, history, mathematics, political
science, sociology or Spanish.
Central to students’ professional studies are
undergraduate service-based courses (ED 310,
ED 311, ED 412, ED 413) in which students gain
more than 80 hours of hands-on experience, and
the full-year graduate internship/student teaching
experience in exemplary partner schools.
Program of Study
General Requirements
The following courses meet both the Core Curriculum requirements and the Connecticut State
Department of Education’s general education
requirements. A grade of “C” or better is required
in these courses.
• English 101
• English 102
• English at 200 level or higher
• History 131 or History 132
• Math 117 (or test out)
• Special Competency – Math 2064
• World Language – Level 101
• World Language – Level 102
• Psychology 101
• Psychology 236
• Social/Behavioral – 3 credits
• Humanistic Tradition – 3 credits 5
• Artistic Tradition – 3 credits
• Economics/Managerial Traditions – 6 credits
• Laboratory Science – 8 credits
• Physical Education – 1 credit
Professional Component Middle Grades
ED 310
ED 311
ED 325
ED 408
ED 412
ED 413
ED 421
ED 470
Field Study I
Field Study II
Diversity in the Classroom
Classroom Environment
Field Study III
Field Study IV
Social & Philosophical Foundations of Education
Interdisciplinary Methods I
157
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 158
ED 482
Special Education
ED 514
Internship and Seminar I
ED 515
Internship & Seminar II
ED 519
Language Arts Communication
ED 550
Issues & Research in Education
ED 571
Interdisciplinary Methods II
ED 602
Student Teaching
ED 609
Health Issues in the Classroom
ED 693
Research/Electronic Portfolio
ED 694
Research II/Electronic Portfolio
Plus 3 graduate content discipline courses
Professional Component Secondary
ED 310
Field Study I
ED 311
Field Study II
ED 325
Diversity in the Classroom
ED 408
Classroom Environment
ED 412
Field Study III
ED 413
Field Study IV
ED 421
Social & Philosophical Foundations of Education
ED 482
Special Education
ED 50_
Methods II
ED 509
Reading & Writing Across the Curriculum
ED 514
Internship and Seminar I
ED 515
Internship and Seminar II
ED 524
Methods I
ED 550
Issues & Research in Education
ED 602
Student Teaching
ED 609
Health Issues in the Classroom
ED 693
Research/Electronic Portfolio
ED 694
Research II/Electronic Portfolio
Plus 3 graduate content discipline courses
II. Five-Semester M.A.T. Programs
in Elementary, Middle Grades,
and Secondary Education
The purpose of Quinnipiac University’s fivesemester Master of Arts in Teaching program is to
prepare graduates with perspectives, knowledge
and skills to become master educators. Graduates
learn to have high expectations for all their students, focus on the individual student’s success,
and work collaboratively with colleagues, families
and the community for the students’ benefit.
Graduates are prepared to create effective, positive
learning opportunities for students from multi-cultures, multiple developmental levels, and multiple
abilities and to become future leaders in their
schools and the professional communit y.
158
The program reflects the spirit and mission of
Quinnipiac University with close attention to the
teaching standards for the state of Connecticut and
to the standards of the National Council for the
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE).
The three values of “excellence in education, a
sensitivity to students, and a spirit of community”
which are the heart of Quinnipiac’s mission
statement are woven throughout the program.
General Information
The five-semester M.A.T. program offers Quinnipiac
students a Master of Arts in Teaching degree leading to certification through the Connecticut State
Department of Education. Consistent with the
university’s mission, liberal arts and science studies
are integrated with professional studies to prepare
students to be leaders in the education profession.
The five-semester program is fully accredited by
the Connecticut State Department of Education,
which participates in the NASDTEC Interstate
Contract with 39 other states.1
Note: Because the education program is subject
to state review on a regular basis, prospective and
current students are advised to see the Division of
Education for up-to-date program information.
Admission
Students are admitted into the five-semester
M.A.T. program upon meeting the following
admission requirements:
(a) at least a B- (2.67) overall grade point average
(from all colleges and universities attended);
(b) prescribed studies leading to competencies in
language arts,mathematics,natural sciences, social
sciences and history (including U.S. history),fine
arts, a world language, and physical education
(c) a passing score on the PRAXIS I exam
(PPSTs) or a PRAXIS I waiver;
(d) at least two w ritten recommendations from
individuals who have knowledge of the applicant’s suitability as a prospective educator;
(e) a written essay setting out the reasons for wanting to enroll in the program and emphasizing
experience relevant to teaching;
(f ) a formal interview during which the applicant
is expected to demonstrate: an ability to communicate clearly; an ability to respond appropriately to potential classroom situations; a
demeanor appropriate to the teaching profession; a maturity and attitude necessary to meet
the demands of the M.A.T. program.
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 159
Retention
Retention in the program requires that students
maintain academic standards and honor and follow
Connecticut’s Code of Professional Responsibilities for
Teachers in all interactions in the schools. Students
must maintain a 3.0 grade point average for graduate courses in each semester with at least B- or
better in any education course. A grade of C+ or
below in an education course requires the student
to retake the course and earn a minimum of B-.
If a student fails to maintain the minimum
G.P.A., that student may be allowed to remain in
the program for a single semester with probationary status. If such a probationary student fails to
meet the minimum G.P.A. by the end of the single
probationary semester, that student will be dismissed from the program. Granting of probationary status is subject to the director’s approval and is
neither automatic nor guaranteed. Students failing
to meet professional standards in the program may
be subject to suspension or dismissal.
Completion
In order to complete all requirements of the
M.A.T. program, a student must complete all
course work and take and pass the PRAXIS II
exam(s) in her/his area of certification, and
successfully complete all performance tasks.
The Internship
Students participate in an internship during the first
two semesters of the program. Quinnipiac University has developed collaborative partnerships with
school districts throughout central and southern
Connecticut to provide graduate students with
guided, hands-on professional practice and to defray
some costs of the graduate portion of the program.
Students accepted in the internship receive a tuition
reduction during the internship semesters.
Interns serve in area schools in a variety of
capacities and as substitute teachers with guidance
from an on-site adviser and from a Quinnipiac faculty member. Each intern has the opportunity to
participate in staff meetings and take part in all
school operations, becoming a valued member of
the school faculty. In the late afternoon and early
evening, students continue their formal studies on
the Quinnipiac campus.
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
A. Five-Semester M.A.T. Degree in
Elementary Education
The Quinnipiac University elementary education
curriculum is an intensive five-semester program of
study consisting of core certification courses which
provide eligibility for teacher certification,
advanced course work in literacy and pedagogy to
satisfy master’s degree requirements, and a unique
internship experience which provides pre-service
teacher candidates the opportunity to learn about
schools, students and teaching.
Applicants are accepted for admission to the fall
semester only and are expected to enroll as fulltime graduate students. To ensure admission into
the program with a placement in an internship,
applicants should complete the application process
early. It is recommended that applicants complete
the application process for Graduate Admission
and Admission into the Elementary Education
M.A.T. program by March 31 before the anticipated fall enrollment.
Elementary Education M.A.T. Curriculum
ED 525
ED 532
ED 534
ED 535
ED 542
ED 543
ED 544
ED 545
ED 547
ED 550
ED 552
ED 556
ED 558
ED 562
ED 564
ED 566
ED 568
ED 569
ED 601
ED 693
ED 694
Diversity in the Classroom
Child Development & Psychological Theories
Learning and Teaching in the Elementary
Classroom
Elementary Internship & Seminar I
The Cultivation, Design & Management of an
Elementary Classroom
Clinical Practice in Reading
Developing Literacy in the Primary Grades
Elementary Internship & Seminar II
Philosophy of Education
Issues and Research in Education
Teaching in the Inclusive Classroom
Teaching Literacy in Grades 3-6
Elementary School Science: Content &
Pedagogy
Facilitating the Arts in the Classroom
Health Education
Elementary School Social Studies: Content &
Pedagogy
Teaching Mathematics in the Primary Grades
Teaching Mathematics in Grades 4-6
Student Teaching and Seminar
Research I/Electronic Portfolio
Research II/Electronic Portfolio
159
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 160
B. Five-Semester M.A.T. Degree in
Middle or Secondary Education
The Quinnipiac University middle grades and
secondary curricula consist of an intensive fivesemester program of study that begins in the fall
semester. Included in each curriculum are core
certification courses that provide eligibility for
teacher certification, advanced content (discipline)
courses which satisfy master ’s degree requirements,
and a unique internship experience which provides
pre-service teachers the opportunity to learn about
schools, students, and teaching.
To ensure admission into the program with a
placement in an internship, applicants should complete the application process early. It is recommended that applicants complete the application
process for graduate admission by March 31 before
the anticipated fall enrollment.
Middle Grades Education M.A.T.
Curriculum
CED 500
Internship & Seminar I
ED 501
Internship & Seminar II
ED 508
Classroom Environment
ED 510
Adolescent Development
ED 519
Language Arts Communication
ED 521
Social & Philosophical Foundations
ED 525
Diversity in the Classroom
ED 550
Issues and Research in Education
ED 570
Interdisciplinary Methods I
ED 571
Interdisciplinary Methods II
ED 582
Special Education
ED 601
Student Teaching & Seminar
ED 609
Health Education
ED 693
Research I
ED 694
Research II
Plus 4 graduate content discipline courses
ED 609
Health Education
ED 693
Research I
ED 694
Research II
One of the following methods courses:
ED 502
Methods II: Teaching Science
ED 504
Methods II: Teaching English
ED 505
Methods II: Teaching History/Social Studies
ED 506
Methods II: Teaching Mathematics
ED 507
Methods II: Teaching a World Language
Plus 4 graduate content discipline courses
1 Accredited by the Connecticut State Department of
Education,in the NASDTEC Interstate Contract with 39
other states,students may seek additional certification in
Alabama,Arizona,Arkansas,California,Colorado, Delaware,
the District of Columbia, Florida,Georgia,Hawaii,Idaho,
Illinois,Indiana,Kentucky, Maine, Maryland,Massachusetts,
Michigan,Mississippi,Montana, Nevada, New Hampshire,
New Jersey, New York, North Carolina,Ohio, Oklahoma,
Oregon, Pennsylvania,Rhode Island, South Carolina,
Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington and
West Virginia.
2 May be substituted with PS 206 if student is a psychology major.
3 Not required of Health Science majors
4 May be substituted with PS 206 if student is a psychology major.
5 Not required of Health Science majors
Secondary Education M.A.T. Curriculum
ED 500
ED 501
ED 508
ED 509
ED 510
ED 521
ED 524
ED 525
ED 550
ED 582
ED 601
160
Internship & Seminar I
Internship & Seminar II
Classroom Environment
Reading & Writing Across the Curriculum
Adolescent Development
Social & Philosophical Foundations
Methods I
Diversity in the Classroom
Issues and Research in Education
Special Education
Student Teaching & Seminar
GR A D U AT E S TU D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 161
I. Master of Business Administration
A. J.D./M.B.A. Program
B. Five-Year B.S./M.B.A. Program
C. Five-Year Liberal Arts B.A./M.B.A.
Program
II. Master of Science in Accounting
III. Master of Science in Computer
Information Systems
IV. Master of Health Administration
A. Five-Year B.S./M.H.A. Program
B. General Health Administration Program
C. Long-Term Care Administration
Residency Program
D. Certificate Program in Long-Term Care
Administration
In addition to the core, a student may choose
either a thesis research project or a total of three
elective courses selected from one or more of the
above areas.
The M.B.A. program seeks:
• to prepare individuals for careers in management
with advanced training in specific areas built on
a broad understanding of organizations and the
environment
• to provide individuals with a graduate-level
foundation for making sound business decisions
based on
a) a group of fundamental courses
b) a group of strategic and behavioral courses
• to permit the individual the option of selecting
elective courses which emphasize an area of study.
• to provide the individual with the opportunity to
gain professional knowledge related to his or her
professional growth.
I. Master of Business
Administration
Accreditation
School of Business
The School of Business offers a Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.) program for working adults and full-time students whether or not
they have formal business education.
The purpose of the M.B.A. program is to provide individuals with a broad professional education and acquaint them with the theories, principles and strategies needed for successful careers in
management.
Beyond acquiring the knowledge of course content and an understanding of business systems,
students are taught to be innovative in their
approach to solving problems and making decisions. Exposure to sound ethical standards, and
skill development in the areas of negotiation,
cooperation and interpersonal relations are an integral part of the curriculum. Graduates are actionoriented and can effectively apply the competence
and techniques they have acquired at Quinnipiac.
This program is built on a 30-credit core. A minimum of two-thirds of credit hours toward completion
of the M.B.A. must be completed at Quinnipiac
University. Electives which allow a student to pursue
greater knowledge, are provided in the following areas:
Accounting
Economics
Finance
Health Administration
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
Information Systems
International Business
Management
Marketing
Quinnipiac University is accredited by the New
England Association of Schools and Colleges Inc.
as well as the Board of Higher Education of the
State of Connecticut.The Quinnipiac University
School of Business is accredited by the AACSB
International—The Association to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business (AACSB).
Admission
Admission to the M.B.A. program at Quinnipiac
University is competitive. Applications are considered on a rolling basis and are not evaluated until
all materials and fees are received by Quinnipiac. A
complete application consists of the following: an
application form, application fee, official GMAT
score report, two recommendations, a recent
résumé and official transcripts of all undergraduate
and graduate work completed.
Quinnipiac utilizes a formula-based admission system as a primary application screening tool.This
system is based upon multiplying a candidate’s
G.P.A. by 200 and adding total GMAT scores to
this sum to reach a minimum acceptable score of
1000.The M.B.A. admission committee does not
normally consider GMAT scores of less than 400
(out of 800) acceptable for admission to the program. Quinnipiac policy requires that all candidates for graduate study have at least an undergraduate G.P.A. of 2.5 (on a 4.0 scale). Please note
that meeting these minimum standards does not
161
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 162
guarantee admission. Work experience and recommendations also are strongly considered in the
process.
Applications for the M.B.A. program are
accepted throughout the year for both full- and
part-time study. Candidates are encouraged to submit applications as ear ly as possible to assure consideration for the semester desired.
A. J.D./M.B.A. Program
See p. 168
B. Five-Year B.S./M.B.A. Program
This program is designed for outstanding undergraduate students majoring in business administration or other Quinnipiac degree programs. In
order to complete the program in five years, a
student must apply for admission to the five-year
B.S./M.B.A. program during the last semester of
the junior year. In order to qualify for admission
into the program, a student must have an overall
G.P.A. of at least 3.0 for at least 75 units at Quinnipiac, and a 3.25 in one ’s major. If these standards
are met, then the Graduate Management Admissions Test is not required for admission to this
program. In order to continue in the program, the
student must maintain an overall G.P.A. of at
least 3.0. A minimum of 30 credit hours must be
completed at the graduate level in addition to
the undergraduate degree requirements.
C. Five-Year Liberal Arts
B.A./M.B.A. Program
This two-degree program leading to a Master of
Business Administration is designed for outstanding liberal arts majors, undergraduate students
majoring in business administration or other
Quinnipiac degree program majors. In order to
qualify for admission into this program, a student
must have an overall G.P.A. of at least 3.0 for at
least 75 units at Quinnipiac, and a 3.25 in one’s
major. A student in this program will use a total of
four Core Curriculum courses and three undergraduate electives selected from business courses to
satisfy the undergraduate Business Core.The
Graduate Management Admissions Test is not
required for admission to this program if the minimum G.P.A. standards are met.In order to continue in the program, the student must maintain an
overall G.P.A. of at least 3.0. A student considering this program should make early contact with
the dean of liberal arts for specific direction.
Program of Study
Level One Program
The core courses of the M.B.A. program demand
background knowledge in specific business areas.
Students who lack a business education may be
required to complete Level One courses. Level
One courses in the M.B.A. Program, formerly
known as prerequisites, may be waived if a student
has had appropriate undergraduate courses (as outlined below) within the last five years.
Level One Courses
AC 501
Introduction to
Accounting
EC 501
Economic Analysis
FIN 501
Business Finance
MG 501
Principles of
Management
QM 503
Statistics and
Math Analysis
Undergraduate Equivalent
3 cr. 2 sem.
3 cr. 2 sem
3 cr. 1 sem.
Accounting
Economics
Finance
3 cr. 1 sem. Management
3 cr. 2 sem.
Total Level One Program
Statistics/
Calculus
15 Credits
Level Two (Core Courses)
All MBA students are required to complete a 30-credit core
program.
AC 601
Managerial Accounting
3
CIS 601
Info. Systems for Mgmt. Planning and Control 3
162
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
EC 601
FIN 601
IB 601
MG 601
MG 602
MK 601
QM 601
MG 690
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 163
Economics of Management
3
Financial Management
3
World Business Systems and Environment
3
Organizational Theory
3
Operations Management
3
Marketing Management
3
Quantitative Decision Analysis
3
Integrative Mgmt. Seminar
3
(May be taken only after
completion of all core courses)
Total 30
Level Three
Students selecting the thesis research project option enroll in
a course numbered 698 for the first semester and 699 for the
second semester. The area of the thesis research project, i.e.,
finance, marketing, etc., determines the prefix letters for the
course, i.e., FIN 698, MK 698, etc. A student selecting the
thesis research project option must obtain a faculty member
to be the thesis adviser.
A two-person thesis review group will include the thesis
adviser and another faculty member who is the second thesis
reader. During the first semester the student prepares a
proposal as described in the course description for Thesis.
The proposal must be approved by the thesis adviser, second
reader and the executive director of graduate business
programs. During the second semester of the thesis research
project the student completes the research project and
submits a draft of the thesis to the thesis adviser. Based upon
input from the thesis adviser, second reader and a final
version of the thesis is prepared.
If a student selects the elective course option, a total of
three courses is taken. One or more courses are selected from
the following areas: accounting, economics, finance, health
management, information systems, international business,
management and marketing. For greater knowledge in a
specific discipline, all three electives may be taken in that area.
Courses available as electives are listed by area in the
Graduate Course Descriptions section of the catalog.
II. Master of Science in
Accounting
The Master of Science in Accounting program has
its roots in accounting and integrates the functional,
personal and broad business competencies identified
by the American Institute of Certified Public
Accountants (AICPA). The goals of the program are:
• to build on the student ’s undergraduate education
to meet the emerging needs of the accounting
profession
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
• to provide students who hold a Bachelor of
Science in Accounting with the necessary
academic background to meet the 150-hour
program requirement to sit for the CPA exam in
Connecticut
• to meet the AICPA’s Core Competencies necessary for entry into the accounting profession
The two tracks in the degree are auditing and
assurance services, and taxation and health care.
The State of Connecticut requires 60 liberal arts
credits, 30 business credits, and 36 accounting
credits as well as a total of 150 credit hours to take
the CPA examination. Upon completion of the
degree, students are eligible to sit for the CPA
examination in Connecticut and other states as
well as pursue a career in public or private
accounting.
This program is primarily for students who
hold undergraduate accounting degrees. Students
who do not have undergraduate degrees in
accounting may have to take prerequisite courses
and should discuss their background with the chair
of the Department of Accounting. Students who
wish to take the CPA exam in a state other than
Connecticut should become familiar with the
requirements in that state.
Admission
To enroll in the M.S. in Accounting Program, the
following must be submitted, along with the official application, to the Quinnipiac University
Office of Graduate Admissions:
• application fee of $45
• résumé (optional, may be attached)
• all post-high school official transcripts
• two recommendations (may be professional or
academic)
• standardized test scores (GMAT required unless
evidence of satisfactory performance in another
graduate program or possession of a professional
certification, e.g. CPA, CMA)
• copy of professional license or certification,
if applicable
163
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 164
Program of Study
The 30 credits for the degree are represented by
three courses in the business core, four courses in
the accounting core, two specialized courses, and a
seminar. Specifically:
Business Core:
Accounting Core:
Seminar:
Specialization
3 courses
4 courses
1 course
2 courses
(9 credits)
(12 credits)
(3 credits)
(6 credits)
Total: 12 courses (30 credits)
Business Core—select three courses (9 credits):
FIN 604
Risk Management
3
IB 601
International Business
3
MG 603
Project Management
3
MG 620
Self Management
3
LW 601
Legal & Regulatory Issues
3
Accounting Core: four courses (12 credits):
Select four courses: (12 credits)
AC 613
Financial Statement Analysis
3
AC 615
Tax Aspects of Management Decisions
3
AC 617
Accounting Information Systems
3
AC 619
Tax Research
3
AC 632
Global Accounting
3
Research Seminar: one course (3 credits)
AC 668
Seminar in Financial Accounting
3
Accounting Specializations: Select two courses from one of
the following specializations:
Assurance Services and Taxation
Assurance Services: two courses (6 credits)
AC 612
Auditing Case Studies
3
AC 614
Forensic Accounting
3
AC 616
Information Systems Audit
3
Taxation: Select 2 courses (6 credits)
AC 620
Federal Income Tax Principles
3
AC 621
Corporate Taxation
3
AC 623
Taxation of Partnerships
3
AC 629
Taxation of Not for Profits
3
AC 639
Taxation of Compensation
3
III. Master of Science in
Computer Information Systems
The target audiences for this degree are twofold.
One group is undergraduate computer information
systems majors who wish to continue their education in this discipline to obtain in-depth knowledge in the field in general and selected areas of
concentration. Another group consists of persons
who are, or desire to be, employed in computerrelated areas and who wish to gain in-depth
knowledge in the field in general and selected areas
of concentration to both improve their performance and productivity in their current positions
and enhance career opportunities with current
and/or future employers.
Applications to the M.S. in Computer Information Systems program at Quinnipiac University are
considered on a rolling basis and are not evaluated
until all materials and fees are received by the university. A complete application consists of the following: an application form, application fee, two
recommendations, a recent résumé and official
transcripts of all undergraduate and graduate work
completed.
In order to be admitted to the program an applicant must have completed an undergraduate degree
program with a G.P.A. of at least 2.75. Please note
that this is a necessary but not necessarily sufficient
requirement for admission to the program. Work
experience and recommendations also are strongly
considered in the admission process.
The prerequisites for the program are:
1. An undergraduate degree in a field of business
completed within the last five years or
2. Completion of two semesters of accounting and
two semesters of management courses within
the last five years.
3.The Quinnipiac University courses CIS 205 and
CIS 220 or their equivalent and
4. Two semesters of computer language programming, either two semesters of one language or
one semester in each of two languages within
the last five years.
Program of Study
The program consists of 33 credits at the 600 level
consisting of six required (18 credits) and five
elective courses.
164
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 165
Eight required core courses as follows:
CIS 610
Information Systems Management
CIS 620
Data Management—Concepts
CIS 621
Data Management—Applications
CIS 630
Systems Analysis and Design—Concepts
CIS 631
Systems Analysis and Design—Applications
CIS 640
Communications and Networking—Concepts
CIS 641
Communications and Networking—Applications
CIS 695
Information Systems Strategy
Eight elective courses chosen from among three or more
career tracks:
Note: Students must complete at least three (3)
complete career tracks (2 courses from a given
topic area) and any two additional courses.
Career Tracks
Data Management
CIS 622
Database Architecture
CIS 623
Database Administration
Data Integration
CIS 626
Information Retrieval
CIS 627
Data Warehousing and Data Mining
Advanced Analysis and Design
CIS 632
Advanced Design Methodologies
CIS 633
System Integration
Networks and Telecommunication
CIS 642
Network Design and Implementation
CIS 643
Managing the Telecommunications Resource
Information Systems Security
CIS 650
Information System Security
CIS 651
Internet, Intranets, and Extranets
Electronic Commerce
CIS 660
Electronic Commerce Implementation
CIS 661
Electronic Commerce Management
General Electives
CIS 690
Project and Change Management
CIS 691
Field Internship
Samples of Course Sequencing
Sample One-Year Program:
Fall
CIS 610
CIS General Elective
CIS 620
CIS 621
CIS 630
CIS 631
CIS 640
CIS 641
Spring
CIS 622
CIS 623
CIS 626
CIS 627
CIS 632
CIS 633
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
CIS 650
CIS 695
Sample Two-Year Program:
Fall
CIS 610
CIS General Elective
CIS 620
CIS 621
Spring
CIS 630
CIS 631
CIS 640
CIS 641
Fall
CIS 622
CIS 623
CIS 626
CIS 627
Spring
CIS 632
CIS 633
CIS 661
CC 695
IV. Master of Health
Administration
Quinnipiac University, one of the most prominent
centers of health services education in the Northeast, offers a graduate program in health administration focused on preparing students for administrative roles in health care organizations of every
kind.The program provides students with the necessary knowledge and skills to assume management positions in hospitals, health insurance companies, managed care organizations, group
practices, government regulatory agencies and
pharmaceutical companies.
The Master of Health Administration program
is taught by doctoral trained full-time faculty and
adjunct faculty with extensive experience in health
services.The program offers students currently
employed in the health care industry, as well as
students new to the field, the opportunity to
expand their theoretical and practical knowledge of
health services.
Two concentrations, each leading to the
M.H.A. degree, are offered in the graduate health
administration program: general health administration and long-term care administration (commonly known as nursing home administration).
Students interested in nursing home administration may also choose a non-degree long-term care
certificate program. Quinnipiac University is one
of four institutions of higher learning in Connecticut authorized by the Department of Public
Health to prepare candidates for licensure in nursing home administration.
165
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 166
The M.H.A. program requires a minimum of
39 credit hours (13 courses) for the concentration
in general health administration, while 45 credit
hours (15 courses) are required by the state of
Connecticut for the concentration in long-term
care administration.
Admission
Admission to the M.H.A. program is considered
on a rolling basis throughout the year for both
full- and part-time study. Applications are
reviewed when all materials and the application fee
are received by the university graduate admissions
office.Therefore it is important that candidates
submit their applications as far in advance as possible to assure consideration for their desired starting
semester. A complete application consists of an
application form accompanied by the application
fee, GMAT scores, two recommendations, a current resume, and transcripts of all undergraduate
and graduate work.
The Quinnipiac University School of Business
uses a numerical system as a major component of
its graduate program admissions process.The
school requires that the candidate ’s G.P.A. multiplied by 200 added to the candidate’s total GMAT
score is a minimum value of 1000. However, the
candidate also must score a minimum of 400 out
of 800 on the GMAT examination and must have
had a minimum undergraduate G.P.A. of 2.5 on a
4.0 grade scale to qualify for admission. Please
note that fulfilling these minimum numerical standards does not guarantee admission. Work experience and recommendations are also considered in
the admissions process.
A. Five-Year B.S./M.H.A. Program
This 150-credit hour program is designed for outstanding undergraduate students majoring in business administration or other Quinnipiac University
degree programs. In order to complete the program in five years, a student must apply for admission to the five-year B.S./M.H.A. program during
the last semester of the junior year. In order to
qualify for admission into the program, a student
must have an overall G.P.A. of at least 3.0 for at
least 75 units at Quinnipiac and a 3.25 in one’s
major. If these standards are met, then the Graduate Management Admissions Test is not required
for admission to this program. In order to continue
166
in the program, the student must maintain an
overall G.P.A. of at least 3.0.
The general curriculum consists of four
components:
• the prerequisite courses
• business core courses
• specific health management courses geared to
each concentration
• the residency or the consulting practicum
Prerequisite courses may be waived by the program
director upon evidence of satisfactory completion
of appropriate undergraduate work in the subject
matter or the passing of a waiver examination
administered through the School of Business.
B. Five-Year Gerontology B.A./
M.H.A. Program
To meet the need for well-trained professionals to
manage organizations devoted to serving older
adults, a five-year, two-degree program has been
developed for students interested in majoring in
gerontology at the undergraduate level who also
wish to earn a Master of Health Administration.
In order to qualify for admission into the program,
a student must have an overall G.P.A. of at least
3.0 for at least 75 units at Quinnipiac and a 3.25
in the major. If these standards are met, then the
Graduate Management Admissions Test is not
required for admission to this program.
Students may be accepted into the program at the
end of their sophomore year or during their junior
year. As undergraduates, students will begin taking
graduate courses during their junior and senior
years.The program requires the completion of
150 credits—120 at the undergraduate level and
30 at the graduate level. In order to continue in
the program, the student must maintain an overall
G.P.A. of at least 3.0. Students interested in
this program should contact the director of the
gerontology program.
C. General Health Administration
Program
Course Requirements
The curriculum consists of four components:
• prerequisite courses
• business core courses
GR A D UAT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 167
• required health administration courses and
specialization courses
• a residency or consulting practicum
A prerequisite course may be waived by the
program director if the student has completed
undergraduate work in the subject.
Prerequisite Courses
(9 credit hours required—unless waived)
AC 501
Introduction to Accounting
3
EC 501
Economic Analysis
3
QM 503
Statistical Methods
3
Business Core Courses
(12 credit hours required—choose 4 out of 5)
CIS 601
Information Systems for Management
Planning and Control
3
EC 601
Economics of Management
3
FIN 601
Financial Management
3
MK 601
Marketing Management
3
QM 601
Quantitative Decisions Analysis
3
Health Administration Program Core Courses
(27 credit hours)
Required courses
(12 credit hours required)
HM 600
Organization and Management
in Health Care Facilities
3
HM 626
Epidemiology
3
HM 670
Health Economics
3
HM 720
Health Care Integrative Seminar
3
Specialization courses
(9 credit hours required, select three courses)
HM 609
International Health Perspectives
3
HM 621
Quality Management in Health Care Facilities 3
HM 625
Introduction to Physician Practice
Management
3
HM 641
Managing Computer Systems in Health Care 3
HM 645
Gerontology
3
HM 660
Human Resources Management
in Health Services Administration
3
HM 663
Integrated Health Care Systems:
Managed Care
3
HM 664
Financial Management in Health Care
Management
3
HM 665
Patient Care Services
3
HM 666
Health Planning
3
HM 667
Strategic Planning and Marketing
in Health Services
3
HM 668
Legal Aspects of Health Care Delivery
3
HM 669
Organization/Management of
Long-Term Care
3
HM 671
Health Policy and Politics
3
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
HM 772
Comprehensive Examination in Health
Administration
Residency or Consulting Practicum
(6 credit hours)
HM 780/781 Residency I/II*
-orHM 783/784 Consulting Practicum I/II*
3
6
6
*The residency in general health services administration
involves a 500-clock hour (6 credit hours) internship in either a
general acute care hospital or a health maintenance organization (HMO) setting. Other facilities may be used with the permission of the program director. The consulting practicum consists of a student working with a faculty member in an actual
consulting engagement to solve real problems for a health
organization.In lieu of this requirement,students may pursue
two additional electives and a comprehensive examination (30
total credits in health administration courses).This option is
available only with the permission of the program director.
D. Long-Term Care Administration
Residency Program
(45 credit hours required for State of Connecticut
Licensure Eligibility)
Prerequisite Courses
(9 credit hours required, unless waived)
Business Core Courses
(12 credit hours required)
Health Administration Program Core Courses
(27 credit hours)
HM 669
Organization and Management of
Long-Term Facilities
3
HM 641
Managing Computer Systems in
Health Care
3
HM 645
Gerontology
3
HM 660
Human Resource Management
in Health Services Administration
3
HM 664
Financial Management in Health Care
3
HM 665
Patient Care Services
HM 667
Strategic Planning and Marketing in
Health Services
3
HM 720
Health Care Integrative Management Seminar 3
HM 780*
Residency I
3
HM 781*
Residency II
3
Specialization courses (select 1-4, depending on number
of prerequisite courses taken):
HM 607
Interpersonal and Group Relations in Health
Professions
3
HM 621
Quality Management in Health Care Facilities 3
HM 626
Epidemiology
3
HM 663
Integrated Health Systems and Managed Care 3
167
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
HM 668
HM 670
HM 671
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 168
Legal Aspects of Health Care Delivery
Health Economics
Health Policies and Politics
3
3
3
*Quinnipiac’s long-term care residency program involves a 500
clock-hour traineeship in a skilled nursing facility for 6
graduate credits.The residency site and licensed preceptor must
be approved by the program director and the residency
coordinator. When possible, the residency should be completed
toward the end of the master’s degree program and within a
year of completion of the required long-term care
administration course, HM 669.
E. Certificate Program in
Long-Term Care Administration
Individuals who wish to become licensed nursing
home administrators in the State of Connecticut
must pass a licensure examination offered by the
Department of Public Health. To be eligible for
this examination, applicants must either complete
the master’s degree outlined above or a non-degree
certificate course of study.
The certificate course of study consists of two
components: an academic course and a 900-hour
residency in a skilled nursing facility. The course,
HM 669 Organization and Management of LongTerm Care Facilities, is generally offered in the fall
and spring semesters.The residency program is
offered under two courses—HM 790 and HM
791, each of which grants 450 hours of residency
(4 credit hours each). Two restrictions apply to the
residency program. First, the residency must be
started within one year of the completion of the
academic course. (Students may petition the
Department of Public Health in writing through
Quinnipiac if there is justification to begin the residency at another time.) Second, at least one half
of the residency (450 hours) must be completed at
a site where the student has had no previous financial or employment relationship. A detailed packet
of information on this program is available in the
Office of Graduate Admissions.
168
School of Business and
School of Law
J.D./M.B.A.
Students may apply for acceptance to both the
Law School and the M.B.A. program and, upon
completion of both programs, receive a business
and a law degree.This specialized joint program
shortens the length of time necessary to receive the
degrees.There is an 18 credit hour overlap—nine
credits in each program—that counts toward both
degrees.Three law courses are used to fulfill the
three-elective course requirement of the M.B.A.
program.The thesis research project option is not
available to students in the joint program.
Admissions for these programs are handled separately, but a student should inform both admissions offices of an interest in this joint degree program. Students accepted into the School of Law
are not required to take the GMAT.
Once accepted to both programs, a student typically completes one year of law studies and then
begins taking courses from both programs concurrently, finishing both program’s requirements in
the same semester. A student may be admitted to
one program and, prior to meeting the graduation
requirements for that program, apply for the joint
degree program.
J.D./M.H.A.
Students may apply separately for admission to
both the School of Law and the M.H.A. programs
to receive a J.D./M.H.A. degree upon completion
of required course work. Generally, law students
apply for admission to the M.H.A. program during or after their first year of law school.This specialized program shortens the length of time necessary to receive both degrees since there is an 18
credit hour overlap—nine credits in each program
that reciprocally count toward each degree.Three
law courses are accepted as substitutes for the
required three elective courses in the M.H.A. program. Accepted law students therefore need to
complete only 30 course credit hours (10 courses)
in the M.H.A. program to receive the joint degree.
Admissions to the law school and the M.H.A.
program are handled separately, but a law student
should inform the law school admissions office of
GR A D U AT E S TU D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 169
an interest in this joint degree program. Active
Quinnipiac University law students are not
required to take the GMAT examination for
admission to the M.H.A. program.
Admitted students generally begin taking
courses in both programs during the second year of
law school.The J.D./M.H.A. program usually
requires four years to fulfill the requirements of
both programs, at which time both degrees are
conferred.
School of
Communications
I. Master of Science in e-Media
II. Master of Science in Journalism
I. Master of Science in e-Media
The Master of Science in e-Media Program, also
30 credits,offers students the opportunity to hone
their project management expertise in the development of Internet and interactive projects. The
program offers in-depth instruction in the process,
techniques and tools of interactive development as
they relate to the Internet and other major media
such as print, radio, television and film.
The Quinnipiac University graduate program in
e-Media trains students to serve as project managers
in the development of Web sites for corporate,
media and non-profit organizations. Students
acquire familiarity with a variety of technical tools
that form the underpinnings of complex Web sites,
from graphics applications to automated Web page
builders. That knowledge is then deployed in
practical use within projects that form the capstone
of the program.
In addition to polishing skills regarding Web site
development, students examine the theoretical and
conceptual elements to the intellectual functionality
of the Internet as an information utility for both
broad and narrow audiences. Students discuss the
differences between micromedia and mass media as
embodied in the emergence of the Internet as a tool
for individual as well as collective wants and needs.
Admission
Admission is competitive and based on undergraduate performance, experience in the field (either as
G RADUATE ST UDIE S
a student or professional), professional recommendations and an essay. Applications from students
who majored in disciplines other than journalism
and mass communications are welcome. It is
recommended that recent graduates of a bachelor’s
program have a solid liberal arts foundation.
Professional accomplishments count heavily for
applicants already in the workforce. Students in
the e-Media program are required to own a
computer that meets specified standards, and
utilize a standardized set of software tools.
Academic Achievement Requirements
Students must maintain a cumulative quality point
average of 3.0 or better. The Academic Advisory
Committee for the program,including the director,
department chair and dean, reviews a student’s academic progress and determines whether the student
has the skills,attributes and demeanor required for
success in the field, including characteristics of
integrity and honor expected of a graduate student.
Program of Study
EM 501
Introduction to Interactive Digital Multimedia
EM 502
Digital Visual Design
EM 503
Web Publishing I
EM 504
Web Publishing II
EM 521
Writing for Interactive Media
EM 522
Interactive Media & Society
EM 523
Digital Project Management
EM 524
The Moving Image
EM 526
Interactive Authoring & Animation
And one of the following:
EM 525
Producing the Moving Image
EM 527
New Media & Online Resources in Education,
Business & Journalism
Students who can demonstrate proficiency in any
of the required areas of study may substitute any
one of the following electives, by permission of the
program director. Students must meet any entr y
or prerequisite requirements of the school, division
or department offering the course:
Electives:
MSS 502
JRN 501
JRN 523
CIS 620
CIS 621
CIS 640
CIS 641
Media and the Law
Story in Journalism
Computer-Assisted Reporting
Data Management—Concepts
Data Management—Applications
Communications & Networking—Concepts
Communications & Networking—Applications
169
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
CIS 660
CIS 661
ED 554
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 170
Electronic Commerce Implementation
Electronic Commerce Management
Educational Technologies and Classroom
Applications
II. Master of Science in Journalism
The primary objective of this program is to educate news professionals and to prepare for the
technologies of the future and the news media’s
impact and responsibilities in our democratic, pluralistic society. To achieve this goal, this 12-month
(24-month part-time) program emphasizes excel lence in writing, critical thinking, and the use of
computer-driven technologies to gather information and distribute news and information.
Graduates develop [a] reporting and writing
skills; [b] an understanding of major news media
issues, journalistic ethics, news media law and the
impact of news media on society; and [c] a familiarity with computer-driven information systems.
This combination of skills is an expression of
Quinnipiac’s overall mission: to prepare graduates
who manifest critical and creative thinking, effective communication skills, and informed value
judgments.The program aims to educate graduates
who possess an educational foundation for continued growth and development in a changing world
of diverse cultures and people.
Admission
Admission is competitive and based on undergraduate performance, experience in the field (either as a
student or professional), professional recommendations and a portfolio of printed work or audiotapes
or videotapes and essay. Applications from students
who majored in disciplines other than journalism
and mass communications are welcome. It is
recommended that recent graduates of a bachelor’s
program have a solid liberal arts foundation.
Professional accomplishments count heavily for
applicants already in the workforce.
Program of Study
Fall
JRN 501
MSS 502
MSS 503
JRN 504
Spring
JRN 521
170
The Story in Journalism
Media & the Law
New Information Technologies
Print Reporting
Writing for the Ear
MSS 522
The Social Role & Impact of the News Media
JRN 523
Computer-Assisted Reporting
JRN 524
Broadcast Journalism
Summer
and two of the following:
JRN 532
Advanced TV News Production
JRN 533
Advanced Print Journalism
MSS 530
Independent Project
MSS 531
Internship
Students who demonstrate proficiency in any of the required
areas of study may take the following elective.
Elective
MSS 525
Media Management
School of Health Sciences
I. Master of Health Sciences
A. Pathologists’ Assistant
B. Medical Laboratory Sciences
C. Physician Assistant
The State of Connecticut is a growing center of
nationally known medical facilities, biotechnology
development and pharmaceutical research and
manufacture.These institutions have increased
demands for individuals with up-to-date training.
The Master of Health Science program offers several majors that meet these standards. A full-time
program for pathologists’ assistants provides training in pathology, anatomy and the medical sci ences.The medical laboratory sciences/biomedical
sciences program provides laboratory professionals
with the opportunity to specialize in fields such as
microbiology, laboratory management and biomedical sciences.The physician assistant program
provides full-time instruction in the basic medical
and clinical sciences needed for certification and a
graduate degree in a growing profession.
Admission
Students who hold a baccalaureate degree in the
biological, medical or health sciences are eligible
for admission to the Master of Health Sciences
degree program. A detailed autobiography of personal, professional and educational achievements as
well as two letters of reference must be submitted
with a student ’s application. Applications may be
obtained from the Office of Graduate Admissions.
Applicants should refer to the graduate admission
GR A D UAT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 171
requirements found previously in this catalog.
The Quinnipiac University physician assistant
program participates in the Central Application
Service for Physician Assistants (CASPA). Go to
www.caspaonline.org for more information regarding the application process and fees. All applications, transcripts, references and other supporting
materials are submitted directly to CASPA. Applicants may contact the Office of Graduate Admissions for a paper application.
The physician assistant program admits stu dents on a year ly basis.The deadline for applications is December 1 (November 1 for individuals
with foreign transcripts). Interviews are conducted
in February; classes begin in late May/early June.
I. Master of Health Science
A. Pathologists’ Assistant Program
The objective of Quinnipiac University’s pathologists’ assistant program is to prepare students with
comprehensive knowledge in the practice and
operation of a pathology laboratory. The program
aims to maximize the students’ technical proficiency and creative thinking by successfully integrating
didactic biomedical knowledge with hospital-based
training. The culmination of this type of training
assures that the graduates of the program are able
to carry out a myriad of functions critical in
becoming a successful pathologists’ assistant.
Students are admitted to the pathologists’
assistant program on a year ly basis.The deadline
for application is January 15. Interviews are
conducted until February and a class cycle begins
the first week in June. Applications to the medical
laboratory science program are accepted throughout the year.
General Information
The purpose of this program is to train qualified
candidates to be pathologists’ assistants. Upon successful completion of their training, graduates are
employed by pathologists in hospital laboratories,
clinical laboratories and medical research centers.
Currently, there is a nationwide demand for
pathologists’ assistants.This demand results from
the tremendous explosion in medical information
and technology, the demand for new and more
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
sophisticated pathological determinations and a
national decline in the number of medical residents in pathology. Through their graduate studies,
pathologists’ assistant students are able to:
1. Develop a comprehensive knowledge of scientific facts, principles and data that contribute to
the practice and operation of a pathology
laboratory.
2. Understand performance-based education in
order to assist the anatomic pathologist in the
hospital or in other medical environments.
3. Compare the structure and physiological functions of normal organs, tissues and cells to those
of abnormal ones.
4. Understand the characteristics of stains and the
staining properties of normal and abnormal cells
and their cellular constituents.
5. Assist the pathologist who is determining the
pathogenesis of disease by:
a. Properly collecting and handling specimens
and keeping appropriate records using biomedical/photography techniques.
b. Submitting tissues and selecting the necessary
and appropriate techniques for processing and
proper staining procedures.
c. Reviewing histological slides for technical
quality and collecting clinical information and
laboratory data for final diagnosis by the
pathologist.
6. Perform a postmortem examination and relate
the clinical history to the results of the
dissection.
7. Recognize and record anatomic and morphologic changes in relation to clinical manifestations
and laboratory data for the pathologist’s interpretation.
8. Understand the operation and services provided
by the anatomic pathology laboratories and
develop skills for the operation and management
of the autopsy suite and surgical cutting room.
9. Interact with the pathologist by integrating
didactic biomedical knowledge with practical
hospital-based training.
10.Through management training and experience,
supervise and coordinate the work of other laboratory professionals.
The program is a cooperative educational endeavor
involving Quinnipiac University; the Veterans
Administration Medical Center (WHVAMC),
West Haven, CT; Hospital of St. Raphael, New
Haven, CT; Norwalk Community Hospital, Nor171
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 172
walk, CT; St. Vincent’s Medical Center, Bridgeport,
CT; Stamford Hospital, Stamford, CT; St. Francis
Hospital,Hartford, CT; CT State Medical Examiner Office, Farmington, CT; UConn Health Center,
Farmington, CT; Hartford Hospital, Hartford,CT;
Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven,
CT; Baylor Methodist Hospital, Houston, TX;
Columbia Presbyterian Hospital, New Yo rk ,N Y;
Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston, MA; and
Crouse Hospital, Syracuse, NY. The program consists of both classroom and clinical training. When
not attending formal courses or working with specific tutors, trainees are assigned to the laboratory
service of the WHVAMC and/or other hospitals for
practical training in anatomic pathology. Quinnipiac
University is a charter member of the Association of
Pathologists’ Assistant Training Programs, and its
program meets criteria established by the American
Association of Pathologists’ Assistants. This program is fully accredited by the National Accrediting
Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS), 8410 West Bryn Mawr Avenue, Suite 670,
Chicago, IL 60631-3415.
Curriculum
First Year (College-based Didactic Course Work)
Summer Session
Credits
PA 502
Medical Terminology: Advanced
2
PA 511
Human Microscopic Anatomy
4
PA 512
Human Anatomy
4
PA 515
Human Physiology
4
PA 526
Biomedical Photography/Forensic Imaging
4
Total 18
Fall Semester
PA 513
Basic Human Pathology I
3
PA 535
Disease Mechanisms
4
BI 517
Human Embryology
3
BI 532
Histology
4
PA518
Laboratory Management
3
Total 17
Spring Semester
PA 514
Basic Human Pathology II
3
PA 516
Clinical Pathology
4
PA 517
Applied Anatomic Pathology
4
LS 532
Histochemistry
3
BI 572
Pathogenic Microbiology
4
Total 18
Second Year
(12-Month Hospital-based Clinical Training Session)
Summer Session
PA 520
Autopsy Pathology I
6
172
PA 523
Surgical Pathology I
Fall Semester
PA 521
Autopsy Pathology II
PA 524
Surgical Pathology II
Spring Semester
PA 522
Autopsy Pathology III
PA 525
Surgical Pathology III
6
Total 12
6
6
Total 12
6
6
Total 12
In addition to the college-based classroom course
work taken during the first year, the student is
introduced and oriented to the pathologists’ assistant profession by weekly attendance at clinical
and gross conferences at the WHVAMC.This
facilitates early integration of the classroom course
work with intensive clinical training during the
second year. Failure to maintain an overall GPA of
3.0 at the end of the Spring semester of the first
year will result in automatic dismissal from the
program.
B. Medical Laboratory Sciences
Program
The purpose of Quinnipiac University’s medical
laboratory sciences program is to prepare students
to function effectively in the greatly expanding
field of biomedical research and diagnostic testing.
The three specialties included in the program
(biomedical sciences, microbiology and laborator y
management) and the integration of courses from
these individual specialties provides the student
with a comprehensive knowledge to meet the
education and technical needs of the laboratory
professional in pharmaceutical, biotechnology and
medical research as well as diagnostic settings.
Students who successfully complete their studies
have the option of employment by research/
development industry, diagnostic companies or
continuing their education toward a degree in
Ph.D. programs.
General Information
Medical laboratory research and diagnostic testing
are among today’s most exciting professions.The
last decade has brought many exciting breakthroughs in the diagnosis and treatment of disease
as well as new challenges such as AIDS, Lyme disease and the resurgence of tuberculosis.These new
developments and challenges require laboratory
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 173
professionals to stay on the cutting edge of their
field. New techniques have to be mastered, new
theories and concepts understood, and new means
of managing the more complex operations of laboratories developed.The medical laboratory sciences
program at Quinnipiac is specially designed to
meet the educational needs of laboratory professionals in both research and medical diagnostic
settings.The program provides the training that is
necessary to stay current with today’s rapidly
changing technology and to assume positions of
greater responsibility.
Admission
Students who hold a baccalaureate degree in the
biological, medical or health sciences are eligible
for admission to the Medical Laboratory Sciences
Program. A detailed autobiography of personal,
professional and educational achievements as well
as two letters of reference must be submitted with
a student’s application. Applications may be
obtained from the Office of Graduate Admissions.
Applicants should refer to the graduate admission
requirements found in this catalog.
Program of Study
Students may choose either a thesis or a non-thesis
option in the medical laboratory sciences program.
Both options require students to take four courses
in their specialization while allowing students to
choose a number of electives to meet their individual needs.
The curriculum of the medical laboratory
sciences program is designed to allow students to
achieve the following objectives:
1. Obtain up-to-date knowledge of foundations
and recent advances in the biomedical, biotechnological and clinical sciences.
2. Develop the ability to apply basic knowledge of
medicine, chemistry and biology to advanced
laboratory specialties.
3. Demonstrate competency in research theory
and methodology in order to solve laboratory
problems as economically and expeditiously as
possible.
The curriculum is constructed to allow students
either to work with a particular specialty or to
move among related medical laboratory sciences.
In view of the fact that the medical laboratory sciences represent the application and extension of
the concepts and techniques of physics, chemistry
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
and the biological sciences, it is deemed both necessary and desirable that the state of the art of
these basic sciences be surveyed.
A. Thesis Option Requirements
The curriculum includes a minimum of 35 semester hours including eight hours of thesis (LS 650,
651). A minimum of four courses in an area of
specialization is required. Elective courses could be
chosen from any area of specialization.
Courses
Credits
LS 650, 651 Thesis
8
Minimum of four courses in area of specialization
12-16*
Electives
11-15*
Total Minimum of 35 hours
B. Non-Thesis Option Requirements
The curriculum includes a minimum of 38 semester hours including 2 hours of comprehensive
examination (LS 670 series exam courses).A minimum of four courses is required in an area of specialization. Elective courses may be chosen from
any area of specialization.
Courses
Credits
Comprehensive Exam
2
Minimum of four courses in area of specialization
12-16*
Electives
20-24*
Total Minimum of 38 hours
*Since most courses are either three or four credit hours,the
total credit hours from area of specialization and total number
of elective courses are based on the number of credit hours for
individual courses.
Biomedical Sciences
(Specialization Courses)
BI 515
BI 518
BI 527
BI 532
BI 560
BI 568
BI 571
BI 576
BI 578
BI 579
BI 580
BI 581
BI 582
BI 583
Advanced Biochemistry
Pathophysiology
Pharmacology
Histology
Protein Biochemistry & Enzymology
Molecular and Cell Biology
Molecular Genetics
Drug Discovery & Development:
Antimicrobial Agents
Cellular Basis of Neurobiological Diseases
Molecular Pathology
Animal Cell Culture
Receptors & Regulatory Mechanisms
Pathobiology
Forensic Pathology
173
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 174
BI 589
BI 605
BI 606
CH 505
Neurophysiology
Molecular & Cell Laboratories I
Molecular & Cell Laboratories II
Chromatography & Separations in
Biochemistry & Medicine
CH 515
Advanced Biochemistry
CH 520
Clinical Chemistry
CH 526
Biochemistry & Pharmacology of
Therapeutic Drugs
CH 528
Topics in Clinical Chemistry
CH 550
Analytical Clinical Toxicology (formerly
Survey of Analytical Toxicology)
CH 552
Introduction of Biochemical Toxicology
LS 503
Computers in the Clinical Laboratory
LS 521
Advances in Hematology
LS 522
Immunology
LS 530
Endocrinology
LS 532 (BI 532) Histology & Histochemistry
LS 561
Immunohematology
LS 562
Blood Coagulation & Hemostasis
LS 563
Anemia
LS 564
Fundamentals of Oncology
LS 565
Leukemia
PA 515
Human Physiology
Lab Management and Administration
HM 520
Organization & Management of Health Care
Facilities
HM 521
Quality Assurance in Health Care Facilities
HM 560
Labor/Personnel Management in Health
Services Administration
HM 563
Health Care Systems in America
HM 564
Financial Management in Health Care
Management
HM 565
Patient Care Services
HM 566
Health Planning
HM 568
Legal Aspects of Health Care Delivery
HM 600
Organization & Management of Health Care
Facilities
HM 607
Interpersonal & Group Relations in the Health
Professions
HM 609
International Health Perspectives
HM 621
Quality Management in Health Care Facilities
HM 626
Epidemiology
HM 641
Managing CIS in Health Care
HM 660
Labor/Personnel Management in Health
Services Administration
HM 663
Integrated Health Systems & Managed Care
HM 664/FIN 664 Financial Management in Health Care
Management
HM 665
Patient Care Services
174
HM 667
Strategic Planning & Marketing in Health
Services
HM 668/PT 631 Legal Aspects of Health Care Delivery
HM 669
Organization & Management of Long-term
Care Facilities
HM 670
Health Economics
LS 540
Principles of Organization & Management of
the Laboratory
LS 546/PY 546 Ethics in Biomedical Research & Health Care
MK 601
Marketing Management
MK 610
Research for Marketing & Business Decisions
Microbiology
BI 528
BI 529
BI 530
BI 531
BI 533
BI 534
BI 542
BI 568
BI 569
BI 570
BI 571
BI 572
BI 573
BI 574
BI 575
BI 576
BI 577
BI 579
BI 580
BI 605
BI 606
LS 522
Advanced Clinical Parasitology
Medical Entomology
Advanced Clinical Protozoology
Advanced Clinical Helminthology
Air, Water & Soil Microbiology
Industrial Microbiology/Biotechnology
Advanced Microbiology
Molecular & Cell Biology
Antimicrobial Therapy
Virology
Molecular Genetics
Pathogenic Microbiology
Mycology
Microbial Physiology
Food Microbiology
Drug Discovery & Development:
Antimicrobial Agents
Principles & Techniques in Electron
Microscopy
Molecular Pathology
Animal Cell Culture
Molecular & Cell Laboratories I
Molecular & Cell Laboratories II
Immunology
Medical Laboratory Sciences Electives
BI 500
BI 515
BI 517
BI 518
BI 526
BI 527
BI 528
BI 529
BI 530
BI 531
BI 532
BI 533
Writing & Science
Advanced Biochemistry
Human Embryology
Pathophysiology
Principles of Epidemiology
Pharmacology
Advanced Clinical Parasitology
Medical Entomology
Advanced Clinical Protozoology
Advanced Clinical Helminthology
Histology
Air, Water & Soil Microbiology
GRADUATE STUDIE S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
BI 534
BI 542
BI 560
BI 568
BI 569
BI 570
BI 571
BI 572
BI 573
BI 574
BI 575
BI 576
10:32 AM
Page 175
Industrial Microbiology/Biotechnology
Psychophysiology of Pain
Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
Molecular & Cell Biology
Antimicrobial Therapy
Virology
Molecular Genetics
Pathogenic Microbiology
Mycology
Microbial Physiology
Food Microbiology
Drug Discovery & Development:
Antimicrovial Agents
BI 577
Principles & Techniques in Electron
Microscopy
BI 578
Cellular Basis of Neurobiological Disorders
BI 579
Molecular Pathology
BI 580
Animal Cell Culture
BI 581
Receptors & Regulatory Mechanisms
BI 582
Pathobiology
BI 583
Forensic Pathology
BI 589
Neurophysiology
BI 605
Molecular & Cell Laboratories I
BI 606
Molecular & Cell Laboratories II
CH 505
Chromatography & Separations in
Biochemistry & Medicine
CH 515
Advanced Biochemistry
CH 520
Clinical Chemistry
CH 526
Biochemistry & Pharmacology of
Therapeutic Drugs
CH 528
Topics in Clinical Chemistry
CH 550
Analytical Clinical Toxicology (formerly
Survey of Analytical Toxicology)
CH 552
Introduction of Biochemical Toxicology
HM 600
Organization & Management of
Health Care Facilities
HM 607
Interpersonal & Group Relations in the
Health Professions
HM 609
International Health Perspectives
HM 621
Quality Management in Health Care Facilities
HM 625
Introduction to Physician Practice
Management
HM 626
Epidemiology
HM 641
Managing CIS in Health Care
MH 660
Human Resource Management in Health
Services Administration
HM 663
Integrated Health Systems & Managed Care
HM 664/FIN 664 Financial Management in Health Care
Management
HM 666
Health Planning
HM 665
Patient Care Services
G R A D U AT E S T U D I E S
HM 667
Strategic Planning & Marketing in Health
Services
HM 668/PT 631 Legal Aspects of Health Care Delivery
HM 669
Organization & Management of Long-Term
Care Facilities
HM 671
Health Policy and Politics
HM 670
Health Economics
MK 601
Marketing Management
MK 610
Research for Marketing & Business Decisions
LS 503
Computers in the Clinical Laboratory
LS 510
Biostatistics
LS 521
Advances in Hematology
LS 522
Immunology
LS 523
HIV/AIDS Epidemiology
LS 525
Immunology
LS 526
Infectious Disease Epidemiology
LS 530
Endocrinology
LS 532
Histochemistry
LS 536
Sexually Transmitted Diseases
LS 540
Principles of Organization & Management of
the Laboratory
LS 546/PY 546 Ethics in Biomedical Research & Health Care
LS 561
Immunohematology
LS 562
Blood Coagulation & Hemostasis
LS 563
Anemias
LS 564
Fundamentals of Oncology
LS 565
Leukemia
LS 688
Independent Study
LS 689
Independent Study
PA 515
Human Physiology
PA 535
Disease Mechanisms
C. Physician Assistant Program
The physician assistant program of Quinnipiac
University embodies the university’s commitment
to three important values: excellence in education,
sensitivity to students, and a spirit of community.
The university as a whole strives to prepare graduates who manifest critical and creative thinking,
effective communication skills, informed value
judgments, and who possess an educational foundation for continued growth and development in a
changing world of diverse cultures and people.The
physician assistant program is a manifestation of
one of the special missions of the university to
“provide opportunity for an integrated liberal and
technical education” that enables students to prepare for and advance in their professional careers
and to make responsible decisions in a society that
increasingly demands understanding of the
175
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 176
humanities, the social and natural sciences and
technology.
Specifically the physician assistant program at is
committed to:
1.The development of well-educated and skilled
primary care physician assistants who contribute
to the provision of quality health care to all individuals in a variety of clinical settings.
2. Providing the didactic and clinical education in
the basic and behavioral sciences and medical
disciplines necessary to produce competent
health care providers.
3.The development of physician assistants who
can critically evaluate medical literature through
thorough understanding of research methodologies thus enhancing their ability to deliver quality medical care.
4. Enhancing appreciation for social and cultural
effects on the delivery of health care through
exposure to a variety of clinical settings serving
multi-ethnic communities.
5. Equipping the students with an understanding
of health care policies and systems to enhance
their leadership qualities in community and professional endeavors.
General Information
case summaries,determining and implementing
diagnostic procedures and therapeutic plans at the
direction of the physician-supervisor.
5. Instruct, counsel and prescribe for patients
regarding physical and mental health, including
proper diet, disease prevention, therapy, normal
growth and development, family planning,
lifestyle risks, situational adjustment reactions
and other health care matters.
6. Deliver or assist in the delivery of services to
patients requiring continuing care in homes,
nursing homes and extended care facilities,
including reviewing and monitoring treatment
and therapy plans.
7. Perform independent evaluation and initiate therapeutic procedures in life-threatening events.
8. Facilitate referral to community resources, health
facilities and agencies and arrange appropriate
patient follow-up.
9. Is prepared to critically evaluate medical literature, policies and systems to enhance their leadership qualities in community and professional
endeavors.
Quinnipiac is a member of the Association of
Physician Assistant Programs and accredited by
the Accreditation Review Commission on Education for the Physician Assistant, Inc. (ARC-PA).
This program trains qualified individuals to be
highly skilled members of the health care team
who, working under the supervision of a physician,
provide diagnostic and therapeutic patient care.
Currently there is tremendous demand for this
sought after professional who works in a number
of health care facilities ranging from private practices to tertiary care hospitals. Graduates of this
program are able to do the following:
1. Elicit a detailed and accurate history and perform the appropriate physical examination;
record and present pertinent data, including
interpretive recommendations, in a manner
meaningful to the physician.
2. Perform and/or interpret routine diagnostic
studies such as common radiologic studies, routine laboratory procedures and electrocardiographic studies.
3. Perform such routine procedures as injections,
suturing, wound management, incision and
drainage of superficial infections, cast application and simple fracture follow-up.
4. Assist the physician by performing patient rounds,
recording patient progress notes and pertinent
Interested candidates must possess, at a minimum:
• a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution in the United States
• 16 semester credits of biology with labs (credits
must be in mammalian or human biology),
including 3-4 credits of microbiology and 6-8
credits of anatomy and physiology prior to
application
• 8-12 semester credits of chemistry with labs,
including 3-4 credits of organic or biochemistry
prior to application
• 3 semester credits of college algebra, statistics, or
equivalent prior to application
• all prerequisites must be completed at a regionally accredited institution in the United States
• scores from the tests of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) or (IELTS) International
English Language Testing System if the applicant is from a non-English speaking country
• a cumulative G.P.A. of 3.00 and science G.P.A.
of 3.00
• two letters of reference
176
Admission
GRADUATE STUDIE S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 177
• personal narrative
• an application fee
• a minimum of one year (2,000 hours) direct patient
care experience in the U.S. health-care system
Admission to the program is highly competitive.
Applications are reviewed relative to undergraduate
cumulative and science G.P.A., patient care
experience, completion of narrative and letters of
reference. Personal interviews, required for admission,
are offered to the most qualified individuals.
Program of Study
First Year
Summer Session
PY 517
Human Anatomy
PY 515
Clinical Pathology
PY 501
Human Physiology
PY 508
Diagnostic Methods I
PY 503
Principles of Interviewing
PY 507
Principles of Electrocardiography
Master of Science
I.
4
3
4
2
3
1
17 cr.
Fall Session
PY 502
Physical Diagnosis
4
PY 572
Medical Microbiology & Infectious Diseases 4
PY 506
Principles of Medicine
6
PY 505
Clinical Pharmacology I
2
PY 514
Diagnostic Methods II
1
17 cr.
Spring Session
PY 509
Principles of Obstetrics and Gynecology
3
PY 510
Principles of Pediatrics
3
PY 511
Principles of Surgical and Emergency
Management
4
PY 512
Psychosocial Issues in Health Care
2
PY 513
Behavioral Medicine
3
PY 516
Clinical Pharmacology II
2
PY 504
History, Roles and Responsibilities
of the Physician Assistant
1
18 cr.
Second Year
PY 601
Clinical Residency I
12
PY 602
Clinical Residency II
12
PY 603
Clinical Residency III
12
Third Year
Summer Session
PY 526
Principles of Epidemiology
3
PY 536
Biostatistics
3
PY 546
Ethics in Health Care Delivery
3
PY 608
Graduate Seminar
4
PY 676
Comprehensive Examination
2
15 cr.
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
In addition to the intensive classroom study
during the first year, students are introduced to
the clinical application of their training by being
paired with a graduate physician assistant or
physician one day a week.This is designed to
facilitate application of the skills and knowledge
acquired in the classroom setting to the care of
the patient.
Master of Science in Molecular and Cell
Biology
II. Master of Science in Nursing
A. Adult Nurse Practitioner Track
B. Family Nurse Practitioner Track
C. Forensic Nurse Clinical Specialist Track
D. Post Master’s Certificate
1. Adult Nurse Practitioner Track
2. Family Nurse Practitioner Track
III. Master of Science in Physical Therapy
I. Master of Science in Molecular and
Cell Biology
The major aim of the molecular and cell biology
program is to prepare students for employment in
biomedical research or continue their education
toward a degree in Ph.D. programs. To achieve
this goal, the program provides the students with
highly specialized lecture and laboratory courses
relevant in this rapidly growing field.The program
supplements Quinnipiac University’s faculty
expertise with scientists from local pharmaceutical/biotechnology/medical school settings.This
provides the students with the most efficient and
effective educational arena to maximize their success upon completion of their studies.
General Information
The Master of Science program in Molecular and
Cell Biology provides specialized training in laboratory research in the rapid ly growing biomedical
field.The program prepares students to secure
technical positions in biomedical research laboratories (primarily pharmaceutical or biotechnology
companies and hospital-based research laboratories) or enter Ph.D. programs. For students already
employed by a biotechnology laboratory or pharmaceutical company, the curriculum will signifi177
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 178
cantly enhance their knowledge of the state-ofthe-art techniques used in the growing field of
molecular and cell biology.
The objective of this program is to provide the
student with specialized training in laboratory
research as well as a broad education necessary to
function in this new and rapidly growing field.
Students are provided with a choice of thesis
options. Each student then carries out original laboratory research either in a faculty research laboratory or an industrial/hospital research laboratory.
Students who choose the non-thesis option must
take additional course work and a comprehensive
exam to test their knowledge of the core curricula.
Admission
Students who hold a baccalaureate degree in the
biological, medical or health sciences are eligible
for admission to the Master of Science in Molecular and Cell Biology degree program. A detailed
autobiography of personal, professional and educational achievements as well as two letters of reference must be submitted with a student’s application. Applications may be obtained from the
Office of Graduate Admissions. Applicants should
refer to the graduate admission requirements found
in this catalog.
Program of Study
The curriculum consists of three components:
1. A required core curriculum that every entering
student must complete before graduation;
2. Elective courses that students must complete.
Students choosing the thesis option must complete two courses from this category while the
non-thesis option requires five courses from the
same category; and
3.Thesis or comprehensive exam.
Thesis involves original laboratory research performed under the guidance of Quinnipiac faculty.
A thesis committee consisting of three faculty
members evaluates a student ’s progress by approving the research project and subsequently advising
the student whenever the need arises.
The comprehensive examination in molecular
and cell biology (2 hours) is a requirement for the
non-thesis option in the molecular and cell biology
graduate program.The purpose of the exam is
two-fold. First, the student must demonstrate both
broad and specific knowledge expected of someone
holding a master’s degree. Second, the student
178
must be able to integrate knowledge obtained from
individual courses into unified concepts which link
the student’s own specialization to other fields of
study. The student is given two opportunities to
demonstrate competency. A written essay exam is
administered and graded by the exam course committee. After the written exam has been graded
and returned to the student, an oral exam is
administered. Students should schedule an
appointment with the program director before registering for the comprehensive exam course.
Core Curriculum Requirements
BI 500
Writing and Science
3
BI 515
Advanced Biochemistry
4
BI 571
Molecular Genetics
4
BI 568
Molecular and Cell Biology
4
BI 605
Molecular and Cell Biology Laboratory I
4
BI 606
Molecular and Cell Biology Laboratory II
4
Thesis Option
Core Curriculum Requirements
23
LS 650
Thesis I
4
LS 651
Thesis II
4
Two (2) Elective Courses
6-8
Total 37-39
Non-Thesis Option
Core Curriculum Requirements
23
Five (5) Elective Courses
15-20
LS 675
Comprehensive Exam
2
Total 40-45
Electives
BI 527
Pharmacology
3
BI 534
Industrial Microbiology and Biotechnology
4
BI 560
Protein Biochemistry and Enzymology
3
BI 570
Virology
4
BI 574
Microbial Physiology
4
BI 579
Molecular Pathology
3
BI 580
Animal Cell Culture
3
BI 581
Receptors and Regulatory Mechanisms
3
CH 552
Introduction to Biochemical Toxicology
3
LS 510
Biostatistics
3
LS 522
Immunology
3
LS 564
Fundamentals of Oncology
3
LS 688
Independent Study
1-4
LS 689
Special Topics
1-4
PA 515
Human Physiology
4
PA 535
Disease Mechanisms
4
GRADUATE STUDIE S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 179
II. Master of Science in Nursing
The mission of the Department of Nursing at
Quinnipiac University is to prepare graduates for
professional nursing practice who are capable of
providing holistic care for families and individuals
of all ages and diverse cultural backgrounds in a
variety of settings. In addition, our curriculum and
clinical experiences provide the foundation for
continued personal and professional development.
Graduate nursing education builds on this
foundation of holistic care to prepare specialists at
an advanced practice level who are capable of practicing as collaborative and independent holistic
healthcare providers.The department affirms that
nursing is both a science and an art that is creative,
goal-directed, evidence-based and concerned with
the health and dignity of the whole person. Professional nursing may encompass the use of the political process to influence change in the health-care
delivery system and foster support for nursing education and research. Advanced practice nursing is
distinguished by the application of well-developed
specialized skills grounded in theory, research and
expert clinical judgment.
Philosophy
Education is a dynamic, cognitive, multisensory
process that provides for an individual ’s continued
growth and development in a changing world of
diverse cultures. It occurs in a highly personalized,
student-centered learning community that provides
for a reciprocal interchange based on mutual
respect and integrity. This encourages the learner
to think critically and creatively, become an
effective communicator, and be able to make
informed value judgments. Learners evidence
growth by their ability to self-evaluate, by being
self-directed, and exercising their rights and
responsibilities.
General Information
Graduate nursing education broadens the scope of
practice and provides for the acquisition of expertise in an area of specialization.This education is
directed towards preparing students to manage
clients of diverse cultural backgrounds in various
multidisciplinary settings and promotes traditional
as well as complementary approaches appropriate
to client care.
G RADUATE ST UDIE S
The graduate nursing program offers several
tracks leading to the Master of Science in Nursing.
Students may elect to pursue preparation as an
advanced practice nurse in one of three specialty
areas. These areas include adult nurse practitioner,
family nurse practitioner and forensic nurse clinical
specialist. Students enrolled in the master’s program complete the graduate nursing and advanced
practice core in addition to courses in their chosen
specialty. Students who already hold a master’s
degree in nursing may enroll to attain a Post Master’s Certificate, and complete course work focusing on their chosen specialty. The Master of Science in Nursing and Post Master’s Certificate
offerings allow students to matriculate full or part
time. Full-time students can complete the degree
requirements for a Master of Science in Nursing in
two academic years. Students electing to complete
a precepted clinical practicum outside of Connecticut need to be licensed in the designated state.
For more information about any of these offerings,
please contact the graduate nursing program via
e-mail at nursing@quinnipiac.edu, by phone at
(203) 582-3484 or by visiting the nursing
Web page at http://www.quinnipiac.edu.
Admission
An applicant to the graduate nursing program
must be a registered nurse and hold a baccalaureate
degree in nursing or another field. An undergraduate cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or better
is preferred. Applicants should submit the following to the Office of Graduate Admissions:
• A completed admissions application including a
resume and a personal essay
• Official transcripts from all schools previously
attended
• Official recent results of the Test of English as
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or (IELTS)
International English Language Testing System
for international applicants
• Two letters of recommendation
• Proof of current licensure or eligibility for licensure
as a registered nurse in the State of Connecticut
• Criminal background check (required for students
applying to the forensic nurse clinical specialist track)
When all application materials are received, an
interview with the graduate nursing program director
and/or member of the faculty will be arranged.
179
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 180
Graduate Nursing Program Outcomes
The graduate nursing program prepares a graduate
able to:
• Synthesize theoretical and scientific knowledge
in order to practice holistical ly in a specialized
area of nursing
• Incorporate critical thinking, ethical decision
making, and independent judgment to provide
culturally competent specialized healthcare to
diverse communities.
• Assume a leadership and management role to
affect health care policy and the delivery of cost
effective health care services within a variety of
healthcare systems.
• Demonstrate professional role competency through
social consciousness, advocacy, political acumen
commensurate with advanced nursing preparation;
and a commitment to life-long learning.
• Integrate effective communication skills and current
technology into advanced holistic nursing practice.
• Evaluate and use theory and research findings to
inform clinical practice and organizational decision making.
• Integrate professional, ethical and legal standards
and principles of collaboration into advanced
holistic nursing practice.
A. Adult Nurse Practitioner Track
(46 credits)
The adult nurse practitioner track prepares qualified
professional nurses to practice at an advanced level in
primary care settings as adult nurse practitioners.
The curriculum follows the standards set by the
National Organization of Nurse Practitioner
Faculties, the American Nurses Association, and
the American Association of Colleges of Nursing. It
provides more than 500 hours of precepted practice,
thereby enabling graduates to diagnose and manage
most common and many chronic illnesses, and to
assume the responsibilities commensurate with
prescriptive authority. Working independently and
collaboratively with physicians and other members
of the health care team, graduates are competent to
provide high quality, cost effective, and individualized primary care across the lifespan of adults.
Graduates are eligible to take a national examination
for certification as adult nurse practitioners.
180
B. Family Nurse Practitioner Track
(47 credits)
The family nurse practitioner track prepares qualified professional nurses to practice at an advanced
level in primary care settings.The curriculum follows the standards set by the National Organization of Nurse Practitioner Faculties, the American
Nurses Association, and the American Association
of Colleges of Nursing. It provides more than 500
hours of precepted practice, thereby enabling graduates to diagnose and manage most common and
many chronic illnesses, and to assume the responsibilities commensurate with prescriptive authority.
Working independently and collaboratively with
physicians and other members of the healthcare
team, program graduates are competent to provide
high quality, cost effective, and individualized pr imary care across the lifespan of adults or family
members of all ages. Graduates are eligible to take
a national examination for certification as family
nurse practitioners.
C. Forensic Nurse Clinical Specialist Track
(42 credits)
The forensic nursing clinical specialist track prepares qualified professional nurses in this evolving
specialty to assist clients experiencing healthcare
and legal problems.The curriculum follows the
standards set by the International Association of
Forensic Nurses, American Nurses Association,
and the American Association of Colleges of
Nursing. It provides 500 hours of precepted practice to enable graduates to function as a forensic
nurse specialist across settings with diverse populations. Forensic nurse specialists provide care to
individuals and families affected by interpersonal
violence such as sexual assault, child and elder
abuse and domestic violence. Forensic nurses also
may be involved with the clinical and legal aspects
of death investigation, suicide and accidents.
D. Post Master’s Certificate
Adult Nurse Practitioner Track
Nurses who already hold a Master of Science in
Nursing degree and who wish to become adult
nurse practitioners may apply for admission to the
program and earn a Post Master ’s Certificate as an
adult nurse practitioner. Post Master’s students
complete all adult nurse practitioner specialty
courses, and may receive advanced placement credGR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 181
it for core courses that were taken as part of their
prior graduate preparation. Students completing
the certificate offering are eligible to take a national certification examination.
Family Nurse Practitioner Track
Nurses who already hold a Master of Science in
Nursing degree and who wish to become family
nurse practitioners may apply for admission to the
program and earn a Post Master ’s Certificate as a
family nurse practitioner. Post Master’s students
complete all family nurse practitioner specialty
courses, and may receive advanced placement credit for core courses that were taken as part of their
prior graduate preparation in nursing. Students
completing the certificate offering are eligible to
take a national certification examination.
Program of Study
The graduate core and advanced practice core are
taken by all master ’s students. Post Master’s Certificate students may receive advanced placement
credit. All students take appropriate specialty core
in its entirety. Courses designated as a practicum
are precepted clinical experiences, and have a ratio
of 1 credit hour to 4 clinical contact or clock
hours. Non-matriculated students may register for
selected graduate nursing core courses with the
permission of the graduate program director.
Graduate Nursing Core (9 credits)
Credits
NU 500
Theoretical Foundations of
Advanced Practice
3
NU 502
Issues and Roles in Healthcare
3
NU 504
Methods of Nursing Research
3
Advanced Practice Core (10 credits)
NU 506
Advanced Health Assessment
4
NU 508
Advanced Pharmacology
3
BI 518
Pathophysiology
3
Adult Nurse Practitioner Specialty Courses (27 credits)
NU 517
Principles of Electrocardiography
1
NU 518
Principles of Radiography
1
NU 570
Holistic Primary Care I
3
NU 571
Holistic Primary Care Practicum I
3
NU 626
Holistic Primary Care II
4
NU 627
Holistic Primary Care of Adults: Practicum II 4
NU 630
Holistic Primary Care III
4
NU 631
Holistic Primary Care of Adults:
Practicum III
4
Elective
3
G RA D U AT E S T U D I E S
Family Nurse Practitioner Specialty Courses (28 credits)
NU 517
Principles of Electrocardiography
1
NU 518
Principles of Radiography
1
NU 570
Holistic Primary Care I
3
NU 571
Holistic Primary Care Practicum I
3
NU 626
Holistic Primary Care II
4
NU 628
Primary Healthcare of the Family:
Maternal/Child Focus
2
NU 629
Holistic Primary Care of the Family:
Practicum II
4
NU 630
Holistic Primary Care III
4
NU 632
Primary Healthcare of the Family:
Pediatric Focus
2
NU 633
Holistic Primary Care of the Family:
Practicum III
4
Forensic Nurse Clinical Specialist Specialty Courses
(23 credits)
BI 583
Forensic Pathology
3
NU 585
Legal and Ethical Issues in Forensic Nursing I
2
NU 586
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing I
1
NU 587
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing: Practicum I
2
NU 608
Legal and Ethical Issues in Forensic Nursing II 2
NU 610
Forensic Photography
1
NU 644
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing II
3
NU 645
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing: Practicum II 2
NU 646
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing III
3
NU 647
Holistic Care in Forensic Nursing: Practicum III 4
The Graduate Nursing Program Student Handbook provides
additional information regarding program policies and
procedures.
III. Master of Science in Physical
Therapy
The mission of Quinnipiac University’s postgraduate
masters physical therapy program is to foster the
development of a master clinician in specialties of
orthopedics and advanced clinical practice. It is
based on a philosophy that emphasizes humanistic
values,quality care, critical analysis, and problemsolving skills. This is accomplished by providing a
well-balanced curriculum of courses designed to
enhance clinical skills and knowledge of medical
care, an understanding of human behavior, and
courses in biostatistics and research. The program’s
graduates provide leadership in the provision of
quality physical therapy care.
General Information
The Master of Science in Physical Therapy program
provides registered physical therapists with the
181
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 182
opportunity to obtain advanced clinical competency
in the evaluation and treatment of patients. Quinnipiac’s program was the first advanced physical
therapy master’s degree program to be licensed and
accredited in the State of Connecticut.Consisting of
43 credit hours taught in the evening, the program is
designed so that it can be completed in three years
by physical therapists who continue their clinical
practice. An outstanding faculty of physical therapists,academicians, physicians, dentists and other
health professionals provide student exposure to a
wide spectrum of topics and approaches in the clinical sciences. Two tracks are available. The Advanced
Clinical Practice track provides a broad range of
training for physical therapists in family practice settings. The Orthopedic track provides advanced training in the assessment and treatment of patients with
orthopedic problems.
A graduate from the orthopedic track will possess the knowledge and skill to assist the physician
in the evaluation and treatment of such orthopedic
problems as post-surgical soft tissue restoration,
temporomandibular dysfunction,mechanical
derangement of the spine, bursitis, capsulitis,tendinitis, muscular strains and ligamentous sprains.
This goal is accomplished by teaching the therapist
the various specialized approaches to orthopedic
care. Some of the specific skills possessed by physical therapists graduating from this program are: the
examination of joints and soft tissue problems utilizing patient history, analysis of laboratory tests,
biomechanical assessment and selective tissue tension testing. The training is such that through this
examination process, individuals with potential visceral problems mimicking an orthopedic problem
can be identified and referred back to the physician.
Once orthopedic patients have been evaluated,
the therapist is able to effectively treat using various therapeutic modalities including patient education, supportive devices, muscle energy mobilization, passive mobilization, manipulation, exercise,
massage and electrotherapy.
Graduates from the advanced clinical practice
track are able to select various courses which prepare
them to function as clinicians in a general practice
setting with expertise in such areas as orthopaedics,
wound care, cardiopulmonary rehabilitation and
neurological rehabilitation for children and adults.
This track has been designed to be of particular
value to clinicians practicing in a hospital setting. It
is common for such clinicians to be asked to care for
182
patients with a wide range of disabilities, some of
them quite severe. Clinical skills gained in this track
along with electives in administration prepare the
more mature clinician to function as a clinical mentor, supervisor or program director.
Admission
Applicants to the Master of Science in Physical
Therapy program must be registered p hysical therapists to be eligible for admission.The admission
process includes the submission of an application,
two letters of reference, résumé, copy of the P T
license and official transcripts of all colleges
attended. Clinical experience is also considered in
the admission process.
Non-matriculated physical therapists and other
qualified individuals may take courses in the program on a continuing education basis. However,
matriculated students have first preference in
course seating.
Applicants should refer to the general graduate
admission requirements found on p. 152 in this
catalog.
Program of Study
The program of study consists of a core of required
courses (29 credits), a series of open electives (9
credits) and a clinical residency.
The required core includes courses in basic
sciences (Biostatistics, Psychophysiology of Pain,
etc.), specific courses in orthopedics and clinical
sciences capped by a directed research experience
or comprehensive exams.The open elective system
allows students to choose courses from three areas:
health management, education and sports medicine. Students may concentrate their electives in
one area or design their own unique elective program in consultation with the program director.
Required Core Courses
Credits
BI 540
Psychology of Pain
3
LS 510
Biostatistics
3
PT 610
Orthopedics I
3
PT 602
Orthopedics II
3
PT 605
Differential Diagnosis
3
PT 634
Physical Therapy Research
2
PT 637
Physical Therapy Research Proposal
1
PT 670
Comprehensive Exam (or graduate thesis)* 2
*Those choosing thesis research (6-9 credit hours) will not
complete additional elective credits
GR A D UAT E S T U D I E S
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Advanced Clinical Practice Concentration Courses
(choose 4)
BI 589
Neurophysiology
PT 606
Electrotherapy
PT 615
Cardiopulmonary Rehabilitation
PT 616
Wound Healing
PT 617
Pediatric Physical Therapy
PT 618
Psychosocial Aspects of Physical Therapy
Management
PT 619
Adult Neurodisabilities
Orthopedics Concentration Courses
(choose 4 in addition to PT 680)
PT 680
Clinical Residency (required)
PT 603
Muscle Energy
PT 604
Temporo-Mandibular & Cervical Dysfunction
PT 606
Electrotherapy
PT 611
Examination & Treatment of the
Post-Surgical Patient
PT 612
Biomechanics
PT 630
Thoracolumbar Manipulation
PT 632
Topics in Foot and Ankle Therapy
PT 633
Principles of Sports Medicine
PT 635
Peripheral Joint Mobilization
Elective Areas (9 Credits)
Advanced Clinical Practice
Orthopedics
Sports Medicine
Health Management
Clinical Practice Management
Education
Thesis Research
Myofascial Dysfunction
Medical Legal Issues
G R A D U AT E S T U D I E S
Page 183
School of Law
3
3
3
3
3
3
For information about the course of study and
admission to the School of Law, see page 33 of
this catalog and/or contact the school’s Office of
Admission at (203) 582-3400; the e-mail address
is law@quinnipiac.edu.
3
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
183
7 Graduate Studies_revproof
184
7/21/03
10:32 AM
Page 184
GR A D U AT E S T U D I E S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 185
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
UNDERGRADUATE
Accounting
Allied Health
Anthropology
Art
Photography
Athletic Training
Biology
Business
Chemistry
Chinese
Computer Information Systems
Computer Science
Criminal Justice
Diagnostic Imaging
Drama
e-Media
Economics
Education
English
Freshman Composition
Finance
French
Geography
German
Gerontology
Health Management
History
Interactive Digital Design
International Business
Italian
Japanese
Journalism
Latin American Studies
Law
Legal Studies
Management
Marketing
Mathematics
Media Production
Media Studies
Medical Technology
(Clinical Laboratory Science)
Music
Nursing
Occupational Therapy
Perfusion
C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
186
187
187
188
188
189
190
197
198
200
200
202
204
205
208
210
210
211
213
214
218
219
220
220
220
222
222
225
226
228
228
229
230
230
230
232
233
235
237
239
240
241
242
244
247
Philosophy
Physical Education
Physical Therapy
Physics
Political Science
Psychology
Public Relations
Respiratory Therapy
Science
Science and Values
Sociology
Spanish
Women‘s Studies
248
249
250
253
253
256
260
260
262
262
262
266
267
GRADUATE
Accounting
Allied Health
Biology
Chemistry
Computer Information Systems
e-Media
Economics
Education
English
Finance
Geography
Gerontology
Health Management
History
International Business
Journalism
Laboratory Science
Law
Management
Marketing
Mathematics
Media Studies
Nursing
Occupational Therapy
Pathology
Physical Therapy
Physician Assistant
Quantitative Methods
Science
Spanish
269
270
270
272
272
273
274
275
279
280
280
280
281
282
283
283
284
285
286
286
287
287
287
290
291
292
297
300
300
300
185
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Undergraduate Courses
AC 203 Intermediate Accounting III (3 hrs.) This continuation of AC 201 and AC 202 considers such topics as
accounting for equity, as well as issues related to income
measurement and the preparation of financial statements.
Financial statement analysis is also covered. Prerequisites:
AC 201, AC 202; Minimum grade C-; Every Year, Fall
Accounting
AC 101 Financial Accounting (3 hrs.) The course provides an introduction to financial accounting fundamentals in today’s business world. The basic financial statements—the balance sheet, income statement, and
statement of cash flows—are presented. Students learn
how to record and summarize financial transactions as
well as analyze financial statements. This provides students with an understanding of accounting information
and financial statements to make them more informed
readers. The role of financial accounting information,who
uses it and how it is used, is explained. Further, the course
enables students to understand and interpret information
included in financial statements through development of
skills such as critical thinking, communication, analysis
and research. Every Year, All
AC 102 Managerial Accounting (3 hrs.) This course
introduces the use of management accounting information in a competitive business environment. The course
demonstrates how accountants can add value to their
organizations by providing relevant management information. Topics include activity-based costing, activity-based
management, relevant costing, quality and non-financial
performance measures. The understanding of the limitations of traditional procedures and the flexibility of contemporary management accounting systems help future
managers recognize when change is needed, and how to
assess the incremental benefits and costs. Prerequisite:
AC 101; Every Year, All
AC 103 The Accounting Process (1 hr.) This course
designed for accounting majors provides a review of the
accounting process. The accounting cycle is emphasized,
including adjusting and closing entries. Prerequisite:
AC 101; Every Year, All
AC 201 Intermediate Accounting I (3 hrs.) This course
covers the basic principles, conventions and mechanics of
accounting. The conceptual framework of accounting and
development of accounting standards are considered,and
the accounting process and basics of financial statement
content are reviewed. Topics also include cash and receivables and inventories. Prerequisite: AC 101; Every Year, All
AC 202 Intermediate Accounting II (3 hrs.) This continuation of AC 201—Intermediate Accounting I—
covers such topics as depreciation, intangible assets, current liabilities, long-term liabilities, and contingent liabilities. Prerequisite: AC 201; Minimum grade C-; Every
Year, Spring
186
Page 186
AC 311 Auditing Theory and Practice (3 hrs.) This
course presents an in-depth analysis of generally accepted
auditing standards and professional ethics for a certified
public accountant. Students are introduced to basic auditing techniques,including working paper preparation and
execution of audit procedures. Prerequisite: AC 202;
Every Year, All
AC 323 Advanced Cost Accounting (3 hrs.) This course
continues the study of cost/managerial accounting begun
in AC 102. Students discuss how cost accounting (information about costs) is used by managers for decision
making and performance evaluation. Topics include differential costs and revenue analysis for decision making,
planning and budgeting for performance evaluation, overhead application, cost allocations,activity-based costing,
variable costing, cost-volume-profit-analysis, capital
investment decision s ,i nventory management, and other
special topics such as management ethics, quality control
and variance investigation. Prerequisites: AC 102, SB 201
or SB 202; Every Year, All
AC 335 Accounting Information Systems (3 hrs.) This
course is designed to assist students in learning to design
and develop computer applications to meet the needs of a
variety of information customers. The course has a substantial hands-on component. At the completion of the
course students should have a broad view of the enabling
technologies that will shape the accounting profession.
Cases include: a set of spreadsheet applications, a set of
database applications and a set of applications involving
the use of the Internet. Students also examine several of
the current Top Ten Technologies identified by the
AICPA. Prerequisite: AC 101; Every Year, All
AC 402 Internship Program (3 hrs.) Internship open to
accounting majors. Students must complete the internship
application form in order to receive credit. A minimum of
140 hours is required. Every Year, All
AC 405 Accounting for Business Combinations,International Operations and Other Entities (3 hrs.) This indepth study considers accounting principles and analysis
of problems for business combinations (mergers and
acquisitions),international operations,nonprofit organizations,partnerships and bankruptcy liquidations and reorganizations. Every Year, Fall
AC 431 Federal Income Tax Procedure (3 hrs.) This
course examines the theory and problems of federal
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
income taxes with emphasis on individual tax returns.
Prerequisite: AC 102 or SB 201; Every Year, All
AC 432 Advanced Federal Income Tax Procedure (3 hrs.)
This continuation of AC 431 considers applications of
federal and state tax laws to partnerships,corporations,
estates and trusts. Prerequisite: AC 431; Every Year, All
AC 489 Personal Financial Planning (3 hrs.) This course
is designed to give technical information,creative ideas
and practical solutions in the areas of budgeting—personal income tax, risk management; investments, retirement
and estate planning. This course may not be taken by
finance majors as credit toward fulfillment of the finance
concentration courses. Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
AC 498 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
AC 499 Independent Research (3 hrs.)
Allied Health
AH 101 Career Exploration (1 hr.) This course is
mandatory for all first-year science undeclared students.
Its intent is to assist these students with the process of
career planning through the development of appropriate
skills. It then challenges them to think about maximizing
available opportunities and their education in the recognition and exploration of career options. Every Year, Fall
AH 221 Introduction to Latin America (3 hrs.) This is
the transdisciplinary introductory course for the minor in
Latin American studies. Various disciplines including history, anthropology, economics and language are interwoven in an exploration of concepts, behaviors and traditions
associated with Latin America. A survey of Latin American regions spanning the Revolutionary period to the
present, with a focus on the last 50 years, is utilized to
focus the content. Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
AH 499 Independent Study (1 hr.)
Anthropology
AN 101 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) The Life Process (3 hrs.)
In all societies, human beings progress from birth to death
through a series of regular stages. This course compares
the ways different cultures respond to and guide this
process using symbols, rituals and ceremonies. The goal is
to develop an awareness of the rich diversity of human
culture and a broadened perspective on the processes of
our own lives. Every Year, All
Page 187
AN 201 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) Cultural Worlds (3 hrs.)
This introductory course in cultural anthropology
familiarizes students with the origins of human culture
and the diversity of its contemporary expressions.
Anthropological methods and perspectives are used to
view near-human behavior, prehistoric society and a
worldwide range of modern cultures. Prerequisite:
AN 101; Every Other Year, All
AN 222 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) North American
Indians (3 hrs.) A brief survey of the development of
Indian culture from the time of human entrance to the
New World until the contact period, is followed by an indepth analysis of the various culture areas at the time of
contact. Attention focuses on the contemporary reservation and urban Indians and their unique place in American society, as viewed by the Indian and by the larger
society. Prerequisite: AN 101; Every Year, Spring
AN 223 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) Hispanic Cultures in
America (3 hrs.) The origins of Latin American culture
in Spain, in American Indian civilizations, and in Africa
are examined, tracing events and forces that molded these
disparate elements into today’s cultural traditions.Also
considered is the culture as it exists in U.S. society, focusing on Puerto Ricans in the East and Chicanos in the
West. Prerequisite: AN 101; Every Year, Fall
AN 250 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) The Meanings and Uses
of Food (3 hrs.) This course considers food production
and use in prehistory, history and the contemporary cultures of the world; food production as applied ecology;
the social meanings of taboos and rituals involving food;
the political economics of food distribution and quality in
the modern world. Prerequisite: AN 101; Every Other
Year, Fall
AN 315 Myth and Folklore (3 hrs.) This course considers
dragons and dreams, talking animals and heroic quests—
what they mean and why they are important.Theories of
anthropologists,psychologists and others are used to
explore myths and folklore in an attempt to illuminate the
nature of the human mind and its relation to society.
Prerequisite: Every Year, Fall
AN 337 Non-Western Medicine (3 hrs.) This course
presents a comparative study of non-Western cultural
responses to the threat of disease; case histories of curing
practices from American Indian, African, Latin American, Asian and various folk cultures; comparison and generalization. Prerequisite: AN 101; Every Year, Spring
AN 375 Pre-Columbian America (3 hrs.) The Maya,
Aztec and Inca cultures are surveyed based on readings of
native and colonial texts. Readings and discussions are in
English. Every Third Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
187
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Courses offered as needed
AN 200 Special Topics (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AN 101
AN 224 Archaeology (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AN 101
AN 229 Peoples of Africa (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AN 101
AN 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
AN 300 Special Topics (3 hrs.)
AN 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Art
AR 101 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Introduction to Art (3 hrs.)
This course is a study of major art forms and a probe into
the nature of the creative process and public response.The
course combines art history with hands-on activities.
Every Year, All
AR 103 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Art History (3 hrs.) This introductory course considers art as seen in its cultural and historical context up to the contemporary era. The course is
designed to explore the stylistic elements, which make
great works typical of their era. Every Year, All
AR 105 (CC :A rt . Trad.) American Art (3 hrs.) This
introduction to painting of the United States from the
earliest days to the present includes a careful analysis of
representative works reinforced by visits to area art galleries. Every Year, All
AR 140 Basic Visual Design (3 hrs.) AR 140 presents a
study of picture making, especially as it relates to advertising/marketing promotion. Every Year, All
AR 158 Photography I (3 hrs.) This beginning course in
still photography is designed to teach basic photographic
techniques. Additional topics include lighting, advertising,
fashion and portrait photography. Students must provide
an adjustable still camera, film and processing. Every Year,
All
AR/IDD 160 Introduction to Computer Art (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction and overview of how
to create text, graphics and digital still images for the production of print media, interactive multi-media and Web
projects. Students produce a hard copy and online portfolio that demonstrates both computer knowledge and a
basic sense of aesthetics and design. Every Year, All
AR/IDD 161 Digital Imaging on the Computer (3 hrs.)
Students explore ways to use the computer to create computer graphics for interactive multi-media and the Web.
The role of digital imaging in both media and as a form
of creative self-expression is studied. Students use professional quality software to scan, edit and manipulate
images,create paint and vector graphics, digitize video
and sound and author simple Web pages. Topics include
color, image processing and correction,compression,and
188
Page 188
file formats required for output and display. Students produce an online portfolio that demonstrates both computer
knowledge and the creative aspects of digital imaging.
Every Year, All
AR 240 Graphic Design (3 hrs.) Students gain practical
experience in the creation of pictorial devices used in the
dissemination of product information,including drawing,
painting, illustration and typography. Prerequisite:AR
140; Every Year, All
AR 250 Studio Art (3 hrs.) Students gain hands-on experience in creative art. The medium varies from year to
year and from section to section. Prerequisites: AR 260,
EN 102; Every Year, Fall
AR 258 Photography II (3 hrs.) From daguerreotypes to
digital, photography’s history and future are discussed
through slide lectures and hands-on activities. The student must provide an adjustable 35 mm. camera, film and
photo processing. Every Year, Spring
AR 301 Computer Animation I (3 hrs.) Students explore
ways to use the computer to create 2D computer animation for interactive multi-media,computer games and for
the Web. Students use professional quality software to
edit digital video and create animated text and graphics.
Students produce a short 2D digital video animation that
demonstrates both knowledge and understanding of 2D
computer graphics and a creative approach to storytelling
and narrative structure. Prerequisite: AR 161 or IDD 161;
Every Year, All
AR 302 Computer Animation II (3 hrs.) Students
explore ways to use the computer to create 3D computer
images and animation for print,interactive multi-media,
computer games and for the Web. Students use professional quality software to edit digital video and create 3D
text, models of virtual worlds,environments,architecture
with animated figures and characters. Topics include techniques of 3D modeling, rendering and animation. Students produce a short 3D digital video animation that
demonstrates both knowledge and understanding of 3D
computer graphics and a creative approach to storytelling
and character development. Prerequisite: AR 301 or
IDD 301; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
AR 245 Drawing (3 hrs.)
AR 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
AR 380 Interactive Art (PL 330) (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
AR 261 or CI 261
AR 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
AR 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Athletic Training
AT 114 Introduction to Athletic Training/Sports
Medicine (3 hrs.) This course is designed to familiarize
the student with the role of an athletic trainer in sports
and health care. Students complete health provider certification in cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). Forty
observation hours are required. Every Year, Spring
AT 214 Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries (3 hrs.)
This course is designed to provide an overview of the athletic training profession with an emphasis on the basic
fundamentals utilized by the athletic trainer in prevention,
recognition, care, treatment and rehabilitation of athletic
injuries. Sixty observation hours are required. Prerequisite:
AT 114; Every Year, Fall
AT 215 Therapeutic Modalities (4 hrs.) Therapeutic
Modalities is an introductory course designed to provide
students with knowledge of theory and operation of the
most commonly used therapeutic devices. Prerequisites:
AT 114, AT 214; Every Year, Spring
AT 215L Therapeutic Modalities Lab (0 hrs.) This lab
includes the practical application of therapeutic modalities
and must be taken in conjunction with AT 215. Prerequisites: AT 114, AT 214; Every Year, Spring
AT 220 Pharmacology and Nutrition in Sports
Medicine (3 hrs.) AT 220 focuses on the use of prescription medications,non-prescription medications and performance enhancing drugs used in athletics, with particular
interest in how pharmacological agents alter the physiology of the human body. Students review guidelines set by
the NCAA, amateur and professional sports associations
on banned substances. Students also are exposed to the
importance of proper nutrition with special emphasis on
athletic performance. Prerequisite: AT 114; Every Year, Fall
AT 298 Clinical Practicum I, Risk Management and
Injury Prevention (3 hrs.) This practicum introduces students to the general policies and procedures of the university’s athletic training room. Students are instructed in taping techniques,proper medical documentation skills,
emergency care of suspected head and neck injuries,
ambulatory aids, pre-participation examination, and the
Quinnipiac University Emergency Action Plan.Hands-on
practical experience is emphasized in class sessions. Prerequisites: AT 114, AT 214, AT 220; Every Year, Spring
AT 298L Clinical Practicum I, Laboratory (0 hrs.) Over
the course of the semester, students gain 100 hours of
clinical experience. Students are required to complete specific NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies. Prerequisites: AT 114, AT 214, AT 220; Every Year, Spring
Page 189
AT 338 Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation I
(4 hrs.) This course covers kinesiology, advanced anatomy
and evaluation knowledge and techniques involved in
assessing athletic injuries/illnesses of the lower extremity,
head and spine. Understanding kinesiological principles
and integrating them with injury/illness recognition skills
and concepts are emphasized. Prerequisites: AT 114,
AT 214, BI 211; Every Year, Spring
AT 338L Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation I,
Laboratory (0 hrs.) This lab includes the practical application of kinesiology and athletic injury evaluation must
be taken in conjunction with AT 338. Prerequisites:
AT 114, AT 214, BI 211; Every Year, Spring
AT 339 Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation II
(4 hrs.) Kinesiology, advanced anatomy and evaluation
knowledge and techniques involved in assessing athletic
injuries/illnesses of the upper extremity, head and spine
are covered in this course. Emphasis is placed on obtaining a continued understanding of kinesiological principles,
as well as integrating kinesiological principles with
injury/illness recognition skills and concepts. Prerequisites: AT 338, BI 211, BI 212; Every Year, Fall
AT 339L Kinesiology and Athletic Injury Evaluation
II,Laboratory (0 hrs.) This lab includes the practical
application of kinesiology and athletic injury evaluation
and must be taken in conjunction with AT 339.
Prerequisites: AT 338, BI 211, BI 212; Every Year, Fall
AT 398 Clinical Practicum II, Athletic Protective
Equipment (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to taping and
wrapping techniques used in athletic training. The course
includes instruction in fabricating and applying protective
equipment,pads, splints and supports.Hands-on practical
experience is emphasized in class sessions. Prerequisite:
AT 298; Every Year, Fall
AT 398L Clinical Practicum II, Laboratory (0 hrs.)
Over the course of the semester students gain 200 hours
of clinical experience. Students are required to complete
specific NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies.
Prerequisite: AT 298; Every Year, Fall
AT 399 Clinical Practicum III, Psychosocial Intervention and Referral (3 hrs.) The psychological aspects of
athletic training and sports medicine are covered. Over
the course of the semester, students gain 200 hours of
clinical experience. Students are required to complete specific NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies. Prerequisites: AT 298, AT 398; Every Year, Spring
AT 399L Clinical Practicum III, Laboratory (0 hrs.)
Over the course of the semester students gain 200 hours
of clinical experience. Students are required to complete
specific NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies.
Prerequisites: AT 298, AT 398; Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
189
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
AT 410 Therapeutic Exercise I (4 hrs.) This course is
designed to provide the student with a basic systemic
approach to exercise program development. It includes
techniques,indications and contraindications of exercise,
and exercise progression as related to athletic injury, prevention, reconditioning, and return to play guidelines.
Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339; Every Year, Fall
AT 410L Therapeutic Exercise I, Laboratory (0 hrs.)
This lab includes the practical application of therapeutic
exercise and must be taken in conjunction with AT 410.
Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339; Every Year, Fall
AT 411 Therapeutic Exercise II (4 hrs.) This course is
designed to provide the student with a basic systemic
approach to exercise program development. It includes
techniques,indications, and contraindications of exercise,
and exercise progression as related to athletic injury, prevention, reconditioning, and return to play guidelines.
Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339, AT 410; Every Year,
Spring
AT 411L Therapeutic Exercise II, Laboratory (0 hrs.)
This lab includes the practical application of therapeutic
exercise and must be taken in conjunction with AT 411.
Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339; Every Year, Spring
AT 440 Biomechanics (4 hrs.) This course focuses on the
advanced study of human movement,concentrating on
the principles of mechanics as they relate to the human
body. Areas of athletic injury, pathology, sport performance, occupational risks,injury prevention, and rehabilitation are addressed. Projects are designed not only to
achieve scientific insights into biomechanical problems
but also to train students in state-of-the-art interdisciplinary research procedures. Kinematic and kinetic analyses
are conducted. Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339, AT 410;
Every Year, Spring
AT 440L Biomechanics Lab (0 hrs.) This lab includes
the practical application of biomechanics including the
processes involved in data collection for forces, EMG and
motion analysis data. It must be taken in conjunction with
AT 440. Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339, AT 410; Every
Year, Spring
AT 450 Administration and Management in Athletic
Training (3 hrs.) Organizational and administrative procedures and considerations, as well as the legal aspects of
athletic training and sports medicine are included in this
course. Prerequisites: AT 338, AT 339, AT 410, AT 411;
Every Year, Fall
AT 480 Current Concepts in Athletic Training (3 hrs.)
This course focuses on readings and discussions of current
research articles in the realm of athletic training and
health care. The topics may include injury, rehabilitation,
190
Page 190
modalities,therapeutic exercise, conditioning techniques
and other health care issues. Prerequisites: AT 338, AT
339, AT 410, AT 411; Every Year, Spring
AT 498 Clinical Practicum IV, General Medical
Conditions (3 hrs.) The common general medical conditions and diseases that occur in sports medicine and athletic training environments are discussed. Prerequisites:
AT 298, AT 298, AT 399; Every Year, Fall
AT 498L Clinical Practicum IV, Laboratory (0 hrs.)
Over the course of the semester students gain 200 hours
of clinical experience. Students are required to complete
specific NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies.
Prerequisites: AT 298, AT 398, AT 399; Every Year, Fall
AT 499 Clinical Practicum V, Professional and Career
Preparation (3 hrs.) This course is designed to provide
students with a means to integrate and augment all concepts,skills and knowledge covered in the athletic training
curriculum (Clinical Practicum I-IV, Advanced Anatomy
and Lower/Upper Body Evaluation ,T h e rapeutic Modalities,Therapeutic Exercise I and II, and Administration
and Management in Athletic Training).Much of the
course is discussion-based and requires the students to be
fully participative. Prerequisites: AT 298, AT 398, AT
399, AT 498; Every Year, Spring
AT 499L Clinical Practicum V Lab (0 hrs.) Over the
course of the semester students gain 200 hours of clinical
experience. Students are required to complete specific
NATA clinical competencies and proficiencies. Prerequisites: AT 298, AT 398, AT 399, AT 498; Every Year,
Spring
Biology
BI 101 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Biology (3 hrs.)
This course considers the basic concepts of the life science, with emphasis on the diversity of life, the physical
and chemical nature of living matter, the form and function of the cell and organism, and the ecological relationships among living organisms. Selected topics in structural,functional,developmental,environmental and
systematic biology are included. An honors section lecture
and laboratory are available. Full-year course, should be
taken in sequence. Every Year, Fall & Summer
BI 101L General Biology Laboratory (1 hr.) Lab to
accompany BI 101. Every Year, Fall & Summer
BI 102 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Biology (3 hrs.)
This course covers the basic concepts of the life science,
with emphasis on the diversity of life, the physical and
chemical nature of living matter, the form and function of
the cell and organism, and the ecological relationships
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
among living organisms. Selected topics in structural,functional,developmental,environmental and systematic biology are included. An honors section lecture and laboratory
are available. Full-year course, should be taken in sequence.
Prerequisite: BI 101; Every Year, Spring & Summer
BI 102L General Biology Laboratory (1 hr.) Lab to
accompany BI 102 Prerequisite: BI 101L; Every Year,
Spring & Summer
BI 104 Orientation to Physician Assistant Seminar I
(1 hr.) This course provides the student with a basic
knowledge of the fundamentals of the physician assistant
profession. The physician assistant role expectation s ,p ra ctice and ethics in the health care field are examined with
practicing professionals from all aspects of medicine. In
addition,historical information on the profession is presented. Every Year, Spring
BI 105 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Introduction to the
Biological Sciences (3 hrs.) This course introduces natural science to the non-scientist with emphasis on problems confronting society. Relationships between humans
and the environment and a survey of the living world are
included. Full-year course; must be taken in sequence.
Every Year, Fall & Summer
BI 106 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Introduction to the
Biological Sciences (3 hrs.) This course introduces natural science to the non-scientist with emphasis on problems confronting society. Relationships between humans
and the environment and a survey of the living world are
included. Full-year course; must be taken in sequence.
Every Year, Spring & Summer
BI 110 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) The World of Microbes
(4 hrs.) Students are introduced to the relevance of
microorganisms to everyday life. Topics include:microorganisms in the environment,infectious diseases, biotechnology, foods and beverages, antibiotics and host defense
mechanisms. Laboratory work stresses standard procedures used in microbiology. Every Year, All
BI 110L World of Microbes Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 110. Every Year, All
BI 111 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Principles of Human
Anatomy and Physiology I (4 hrs.) This course presents a
basic physiological and anatomical approach to the study
of the human body. Emphasis is on physiological principles of skeletal, muscular, nervous, circulatory, endocrine,
digestive, urinary and reproductive systems. Laboratory
application of principles includes the use of basic scientific
methods and tools as well as study of living and preserved
specimens. Every Year, Fall
Page 191
BI 111L Principles of Human Anatomy and Physiology
Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 111. Every Year, Fall
BI 112 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Principles of Human
Anatomy and Physiology II (4 hrs.) Students are introduced to a basic physiological and anatomical approach to
the study of the human body. Emphasis is on physiological principles of skeletal, muscular, nervous,circulatory,
endocrine, digestive, urinary and reproductive systems.
Laboratory application of principles includes the use of
basic scientific methods and tools as well as study of living
and preserved specimens. Prerequisite: BI 111;
Every Year, Spring
BI 112L Human Anatomy and Physiology Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 112. Every Year, Spring
BI 114 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Microbes in Action
(4 hrs.) This course is designed to emphasize the applied
aspects and disease potential of microorganisms. Of particular interest is the role microorganisms play in the environment. Every Year, All
BI 114L Microbes in Action Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 114. Every Year, Fall
BI 115 Administration in Veterinary Technology (1 hr.)
Required of veterinary technology majors, this course
includes a survey of office management, personnel administration,inventory control, client relations,elementary
bookkeeping, data processing, and other administrative
procedures common to biomedical research and veterinary
medical practice. Every Year, Spring
BI 117 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) The Human Organism
(4 hrs.) Concepts in human biology designed primarily
(although not exclusively) for students in non-science
programs are covered in this course. Emphasis is on the
human organism from a developmental and a biological
perspective.Consideration and discussion of societal
issues relative to human biology is an integral aspect of
this course. Laboratory applications include exercises in
the study of basic human biology. Every Year, Fall
BI 117L Human Biology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
BI 117. Every Year, Fall
BI 118 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Human Health and
Disease (4 hrs.) Human health and disease considered
from a biological viewpoint forms the framework for this
course designed primarily, but not exclusively, for students
in a non-science program.Consideration and discussion
of societal issues related to human health and disease are
integral components of the course. Laboratory applications include exercises that demonstrate basic physiological functions and concepts which are the basis for understanding human disease. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 105, BI
111 or BI 117; Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
191
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
BI 118L Human Health and Disease Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 118. Every Year, Spring
BI 199 Veterinary Technology Seminar (2 hrs.) This
seminar covers the history and development of the field of
animal technology. Students are introduced to the basic
zootechniques of laboratory animals and pet species. The
course is designed to introduce the various skills necessary
for biomedical research and veterinary practices.Required
for first-year veterinary technology majors. Every Year,
Spring
BI 200 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Biology of Aging (3 hrs.)
Current advances in the understanding of the neural,
endocrine and other body systems suggest that the process
of aging may be triggered by signals originating in these
systems. This hypothesis provides a framework upon
which to study the effects of neuroendocrine changes
upon the maturing body. Age related changes in nervous
and hormonal activity regulate the timetable of important
physiological events such as birth,adolescence,
menopause and old age. The aim of the course is to study
the specific and primary changes in physiological mechanisms that result in the process of aging. The profound
physiological changes and restrictions that result make the
study of the relevant biological processes fundamental to
gerontology. Prerequisites: two courses from BI 101,
BI 102, BI 111, BI 112, BI 117, BI 118; Every Year, All
BI 203 Introductory Medical Terminology (2 hrs.) This
study of the principles of word analys i s ,w o rd construction
and word meanings as applied to medical and surgical
terms includes a review of anatomy to indicate the relevancy of the terms being studied. The course is designed
for health science students. Every Year, All
BI 204 Orientation to Physician Assistant—Introduction to Clinical Medicine (1 hr.) This one-semester
course provides the student with a basic understanding of
the roles of those professionals who are part of the health
care team. The relationship of the practicing PA to each
of these key health care professionals is examined. The
course utilizes experts from the fields of nursing, respiratory care, diagnostic imaging, clinical laboratory science,
cardiovascular perfusion, pharmacology, physical therapy,
and occupational therapy. Every Year, Spring
BI 205 Bioethics (3 hrs.) This course explores major ethical issues in biomedical research and health care delivery,
e.g. the concepts of health, the nature of human nature,
ethical issues in decision making, human experimentation,
genetic engineering, behavior modification,euthanasia,
the right to health/health care. Prerequisite: BI 101,
BI 102, BI 111, BI 112, PL 101, PS 101 or SO 101;
Every Year, Spring
192
Page 192
BI 211 Anatomy and Physiology (4 hrs.) This advanced
course on structure and functions of the human body discusses cell physiology; nerve-muscle and endocrine physiology; and the circulatory respiratory, urinary, digestive
and reproductive systems. Emphasis is on function and
homeostasis. Lab work includes study of human skeletal
system and cat muscular, nervous and cardiovascular systems, as well as physiological experiments and introduction to hematology. Primarily for students in baccalaureate
health science programs. Full-year course; must be taken
in sequence. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year, Fall
& Summer
BI 211L Anatomy and Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 211. Every Year, Fall & Summer
BI 212 Anatomy and Physiology (4 hrs.) This advanced
course on structure and functions of the human body discusses cell physiology; nerve-muscle and endocrine physiology; and the circulatory respiratory, urinary, digestive
and reproductive systems.Emphasis is on function and
homeostasis. Lab work includes study of human skeletal
system and cat muscular, nervous and cardiovascular systems as well as physiological experiments and introduction to hematology. Primarily for students in baccalaureate
health science programs. Full-year course; must be taken
in sequence. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, BI 211; Every
Year, Spring & Summer
BI 212L Anatomy and Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 212. Every Year, Spring & Summer
BI 213 Microbiology and Pathology (4 hrs.) This introductory overview of microorganisms presents a detailed
study of the interactions of pathogenic microbes and
humans particularly as they apply to the hospital environment. The course is designed for the health practitioner.
Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year, All
BI 213L Microbiology and Pathology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab
to accompany BI 213. Every Year, All
BI 217 Comparative Anatomy (4 hrs.) This course presents a comparative study of the structure and evolution of
the organs and organ systems of vertebrates. Structural
modifications are correlated with functional changes in
vertebrates. Detailed laboratory dissections include the
lamprey, dogfish, necturus and cat. Other mammalian
materials are demonstrated. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102;
Every Year, Fall
BI 217L Comparative Anatomy Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 217. Every Year, Fall
BI 222 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Evolution in Biology and
Literature (3 hrs.) This study of evolution as understood
by biologists and of imaginative literature explores human
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
origins, evolution and destiny. Impact of the concept of
evolution on literature is considered,particularly Darwin’s
contribution. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI
112, BI 105, BI 106; Every Other Year, Spring
BI 227 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (4 hrs.)
This course represents an evolutionary and developmental
approach to discovering the changes that exist in structure
and function among vertebrate animals. Organ systems
discussed in lecture are reviewed in dissections (comparisons of vertebrate species) and inquiry-based physiology
labs. Full-year course, must be taken in sequence with BI
228. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year, Fall
BI 227L Comparative Anatomy and Physiology Lab
(0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 227. Every Year, Fall
BI 228 Comparative Anatomy and Physiology (0 hrs.)
This course represents an evolutionary and developmental
approach to discovering the changes that exist in structure
and function among vertebrate animals. Organ systems
discussed in lecture are reviewed in dissections (comparisons of vertebrate species) and inquiry-based physiology
labs. This full-year course must be taken in sequence with
BI 227. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, BI 227; Every Year,
Spring
BI 228L Comparative Anatomy and Physiology Lab
(0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 228. Every Year, Spring
BI 241 Botany (4 hrs.) This survey of the plant groups
covers their morphology, physiology, ecology and importance to man. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year,
Fall
BI 241L Botany Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 241.
Every Year, Fall
BI 251 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Ecology (4 hrs.)
This course considers relationships between organisms
and their biotic, chemical and physical environment.The
class takes field trips to terrestrial,freshwater and marine
habitats. Every Year, Fall
BI 251L Ecology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 251.
Every Year, Fall
BI 282 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Genetics (4 hrs.) This
course considers the basic principles of inheritance, including data analysis and problem-solving skills. Students gain
laboratory experience with a variety of techniques and
organisms of current research importance, as well as with
solving problems and analyzing data. Emphasis is on
sound logic, creative thought and experimental design.
Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year, All
Page 193
BI 298 Research Methods in Biology (3 hrs.) This introduction to biological research includes discussion of
library utilization, scientific writing, research methods,
data presentation,publication, and oral and written presentation.Required of all students majoring in biological
sciences. Every Year, Spring
BI 300 The Physiology of Human Performance (4 hrs.)
This course presents a detailed examination of muscle and
nerve physiology, central nervous system control of posture and locomotion.Cardiorespiratory and thermoregulatory responses to exercise are considered. Anatomical
and physiological factors limiting various types of physical
performance are discussed. Full-year course; must be
taken in sequence. Prerequisites: BI 211, BI 212, CH 110,
CH 111, PH 110, PH 111; Every Year, Fall
BI 300L Physiology of Human Performance Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 300. Every Year, Fall
BI 301 The Physiology of Human Performance (4 hrs.)
This course presents a detailed examination of muscle and
nerve physiology, central nervous system control of posture and locomotion.Cardiorespiratory and thermoregulatory responses to exercise are considered. Anatomical
and physiological factors limiting various types of physical
performance are discussed. Full-year course; must be
taken in sequence. Prerequisites: BI 211, BI 212, CH 110,
CH 111, PH 110, PH 111, BI 300; Every Year, Spring
BI 301L Physiology of Human Performance Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 301. Every Year, Spring
BI 310 Neuroanatomy I (3 hrs.) This course offers the
pre-physician assistant student a detailed study of the
gross anatomy and development of the central nervous
system. Major structures and landmarks within each
major brain vesicle and spinal cord are covered. Every
Year, Fall
BI 313 Introduction to Animal Science (4 hrs.) Students
are introduced to biology, husbandry, management and
use in research of the common laboratory animal and pet
species.Experience is gained via laboratory sessions in the
restraint,anaesthesia, specimen collection, drug and
experimental substance administration, and identification
procedures used in research institutions, commercial
breeding laboratories and veterinary medical practice.
Prerequisite: BI 314; Every Year, Fall
BI 313L Introduction to Animal Science Laboratory
(0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 313. Every Year, Fall
BI 314 Animal Physiology (4 hrs.) This introduction to
animal physiology emphasizes functional aspects of organ
systems from a comparative viewpoint. Basic physiological
principles are demonstrated in the laboratory with suitable
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
193
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
experimental animals and physiological instrumentation.
Must be taken in sequence with BI 316. Prerequisites:
BI 217; two courses from CH 201, CH 205, CH 210,
CH 211; Every Year, Fall
BI 314L Animal Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 314. Every Year, Fall
BI 315 Veterinary Clinical Laboratory Techniques
(4 hrs.) Blood,urine, feces,cerebrospinal fluid, and other
clinical pathologic specimens are examined in the laboratory. Emphasis is on manual performance of basic laboratory diagnostic procedures and the value of the laboratory
findings to the veterinary practitioner or research investigator. Prerequisite: BI 313; Every Year, Spring
BI 315L Veterinary Clinical Laboratory Techniques
Laboratory (0 hrs.) Laboratory examination of blood,
urine, feces,cerebrospinal fluid, and other clinical pathologic specimens. Emphasis is on manual performance of
basic laboratory diagnostic procedures and the value of
the laboratory findings to the veterinary practitioner or
research investigator. Every Year, Spring
BI 316 Animal Physiology (4 hrs.) This introduction to
animal physiology emphasizes functional aspects of organ
systems from a comparative viewpoint. Basic physiological
principles are demonstrated in the laboratory with suitable
experimental animals and physiological instrumentation.
Prerequisite: BI 314; Every Year, Spring
BI 316L Animal Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 316. Every Year, Spring
BI 317 Developmental Biology (4 hrs.) The fundamental
processes and basic mechanisms of the early embryological development of representative vertebrates are studied.
Emphasis in the lab is on the development of the chick
and pig. Prerequisite: BI 217; Every Year, Spring
BI 317L Developmental Biology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 317. Every Year, Spring
BI 318 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Pathophysiology (3 hrs.)
This course takes a mechanistic approach to the regulation of function of organ systems to provide students with
the underlying physiological concepts in the homeostatis
of each system and its interrelationship to other systems,
the pertinent diseases that best exemplify the disarray of
the controlling mechanism, and a way of thinking that
will enable students to conceptualize clinical problems in
relation to system functions. Prerequisites: CH 101, CH
102, BI 111, BI 112, BI 101, BI 102; Every Year, All
BI 319 Biology of the Horse and Agricultural Species
(4 hrs.) The anatomy, physiology, nutrition,breeding and
husbandry of the light horse and species of agricultural
194
Page 194
importance in New England are covered in this course.
Diseases of farm animals are discussed with emphasis on
recognition,prevention, and common control procedures.
Laboratory sessions focus on restraint, specimen collection, and drug and experimental substance administration
relevant to the species. Field trips and audiovisual aids are
included.Enrollment is limited to veterinary technology
seniors. Prerequisite: BI 413; Every Year, Spring
BI 319L Biology of the Horse and Agricultural Species
Laboratory (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 319. Every Year,
Spring
BI 320 Pharmacology (3 hrs.) This course takes a physiological systems approach to the study of the major classes
of drugs used in therapeutics.Each class of drugs is studied according to dose-response characteristics,mechanism
of action, major physiological effects,toxicity, and possible
drug interaction. Prerequisites: BI 211, BI 212; Every
Year, All
BI 325 Toxicology (3 hrs.) Toxicology is the branch of
science that investigates the complex interactions between
exogenous chemicals and physical processes (e.g. radiation,sound,pressure) with living organisms. These interactions may be studied in the whole organism, in a particular organ or tissue and/or all the way down at the
cellular, sub-cellular and molecular levels. This course
entails an examination of the absorption,distribution,toxicokinetics, metabolism and elimination of exogenous
substances from the body. Particular emphasis is placed
upon the effects of toxic agents on the following systems
in humans: hepatobiliary, pulmonary, renal, nervous and
reproductive systems. The role of toxic chemicals/physical
agents in teratogenesis, mutagenesis and carcinogenesis
also is studied. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, CH 201,
CH 205; Every Year, Spring
BI 326 Animal Parasitology (4 hrs.) This study of the
biology of animal parasites emphasizes the diagnosis,
treatment and epizootiology of parasitic diseases of
domestic animals. The laboratory focuses on clinical diagnosis, diagnostic techniques, including immunodiagnostic
techniques, and experimental life cycle studies using both
living and preserved materials. Prerequisites: BI 101,
BI 102; Every Year, Fall
BI 326L Animal Parasitology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 326. Every Year, Fall
BI 328 Human Clinical Parasitology (4 hrs.) This course
considers the biology of protozoan and helminth parasites
of humans and includes an introduction to tropical medicine. Lectures focus on the life cycles of selected parasites
and epidemiology and pathology of selected parasitic diseases. Laboratory work focuses on clinical diagnosis, diagnostic techniques (including immunodiagnostic tech-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 195
niques), recognition of vectors, and experimental life cycle
studies using both living and preserved materials. Every
Year, Spring
BI 328L Human Clinical Parasitology Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 328. Every Year, Spring
BI 329 Neurobiology (3 hrs.) This course is an introduction to molecular, cellular, organismal and behavioral neuroscience. Topics include structure and functions of the
brain,neuron-glial and synaptic interactions,sensory systems and perception,learning and memory, motor systems
and the control of movement, and neurobiology of hormones and behavior. Every Year, Spring
BI 330 Endocrinology (3 hrs.) The objective of this
course is to introduce the student to (1) an intensive
understanding of the mechanism of hormone action,
(2) the importance of the interrelationship among all hormones, (3) a detailed clinical situation dealing with hormonal aberrations, and (4) a theoretical and practical
method for hormone assays. Prerequisites: BI 101,
BI 102, CH 101, CH 102; Every Year, Fall
BI 332 Histology (4 hrs.) Prerequisites:three courses
from BI 211, BI 212, BI 217, CH 201, CH 205, CH 210,
CH 211
BI 332L Histology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI
332. Every Year, Fall and Spring
BI 346 Cell Physiology (4 hrs.) This course examines the
physiology of the cell with emphasis on the structure and
function of the eukaryotic cell. Topics to be discussed
include metabolism, protein synthesis, cytoskeleton,
movement, communication,differentiation and control of
cellular reproduction. The laboratory involves current
techniques for separating and identifying cell components
and enzyme systems. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, CH
210, CH 211; Every Year, Fall
BI 346L Cell Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
BI 346. Every Year, Fall
BI 347 General Physiology (4 hrs.) This introduction to
fundamental physiological mechanisms common to animals studies how organisms move, circulate fluids,
exchange gases, control ion and water content, take in and
digest food, and respond to changes in the environment.
Also considered are how these activities are regulated and
how they interact. Examples are taken from invertebrates,
lower vertebrates and mammals. Prerequisites: BI 346; BI
217; Every Year, Spring
BI 347L General Physiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 347. Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
BI 350 Cardiovascular Physiology (3 hrs.) The physiology of the mammalian heart is studied in detail—electrophysiology of the heart, structure and function, cardiac
cycle, hemodynamics, capillary dynamics, cardiovascular
reflexes, cardiac output and venous return,atherosclerosis,
hypertension and circulatory shock. Prerequisites:four
courses from BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 112, CH 101,
CH 102; Every Year, Fall
BI 351 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Natural History of New
England (4 hrs.) This study of the ecology, natural features and resources of New England pays special attention
to the regional communities and the environmental forces
that shape them. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102, CH 110,
CH 111; Every Other Year, Spring
BI 351L Natural History of N.E. Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 351. Every Other Year, Spring
BI 356 Freshwater Ecology (4 hrs.) This introduction to
the study of the biology, chemistry, geology and the
physics of ponds, lakes and streams includes studies of life
histories of representative freshwater organisms. Students
receive field training in limnological techniques. Prerequisite: BI 251; Every Other Year, Spring
BI 356L Freshwater Ecology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 356. Every Year, Spring
BI 358 Human Ecology (4 hrs.) Application of biological
principles toward understanding the human as an organism and as a member of the ecosystem is considered.
Selected field trips to study current ecological problems
are scheduled. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102; Every Year,
Spring
BI 358L Human Ecology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
BI 358. Every Year, Spring
BI 370 General Microbiology (4 hrs.) This study of the
biology of bacteria and other microorganisms emphasizes
techniques of isolation,observation,cultivation and identification. The role played by microorganisms in nature
and in industry also is considered. Prerequisites: BI 101,
BI 102; two courses from CH 201, CH 205, CH 210,
CH 211; Every Year, All
BI 370L General Microbiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 370. Every Year, All
BI 372 Pathogenic Microbiology (4 hrs.) This study of the
cultural,biochemical,serological and pathogenic characteristics of disease-producing microorganisms emphasizes
identifying disease microorganisms and differentiating
them from closely related species that represent human’s
indigenous flora. Prerequisite: BI 370; Every Year, All
TIONS
195
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 196
BI 372L Pathogenic Microbiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 372. Every Year, All
BI 388L Clinical Training I Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 388. Every Year, Fall
BI 373 Mycology (4 hrs.) The morphology, taxonomy
and phylogeny of fungi are studied in this course. Laboratory exercises include the cultural and biochemical reaction of selected human pathogens. Prerequisite: BI 370;
Every Other Year, Summer
BI 397 Pre-Health Professions Clinical Affiliation
(3 hrs.) This apprenticeship program pairs an undergraduate student who displays maturity, dedication and sensitivity with a health professional in his or her field of
interest for a 12-week period. The affiliation provides the
student with the opportunity to observe social, ethical and
medical issues in a clinical setting. Professional dress is
required. Students may register for the course according
to the following criteria:permission of pre-health professions advisers; completion of a minimum of three semesters at Quinnipiac;satisfactory GPA. Every Year, Spring
BI 373L Mycology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
BI 373. Every Other Year, Summer
BI 375 Immunology (4 hrs.) The fundamentals of
immunology, including the study of reactions between
antigens and antibodies with application to the identification of microbial and nonmicrobial disease, are covered in
this course. Prerequisite: CH 205 or CH 315; Every Year,
Spring
BI 375L Immunology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
BI 375. Every Year, Spring
BI 382 Human Genetics (4 hrs.) This course examines
the genetic mechanism in humans, including data analysis
and problem-solving skills. The course includes an exposure to techniques for analysis of genetic variation in
humans, the structure of the human genome, the implications of human genetic variation,somatic cell genetics, an
introduction to medical genetics, DNA analysis, and the
implications of genetic knowledge in the context of modern society and culture. Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102;
Every Other Year, Fall
BI 382L Human Genetics Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 382. Every Other Year, Fall
BI 385 Conservation Biology (3 hrs.) The main concepts
of modern conservation practices are introduced in this
course. Topics include extinction and endangered species,
development and protection of natural areas, and integration of conservation measures in light of economic realities. The course involves lectures on campus and field
studies in Costa Rica in lieu of the normal laboratory.
Prerequisite: BI 101 or BI 105; Every Year, Fall
BI 388-389 Clinical Training I and II (3 hrs.) This
course offers the pre-physician assistant student emergency medical technician (basic) certification as a prerequisite for obtaining the 500 hours of documented direct
patient contact required by the program prior to entering
the professional component. Students who already have
obtained EMT certification replace this course by riding
with an ambulance crew for a minimum of 50 documented hours during the semester in which this course is normally required. Prerequisite: BI 104; Every Year, Fall
196
BI 400 Pre-Physician Assistant Clerkship (3 hrs.) Prephysician assistant students participate in a mentoring
program,which provides the opportunity to gain knowledge through direct observation and supervised direct
patient contact.Each student spends time with five physician assistant professionals who specialize in different
areas of medicine. Every Year, Spring
BI 401 Introduction to Problem Solving (3 hrs.) This
course offers the pre-physician assistant student the tools
necessary for developing a systematic approach to the
patient and his or her medical condition. Students learn
to identify the following: the signs and symptoms of disease presentation, the components of a history and physical, and the understanding of a differential diagnosis. In
addition, students are taught the basis for developing a
patient assessment plan. Every Year, Fall
BI 413 Veterinary Technology I (4 hrs.) This course
includes lectures,demonstrations and laboratory exercises
in general anesthetic technique, standard surgical procedures, radiologic principles and proper operating room
conduct.Emphasis is on aspects of surgical technology of
greatest value to the veterinary surgeon or research investigator, including equipment and supply nomenclature,
patient monitoring, aseptic technique and therapeutics.
Care of the patient prior to and following surgery is also
considered. Prerequisite: BI 313; Every Year, Fall
BI 413L Veterinary Technology I Laboratory (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 413. Every Year, Fall
BI 414 Clinical Practice in Veterinary Technology
(4 hrs.) Students gain practical in-house clinical experience in animal health technology and laboratory animal
science. This is an opportunity to develop and perfect
skills introduced during the preclinical animal technology
courses while under the direct supervision of licensed veterinarians representing a wide variety of clinical interest
and practice styles. Limited to veterinary technology
majors.Concurrent registration in BI 413-415 required.
Prerequisite: BI 413; Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
BI 415 Veterinary Technology II (4 hrs.) The diseases of
laboratory and domestic animals with particular attention
to those transmissible from animals to humans are surveyed. The basic pathologic principles necessary for the
identification and understanding of the diseased state are
discussed, as well as the causation, pathogenesis and prevention of common infectious diseases. Basic pathologic
processes are illustrated in laboratory sessions.Emphasis
is on the technologist’s role in disease recognition,control
and necropsy room procedure. Prerequisites: BI 332,
BI 413; Every Year, Spring
BI 415L Veterinary Technology II Laboratory (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany BI 415. Every Year, Spring
BI 416 Clinical Practice in Veterinary Technology
(4 hrs.) Students gain practical in-house clinical experience in animal health technology and laboratory animal
science. This is an opportunity to develop and perfect
skills introduced during the preclinical animal technology
courses while under the direct supervision of licensed veterinarians representing a wide variety of clinical interest
and practice styles. Limited to veterinary technology
majors.Concurrent registration in BI 413-415 required.
Prerequisites: BI 414, BI 415; Every Year, Spring
BI 470 Virology (4 hrs.) This course covers methods for
the growth and identification of viral agents, preparation
and inoculation of tissue culture, animals,embryonated
eggs, plaque formation, and immunological techniques.
Prerequisite: BI 370; Every Other Year, Spring
BI 470L Virology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 470.
Every Other Year, Spring
BI 471 Molecular Genetics (4 hrs.) This course introduces students to the theory and practice of DNA manipulation that is involved in modern molecular biology,
including cancer research ,c e llular development, regulation
of differentiation and construction of designer genes in
plants,animals,humans, microorganisms and virus.These
methods are common in health research,industrial discovery and environmental remediation. The lecture and
the laboratory, which involves DNA manipulation and
gene cloning, are designed for students interested in
careers in medicine, biotechnology, microbiology and
graduate programs. Prerequisite: BI 370; Every Other Year,
Spring
Page 197
production,transgenic animal formation and human gene
therapy. Purification,identification,optimization,testing,
government regulations and patents are addressed.This
hands-on course is designed for students interested in
careers in the expanding modern world of applied biology
and microbiology in research and industry. Prerequisite:
BI 370; Every Year, Fall
BI 479 Microbiology Research (2 hrs.) Independent
projects in selected areas of microbiology and biotechnology are completed under the direction of a faculty member. Every Year, Spring
BI 481 Research Methods in Biomedical Sciences I
(1 hr.) The development of a proposal for a senior
research project. Every Year, Spring
BI 483 Research Methods in Biomedical Sciences II
(1 hr.) Presentation of a proposal for a senior research
project. Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
BI 218 Vertebrate Natural History (4 hrs.) Prerequisites:
BI 101, BI 102
BI 219 Ornithology (4 hrs.)
BI 231 Introduction to Earth Science (4 hrs.)
BI 231L Earth Science Lab (0 hrs.)
BI 233 Microscopic Anatomy (4 hrs.) Prerequisites:
BI 111, BI 112
BI 274 Microtechnique (4 hrs.) Prerequisite: BI 233
BI 282L Genetics Lab (0 hrs.)
BI 299 Independent Study (1 hr.)
BI 383 Evolution (4 hrs.) Prerequisites: BI 101, BI 102,
BI 282
BI 383L Organic Evolution Lab (0 hrs.)
BI 399 Independent Study: Growth Hormone (4 hrs.)
BI 475 Special Topics in Microbiology (4 hrs.)
Prerequisite: BI 370
BI 476 Environmental Microbiology (4 hrs.)
Prerequisite: BI 370
BI 476L Environmental Microbiology Lab (0 hrs.)
BI 478 Microbiology Seminar (1 hr.)
BI 482 Independent Study in Biomedical Sciences (1 hr.)
BI 495 Biological Techniques (4 hrs.) Prerequisites:
BI 101, BI 102
BI 498 Independent Study in Biology (1 hr.)
BI 499 Independent Study in Biology (1 hr.)
BI 471L Microbial Genetics Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI 471. Every Other Year, Spring
Business
BI 472 Biotechnology (4 hrs.) This course addresses the
isolation,growth, genetic manipulation and use of organisms (commonly genetically modified) or their products in
fermented food production,agriculture, pharmaceutical
discovery and production, molecular diagnostics, vaccine
SB 101 The Business Environment (3 hrs.) This is the
first part of a two-semester course (SB 102 is the second
part) required of all School of Business freshmen.The
course is interdisciplinary, introducing students to the
major fields of business in an integrated framework built
around a competitive business simulator. The first semes-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
197
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
ter includes modules in accounting, marketing and management, and also introduces students to key managerial
concepts and skills such as diversity, communication,team
building, ethics and life-long learning. Every Year, Fall
SB 102 The Business Environment II (2 hrs.) This is the
second part of the two-semester course (following SB
101) required of all School of Business freshmen.The
course continues the presentation of a broad,all-encompassing view of business, introducing students to the
major fields of business in an integrated framework built
around a competitive business simulator. The second
semester includes modules on finance and international
business and continues to introduce students to key managerial concepts and skills such as diversity, communication, team building, ethics and life-long learning. The
course is linked with the one-credit course, PL 160 Ethics
and Diversity. SB 101/102 may be waived for transferring
students under certain conditions. Every Year, Spring
SB 201 The World of Business I—Honors (6 hrs.) This
two-semester, team-taught course provides students with
an integrated approach to core business concepts. Over
the two-semester sequence, core topics from AC 102,
FIN 201, IB 201, MG 101, MG 202 and MK 201 are
covered thoroughly. Emphasis is placed on how traditional functional areas necessarily relate to each other. To help
solidify their foundational skills and knowledge, students
work in teams to prepare a comprehensive business plan
for a campus-based business. The business plan is completed in the fall semester. Students have the opportunity
to launch and run their business through a spring semester practicum. SB 201 is a six-credit course taken fall
semester, sophomore year. SB 202 is a six-credit course
taken spring semester sophomore year in conjunction
with the three-credit SB 203 practicum. The practicum
grade appears separately on student transcripts. Students
successfully passing SB 201, SB 202, SB 203 and maintaining passing grades in each of the functional areas are
waived from AC 102, FIN 201, IB 201, MG 101 and
MK 201. MG 202 is waived upon successful completion
of any open business elective. Every Year, Fall
SB 202 The World of Business II—Honors (6 hrs.)
Continuation of SB 201. Every Year, Spring
SB 203 Practicum I—World of Business—Honors
(3 hrs.) The philosophy of a practicum is to allow students to take responsibility for implementing ideas and
concepts they have learned in the classroom or from other
life experiences. The SB 203 practicum is a three-credit
course that allows students to launch a business based on
one of the SB 201 business plans and using the course
material from SB 201/202. Every Year, Spring
SB 204 Practicum II—World of Business—Honors
(3 hrs.) Every Year, Fall
198
Page 198
SB 221 Introduction to Latin America (3 hrs.) This is
the transdisciplinary introductory course for the minor in
Latin American studies. Various disciplines including history, anthropology, economics and language are interwoven in an exploration of concepts, behaviors and traditions
associated with Latin America. A survey of Latin American regions spanning the Revolutionary period to the
present, with a focus on the last 50 years, is utilized to
focus the content. Every Year, Spring
SB 222 Ventures in Free Enterprise (3 hrs.) This is a
Service Learning course. Service Learning is the process
of integrating volunteer community service, combined
with active guided reflection into the university curriculum, in ways that enhance and enrich student learning of
course material and provide real benefits to the community. The course is rooted in that part of Quinnipiac’s mission that commits the institution to prepare graduates
who manifest critical and creative thinking, effective communication skills, informed value judgments, and who
possess an educational foundation for continued growth
and development in a changing world of diverse cultures
and people. Through public service and cultural events,
Quinnipiac extends its resources to the professions and
communities which it serves. With emphasis on the public service aspect of the university mission, students in this
Ventures in Free Enterprise course are guided in the conception, design and execution of experiential service learning projects in free enterprise with populations selected
from within and without the university. The learning
objectives for these student-driven,educational,personal
and community development action projects may be
drawn from market economics,entrepreneurship, finance,
investing, credit or any topic area within free enterprise.
Selected projects may compete for regional and even
national recognition. Every Year, Spring
SB 450 Strategic Integrated Management Seminar
(2 hrs.) This is a required capstone course for all business
majors taken during the last semester of the senior year.
Strategic management is an interdisciplinary course. Students learn concepts and theory relevant to the field of
strategic management, as well as review and integrate
their accumulated functional business knowledge.
Emphasis is placed on developing critical thinking and
decision-making skills through case analyses and simulated business exercises. Every Year, All
Chemistry
CH 101 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Fundamentals of
General,Organic and Biological Chemistry I (3 hrs.)
This course presents a study of atomic theory, chemical
bonding, formulas,equations,stoichiometry, kinetic theory of gases, solutions,ions,acids, bases, and buffers,
radioactivity and nuclear chemistry. Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
CH 101L Lab to accompany CH 101 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 101 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Fall
CH 102 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Fundamentals of
General,Organic and Biological Chemistry II (3 hrs.)
This introductory organic chemistry course focuses on
selected functional groups,biochemistry including
carbohydrates,lipids,proteins and nucleic acids. Every
Year, Spring
CH 102L Lab to accompany CH 102 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 102 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Spring
CH 110 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Chemistry I
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to atomic and kinetic
theory of molecules, theory of matter, nomenclature, formulas and equations,stoichiometry, structure of atoms,
molecules, ions, chemical bonding. Every Year, Fall
CH 110L General Chemistry I Lab (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 110 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Fall
CH 111 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Chemistry II
(3 hrs.) This course covers solutions, thermodynamics,
equilibrium,electrochemistry kinetics and mechanism of
reactions, pH and acid-base solution chemistry. Prerequisites: CH 110, CH 110L, MA 117; Every Year, Spring
CH 111L General Chemistry II Lab (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 111 (3 laboratory hrs.) Prerequisite:
CH 110L; Every Year, Spring
CH 201 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry (3 hrs.)
This introduction to organic chemistry presents a systematic study of functional groups and their chemistries (solubilities, reactions,syntheses) using physiologically active
compounds as examples. Prerequisites: CH 110, CH 111,
CH 110L, CH 111L; Every Year, Fall
CH 201L Lab to accompany CH 201 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 201 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Fall
CH 205 Fundamentals of Physiological Chemistry
(3 hrs.) The biochemistry of human physiology and clinical chemistry biosynthesis and the metabolism of biologically active compounds correlated with clinical significance, and buffer systems are introduced. Prerequisites:
CH 201, CH 201L; Every Year, Spring
CH 205L Lab to accompany CH 205 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 205 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Spring
CH 210 Organic Chemistry I (3 hrs.) This course presents a comprehensive study of the principles that govern
the properties, reactions, methods of preparation,isolation
and identification of organic compounds correlated with
reaction mechanisms,stereochemistry, conformational
Page 199
analysis, resonance, transition state theory, infrared,
nuclear magnetic resonance and mass spectra. Specific
groups covered are alkanes, alkyl halides, alkenes, dienes,
alkynes,alicyclic and aromatic hydrocarbons and arenes.
Prerequisites: CH 110, CH 110L, CH 111, CH 111L;
Every Year, Fall
CH 210L Organic Chemistry I Lab (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 210 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Fall
CH 211 Organic Chemistry II (3 hrs.) This continuation
of CH 210 covers specific groups such as alcohols,ethers
and epoxides,aldehydes,ketones, carboxylic acids and
their derivatives,amines, phenols and heterocyclic compounds. Prerequisites: CH 210, CH 210L; Every Year,
Spring
CH 211L Organic Chemistry II Lab (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 211 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Spring
CH 215 Analytical Chemistry (3 hrs.) An introduction
to the principles and practice of modern chemical analysis
includes the following topics: treatment of analytical data,
experimental design and sample preparation, simple and
complex equilibria,potentiometry, chromatography and
spectrophotometry. Prerequisites: CH 110, CH 110L,
CH 111, CH 111L; Every Year, Spring
CH 215L Lab to accompany CH 215 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 215 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Spring
CH 231 Basic Chemical Instrumentation (3 hrs.) This
introduction to the chemistry and principles of basic analytical laboratory procedures includes laboratory mathematics,solution calculations and preparations,qualitative
and quantitative analysis using general spectroscopy
(ultraviolet,visible, infrared,fluorescence),atomic absorption and emission spectroscopy, flame photometry, turbidimetry, nephelometry, chloridometry, potentiometry,
gas and high pressure liquid chromatographies. Prerequisites: CH 205, CH 205L, PH 101, PH 101L; Every Year,
Spring
CH 231L Lab to accompany CH 231 (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 231 (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Year, Spring
CH 301 Physical Chemistry I (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to chemical thermodynamics,theories of states of
matter, kinetic theory of gases, solutions, phase and chemical equilibria transport in liquids, and electrochemistry.
Prerequisites: CH 210, CH 211, CH 215, MA 141, MA
142, PH 110, PH 111; Every Other Year, Fall
CH 301L Physical Chemistry II Lab (1 hr.) This lab
must be taken with CH 301. It consists of experiments in
chemical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics, electrochemistry, equilibria,solutions, and physical property
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
199
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
determination chosen to illustrate physical chemical principles (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Other Year, Fall
CH 302 Physical Chemistry II (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to chemical kinetics, quantum chemistry and
statistical thermodynamics and applications of quantum
theory to molecular spectroscopy and chemical bonding.
Prerequisite: CH 301; Every Other Year, Spring
CH 302L Physical Chemistry II Lab (1 hr.) Must be
taken with CH 302. (3 laboratory hrs.) Every Other Year,
Spring
CH 305 Instrumental Analysis (3 hrs.) This course covers analysis techniques: FTIR, NMR, UV-VIS, GE-MS,
as well as chromatography and electronics. Other current
techniques also are studied. Prerequisites: CH 210, CH
210L, CH 211, CH 211L, CH 215, CH 215L; Every
Other Year, Fall
CH 305L Instrumental Analysis Lab (1 hr.) This lab
must be taken with CH 305. Every Other Year, Fall
CH 315 General Biochemistry (3 hrs.) This comprehensive study of biologically active compounds and their
metabolism,biosynthesis and relationship to biological
systems includes a detailed presentation of bioenergetics,
enzyme kinetics and buffer systems. Prerequisites: CH
210, CH 210L, CH 211, CH 211L; Every Year, All
CH 315L General Biochemistry Lab (1 hr.) This lab
must be taken with CH 315. Every Year, All
CH 410 Inorganic Chemistry (3 hrs.) This general
review of the electronic structure of atoms covers ionic
and covalent bonding, acid-base chemistry and non-aqueous solvents, coordination chemistry, and periodicity.
Symmetry and chemical applications of group theory are
introduced. Prerequisites: CH 110, CH 111; Every Other
Year, Fall
CH 475 Chemistry Seminar I (1 hr.) Senior chemistry
majors concurrently registered for chemistry research (CH
490,491) enroll in this course. Students present two seminars. This seminar covers an outline of the student’s project for the year. Every Year, Fall
CH 476 Chemistry Seminar II (1 hr.) This seminar
covers a final report by the student on the results of the
research project undertaken in CH 475. Prerequisite:
CH 475; Every Year, Spring
CH 490 Chemistry Research I (3 hrs.) Permission of the
chairperson is required. Every Year, Fall
CH 491 Chemistry Research II (3 hrs.) Permission of
the chairperson is required. Every Year, Spring
200
Page 200
Courses offered as needed
CH 310 Qualitative Organic Analysis (2 hrs.)
Prerequisites: CH 210, CH 210L, CH 211, CH 211L
CH 310L Qualitative Organic Lab (2 hrs.)
CH 399 Independent Study in Chemistry I (3 hrs.)
CH 499 Independent Study in Chemistry II (3 hrs.)
Chinese
CN 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Chinese I
(3 hrs.) This course is an introduction to Mandarin Chinese as a spoken and written language. Students develop
reading, writing, oral comprehension and speaking ability
in basic Chinese. Chinese culture, customs and business
practice are introduced. Every Year, All
CN 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Chinese II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of Chinese 101. Prerequisite: CN 101 or AS 101; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
CN 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
CN 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Computer Information Systems
CIS 101 Principles of Information Technology (3 hrs.)
This college curriculum course is based on the premise
that virtually all college graduates, regardless of their
major and future occupation ,w i ll be employed in computerized organizations.They will be expected by their
employers to understand, use and possibly design computer-based information systems that employ various types of
information technologies to gather, process,store, communicate and output information. This course provides
the student with a conceptual basis for understanding the
terminology necessary for success in the information age,
an appreciation of the effect of information technology on
the world around us, and a basis for acquiring the necessary skill set to succeed in the 21st century. Every Year, All
CIS 110 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming (3 hrs.) This introduction to object-oriented programming uses relational databases in a client-server environment.Emphasis is on the product operation skills
necessary to function in an object-oriented environment
and the graphical application development process.Common programming techniques necessary to create simple
but useful applications are explained. A laptop computer
is required. Prerequisite: CIS 101; Every Year, All
CIS 210 Advanced Object-Oriented Programming
(3 hrs.) This course focuses on developing new customdesigned programs to meet user requirements in a distrib-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 201
uted client-server environment utilizing object-oriented
programming tools and techniques. The fundamentals of
object-oriented analysis and design are stressed, and the
basic tools needed to successfully program in an environment in which the horizontal integration of management
data is the norm. A heavy focus on relational data architecture is maintained throughout the course. A laptop
computer is required. Prerequisite: CIS 110; Every Year,
Spring
is processed in, the functional areas of various types of
organizations also is presented. The general design of
information systems organizations and the responsibilities
of members of those organizations are explained.
Prerequisite: CIS 101; Every Year, Fall
CIS 312 Advanced C++ (3 hrs.) The advanced programming techniques and features of the C++ language are
covered. A laptop computer is required. Prerequisite:
CIS 212.
CIS 212 Introduction to C++ (3 hrs.) This course considers the C++ programming language and the development
of custom-designed programs to meet user requirements.
The focus is on application in a business environment. A
laptop computer is required. Prerequisite: CIS 110.
CIS 213 Introduction to Java (3 hrs.) This course focuses
on the use of Java and JavaScript programming language
and the development of custom-designed programs to
meet user requirements. The emphasis is on application in
a business environment. A laptop computer is required.
Prerequisite: CIS 110.
CIS 214 Introduction to COBOL (3 hrs.) The programming logic required to create and update keyed-sequential
data sets/files of business data and print reports using data
extracted from these files is introduced. The course covers
designing the contents, format and levels of control breaks
and subtotals for reports. Also examined are user-controlled program options and codifying existing programs
to add options/features. A laptop computer is required.
Prerequisite: CIS 110.
CIS 230 Desktop Publishing (3 hrs.) Applications of
desktop publishing are considered. Students gain experience in using desktop publishing software and developing
samples and portfolios of their projects. A laptop computer is required. Prerequisites: CIS 101, MK 201, SB 201 or
SB 202; Every Year, All
CIS 260 Advanced Spreadsheet Processing and Design
(3 hrs.) This course presents an introduction to the application and design of macros to automate advanced features found in spreadsheet software. A laptop computer is
required. Prerequisite: CIS 110; Every Year, All
CIS 282 Multimedia and WWW Publishing (3 hrs.)
This course covers advanced features of desktop publishing software. The student is exposed to multimedia and
user interactive applications. A laptop computer is
required. Prerequisite: CIS 230.
CIS 301 Introduction to Information Systems (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction to the types of
computer-related equipment, programs and procedures
that comprise information systems. An analysis of the
manner in which organizational data flows through,and
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
CIS 313 Advanced JAVA (3 hrs.) Advanced programming techniques and features of the Java language are
covered. A laptop computer is required. Prerequisite:
CIS 213.
CIS 314 Advanced COBOL (3 hrs.) Advanced programming techniques and features of the COBOL language
are introduced. A laptop computer is required.
Prerequisite: CIS 214.
CIS 330 Networking and Telecommunications (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction to the technology
used in networking and communications, and is intended
to provide an opportunity to develop a conceptual framework for communications and networking technology,
practices and procedures, as well as to recognize the patterns of future development, and to develop a basis for
judgment of available technology for communications and
networking system practices. Prerequisite: CIS 301,
CIS 205 or CIS 205.
CIS 335 Accounting Information Systems (3 hrs.) The
accounting applications of computer information systems
in an organization are examined. Accounting software
packages and database applications to accounting systems
are analyzed. Prerequisite: AC 101, CS 101 or CIS 101;
Every Year, All
CIS 351 Data Base Programming and Design (3 hrs.)
This course presents a comprehensive introduction to the
use of data base architecture as a tool for developing integrated or holistic solutions for the information requirements of a modern business environment. The course
provides the students with the skills needed in order to
identify business problems that may be profitably
addressed through the use of data structure design, and to
understand the interconnections between data structure
and business policies. Students learn how to design, build
and use data bases and non-procedural applications appropriate to business problems. A laptop computer is required.
Prerequisite: CS 205 or CIS 205; Every Year, Fall
CIS 370 Systems Analysis and Design (3 hrs.) This
course presents a comprehensive introduction to the
information engineering skills that students, as future
users or systems analys t s ,w i ll need to work in a highly
TIONS
201
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
competitive, computer-integrated business environment.
The course provides the students with the skills to identify business problems which may be solved by technologybased solutions,determine requirements for information
systems solutions, and develop detailed designs which
form the basis for implementing systems. Prerequisites:
CIS 110, CIS 301; Every Year, Spring
CIS 381 Client Side Web Development (3 hrs.) This
course focuses on the use of JavaScript to implement
client side Web developments. Topics covered include
automatically updating pages, rollovers, opening and
manipulating windows, frames and image maps, form validation,information access and retrieval, timing events,
cookies. A laptop computer is required. Prerequisite:
CIS 110; Every Year, Fall
CIS 382 Server Side Web Development (3 hrs.) The
focus of this course is on developing HTML interfaces,
SQL server-based server processing and VBScript ASPs
for unifying the client and server operations. Fully functional B2C or B2B Web sites including the underlying
databases are developed. A laptop computer is required.
Prerequisite: CIS 110; Every Year, Spring
CIS 383 Analysis and Design for Web Development
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the process of analyzing and designing the requirements for a Web site, as well
as development of the overall structure and layout along
with client and server requirements. Designing the underlying databases is also covered. Prerequisite: CIS 370,
CIS 220 or CS 220.
CIS 400 Emerging Topics in Information Systems
(3 hrs.) This course, which focuses on emerging topics in
information systems,covers current topics of interest and
current practices in the field. Consult the class schedule
for topic(s) to be covered. Prerequisite: CIS 370, CIS 220
or CS 220.
CIS 440 Project and Change Management (3 hrs.) A
comprehensive review of all prior required courses in
which student teams are required to practice using system
development concepts in order to analyze the need for a
system, to design a solution, and to implement the
designed solution in a business environment. A laptop
computer is required. Every Year, Spring
CIS 450 Information Systems Strategy (3 hrs.) Strategic
use of enterprise information systems and technology for
the evolving and changing global marketplace is examined. The development and implementation of policies
and plans to achieve alignment of information systems
and technology and enterprise goals also are covered.
Prerequisite: CIS 370.
202
Page 202
CIS 470 Alternative System Design Methodologies
(3 hrs.) This course presents an introduction to design
methodologies other than System Development Life
Cycle: Rapid Application Development and Prototyping
and Joint Application Development. Prerequisite: CIS 370.
CIS 482 CIS Internship I (1 hr.) This course provides
students with on-the-job experience by employing their
skills in a professional setting under a practicing professional. The internship involves in-depth work related to
user-defined information needs and is usually completed
during the summer between the junior and senior years.
Students must obtain approval and register before starting
the work experience. Approval of adviser and CIS chair
required. Prerequisite: CIS 440.
CIS 483 CIS Internship II (1 hr.) This course provides
students with on-the-job experience by employing their
skills in a professional setting under a practicing professional. The internship involves in-depth work related to
user-defined information needs and is usually completed
during the summer between the junior and senior years.
Students must obtain approval and register before starting
the work experience. Approval from adviser and CIS chair
required. Prerequisite: CIS 440.
Courses offered as needed
CIS 399 Independent Study (1 hr.)
CIS 488 Independent Study (1 hr.)
Computer Science
CSC 101 Introduction to Internet Studies (3 hrs.) This
course deals with a study of the Internet. Topics covered
are the history of the Intern e t ,s o ftware and hardware
connected with the Internet, the Internet and commerce,
and education and social issues. The future of the Internet
also is explore d .B rowsers,search engines, and e-mail software packages are examined. The HTML markup language is introduced. Every Year, All
CSC 110 Programming and Problem Solving (4 hrs.)
This course serves as an introduction to computer science
and computer programming. Topics covered include:fundamental programming constructs;problem solving techniques; basic data and control structures; and an introduction to object-oriented programming. The Java
programming language is covered in detail. A lab is
included. Every Year, All
CSC 111 Data Structures and Abstraction (4 hrs.) This
course is a continuation of CSC 110. Topics covered
include advanced data structures (linked lists, stacks,
queues,trees, hash table), recursion,abstract data types,
introductory algorithms, and intermediate object-oriented
programming. The course is taught using Java. A lab is
included. Prerequisite: CSC 110; Every Year, All
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 203
CSC 205 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3 hrs.)
This course introduces students to basic concepts and
structures of discrete mathematics. Topics covered include
propositional and predicate logic, sets and set operations,
functions and function machines,binary relations,graphs
and trees, and basic number theory. Applications include
computer science, biology, social sciences, law and the
physical sciences. Prerequisites: CSC 110, MA 117; Every
Year, Spring
CSC 210 Computer Architecture and Organization
(4 hrs.) Students are introduced to the organization and
architecture of computers. Topics related to computer
organization include digital logic, data representation,
computer arithmetic, data path and control unit implementation,memory system organization, and I/O communications.Architecture topics include machine language programming, instruction set design, and factors
affecting processor performance. A lab component is
included. Prerequisite: CSC 111; Every Year, Spring
CSC 215 Algorithm Design and Analysis (3 hrs.) This
course presents a study of the design and analysis of algorithms. Topics include Asymptotic Analysis,Complexity
Theory, Sorting and Searching, Underlying Data Structures,Recursion,Greedy Algorithms, Divide and Conquer, Dynamic Programming, and NP-completeness.
Additional topics may include Graph Algorithms, Probabilistic Algorithms,Distributed Computing and Parallel
Algorithms. Prerequisites: CSC 111, CSC 205; Every
Year, Fall
CSC 225 Introduction to Software Development (3 hrs.)
This course presents introductory software engineering
concepts including group development, large-scale project
work, and theoretical aspects of object-oriented programming. The course expands on material from previous
courses. Professional behavior and ethics represent an
important component of this course. Prerequisite:
CSC 111; Every Year, Fall
CSC 305 Dynamic Web Design (3 hrs.) Topics in interactive and dynamic Web design as well as issues in
client/server processing are covered.Emphasis is placed on
the design and realization of projects in a group environment. Prerequisites: IDD 261, CSC 101; Every Year, All
CSC 310 Operating Systems and Systems Programming (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to operating systems and the software to support these systems. Topics
covered include:operating system principles, concurrency,
scheduling and dispatch ,v i rtual memory, device management,security and protection, file systems and naming,
and real-time systems. Prerequisites: CSC 210, CSC 225;
Every Other Year, Fall
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
CSC 320 Compilers (3 hrs.) This course presents a study
of the design and implementation of compilers. Topics
include translators and compilers,lexical analysis,syntax
analysis and parsing, runtime environments, and code
generation. Prerequisites: CSC 215, CSC 225; Every
Other Year, Fall
CSC 325 Database Systems (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the theory and application of database systems.
Topics include: data modeling and the relational model,
query languages, relational database design, transaction
processing, databases, and physical database design. Prerequisites: CSC 210, CSC 215; Every Other Year, Spring
CSC 340 Networking and Distributed Processing
(3 hrs.) This course is an introduction to net-centric computing, the Web as an example of client-server computing, building Internet and Web applications,communications and networking, distributed object systems,
collaboration technology and groupware, distributed operating systems and distributed systems. Prerequisites:
CSC 210, CSC 215, CSC 225; Every Other Year, Fall
CSC 345 Computer Graphics (3 hrs.) This course is an
introduction to theory and programming in computer
graphics. Topics covered include graphic systems,fundamental techniques in graphics, basic rendering, basic geometric modeling, visualization, virtual reality, computer
animation, advanced rendering, and advanced geometric
modeling. Prerequisites: CSC 215, CSC 225, MA 229;
Every Other Year, Spring
CSC 350 Intelligent Systems (3 hrs.) Artificial Intelligence is an umbrella topic covering efforts in a variety of
fields all searching for one goal: To get computers to perform well at tasks that humans excel in. Topics covered
include fundamental issues in intelligent systems,search
and optimization methods, knowledge representation and
reasoning, learning, agents,computer vision ,n a t u ral language processing, pattern recognition, advanced machine
learning, robotics,knowledge-based systems,neural networks and genetic algorithms. Prerequisites: CSC 215,
CSC 225; Every Other Year, Spring
CSC 355 Programming Language Concepts (3 hrs.)
This course represents an introduction to different paradigms of programming languages and their role in the
problem-solving process. Topics covered include history
and overview of programming languages, introduction to
language translation, language translation systems,models
of execution control,declaration,modularity, and storage
management,programming language semantics, functional programming paradigms,object-oriented programming
paradigms, logic programming paradigms,language-based
constructs for parallelism. Prerequisites: CSC 215, CSC
225; Every Other Year, Fall
TIONS
203
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Courses offered as needed
CSC 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
CSC 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
CSC 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
examined. Prerequisites: SO 101 or LE 115 and SO/CJ
283; Every Year, All
Criminal Justice
CJ 109 Introduction to Computer Forensics (3 hrs.) This
course introduces students to the work of computer forensic specialists, cyber crime investigators, and risk management analysts. The course empowers students with knowledge and use tools that enable them to create a corporate
computer crime policy. Computer crime has more than
doubled in the last year, proving that no matter how robust
companies’ security strategies and practices are, they have
to protect their information and knowledge assets; and
need to know exactly how computer crimes are committ e d ,h ow to assemble the evidence, and how to work with
law enforcement for prosecution. Every Year, All
CJ 200 Special Topics (3 hrs.) A variety of special topics
courses are offered every year. Prerequisite: SO 101 or
CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 205 Orientation to Sociology and Criminal Justice
(1 hr.) Also listed as SO 205 and GT 205, this course
introduces sociology, social services, gerontology and
criminal justice majors to the disciplines and fields in
which they are majoring. Students meet once a week to
discuss the origins,breadth and potential careers in their
fields. The course orients the student to professions within criminal justice, sociology, social services and gerontology through interaction with departmental faculty, former
students and practitioners in the field. Every Year, Spring
CJ 232 Women in the Criminal Justice System (3 hrs.)
Also listed as SO 232 and WS 232, this course examines
the changing patterns of women’s criminality, the experiences of women who are processed as crime victims, and
the evolution of women’s role in law, law enforcement and
corrections. Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 240 Organized Crime (3 hrs.) This course considers
the history of organized crime, its functions in distributing goods and services, in establishing order and disorder,
its role in the integration of marginal ethnic groups,and
the response of law enforcement and government agencies. Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Other Year, All
CJ 241 Police and Policing (3 hrs.) This course considers
the history and development of functions in policing.
Issues and controversies in policing such as, training,
police ideology, police management styles, the development of a working police personality, the appropriate use
of force, racial profiling, police corruption,patrol,professionalism, due process, and vocational considerations are
204
Page 204
CJ 243 Investigative Techniques (3 hrs.) This course
provides students with knowledge of basic concepts of
case and crime scene investigation; scene and investigative
personnel management; nature of investigative personnel
roles; steps in the processing of scenes and evidence;
methods of documentation; general and specialized techniques for the recognition,identification and individualization of evidence; sources of investigative information;
interview techniques; reconstruction of events; and legal
and ethical considerations during criminal investigations.
For majors only. Prerequisite: SO 283 or CJ 283; Every
Year, All
CJ 250 Youth Crime and Adolescent Gangs (3 hrs.)
Although young people are processed through a different
system of criminal justice than adults, theories of criminal
behavior address motivations for both juvenile and adult
crime. Of interest is the ongoing tendency to treat serious
crimes committed by young people as if they were committed by adults. This course examines the consequences
for problematic behavior in the criminal justice system,
including incarceration and alternative programming for
juveniles. Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Year,
Spring
CJ 251 Probation Parole and Community Corrections
(3 hrs.) Offenders are sentenced to one of these alternatives to incarceration in order to change or control behavior. Methods of supervision, special goals such as shock
probation or parole, electronic and other high-tech monitoring, controversies over effectiveness and punitive
aspects of these technologies are considered. Prerequisite:
SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 261 Prisons and Jails (3 hrs.) This course covers the
history and evolving ideology of confinement. Topics
included are prison architecture, management and security
levels, the development of the modern super prison,
prison labor, chain gangs, crowding, women’s and men’s
prisons, life in prison,prison culture and inmate social
structure, prison riots, violence in prison,geriatric and
mentally ill inmates, inmates who are ill,particularly those
with AIDS. Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Other
Year, All
CJ 262 Politically Motivated Crime (3 hrs.) This course
deals with domestic terrorism, the militias, hate groups
such as the Skinheads, random hate crimes, civil disobedience, treason, the Second Amendment. Prerequisite:
SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Other Year, All
CJ 270 Public Order Crimes (3 hrs.) Approximately twothirds of the inmates in U.S. correctional institutions have
been found guilty of public order crimes,moral cri m e s ,o r
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
crimes not likely to have a self-identified victim. This
course concentrates on crimes associated with such activities as illegitimate gambling, consensual sex, and the
criminal use and sale of both legal and illegal substances.
Prerequisite: SO 101 or CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 283 Crime and Society (3 hrs.) Also listed as SO 283,
this course examines crime as a cultural phenomenon and
as a problem of social control. Course topics include the
nature of law, characteristics of the criminal justice system, types of crime, as well as the critical evaluation of
theories of crime. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
CJ 330 Perspectives on Violence (3 hrs.) This course
explores the many ways that violence is viewed in our
society. Included in the consideration are types of violence, empirical evidence of incidence, characteristics of
violent crimes,offender motivation, victim profiles,and
theoretical explanations. Prerequisites: two courses from
SO or CJ; Every Other Year, All
CJ 335 Criminal Justice Systems (3 hrs.) This course
examines the criminal justice system,including law
enforcement, the courts and the correctional system.Each
aspect of the system is analyzed in terms of crime statistics, typologies and theoretical application. Prerequisites:
SO 101 and SO/CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 340 Practicum in Alternatives to Violence (3 hrs.)
This practicum assigns readings on non-violent selfdefense. The course is team taught by a sociologist and
other appropriate adjunct instructors,such as a selfdefense instructor, a treatment provider, etc. Prerequisites:
SO 101 and SO/CJ 283; Every Other Year, All
CJ 350 Practicum in Negotiation Skills (3 hrs.) Negotiation skills, a relatively new and growing area in the criminal justice field, are useful in street-level interactions,in
prison management, probation and parole interactions,as
well as administrative duties. In addition ,o f fender victim
negotiations and restorative justice techniques are increasingly employed in the courts as part of the sentencing
procedure. Prerequisites: SO 101 and SO/CJ 283; Every
Other Year, All
CJ 370 Constitutional and Ethical Issues in Policing
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the constitutional limitations and ethical considerations that affect police behavior. These include use of force, coercion,entrapment, right
to counsel, wiretapping, confessions and exclusionary rule.
Prerequisite: SO 101, SO 283 or CJ 283; Every Year, All
CJ 385 Senior Seminar in Criminal Justice Policy (3
hrs.) This senior-level course examines social policy as
applied to a selected aspect of the criminal justice field.
Senior CJ majors only. Every Year, Spring
Page 205
CJ 392 Internship (3 hrs.) The major requires two semesters of internship in a criminal justice setting such as a
police department, a prison or jail, a probation or parole
office or a court. For majors only. Every Year, All
CJ 394 Internship (3 hrs.) The major requires two semesters of internship in a criminal justice setting such as a
police department,criminal court, a prison or jail, a probation or parole office or a court. For majors only. Every
Year, All
Courses offered as needed
CJ 299 Independent Study in Criminal Justice (1 hr.)
CJ 300 Special Topics (3 hrs.)
CJ 399 Independent Study in Criminal Justice (3 hrs.)
Diagnostic Imaging
RS 101 Introduction to Diagnostic Imaging (3 hrs.)
Designed to provide an orientation to diagnostic imaging
this course includes history, ethics, and basic principles of
radiation protection, as well as preclinical observation.
Every Year, Spring
RS 210 Radiographic Procedures I (2 hrs.) This course
introduces the student to basic theory and principles of
radiographic procedures of the abdomen, chest,upper
extremity and shoulder girdle. Prerequisites: RS 101,
BI 117, MA 117, BI 118; Every Year, Fall
RS 211 Laboratory Practicum I (1 hr.) This practicum is
designed to develop preclinical competency in radiographic procedures studied in RS 210, as well as routine
hospital procedures and radiographic tasks, basic radiographic interpretation, patient management, communications and manipulation of imaging equipment. Every
Year, Fall
RS 215 Radiation Safety and Protection (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the effects of ionizing radiation on
biological systems at the molecular, cellular, organism,and
community levels, with emphasis on medical implications
and radiation protection. Every Year, Spring
RS 220 Radiographic Procedures II (2 hrs.) A continuation of RS 210, this course emphasizes theory and principles of radiographic examinations of lower extremities and
pelvic girdle, bony thorax and spinal procedures. Fluoroscopic procedures and intravenous urography are presented, time permitting. Prerequisites: RS 210, RS 211; Every
Year, Spring
RS 221 Laboratory Practicum II (1 hr.) Designed to
develop preclinical competency in radiographic procedures studied in RS 220, this practicum focuses on radiographic tasks, basic radiographic interpretation,patient
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
205
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
management,communications and manipulation of imaging equipment. Every Year, Spring
RS 230 Radiographic Procedures III (2 hrs.) The continuation of RS 220, this course emphasizes theory and
principles of radiographic examinations. Radiographic
procedures relating to the biliary system, upper and lower
gastrointestinal tracts are presented along with cranial and
sinus procedures. Prerequisites: RS 220, RS 221; Every
Year, Fall
RS 231 Laboratory Practicum III (1 hr.) This practicum
is designed to develop preclinical competency in routine
hospital procedures and radiographic tasks, basic radiographic interpretation, patient management, communications, and manipulation of imaging equipment. Every
Year, Fall
Page 206
of x-rays and the interaction of radiation with matter,
units of radiation measurements and radiation protection.
Prerequisite: RS 101; Every Year, Fall
RS 290 Advanced Radiographic Procedures (2 hrs.)
This course is designed to emphasize the theories and
principles of advanced radiographic examination s ,t o
include: cranial trauma, myelography, venography, mammography and bone densitometry. Prerequisite: RS 230,
RS 231; Every Year, Spring
RS 290L Laboratory Practicum (1 hr.) This practicum is
designed to develop preclinical competency in radiographic procedures studied in RS290. Every Year, Spring
RS 240 Radiographic Processing and Exposure (3 hrs.)
Students participate in determination of radiographic
exposure values with emphasis on radiographic quality
and equipment used in the production of optimal radiographs. Prerequisite: RS 101; Every Year, Fall
RS 298 Methods of Patient Care (3 hrs.) This course
focuses on a study of skills in providing humanistic care
for the well, acute or chronically ill individual, including
preparing patients for invasive as well as non-invasive
imaging studies; basic clinical skills in infection control,
including aseptic technique, vital signs and O2 administration;effective communication with emphasis on problem solving skills. Every Year, Fall
RS 240L Radiographic Processing Lab (0 hrs.) The laboratory is designed to demonstrate and reinforce the concepts and principles put forward in RS 240. Every Year,
Fall
RS 298L Methods of Patient Care Lab (0 hrs.) The laboratory is designed to develop preclinical competency for
the procedures described and demonstrated in RS 298.
Prerequisite: RS 101; Every Year, Fall
RS 245 Radiographic Processing and Exposure II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of RS240,building
on the principles and theories discussed and their relation
to clinical applications.Development of various exposure
charts, radiographic exposure formulas,examination of
various processing methods and advanced radiographic
equipment are included. Prerequisite: RS 240; Every Year,
Spring
RS 300 Introduction to Diagnostic Medical Sonography (3 hrs.) This introductory course to the field of diagnostic medical sonography discusses the role of diagnostic
medical sonography in the field of radiology and the role
of the sonographer. Professional ethics and legal issues
pertinent to sonography are covered. Ultrasound terminology and ultrasound tissue characterization are presented.Cross-sectional anatomy of the upper abdomen in the
sagittal,transverse and coronal planes utilizes schematic
images and ultrasound correlation. Patient positioning,
labeling of images, image orientation, and scanning protocol of the upper abdomen are covered. Basic scanning
techniques are introduced. Prerequisite: RS 252; Every
Year, Fall
RS 245L Radiological Processing and Exposure Lab
(1 hr.) Laboratory practicum concurrent with RS 245.
RS 250 Radiologic Clinical Education (2 hrs.) Students
gain clinical experience in radiographic positioning darkroom and office procedures, patient management, and
critical analysis of the radiograph. Prerequisites: RS 101,
BI 117, BI 118, MA 117; Every Year, Fall
RS 251 Radiologic Clinical Education (2 hrs.) This
course is a continuation of RS 250. Prerequisite: RS 250;
Every Year, Spring
RS 252 Radiologic Clinical Education (2 hrs.) This
course is a continuation of RS 251. Prerequisite: RS 251;
Every Year, Summer
RS 260 Radiographic Physics and Instrumentation
(3 hrs.) This course presents an analysis of the production
206
RS 318 Pathology for Imaging Sciences (3 hrs.) This
course provides an introduction to the basic study of disease, including etiology, pathophysiology and current
diagnostic procedures. Normal structure and function are
reviewed prior to the discussion of each anatomic system.
Prerequisites: BI 117, BI 118; Every Year, Spring
RS 320 Ultrasound Physics and Instrumentation (3
hrs.) The course presents theoretical concepts and practical applications related to ultrasound physics and instrumentation including transducers,Doppler, static and realtime techniques. Prerequisite: RS 300; Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
RS 322 Introduction to Sectional Anatomy (3 hrs.) The
positions and graphic identification of the major blood
vessels, structures and organs of the head, neck,thorax
and abdomen are studied. Every Year, Fall
RS 323 Advanced Sectional Anatomy (3 hrs.) This continuation of the regional anatomy considered in RS 322
includes shoulder, wrist,pelvis,hips, knee and ankle. In
addition to coronal, sagittal and axial imaging examined
in the previous course, oblique sections and three-dimensional reconstruction are included. Prerequisite: BI 118;
Every Year, Spring
RS 330 Diagnostic Assessment (3 hrs.) RS 330 is
designed to provide advanced skills in patient care,
venipuncture and analysis of ECG and clinical lab values.
Techniques utilized for patient preparation for invasive
studies, H and P, and IV drug administration and pharmacology are presented. Prerequisites: RS 298, RS 298L;
Every Year, Fall
RS 330L Diagnostic Assessment Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany RS 330. Prerequisite: RS 298; Every Year, Fall
RS 334 Bone Densitometry (1 hr.) Students are introduced to the various approaches to bone density. Bone
physiology and other causes that result in bone density
changes are explored. Procedures, methods and instrumentation for this imaging modality are utilized. Every
Year, Spring
RS 338 Introduction to CT Scanning (3 hrs.) Computed
tomography (CT) scanning as it pertains to diagnostic
imaging is studied. Topics include principles, physics,
image reconstruction,equipment, image quality, radiation
dose, specialized techniques, diagnostic applications and
some cross-sectional anatomy. Every Year, Fall
RS 340 Principles of Mammography (3 hrs.) RS 340 is
designed to give the student an overview of the history of
mammography as well as fundamental knowledge in the
areas of anatomy, physiology and pathology of the breast,
mammographic equipment and instrumentation,positioning and technique for mammography. Also covered are
methods of patient education and quality control.Course
is designed to prepare the student for the AART Mammography Certification Examination. Every Year, Fall
RS 350 Radiologic Clinical Education (2 hrs.) This continuation of RS 252 provides clinical experience in radiographic positioning, darkroom and office procedures,
patient management, and critical analysis of the radiograph. Prerequisite: RS 252; Every Year, Fall
RS 351 Radiologic Clinical Education (2 hrs.) This continuation of RS 350 provides clinical experience in radiographic positioning, darkroom and office procedures,
Page 207
patient management and critical analysis of the radiograph. Prerequisite: RS 350; Every Year, Spring
RS 401 Quality Management in Diagnostic Imaging
(3 hrs.) Quality management, quality assurance and quality control in imaging sciences are considered.Areas covered include radiographic and mammographic quality
control,quality improvement and federal, state and
accreditation guidelines. Prerequisite: RS 245 or AART;
Every Year, Spring
RS 401L Quality Management in Diagnostic Imaging
Lab (0 hrs.) Laboratory practicum concurrent with
RS 401.
RS 470 Ultrasound of the Abdomen (3 hrs.) This course
is designed to prepare the student toward eligibility for
the abdomen (AB) portion of the ARDMS Registry. The
course encompasses all aspects of abdominal scanning
including:anatomy and vasculature, normal variants and
congenital abnormalities,pathology, organ function and
laboratory tests, and scanning methods and practical tips.
Prerequisites: RS 300, RS 320; Every Year, Summer
RS 471 Gynecological and Peripheral Sonography
(3 hrs.) This course is designed to prepare the student
toward eligibility for the gynecological portion of the
obstetrical (OB) portion of the ARDMS Registry and the
peripheral structures portion of the abdominal (AB) portion of the ARDMS Registry. The course encompasses all
aspects of gynecological and peripheral scanning including:anatomy and vasculature, normal variants and congenital abnormalities,pathology, organ function and laboratory tests, and scanning methods and practical tips.
Prerequisite: RS 470; Every Year, Fall
RS 472 Obstetrics (3 hrs.) This course is a continuation
of the objectives and applications of RS 471 with emphasis on the obstetrical (OB) portion of the ARDMS Registry. The course encompasses anatomy and vasculature,
normal and congenital abnormalities, pathology, and
advanced scanning methods. Prerequisite: RS 471; Every
Year, Spring
RS 480 Medical Sonography Clinic I (2 hrs.) This practical course links theory presented in RS 320 and RS 470
with clinical applications. The course is designed to provide experience and develop proficiency with ultrasound
scanning methods, protocols, and utilization of equipment
under the supervision of certified medical sonographers.
Prerequisite: RS 320; Every Year, Summer
RS 481 Medical Sonography Clinic II (2 hrs.) This
course is a continuation of RS 480. Prerequisite: RS 470;
Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
207
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
RS 482 Medical Sonography Clinic III (2 hrs.) This
course is a continuation of RS 480 and RS 481. Prerequisites: RS 471, RS 480; Every Year, Spring
RS 497 Directed Study in Diagnostic Imaging (1 hr.)
This course emphasizes individualized study of some
aspect of diagnostic imaging and development of basic
professional communication skills. The results of the
study are prepared either for presentation at regional,state
and/or national meetings, or publication in a newsletter or
refereed journal. In addition ,c u r rent topics and research
in diagnostic imaging are presented by faculty and clinical
instructors. Every Year, Spring
RS 498 Imaging Seminar (1 hr.) This seminar is
designed to provide an overview of the field of imaging
with emphasis on new developments in procedures,
equipment and professional requirements for advanced
responsibilities. Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
RS 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
RS 331 Electrocardiography for the Radiographer (1 hr.)
RS 332 Phlebotomy and Vital Signs for the
Radiographer (1 hr.)
RS 333 Pharmacology for the Radiographer (1 hr.)
RS 352 Clinical Practicum (2 hrs.) Prerequisite: RS 351
RS 370 Instructional Strategies in Allied Health
Education (3 hrs.)
RS 399 Independent Study (1 hr.)
RS 414 Research :A n a lysis and Critique (3 hrs.)
RS 415 Introduction to Magnetic Resonance Imaging
(3 hrs.) Prerequisite: RS 322
RS 421 Non-traditional Applications of Diagnostic
Imaging (1 hr.)
RS 422 Non-traditional Applications of Diagnostic
Imaging (1 hr.)
RS 425 Cadaver Imaging (1 hr.)
RS 430 Clinical Practicum:Mammography I (2 hrs.)
RS 431 Clinical Practicum:Mammography II (2 hrs.)
RS 432 Clinical Practicum:MRI (2 hrs.)
RS 434 Clinical Practicum:CardiovascularInterventional (2 hrs.)
RS 438 Clinical Practicum: Computed Tomography
(CT) I (2 hrs.)
RS 439 Clinical Practicum: Computed Tomography
(CT) II (2 hrs.)
RS 440 Artifact Imaging Practicum (1 hr.)
RS 444 Clinical Practicum: Bone Densitometry I (2 hrs.)
RS 450 Forensic Imaging I (1 hr.)
RS 451 Forensic Imaging Laboratory (1 hr.)
RS 452 Forensic Imaging II (1 hr.)
RS 460 Advanced Imaging and Pathology (CVT)
(3 hrs.) Prerequisite: RS 322
RS 465 Advanced Imaging II: Equipment and
Instruments (3 hrs.)
RS 491 Open Topic (1 hr.)
208
Page 208
RS 492 Open Topic (2 hrs.)
RS 493 Open Topic (3 hrs.)
RS 499 Senior Thesis (3 hrs.)
Drama
DR 101 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Understanding Theater (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction to the practices and
purposes of theater through playgoing, readings in theater
history, dramatic theory and stage production work. Every
Year, All
DR 150 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Performance Fundamentals
(3 hrs.) This course provides an introduction to those
basic vocal, physical and improvisational skills necessary
for successful performance in a variety of areas. Skills to
be emphasized include vocal support and projection,
physical relaxation and focus, diction,articulation and
improvisational techniques. Students interested in broadcast journalism,newscasting, public relations and advocacy, as well as more theatrical areas of public performance,
will learn to work effectively in front of an audience while
maintaining focus and energy. Every Year, All
DR 160 Acting 1 (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the
basic principles of acting, including scene analysis, motivation,intention and character work. Students perform
exercises,monologues and scenes. The class may work in
collaboration with a mass communications video production class in taping short scenes on video. Every Year, All
DR 191 Theater Practice I (3 hrs.) All basic theater components through the active production of a full-length
play are studied in this course. Students may participate as
actors, designers, stage managers, assistant directors,dramaturges and in various production roles.(Minimum 40
hours production work ;p rocess journal). Every Year, All
DR 200 Special Topics (3 hrs.) This course focuses on a
specialized area of theater study. Topics in past have
included scenic and lighting design and special topics in
theater history and dramatic literature. Course may be
repeated for credit. Every Other Year, All
DR 220 Voice and Movement (3 hrs.) This course covers
practical laboratory work in vocal production and movement, utilizing developmental techniques of Kristin Linklater, Alexander Feldenkrais, Grotowski,Michael
Chekhov, with special emphasis on individual coaching
and problem solving. Studio work may also include techniques of characterization, including neutral and character
mask exploration,work with classical texts and acquisition
of dialect skills. Prerequisite: DR 101 or DR 160. Every
Other Year
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
DR 230 Directing for the Theater (3 hrs.) This course
serves as an introduction to the craft of the theatrical
director. Topics include play analysis and interpretation,
director’s concept, visual composition and the history and
theories of directing. Also included: methods of actor
coaching, rehearsal techniques and working with the creative team of designers, dramaturges and production staff.
As a final project, each student directs a scene or one-act
play that is presented in a student workshop performance
at the end of the semester. Prerequisite: DR 101 or
DR 160; Every Other Year, Fall
DR 260 Acting for Film/TV (3 hrs.) This is an intermediate studio course in which students gain experience in
the specialized performance skills demanded by the film
and television mediums. Students work on monologues
and scenes that emphasize truth and emotional reality and
receive training in the techniques of Stanislavski, Lee
Strasberg and Sanford Meisner. When scheduling permits,
students in Drama 260 collaborate with a mass communications video production class in filming/taping acting
scenes. Prerequisites: DR 101, DR 160; Every Year, Fall
DR 291 Theater Practice II (3 hrs.) All basic theater
components through the active production of a full-length
play are studied in this course. Students may participate as
actors,designers, stage managers, assistant directors,dramaturges and in other production roles.(Minimum 80
hours of student involvement, rehearsal journal and
research project). Every Year, All
DR 300 Special Topics (3 hrs.) This course focuses on a
specialized area of advanced theater study. Topics in the
past have included script analysis and Shakespearean acting. Course may be repeated for credit. Every Other Year
DR 305 Theater for Young Audiences (3 hrs.) This seminar course allows students to explore various aspects of
creating theater for young audiences. Performance skills in
improvisation and creative dramatics,adaptation of fairy
tales,folklore and other children’s literature for plays, and
the integration of drama into classroom curriculum are
emphasized. Students conduct enrichment workshops at
participating area schools and/or perform for young audiences in staged readings,workshops and/or fully mounted
productions.Community outreach and service learning
are emphasized. This course is cross-listed with ED 362.
Prerequisite: DR 101; Every Year, Spring
DR 306 Modern Drama (3 hrs.) Students are introduced
to principal movements in continental,British and American drama from Ibsen to the present. Emphasis is on the
main currents of modern dramatic development through
the critical analysis of representative plays. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, All
Page 209
DR 325 Theater Seminar (3 hrs.) This class offers students the opportunity to explore artistic,dramaturgical
and production issues associated with the realization of a
regional theatre’s season. Students read scripts produced
during a particular semester by an area professional theater and attend technical/dress rehearsals and performances. Guest artists from the theater visit campus. Students
also attend symposiums and other outreach programming
offered by the theater. The seminar provides a forum for
discussing the multi-faceted process of selecting a regional
theater season ,f o rmulating production concepts,conducting dramaturgical research, assembling artistic teams and
realizing dramatic texts on stage. Prerequisite: DR 101;
Every Other Year
DR 343 Shakespeare (3 hrs.) This course presents a
structural and thematic analysis of Shakespearian drama,
with readings in contemporary drama and selected problems of scholarship, criticism and performance. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every Year, All
DR 350 Playwriting (3 hrs.) The course explores a wide
range of playwriting strategies,exercises in technique and
innovative methods through which new playwrights may
begin to develop an individual voice and unique style
capable of communicating their visions. Students read
well-known plays of the modern era ,a n a lyzing the ways
in which individual playwrights have employed conventional and unconventional structures in telling their stories. Students also complete a series of writing exercises
designed to develop specific skills. As a culminating exercise, each student produces an original, one-act play. Prerequisites: EN 101, DR 101; Every Other Year, All
DR 360 Acting II (3 hrs.) This is an advanced studio
course in which exercises in acting technique, as well as
scene study, refine and deepen the actors’ ability to create
reality on stage. The technique portion of the class consists
of exercises and theories drawn from the work and writings
of Stanislavski, Strasberg, Meisner, Hagen, Adler, Lewis
and Chekhov. Students explore the skills necessary to create
a sense of truth on stage, whether working with realistic
texts or those drawn from non-realistic and classical theater.
Prerequisite: DR 160 or DR 260; Every Other Year, All
DR 375 History and Dramatic Literature of the Contemporary Theater (3 hrs.) This advanced seminar class
encompasses a socio-historical study of dramatic literature
and theory from the beginnings of the modern era to the
present with an emphasis on relevance to contemporary
performance techniques. The course examines such movements as realism, naturalism,futurism,symbolism,expressionism,surrealism,constructivism and absurdism,studying the texts, artists and critics of the modernist and
post-modernist movements in an attempt to locate contemporary theater within its social, historical and political
contexts. Prerequisite: DR 101; Every Other Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
209
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 210
DR 391 Theater Practice III (3 hrs.) All basic theater
components through the active production of a full-length
play are studied in this course. Students play substantial
roles in the production, either acting in a major role or
taking on a major production responsibility (e.g. stage
manager, assistant director, student designer). (Minimum
120 hours of student involvement, rehearsal journal and
substantive dramaturgical/research project). Prerequisites:
DR 191, DR 291; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
EME 191 Introduction to the Internet and Web
Publishing (3 hrs.)
EME 327 New Media/Online Resources (3 hrs.)
EME 333 Advanced Web Publishing (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:MEP 110, MEP 112
EME 335 Advanced Multimedia (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
EME 310
Courses offered as needed
DR 181 Improvisational Acting (3 hrs.)
DR 199 Independent Study (1-3 hrs.)
DR 220 Voice and Movement (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
DR 101 or DR 160
DR 286 Comparative Drama (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
DR 101
DR 290 Acting for Classical Stage (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
DR 160
DR 299 Independent Study (1-3 hrs.)
DR 300 Special Topics (3 hrs.)
DR 320 Advanced Voice and Movement (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: DR 101, DR 160, DR 220
DR 330 Advanced Directing (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
DR 101 or DR 160 and DR 230
DR 386 Modern Drama (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: DR 101
DR 387 Contemporary Drama (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
DR 101, EN 240, EN 250, EN 260, EN 270,
EN 275, EN 280 or EN 281
DR 390 Acting and Directing for Video (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: DR 160 or DR 260
DR 399 Independent Study (1-3 hrs.)
Economics
e-Media
EME 190 Introduction to Digital Visual Design:
Principles (3 hrs.) This course covers composition,layout,
use of color, creating and using photographic images and
illustration typography. Students examine good design in
print media, television graphics and Web pages. Every
Year, All
EME 310 Authoring and Animation (3 hrs.) This survey
of interactive authoring and animation emphasizes commercial communications projects such as interactive corporate annual reports and public kiosks. Students learn to
storyboard and design a user interface as they assemble
digital media into an interactive project.Theories and
practices of information architecture and interface design
are explored to enable students to create projects as rich as
possible and communicate information clearly in a nonlinear fashion. Prerequisites: EME 190, EME 191; Every
Year, Spring
210
EC 101 Principles of Macroeconomics (3 hrs.) This
examination and application of basic macroeconomic theory covers scarcity and choice, unemployment and inflation,national income accounts, Keynesian and alternative
models of income determination,fiscal policy, and monetary theory and policy. A writing component is required.
Every Year, All
EC 102 Principles of Microeconomics (3 hrs.) An examination and application of basic economic theory that
considers scarcity and choice, demand and supply, elasticity, consumer theory, firm theory and market structure. A
writing component is required. Prerequisite: EC 101;
Every Year, All
EC 201 Intermediate Macroeconomics (3 hrs.) This
course helps students to understand two phenomena:
long-run growth and business cycles. The section of the
course devoted to long-run growth emphasizes the
importance of technological change for increasing the
standard of living. The section of the course devoted to
business cycles emphasizes the causes of these cycles and
the roles of fiscal and monetary policy in preventing business cycl e s .C omputer assignments using spreadsheet or
statistical software are an essential part of this course. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Year, Fall
EC 202 Intermediate Microeconomics (3 hrs.) This
advanced analysis of microeconomic theory includes study
of consumer theory with use of indifference curves and
budget constraints, firm theory with use of isoquants and
isocosts,market structures and market failures. A knowledge of calculus is helpful. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC
102; Every Year, Spring
EC 250 International Economics (3 hrs.) This course
examines international trade theori e s ,t rade policies,
exchange rate determination models, and macroeconomic
policies in open economies. Prerequisite: IB 201; Every
Year, Fall
EC 304 Environmental Economics (3 hrs.) This course
examines economic efficiency both in market and nonmarket activities, how environmental problems are modeled from an economic perspective, principles of environ-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
mental policy design at the state and federal level, U.S.
and international environmental policy. Prerequisites: EC
101, EC 102; Every Other Year, Spring
EC 320 Law and Economics (3 hrs.) This course covers
the application of microeconomic theory to the law. Topics covered include the efficiency and welfare aspects of
property rights,contract law, torts and criminal law, and
the impact of changes in the law on economic agents.
Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Other Year
EC 325 Sports Economics (3 hrs.) The primary focus of
this course is professional sports; microeconomic foundations of sports economics,industrial organization of the
sport industry, antitrust and regulation, financing sports
stadiums, labor issues, and the economics of college
sports. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Year, Spring
Page 211
EC 364 Managerial Economics (3 hrs.) This course considers the application of microeconomic theory to firm
management,firm theory, market structures, and includes
basic applied regression analysis. Prerequisites: EC 101,
EC 102; Every Third Year
EC/FIN 365 Econometrics (3 hrs.) This course introduces students to business applications of regression
analysis. The course emphasizes the linear regression
model and the most common problems with applying the
model. The use of statistical software is required. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Year, Spring
EC 488 Internship (3 hrs.) Off-campus learning experience. Written composition required. Permission of sponsoring faculty, department chair and dean required. Every
Year, All
EC/FIN 330 Public Finance (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the role of government in the economy. Tools of
economic analysis are applied to government policies.
Government expenditure and revenue-raising activities are
analyzed. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
EC 489 Internship (3 hrs.)
EC 498 Special Topics in Economics (3 hrs.)
EC 499 Special Topics in Economics (3 hrs.)
EC 333 History of Economic Thought (3 hrs.) This
comparative study of economic schools of thought
includes an analysis of the progression of economic theory. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Third Year, Fall
Education
EC 341 Money and Banking (3 hrs.) This examination
of the institutions and theory of monetary systems considers the domestic and international macroeconomic
impacts of changes in monetary policy. Prerequisites: EC
101, EC 102; Every Other Year
EC 352 Industrial Organization (3 hrs.) Market structures are examined with an emphasis on the imperfectly
competitive markets.Market failures and regulation and
antitrust also are considered. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC
102; Every Other Year
EC 361 Labor Economics (3 hrs.) This course examines
the application of microeconomic theory to lab or markets
and also considers monopsony, unions, labor market discrimination, and other topics. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC
102; Every Other Year, Fall
EC 363 American Economic History (3 hrs.) This study
of the major economic factors that have influenced the
growth of American society considers the interaction of
economic and non-economic considerations. Factors
include European background,colonial period,agricultural economy and developing frontier, rise of factory system.
Industrial society is evaluated. Methods of production,
organization of the labor force, immigration and urbanization, the development of science-based technology, and
present problems and prospects also are explored. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Other Year
ED 301 Elementary Field Study I (2 hrs.) This course
provides students with experience in elementary school
settings.Classroom discussion focuses on a comparison of
current practice in the United States with other practices
around the world. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required.
Prerequisite: Admission to the M.A.T. program. Every
Year, Fall
ED 302 Elementary Field Study II (2 hrs.) This course
provides students with experience in elementary school
settings.Classroom discussion focuses on the historical
underpinnings of current day practice and how philosophical assumptions and beliefs shape current practice. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite: ED 301;
Every Year, Spring
ED 310 Field Study I (2 hrs.) This course provides students with experience in a middle school or high school
setting. Classroom discussion focuses on a comparison of
current practice in the United States with other practices
around the world. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required.
Prerequisite: Admission to the M.A.T. program. Every
Year, Fall
ED 311 Field Study II (2 hrs.) This course provides students with experience in a middle school or high school
setting. Classroom discussion focuses on the historical
underpinnings of current day practice and how philosophical assumptions and beliefs shape current practice. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite: ED 310;
Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
211
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
ED 315 Diversity, Dispositions and Multiculturalism
(3 hrs.) In this course students explore the cultural diversity in our society and our schools. As they come to a better knowledge of those forces that cause oppression to
members of diverse cultures, we begin to confront how
those forces might be imbedded in their own attitudes.
Becoming more informed about the experiences of
oppressed people ideally would lead to each class member’s praxis; that is, a socially aware consciousness combined with a plan for social action. Ultimately, the purpose of the course is to become educated about the
experiences of people who are not members of the dominant hegemony, what forces are operating in our classrooms and within ourselves to prevent social inequality,
and practical ways to become facilitators of social change
as future teachers. Prerequisite: Admission to the M.A.T.
program. Every Year, Fall
ED 320 Social and Philosophical Foundations of
Education (2 hrs.) This course is designed to introduce
students to the field of education through the linking of
some of the philosophical and social foundations of education to their own pedagogical experiences.Recognizing
that teaching is a holistic process, students have an opportunity to analyze the ways in which these foundations are
related to pedagogical practice. Specifically, this course
challenges students to examine critically many of the
assumptions and goals regarding teaching and learning in
light of some of the central historical ideas on education.
Prerequisite: ED 301; Every Year, Spring
ED 325 Diversity in the Classroom (3 hrs.) This course
is designed to help students understand that teaching is a
social enterprise laden with moral responsibility and that,
as teachers,they must be willing to act as agents for social
justice in their classrooms and in their schools. Students
will acquire the dispositions,cultural knowledge, and
competencies to adapt their curriculum and instructional
skills for culturally responsive classroom practice. Prerequisite;admission to the M.A.T. program. Every Year, Fall
ED 340 Advanced Child Development and Educational
Psychology (3 hrs.) This course examines the developing
child through the elementary school years,emphasizing
the interaction between cognitive, social,emotional and
physical development.Theories elucidating the brainmind connection and theories of constructivism are a
focus. Prerequisites: PS 236, ED 301; Every Year, Spring
ED 362 Theater for Young Audiences (3 hrs.) This
course is structured as a seminar in which students explore
various aspects of creating theater for young audiences.
Performance skills in improvisation and creative dramatics,adaptation of fairy tales, folklore and other children’s
literature for plays, and the integration of drama into
classroom curriculum are emphasized. Students also are
exposed to more traditional aspects of theater production
212
Page 212
including scenic, lighting and costume design; stage management;publicity; music and choreography; and maskmaking. Students have the opportunity to conduct enrichment workshops at participating area schools as well as to
perform for young audiences in staged readings and/or
workshop performances. Every Year, Spring
ED 401 Elementary Field Study III (2 hrs.) This course
provides students with service-based experience in elementary settings. Classroom discussion focuses on the
moral implications of teaching, and the importance of
teachers’dispositions as they affect pedagogy. Twenty
hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite: ED 302;
Every Year, Fall
ED 402 Elementary Field Study IV (2 hrs.) This course
provides students with service-based experience in elementary settings. Classroom discussion focuses on issues
of social responsibility as integral to the work of teaching.
Twenty hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite:
ED 401; Every Year, Spring
ED 408 Classroom Environment (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to explore how to create a classroom environment that is conducive to learning for all students. The
spectrum of theories of classroom discipline is explored
with special emphasis on the theory of ‘discipline with
dignity.’ Prerequisite: ED 401; Every Year, Fall
ED 409 Health Issues in the Classroom (2 hrs.) This
course addresses the philosophy for, as well as laws and
policies pertaining to, teaching health education in middle
and secondary schools. The topics required by Connecticut law include substance abuse prevention,conflict resolution and violence prevention,sexuality, disease prevention, and child abuse prevention. Specific teaching
methods, activities and resources for teaching these topics
are an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: ED 310;
Every Year, Spring
ED 412 Field Study III (2 hrs.) This course provides students with service-based experience in a middle school or
high school setting. Classroom discussion focuses on
exploring the moral implications of teaching, and the
importance of teachers’dispositions as they affect pedagogy. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite:
ED 311; Every Year, Fall
ED 413 Field Study IV (2 hrs.) This course provides students with service-based experience in a middle school or
high school setting. Classroom discussion focuses on
issues of social responsibility as integral to the work of
teaching. Twenty hours of fieldwork are required. Prerequisite: ED 412; Every Year, Spring
ED 421 Social and Philosophical Foundations of
Education (3 hrs.) This course is an inquiry into the
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
institutional structures, social values and philosophical
foundation of education. Teacher and student reflections
focus on issues pertaining to the teaching-learning
process,including freedom/authority/discipline;cultural
diversity; multiplicity of learning modes; mind-body integration;community; alienation/violence;sexism/racism/
elitism; and teacher/student roles. Prerequisite: ED 310;
Every Year, Fall
ED 436 Teaching Literacy in the Primary Grades (3 hrs.)
This course is designed to provide knowledge of diagnosis, assessment and instruction strategies for the development of early literacy in Grades 1-3. Emphasis is on the
development of teaching strategies necessary for the success of early readers and writers. Prerequisite: ED 401;
Every Year, Spring
ED 440 Elementary Classroom Learning and Teaching
(3 hrs.) This course explores how learning theory and philosophy are linked to the teaching-learning process. Students investigate elementary curricula and ways teachers
plan unit, lessons, and assessment of learning to meet the
learning needs and styles of their pupils. National elementary curriculum benchmarks from learned societies are
used to reflect upon the content and appropriate learning
opportunities in grades K–6 elementary classrooms. Students prepare units, lessons and assessment activities.
Prerequisites: ED 302, ED 340; Every Year, Fall
ED 441 Elementary Classroom Management and
Design (3 hrs.) This course focuses on the philosophy
and practice of behavioral theory and applied behavior
analysis as they relate to teaching in the elementary classroom. Students plan a nurturing learning environment
and explore teacher behaviors that foster learning, independence and appropriate behavior for elementary children. Prerequisites: ED 302, ED 340; Every Year, Fall
ED 442 Developing Literacy in the Primary Grades
(3 hrs.) This course focuses on current theory and practice
in developing oral and written communication skills for
children in the early elementary grades including reading
readiness,integrated reading across content areas, and
writing as communication. Whole language, phonics,
writing for reading, and writing process strategies for
beginning literacy with strategies to involve families in
developing literacy are covered. Coordinated with ED
402. Prerequisites: ED 401, ED 440; Every Year, Spring
ED 444 Examination of Special Needs and Child
Development (2 hrs.) This course considers similarities
and differences in development and ability of children
who are exceptional, typical and atypical; and the history
of and current practices in assessment of children’s abilities and skill s .A l s o, the impact of culture, poverty and
prejudices on students’ development and learning are
explored. Prerequisite: ED 440; Every Year, Spring
Page 213
ED 468 Teaching Mathematics in the Primary Grades
(3 hrs.) This course is designed to introduce teacher candidates to the instructional methods and curricular materials used to enhance the instruction of mathematics in
the primary grades. Students learn to develop lesson plans
and assessment methods that positively affect the learning
of mathematics in grades K-3. Students are required to
apply this knowledge within their field placement in order
to better understand the relationship of theory and practice in the instruction of mathematics in the lower elementary grades. Prerequisite: ED 401; Every Year, Spring
ED 470 Interdisciplinary Methods I (3 hrs.) This is the
first of two courses that integrate science, language arts,
mathematics and social studies content and methodologies for the middle grades. The courses address traditional,contemporary and innovative methods of instruction in
the middle grades classroom. Prerequisite: ED 412; Every
Year, Spring
ED 482 Special Education (3 hrs.) This course focuses
on the characteristics of students with exceptionalities as
well as methods of meeting these students’ educational
needs in the general education classroom. The course is
concerned with providing prospective teachers with an
understanding of the growth and development of students
with disabilities as well as students with particular gifts
and talents. Prerequisite: ED 412; Every Year, Spring
English
EN 098 English as a Second Language I (3 hrs.) This is
a course for students whose primary language is not English. The course aims to increase the student’s proficiency
in reading and writing English. Students read and discuss
short essays to improve reading comprehension and further their recognition of thought patterns in written English. The course emphasizes the logic and structure of the
English language through short compositions and grammar exercises. It also introduces students to the organization and emphasis inherent in the English style of academic writing and includes an introduction to building
vocabulary. English Placement scores and consideration of
the student’s record determine placement in EN 098.
Note: Students who pass EN 098 must take EN 099;
neither course counts toward graduation requirements.
EN 099 English as a Second Language II (3 hrs.) This
course is a required continuation of EN 098. Academic
critical thinking skills developed in EN 098 are applied in
an integrated program of writing and reading. Extensive
practice in rhetorical strategies and techniques in the
writing process is combined with a review of appropriate
grammatical structure, syntax and verb tenses. Writing
topics require students to use various rhetorical strategies,
including compare and contrast,definition,process analy-
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
213
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
sis, classification and logical argument, in preparation for
EN 101 Intensive. An increasing college-level vocabulary
is studied. An exit examination may be required. Students
who pass EN 099 proceed to EN 101 Intensive. Note:
EN 099 does not count toward graduation.
EN 101 (CC: Written English) Elements of Composition I (3 hrs.) This course focuses on the development of
techniques for effective writing through the study of the
writing process and of the skills necessary for producing
purposeful, unified and coherent short essays: rhetoric,
effective diction, revising techniques,critical reading, critical thinking, awareness of audience, and introduction to
research and documentation. Readings include expository
prose and short fiction and provide a context for vocabulary and comprehension skills as well as for written
response. Peer tutoring is available in the Learning Center. Students meet for three hours per week for instruct i on .G rade of C- or better required to pass EN 101.
Every Year, All
EN 101I (CC: Written English) Elements of Composition Intensive (3 hrs.) This course focuses on the development of techniques for effective writing through the
study of the writing process and of the skills necessary for
producing purposeful, unified and coherent short essays:
rhetoric,effective diction, revising techniques,critical
reading, critical thinking, awareness of audience, and
introduction to research and documentation.Readings
include expository prose and short fiction and provide a
context for vocabulary and comprehension skills as well as
for written response. Peer tutoring is available in the
Learning Center. Upon successful completion of EN 101
Intensive, students earn three credit hours, although they
take five hours of instruction.Grade of C- or better
required to pass EN 101 Intensive.
EN 102 (CC: Written English) Elements of Composition II (3 hrs.) The continuation of EN 101. The second
semester reviews the student’s grasp of short essay structure and of effective sentence structure, but emphasizes
argument,persuasion and research writing. Essays are
longer and more complex than in EN 101, and some
attention is paid to writing across the curriculum.The
readings,which include expository essays, plus several
longer works of fiction ,d ra m a , or a selection of poems,
serve to unify the course content. Peer tutoring is available
in the Learning Resource Center. Prerequisite: EN 101 or
EN 101I; Every Year, All
EN 105 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Critical Reading and Writing: The Argument Essay (3 hrs.) This course is designed
to build on the critical reading, writing and thinking skills
learned in EN 101, with a focus on polemic writing. Students examine the rhetorical structure, language and logic,
or argumentative essays ,f rom a variety of sourc e s ,a n d
write weekly papers designed to develop their own critical
214
Page 214
thinking and writing. Texts may include Barnet and
Bedau’s Critical Thinking,Reading, and Writing: A Brief
Guide to Argument and full-length articles from The New
York Times magazine section and OP-ED page. EN 105
is not a substitute for EN 101 or 102, nor does it count
toward the English major. Prerequisite: EN 101; Every
Year, Spring
EN 150 Advanced Grammar and Editing for Writers
(1 hr.) Required for English majors. Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, All
EN 200 Special Topics in Literature (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to readings in literature dealing with a single
theme or specific problem,e.g.,mystery/detective fiction,
masterpieces of Jewish literature, comedy, etc. The course
may be repeated for credit when topic changes. Specific
titles are announced from time to time. Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, All
EN 201 Creative Writing (3 hrs.) Students gain practice
in writing imaginative literature:poetry, the short story,
the play. The choice of genre is based upon the ability of
the students and the instructor’s judgment. The course
includes reading and analysis of literary texts, in addition
to reading and discussion of student work. This course
does not count toward the English major. Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, Fall
EN 206 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Essay as a Genre (3 hrs.)
EN 206 is a lecture/discussion course that traces the
development of the essay as a type of artistic literature and
its place within English literary history. Attention is paid
to prose style and rhetorical strategy. Students receive
intensive practice in writing informal essays and formal
essays. Topics change from semester to semester, and
EN 206 may be repeated for credit when the topic
changes (e.g. The Nature Essay; The Historical Essay).
Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, All
EN 208 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Greek Tragedy (3 hrs.) This
comprehensive survey of Greek tragedy pays special attention to tragic theory and to the evolution of classical
drama from its birth in the cult of Dionysus to its culmination in fifth-century B.C. Athens. The extant plays of
Aeschylus and Sophocles and selected plays by Euripides
are examined, with special emphasis on form. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, Fall
EN 210 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Art of Poetry (3 hrs.)
Students undertake close reading and discussion of poetry
not limited by historical period. Attention is paid to technique and repeated themes in an attempt to experience
and understand poetry. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102;
Every Other Year, Spring
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 215
EN 220 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Short Story as a Genre
(3 hrs.) This course covers the development of the short
story from the l9th century to the present with intensive
study of masterpieces of internationally recognized masters:Hawthorne, Poe, Melville, James, Tolstoy, Joyce,
Lawrence, Hemingway, Faulkner, et al. Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, All
EN 265 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Survey of African- American
Literature (3 hrs.) This survey of African-American literature from Colonial times to the present concentrates on
20th-century literature.Emphasis is placed upon close
reading of selected texts in light of the changing sociocultural conditions faced by African Americans. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 235 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Women’s Literature (3 hrs.)
Students explore literature written by women, assessing
their contributions to literary themes, forms and movements. The focus of the course is on notable American
and English writers of the last two centuri e s ,e . g. ,t h e
Brontes, Dickinson,Browning, the New England regional
writers,Chopin, Woolf, Mansfield, Lessing, Morrison,
Walker, Atwood, Plath, Sexton and Rich. Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, Fall
EN 270 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Survey of American Literature II (3 hrs.) This course covers the development of
American literature as reflected in the works of major
authors from the Civil War to the present. Students gain
an understanding and appreciation of literature through
study of the cultural background, the literary work itself,
and the life of the author. Major authors include Emily
Dickinson, Fitzgerald,Hemingway, Faulkner, T. S. Eliot,
Philip Roth and Marilyn Robinson Prerequisites:
EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, Spring
EN 236 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Idea of the West in the
American Imagination (3 hrs.) This course examines the
influence of the frontier and the westward movement on
American literature, revealed in such writers as Cooper,
Whitman,Mark Twain, Eleanor Stewart, Willa Cather,
Faulkner, A. B. Guthrie, Larry McMurtry, Louise
Erdrich, Ed Abbey, Sam Shepard,Rick Bass and Linda
Hogan. The nature of myth and reality and of the American attitude as affected by the opportunity to mold a fresh
society is explored. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every
Other Year, Fall
EN 240 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Survey of English Literature
I (3 hrs.) The development of English literature as reflected in the works of major authors from Anglo-Saxon times
through the 18th century is explored. Students gain an
understanding and appreciation of literature through the
study of the cultural background, the literary work itself,
and the life of the author. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102;
Every Year, Fall
EN 250 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Survey of English Literature
II (3 hrs.) This course explores the development of English literature as reflected in the works of major authors
from the Romantic to the modern age. Students gain an
understanding and appreciation of this literature through
the study of the cultural milieu, the literary work itself,
and the life of the author. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102;
Every Year, Spring
EN 260 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Survey of American Literature I (3 hrs.) This course covers the development of
American literature as reflected in the works of major
authors and works from Colonial times through the Civil
War. Students gain an understanding and appreciation of
this literature through study of the cultural background,
the literary work itself, and the life of the author. Major
authors include Emerson,Thoreau, Whitman, Poe,
Hawthorne and Melville. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102;
Every Year, Fall
EN 275 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Literature of the Modern
South (3 hrs.) The fiction ,p o e t ry and drama written by
Southern authors from 1920 to the present are studied in
this course. Some attention is given to earlier Southern
writing but everything is discussed within the historical,
cultural and social context of the South. Major emphasis
is on Faulkner, Warren, Williams,O’Connor, Porter,
Welty and Dickey. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every
Year, Spring
EN 280 (CC :H u m . Trad.) World Masterpieces I (3 hrs.)
This course considers selected world masterpieces in
translation,including representative selections from
Homer to 1700. Emphasis is on literary and philosophic
values, with attention to methods of literary analys i s ,a s
illustrated by Virgil,Dante, Shakespeare, Cervantes and
others. The course is designed to provide historic background and study in the genre traditions of literature.
Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, Fall
EN 281 (CC :H u m . Trad.) World Masterpieces II
(3 hrs.) This course considers selected world masterpieces
in translation, with the same goals as in EN 280, from
1700 to the present. The emphasis is on varying literary
and philosophical perspectives and on values developing
in the modern world, as illustrated by Shakespeare,
Goethe, Flaubert,Dostoevsky, Tolstoy, Melville, Joyce,
Faulkner and others. Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102;
Every Year, Spring
EN 283 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The American Dream:
Paradise or Failure (3 hrs.) The American Dream is
examined through literary works.Differing views of the
American character are analyzed through significant write r s ,f rom the Puritans to the present, with the purpose of
gaining a better understanding of the American experience. Major authors include Emerson,Hawthorne,
Fitzgerald, Faulkner and others. Prerequisites: EN 101,
EN 102; Every Other Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
215
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
EN 300 Special Topics in Literature (3 hrs.) This class
explores readings in literature dealing with a single author,
theme or specific problem. The course may be repeated
for credit when topic changes. Specific titles are
announced from time to time. Prerequisites: two courses
from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 304 Critical Approaches to Literature (3 hrs.) This
course presents a study of the major critical theories of literature:formalism,deconstruction,psychoanalys i s ,M a rxism, feminism,new historicism, and cultural studies.
Readings from primary theoretical texts pay special attention to understanding and researching different modes of
criticism currently used, and comprehending how these
modes aid in interpreting a work of literature. This course
is required for English majors and recommended in their
senior year Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200;
Every Year, Fall
EN 306 Modern Drama (3 hrs.) This course covers principal movements in continental, British and American
drama from Ibsen to the present.Emphasis is on the
main currents of modern dramatic development through
the critical analysis of representative plays. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Fall
EN 310 Voyagers and Explorations in Literature (3 hrs.)
This course presents a survey of readings in world literature dealing with explorations by sea and on land. Concentration is on the journey motif in fiction, fantasy and
nonfiction,including the idea of discovery and survival in
new and changing worlds. Authors include Shakespeare,
Voltaire, Melville, Dana, Verne, Conrad,Crane, Wells,
Hemingway, Bradbury and others. Prerequisites: two
courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 311 Epic Poetry (3 hrs.) This lecture/discussion
course examines the tradition of epic poetry in the Western world. Poems discussed include, or are selected from,
The Epic of Gilgamesh, Homer’s Iliad and Odyssey, Virgil’s
Aeneid, Beowulf, Dante’s Inferno, and Milton’s Paradise
Lost. The distinguishing qualities of the epic, the historical,cultural and social backgrounds also are examined.
Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every Other
Year, Fall
EN 312 Autobiography (3 hrs.) The literary form and
history of autobiography are considered,from St. Augustine’s Confessions to Rousseau, Wordsworth and selected
contemporary authors (e.g. Russell Baker, Claude Brown,
Maxine Hong Kingston,etc.). Attention is paid to cultural
and psychological changes in self-narrative. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 313 The Bible: Beginnings and Endings (3 hrs.)
Selections from the Old and New Testaments are studied
from a cultural and literary perspective. Close examination
216
Page 216
of passages in class with emphasis on responses from the
class. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200 Every
Other Year, Spring
EN 320 Studies in the Novel (3 hrs.) Students explore
the development of the novel from its beginning to the
present through discussion of the theories of prose narration. Special attention is given to characteristics of the
genre. The course may be repeated for credit when topic
changes (e.g., American novel, English novel,Continental
novel). Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200;
Every Year, All
EN 322 Studies in Modern and Contemporary Literature (3 hrs.) This course focuses on readings in imaginative literature of the 20th and 21st centuries. The course
may emphasize English, American or world literature.As
with EN 320, students may repeat this course when the
topic changes. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level
200; Every Year, Fall
EN 325 History of the English Language (3 hrs.) This
course introduces students to the origins and development
of the English language and to its social, cultural and historical contexts. It is designed for students in the English
major and minor, and the M.A.T. program. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Year, Fall
EN 335 Images of Women in Psychology and Literature
(3 hrs.) The ways in which psychology and literature
depict the female experience are considered. Using readings in both traditional and feminist,psychological,and
literary theory, the course analyzes literary texts by and
about women. Topics include: gender and genre, female
identity formation, the minority experience. Prerequisites:
PS 101; two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year,
Fall
EN 338 American Literature by Women of Color (3 hrs.)
This study of the diverse literary traditions, themes and
narrative strategies employed by non-traditional American
women writers examines the ways race, ethnicity and gender effect form,content, language and style in literature.
Writers include: Silko, Erdrich,Morrison, Walker,
Angelou,Giovanni, Tan,Kingston, Yamamoto, Cisneros
and Viramontes. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level
200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 341 Chaucer and the Medieval Period (3 hrs.) This
course presents a critical interpretation, in its historical
setting, of the chief imaginative work in England of the
period, The Canterbury Tales. Other representative works
include Gawain and the Green Knight, selections from
Dante’s Divine Comedy, drama and lyric poetry. Attention
is given to the cultural and artistic setting; trips to the
Yale gallery and The Cloisters in New York. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Third Year, Spring
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
EN 343 Shakespeare (3 hrs.) Extensive structural and
thematic analysis of Shakespearian drama is the basis of
this course which concentrates on selected problems of
scholarship, criticism and performance. Prerequisites: two
courses from EN level 200; Every Year, All
EN 345 English Literature of the Renaissance (3 hrs.)
This intensive study of the principal genres of the English
Renaissance, including Utopia (More), lyric poetry (Sidney), and Romance (Spenser) places special emphasis on
the major works of the Elizabethan Period (The Faerie
Queen). Some attention is given to the medieval background, Renaissance art and music, and continental literature. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every
Third Year, Fall
EN 348 Milton and the 17th Century (3 hrs.) This
extensive survey of themes and writers within this revolutionary period emphasizes critical approaches to poetry,
prose and drama in England from 1603 to about 1665.
The course focuses on Milton’s Paradise Lost and on
works of other major writers, like the metaphysical poets
(Donne, Marvell,Herbert), also Ben Jonson, Francis
Bacon and Thomas Middleton (drama). Also included are
artistic form and style associated with the literature:
Baroque painting (Rubens,Ribera),sculpture (Bernini),
music (Gabrielli), and religious meditation (Ignatius). Use
of the course Web site is required. Prerequisites: two
courses from EN level 200; Every Third Year, Spring
EN 350 18th-Century Literature (3 hrs.) This study of
literature of the long eighteenth century (1660–1800)
considers authors such as Behn, Swift, Pope, Defoe, Johnson, Fielding and Radcliffe.Emphasis is on the historical,
intellectual,political and social concerns that characterize
the literature of this period. Readings are thematic and
generic, such as the growing popularity of the nove l ,o r
the use of poetic satire to make socio-political statements.
Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 300; Every Other
Year, Fall
EN 352 English Romantic Literature (3 hrs.) This study
of English Romanticism emphasizes the themes and
intellectual concerns characterizing the period.Readings
include selections from Blake, William and Dorothy
Wordsworth,Coleridge, Byron,Keats, Shelley, the
Brontes, Mary Shelley, Lamb, DeQuincey and others Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every Other
Year, Spring
EN 355 Victorian Literature (3 hrs.) The major writers
of the Victorian period and the religious, social and scientific developments that influenced their writing are considered in this course which includes selected readings
from the poets, novelists and essayists,including an examination of the pre-Raphaelite and aesthetic movements.
Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every Third
Year, Fall
Page 217
EN 360 Literature and Popular Culture (3 hrs.) This
examination of the major works in a specific genre focuses
on a period in, but not restricted to, American culture.
Analysis of primary texts reveals themes and patterns that
emphasize the relationship between literature and culture.
Sample courses include Western Fiction and Film,Detective Fiction,Literature and the Environment,etc. Topics
change (as do instructors), so course may be repeated for
credit Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every
Other Year, Spring
EN 363 20th-Century Latin American Fiction (3 hrs.)
Major Latin American novels and short stories in translation are examined in this course. The socio-cultural milieu
of the author as well as of the distinguishing characteristics of modern Latin American fiction (for example,
magic realism) are considered. Significant attention is
paid to narrative technique. Authors include Borges
(Argentina),Marquez (Columbia), Esquivel (Mexico),
Puig (Argentina), and Clarice Lispector (Brazil). Note:
Readings are in English. Prerequisites: two courses from
EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 365 The American Renaissance (3 hrs.) This course
presents a study of the dichotomy in the literature of the
American Renaissance as reflected in such works as SelfReliance, The American Scholar, Civil Disobedience, Walden,
Song of Myself, The Scarlet Letter and Moby Dick. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200; Every Year, Fall
EN 372 Law in Literature (3 hrs.) The relationship
between law and literature (essays ,s h o rt fiction and novels) is considered in this course which focuses on themes
common to both law and literature and on legal cases that
serve as sources for the literary texts. Prerequisites: two
courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 373 Modern American Poetry (3 hrs.) This course
examines readings in major figures in modern American
poetry beginning with Walt Whitman and Emily Dickinson in the nineteenth century. Twentieth-century poets
include T.S. Eliot, W.C. Williams,Robert Frost, Wallace
Stevens,Marianne Moore, Robert Lowell and Allen
Ginsberg. Contemporary poets, such as Sylvia Plath, Ann
Sexton, Philip Booth, Adrienne Rich ,R o b e rt Pinsky and
Etheridge Knight, also are studied. Emphasis is on reading poems closely and articulating connections between
authors. The distinctive qualities of American themes,
verse forms and language are discussed. Prerequisites: two
courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Fall
EN 377 Faulkner (3 hrs.) Extensive structural and thematic analysis of Faulkner’s major writings is the focus of
this course which includes close reading of the texts and
consideration of problems raised by various critical
approaches. Selections include The Unvanquished, The
Sound and the Fury, As I Lay Dying, Light in August, and
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
217
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Go Down, Moses. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level
200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 378 The Motif of the Double in Literature (3 hrs.)
This course explores the concept of the double in literature and the various forms of Doppleganger: the alter ego,
the twin, the shadow, and the apparition that represents
another side of a character’s personality. Readings have
been selected to illustrate psychological and philosophical
fascination with the double as revealed in literature, both
Continental and American, over the past two centuries.
Readings primarily are fiction, with some critical and
nonfiction background articles. Prerequisites: two courses
from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
Page 218
EN 470 Senior Thesis (3 hrs.) Senior thesis is open only
for English majors who are candidates for honors in English. Candidates must be recommended by a member of
the English faculty who consents to serve as adviser for
the thesis. This adviser and the student select two additional faculty to serve as a reading committee for the student’s final thesis presentation. Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
EN 293 Internship (1 hr.) Prerequisites: EN 101, EN 102
EN 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
EN 399 Independent Study (1 hr.)
Finance
EN 379 The Concept of the Deviant in American Literature and Psychology (3 hrs.) This course explores
themes and characters in literature and psychology that
imply that being different in dramatic ways is not always
best explained by traditional medical labels. Literary
analysis focuses on selections from Hawthorne, Melville,
Anderson, Faulkner, Miller, Williams, T. S. Eliot and others. Prerequisites: PS 101; two courses from EN level 200;
Every Other Year, Fall
FIN 201 Fundamentals of Financial Management
(3 hrs.) This course provides a conceptual understanding
of the characteristics and uses of corporate securities
needed for a sound and basic understanding of financial
theory and practice. Changes that have occurred and are
presently occurring in the field are surveyed. Prerequisites:
AC 101, EC 101, EC 102, MA 117; Every Year, All
EN 380 Realism and Naturalism in American Fiction
(3 hrs.) This lecture/discussion course examines realistic
and naturalistic American fiction in the period from 1875
to 1925 with emphasis on the novel. Close reading of primary texts is supplemented by theoretical and critical
essays. Writers include Twain,Henry James, Chopin,
Norris, Stephen Crane, Howells, Wh a rt on ,J ewett and
Wright. Prerequisites: two courses from EN level 200;
Every Other Year, Fall
FIN 210 Cases in Financial Management Computer
Applications (3 hrs.) This course parallels FIN 201 in
content and arrangement of topics, but provides a more
holistic view of issues and concepts in corporate finance.
Spreadsheet software based cases are the primary learning
tool,allowing students to a) develop computer skill s ,b )
solve quantitative problems in ways that are realistically
applicable in the business world, and c) undertake sensitivity and other studies to more thoroughly understand
many principles in corporate finance. Every Year, Fall
EN 382 James Joyce (3 hrs.) This course presents an
intensive study of three of Joyce’s major fictions: Dubliners, A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man, and Ulysses.
Emphasis is on close reading of the texts to examine
structure, language, allusion,narrative point of view, and
themes. Secondary materials provide additional theoretical
and critical perspectives. Prerequisites: two courses from
EN level 200; Every Year, Fall
EN 387 The Men and Women of Wharton and James
(3 hrs.) The fiction of Wharton and James is examined
with emphasis on (1) the literary period (realism), (2) the
critical theory of each writer, and (3) the relationships
between the men and women portrayed. Prerequisites:
two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
EN 460 Senior Seminar in Literature (3 hrs.) Topics,
which are subject to change each year, include extensive
and intensive study of a major author; of thematic, philosophic or artistic patterns of major or minor authors; of a
genre; or of a peri o d .O ral presentations and discussions
lead to a major paper. Open to senior English majors and,
occasionally, select English minors. Every Year, Spring
218
FIN 225 International Financial Management (3 hrs.)
Foreign currencies,exchange rates, and foreign exchange
markets are considered, as well as foreign exchange risk,
hedging, forward transactions, and speculation. Also discussed are the value of money in international finance, the
elements of finance function and reaching financial decisions by exporters, importers, and multinational enterprises. Other topics include the international elements of cash
flows, evaluation of risk,Eurodollar markets,money creation of Eurodollar markets,international bond markets,
comparative capital markets and financial instruments.
Prerequisites: FIN 201, EC 101, EC 102; Every Year,
Spring
FIN/IB 310 Global Securities Analysis (3 hrs.) The
main objective of this course is to familiarize students
with the variety and diversity of securities that exist-of the
forms they take around the worl d ,h ow they are priced,
how and why they are used, and other aspects of securities. Foreign exchange instruments are considered part of
the security universe, and a foreign exchange market simulator is used to aid student learning in this area. Various
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
course activities allow students to develop research ,c omputer, problem-solving, writing and speaking skills.
Prerequisites: IB 201, FIN 201; Every Year, Spring
FIN 320 Investment and Portfolio Management (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to analytical,technical and computer related methods for analyzing the values of various
assets and portfolios. Portfolio theory is introduced and
applied. Every Year, Spring
FIN 325 International Financial Management (3 hrs.)
This course considers foreign currencies,exchange rates,
foreign exchange markets, foreign exchange risk; hedging,
forward transactions, and speculation. The financial management of MNCs is discussed. Other topics include
financing decision s ,i nvestment decisions, and funds
remittance/transfer decisions as firms operated in competitive global economy and facing exchange rate risks,political and regulatory risks. Prerequisite: FIN 201; Every
Year, Spring
FIN/EC 330 Public Finance (3 hrs.) The role of the
government in the economy; develop the tools most useful for the economic analysis of government policies; analyzing government expenditure and revenue-raising activities. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102, FIN 201, SB 201 or
SB 202; Every Year, Fall
FIN/IB 335 International Financial Management
(3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the financial management of multinational corporations,including financing
decisions,investment decisions and funds remittance/
transfer decisions as firms operate in a competitive global
economy and face exchange rate risks,political and regulatory risks. Prerequisites: IB 201, FIN 201; Every Year,
Spring
FIN/IB 350 Global Financial Markets and Institutions
(3 hrs.) This course presents a study of global markets and
financial institutions and market-related intermediaries.
Maximizing returns on assets subject to constraints of the
funds markets, maintaining solvency, and satisfying regulatory authorities are discussed. Prerequisites: IB 201,
FIN 201. Every Year, All
Page 219
FIN 420 Management of Commercial Banks and
Financial Institutions (3 hrs.) This course examines the
means of solving the many aspects of management of
banks and other financial institutions. Problems and practices are dealt with through uses in asset management
competition for funds capital management, measuring
performance, public relations and public obligations. Prerequisites: FIN 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
FIN 430 Portfolio Management (3 hrs.) Analytical,technical and computer-related methods for analyzing the values of various assets and portfolios are presented. Portfolio
theory is introduced and applied. Prerequisite: FM 201;
Every Year, All
FIN 488 Internship/Banking-Investment Management
(3 hrs.) This learning experience through a student-inresidence program within a local bank, investment firm or
corporate cash management department is supervised by
an instructor. Every Year, All
FIN 489 Internship in Managerial Finance (3 hrs.) This
internship offers a learning experience through a studentin-residence program within a local organization’s financial department, under supervision of an instructor. Every
Year, All
Courses offered as needed
FIN 250 International Economics (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
IB 201
FIN 299 Independent Study (1 hr.)
FIN/IB 335 International Financial Management
(3 hrs.) Prerequisites: IB 201, FIN 201
FIN 340 Life and Health Insurance (3 hrs.)
FIN 360 Employee Benefit Plans (3 hrs.)
FIN 361 Financial Statement Analysis
FIN 370 Property and Liability Insurance (3 hrs.)
FIN 485 Derivative Securities (3 hrs.)
FIN 498 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
FIN 499 Independent Study/Managerial Finance
(3 hrs.)
French
FIN/EC 365 Econometrics I (3 hrs.) The application of
regression analysis to economic problems is considered.
Various regression techniques are examined, as are violations of assumptions. The use of statistical software is
required and knowledge of calculus is helpful. Prerequisites: EC 101, EC 102; Every Year, Spring
FR 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary French I (3 hrs.)
This introduction to the French language focuses on oral
practice, basic grammar study, and practice in reading and
writing. Students who have three or more years of high
school French with grades of B or above may not take this
course for credit. Every Year, All
FIN 410 Financial Institutions (3 hrs.) Major financial
institutions and market-related intermediaries are introduced. The course includes discussion of maximizing
returns on assets subject to constraints of the funds markets, maintaining solvency and satisfying regulatory
authorities. Prerequisite: FIN 201; Every Year, Spring
FR 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary French II (3
hrs.) This course is a continuation of FR 101. Prerequisite: FR 101; Every Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
219
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
FR 201 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate French I
(3 hrs.) This course is for students who wish to develop
further their ability to read, write and speak French.
Reading is drawn from a wide variety of fictional works
and forms ( short story, plays, poems) on topics of general
interest. Prerequisite: FR 102; Every Year, Fall
FR 202 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate French II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of FR 201. Prerequisite: FR 201; Every Year, Spring
FR 301 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Advanced French I (3 hrs.)
Students examine selections from modern French literature, based on shorter prose works. Basic language skills
are reinforced and critical skills are introduced. Prerequisite: FR 202; Every Year, Fall
Page 220
practice in reading and writing. Students who have three
or more years of high school German with grades of B or
above may not take this course for credit. Every Year, Fall
GR 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary German II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of GR 101. Prerequisites: GR 101; Every Year, Spring
GR 201 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate German I
(3 hrs.) This course is for students who wish to reinforce
their ability to read, write and speak German at an intermediate level. Prerequisite: GR 102; Every Year, Fall
GR 202 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate German II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of GR 201. Prerequisite: GR 201; Every Year, Spring
FR 302 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Advanced French II (3 hrs.)
This course is a continuation of FR 301. Prerequisite:FR
301; Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
GR 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
GR 399 Independent Study—German (3 hrs.)
Courses offered as needed
FR 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
FR 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
FR 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Gerontology
Geography
GP 101 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Introduction to
Geography (3 hrs.) This course examines the general
structure and methodology of geographical study. The
physical, biotic and cultural environment and people’s
activities are covered, as are the world’s land masses, their
surface features and climates, and their relationships to
human,social,economic and political organization.
Every Other Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
GP 200 Special Topics in Geography (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: GP 101
GP 235 Political Geography of the World (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: GP 101
GP 299 Independent Study in Geography (1 hr.)
GP 300 Special Topics in Geography (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: GP 101
GP 399 Independent Study in Geography (1 hr.)
GP 400 Special Topics in Geography (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: GP 101
GP 499 Independent Study in Geography (1 hr.)
German
GR 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary German I
(3 hrs.) This introduction to the German language
includes oral practice, the study of basic grammar, and
220
GT 205 Orientation to Sociology, Criminal Justice and
Gerontology (1 hr.) The course introduces sociology,
social services,gerontology and criminal justice majors to
the disciplines and fields in which they are majoring. In a
seminar format, students meet once a week to discuss the
origins,breadth and the potential careers in their fields.
The course is designed to orient the student to the professions within sociology, social services,gerontology and
criminal justice through interaction with departmental
faculty, former students and practitioners in the field.
Course is graded pass/fail. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every
Year, Spring
GT 234 Adult Developmental Psychology (3 hrs.) This
course considers facts, theory and speculation about adult
development and aging. Focus is on physical,cognitive
and social development as well as family and career patterns for periods of young, middle and late adulthood. See
description under Psychology. Prerequisite: PS 101 or
PS 133; Every Other Year, All
GT 263 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) Sociology of the Aged
(3 hrs.) This introduction to gerontology examines the
myths and realities of aging through historic,demographic and sociological analyses of the conditions of old people
in our society; the ways in which social and cultural factors enter into the aging process. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Year, All
GT 270 Program Planning and Administration (3 hrs.)
This course considers program planning and administration of services to the elderly; models of needs identification, the process of problem analys i s ,s tyles of leadership
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
and administrative dilemmas; elements of grant proposal
writing. Prerequisite: GT 263 or SO 263; Every Other
Year, All
GT 292 Internship in Elderly Services (3 hrs.) The student devotes eight hours a week to work in a public or
private agency that provides services to the elderly and
two hours a week in conference with the instructor. The
student learns how an organization works, its relation to
other programs serving the elderly, and the problems it
encounters in meeting the needs of the elderly. Enrollment, limited to majors, requires a high standard of attendance and responsibility from the student. Prerequisite:
GT 263 or SO 263; Every Year, All
GT 302 Women, Health and Aging (3 hrs.) The purpose
of this advanced seminar is to study older women’s health
and experiences with aging. The focus is on the complex
interplay between age and gender as we examine the
health and policy issues surrounding the needs of elderly
women and formal and informal caregivers. Prerequisite:
SO 263 or GT 263; Every Year, Fall
GT 305 Death, Grief and Bereavement (3 hrs.) Death is
studied from the perspective of social interaction between
the dying person,professional caregivers, and family
members and loved ones. Attitudes and values about
death,cultural components of grief, and the function of
bereavement are examined. Particular attention is paid to
the social organization of death work and dying in
bureaucratic settings, such as hospitals and nursing
homes, as opposed to the non-bureaucratic structure of
hospice care. Prerequisites: two courses from SO, GT;
Every Year, All
GT 310 Elder Law (3 hrs.) This course introduces students to topics in the law affecting older persons, such as
government benefit programs (Social Security, Medicare,
Medicaid), nursing homes,incapacity. Prerequisite:
SO 263 or GT 263; Every Other Year, All
Page 221
toring and evaluating the services needed to respond to an
individual’s health and/or service needs to attain the dual
goals of quality and cost effective care. Students in gerontology, sociology, psychology and social services are likely
to encounter the various roles or models of case management practice as they pursue careers in human services.
This course provides a foundation for case management
practice in various social service settings. Prerequisites:six
hours in SO or GT; Every Year, Fall
GT 318 Therapeutic Recreation (3 hrs.) This course of
study includes the principles and practices of program
planning for therapeutic recreation. The course covers
analysis,assessment,design,implementation and evaluation of activities. Emphasis is on intervention,gerontological terminology, documentation, record keeping and
resources. Prerequisites: two courses from SO, GT; Every
Other Year, All
GT 325 Counseling Older Clients (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to theories and models of effective communication with select members of an elderly population ;p ra ctical aspects of communication of social service worker
with older clients, older parents, older patients and the
terminally ill; interview and counseling techniques;and
the role of social service worker, past and present. Prerequisite: GT 263 or SO 263; Every Year, All
GT 365 Aging: Problems and Policies (3 hrs.) This
course considers the social problems associated with
aging, particularly in the areas of health, housing, financing and family life and the governmental policies, past,
present and future, that deal with these problems. Prerequisite: SO 263 or GT 263; Every Other Year, Spring
GT 381 Evaluation Research (3 hrs.) This course,
designed for seniors in the department, studies the
research methods used to evaluate the effectiveness of
organizations and programs in meeting their social service
goals. Methods of research are examined in depth and
students become acquainted with the components of
meaningful evaluations. For majors only in the junior or
senior year. Every Year, All
GT 311 Introduction to Social Work (3 hrs.) This course
is intended to provide students with an overview of social
work as a helping profession. Beginning with a preliminary understanding of the historical development of social
work, students learn how changes in social work theory
and practice reflect larger societal changes. Course work
familiarizes students with important social work issues
and concepts and discusses their application in diverse
social service and human service settings. Major or minor
in gerontology, sociology, social services or psychology and
at least junior standing. Prerequisites: six hours in SO;
Every Year, Spring
GT 385 Social Policy (3 hrs.) This senior seminar is
designed as the capstone course for students majoring in
Sociology, Social Services, and Gerontology. Social policy
is examined as the process by which specific societal problems are identified, researched and translated into social
action. Students in this course complete a senior thesis
and senior presentation on a social policy area of their
choosing. For majors only in junior or senior year. Every
Year, All
GT 315 Case Management (3 hrs.) Case Management is
a process used widely throughout health and social services as a means of assessing, planning, coordinating, moni-
GT 392 Internship in Elderly Services (3 hrs.) The student devotes eight hours a week to work in a public or
private agency that provides services to the elderly and
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
221
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
two hours a week in conference with the instructor. The
student learns how an organization works, its relation to
other programs serving the elderly, and the problems it
encounters in meeting the needs of the elderly. Enrollment, limited to majors, requires a high standard of attendance and responsibility from the student. Prerequisite:
SO 263 or GT 263; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
GT 200 Biology of Aging (3 hrs.)
GT 299 Independent Study (1 hr.)
GT 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Health Management
HM 101 Organization and Agencies of Health (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the U.S. health care system
including personal and public health services: regulation,
finance, personnel, and technology. Every Year, All
HM 202 Introduction to Public Health (3 hrs.) This
course focuses on public health as the health of the public:
problems,policies, and programs from an epidemiological
point of view. Every Year, All
HM 308 Cases in Health Services Management (3 hrs.)
Cases of actual management experience in health administration institutions are analyzed and discussed by students. Every Year, Fall
HM 401 Seminar in Health Administration
(SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) Students and faculty
make presentations in a structure of open discussions and
debate among participants as both individuals and members of small,independent, student research groups.
Offered concomitantly with HM 402. Every Year, Spring
HM 402 Management Practicum (required)
(SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) Students participate in an
administrative phase of health services. The experience
affords insight into social, economic and medical considerations routine to administration of health planning and
regulatory bodies, hospitals, nursing homes and health
departments. Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
HM 204 Financing Health Institutions (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HM 101
HM 217 Health Economics (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
EC 101, EC 102
HM 218 Politics of Health (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: PO 131
HM 302 Applied HM Research (3 hrs.)
HM 306 Legal Aspects of Health Administration
(3 hrs.)
HM 309 International Health Perspectives (3 hrs.)
HM 310 Health and Disease in Less Developed
Countries (3 hrs.)
222
Page 222
HM 311 Labor/Management Relations (3 hrs.)
HM 312 Environmental and Occupational Health
(3 hrs.)
HM 333 Managerial Thought (3 hrs.)
HM 348 Development of Health Services in America
(3 hrs.)
HM 390 Managed Care (3 hrs.)
HM 398 Independent Study (1 hr.)
HM 407 Group Process in Health Services (3 hrs.)
HM 440 Readings in Health Administration (3 hrs.)
HM 441 Readings in Health Administration (3 hrs.)
HM 470 Quality Assurance (3 hrs.)
HM 488 Administrative Internship (6 hrs.)
HM 489 Administrative Internship (3 hrs.)
HM 498 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
HM 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
History
HS 111 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Rise of the West (3 hrs.)
Beginning with the origins of civilization in the ancient
Near East this course examines the development of Western culture and society from its beginnings through the
religious wars of the 17th century, with emphasis on the
nature and values of three successive polities: the classical
world of Greece and Rome, the Middle Ages, and the
origins of the modern world in the Renaissance/Reformation. Every Year, All
HS 112 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The West and the World
(3 hrs.) Beginning with the modern revolution of the
17th century, this course examines the social, political,
economic and cultural developments of Western civilization and their interaction with the rest of the world.
Emphasis is on the growth of science and technology, the
intellectual Enlightenment, the Age of Democratic Revolution,industrialization,nationalism, and the 20th century
as an age of conflict. Every Year, All
HS 131 (CC :H u m . Trad.) History to 1877 (3 hrs.) This
course presents an analysis of American history from
Colonial origins through Reconstruction.Emphasis is on
political thought and action and social movements. Lectures and discussion of selected problems. Every Year, All
HS 132 (CC :H u m . Trad.) U.S. History Since Reconstruction (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the national
experience since reunion,stressing the impact of historical
developments upon life in the United States today. The
transition of the United States,marked by the conflict
with Spain and two World Wa r s ,f rom a continental to a
world power also is considered. Every Year, All
HS 210 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Contemporary America
(3 hrs.) This survey of American history from 1945 to the
present focuses on both domestic and foreign policy matters including the Cold War, the McCarthy era, the civil
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
rights movement, the great society, Vietnam, Nixon and
the Watergate crisis. Prerequisite: HS 132, PO 101 or
PO 131; Every Other Year, All
HS 211 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Popular Culture in American
History (3 hrs.) This course focuses on an interpretation
of American history through popular culture. Samples of
popular culture materials in various historical periods are
examined with special attention to the hero motif as seen
in the fiction. Prerequisite: HS 131; HS 132 or SO 101;
Every Other Year, All
HS 227 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Russian Cultural and
Intellectual History (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to
changing concepts of authority and the role of reason in
the ordering of social and cultural values; the cultural mission of Russian Orthodoxy; the growth of a secular cultural elite; the modern struggle to define individual and
community values in literature. Readings in Russian
thought and literature. Prerequisite: HS 111, HS 112,
HS 131 or HS 132; Every Other Year, All
HS 228 (CC :H u m . Trad.) 20th-Century Russia
(3 hrs.) This course considers Russian politics, society and
culture in the 20th century; the Soviets in world affairs;
changing American views of the former Soviet Union.
Prerequisite: HS 111, HS 112, HS 131 or HS 132; Every
Other Year, All
HS 229 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Irish (3 hrs.) This examination of Irish history from the pre-Christian Celtic era
to modern times focuses on the changing character of
Irish culture reflected in literary, political and religious
documents. Special consideration is given to the origins of
modern political and sectarian conflicts through a consideration of the history of Anglo-Irish relations,particularly
the ramifications of the Tudor conquest, the Great
Hunger and the rise of Irish nationalism. Prerequisite:HS
132, HS 111, HS 112 or HS 131; Every Other Year, All
HS 235 (CC :H u m . Trad.) History of Modern
China/Asian Studies (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to
the political and social institutions of China; schools of
thought; legal and moral concepts and literary, artistic and
intellectual developments; elements of stability and
change;international contacts to recent times. Prerequisite: HS 111, HS 112, HS 131 or HS 132; Every Year, All
HS 236 (CC :H u m . Trad.) History of Modern
Japan/Asian Studies (3 hrs.) This course considers the
historical background of modern Japan; period of seclusion; restoration of a centralized monarchy; economic and
political developments; establishment of an empire;
World War II and postwar period. Prerequisite: HS 132,
HS 111, HS 112 or HS 131; Every Year, All
Page 223
HS 296 The American Presidency Since 1945 (3 hrs.)
This course reviews the history of the period through the
presidencies of the post-1945 years. Readings and discussions are mostly biographical.Biographies of two or three
of the presidents are studied plus a short text on the period. Special emphasis is on the growth of presidential
power culminating in Watergate. Prerequisite: HS 132;
Every Year, All
HS 305 Vietnam (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of
the Vietnam Era and drawing of conclusions about policy
for the future. Media coverage of the war and its effect on
both national policy and political change are emphasized.
Prerequisite: HS 132, HS 111, HS 112, MC 101, HS 131
or MC 103; Every Year, All
HS 307 The Holocaust (3 hrs.) The systematic destruction of 10 million human beings at the hands of the
Third Reich is surveyed through an examination of historical texts, literature and film. Prerequisite: HS 132, HS
111, MC 101, MC 102, HS 131, MC 101, MC 103 or
HS 112; Every Year, All
HS/WS 308 U.S. Women’s History (3 hrs.) This course
covers the experience of women in America before 1900.
Women’s work in the family and community are stressed.
Individual research is required, and the research topic
varies from year to year. In past years, research topics have
included women and rural life ;w omen and medicine;
women in the professions; women and the charter of
institutions;women and human rights; and women and
the sea. Prerequisite: HS 131; Every Year, All
HS/ws 309 Women in America:1920–Present (3 hrs.)
This course covers the experience of women in the 20thcentury United States. Women’s economic and political
roles are stressed, and individual research on a specific
topic is required. In past years, topics have included
American women and their role in the world; and women
and rural life. Prerequisite: HS 132; Every Year, All
HS 310 The Ancient Near East (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to civilizations of the Near East: Egyptians,
Sumerians,Hittites, Kassites,Mitannians,Babylonians,
Hebrews and Assyrians. Primary emphasis is on development of chronology, rise and fall of the great empire s ,a n d
origin of Western religious tradition. Lectures and readings. Prerequisite: HS 112, HS 131, HS 132, HS 110 or
HS 111; Every Other Year, Fall
HS 311 The Ancient Hebrews (3 hrs.) This course covers
the political,social,economic and cultural treatment of
the Ancient Hebrews from the time of Abraham to the
Roman destruction of Jerusalem in 70 A.D. Prerequisite:
HS 112, HS 131, HS 132, HS 110 or HS 111; Every
Other Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
223
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
HS 312 Ancient Greece (3 hrs.) This course considers
the ancient Greek world from about 3000 B.C. to 300
B.C.-Minoan civilization,early Hellenic peoples, the rise
of Sparta, Spartan government and way of life, Athens
from oligarchy to democracy, conflict with Persia and the
Athenian Empire, the Peloponnesian Wars and after. Prerequisite: HS 111; Every Other Year, All
HS 316 The European Renaissance (3 hrs.) The emergence of modern Europe’s secular culture from the mid13th to the mid-16th centuries is examined with emphasis on tensions between older institutions and new forces.
The course also considers a European order increasingly
dominated by laymen given to secular innovation,humanism, capitalistic institutions, and the emerging dynastic
state system. Prerequisite: HS 111; Every Other Year, All
HS 317 The European Reformation (3 hrs.) This course
focuses on conflict and division in Western Christendom
during the 16th century, growing crises in the church ,a n d
failure of the papal monarchy; conflicts in doctrine and
social and political factors; Lutheranism,Calvinism and
other Protestant movements; the Counter-Reformation
and the Council of Trent. Prerequisite: HS 111; Every
Other Year, All
HS 319 European History, 1715–1815 (3 hrs.) This
course presents a survey of old regime, Enlightenment,
French Revolution, and Napoleonic eras in European history; movements of thought and culture and their social
background; the feudal reaction and middle class protest
in France;national reactions to the French developments
elsewhere in Europe. Prerequisite: HS 112; Every Other
Year, All
HS 320 European History, 1815–1914 (3 hrs.) Political,
social and economic developments in Europe from the
Congress of Vienna to the outbreak of World War I are
examined. Legitimacy and the Concert of Europe;industrialization,liberalism, revolution,nationalism and imperialism also are considered. Prerequisite: HS 112; Every
Other Year, All
HS 321 Europe, 1914–1945 (3 hrs.) This course presents
a study of World War I and its economic,social,political
and ideological consequences. The collapse of the Versailles settlement and interwar period is considered.
World War II is covered, as are diplomatic and military
consequences for the Cold War era. Prerequisite: HS 112;
Every Other Year, All
HS 340 The Colonial Period to 1763 (3 hrs.) The American Colonial period to the pre-Revolutionary era is considered in all its aspects: social,political, religious and literary. Emphasis is on the increasing similarity and the
approach toward unity of the several colonies. Lectures
and discussion of source and secondary readings. Prerequisite: HS 131; Every Other Year, All
224
Page 224
HS 341 The American Revolution (3 hrs.) This course
considers American history from 1763 to 1787, the preRevolutionary period;military, political and theoretical
aspects of the Revolution; the Confederation; the writing
of the Constitution.Emphasis is on the political thought
that culminated in the creation of the Constitution. Lectures and discussions based on source and secondary readings. Prerequisite: HS 131; Every Other Year, All
HS 342 The Early American Republic (3 hrs.) This
course considers American history from 1787 to 1848.
Emphasis is on the ratification of the Constitution,the
administrations of Washington, Adams,Jefferson and
Madison; the growth of political parties; and political
action stemming from differing theoretical position s .T h e
course also examines culture and society in the era of
good feeling and the Jacksonian period, and considers the
changing position of the average American citizen. Prerequisite: HS 131; Every Other Year, All
HS 344 Civil War and Reconstruction (3 hrs.) The economic, social and political history of the United States in
the mid-19th century is examined with emphasis upon
the Civil War. Also explored are long-range and immediate causes for Southern secession; the military, naval and
diplomatic conflict and domestic developments North and
South,1861–65;postwar problems and the history of
Reconstruction,1865–77. Prerequisite: HS 131; Every
Other Year, All
HS 345 The Gilded Age and the Progressive Era (3 hrs.)
This in-depth study of the major developments that
influenced the emergence of modern America includes
industrial and naval expansion;social,political and religious movements; and the creation of an American
empire. The course also considers the impetus to reform
that characterized the first two decades of the 20th century. Prerequisite: HS 132; Every Other Year, All
HS 346 The United States from WW I to WW II
(3 hrs.) American politics, culture and society during the
Great War are examined, as are the prosperous 1920s, the
Great Depression and the Second World War. Increasing
American involvement in world affairs is considered differing historical interpretations of the period are studied.
Prerequisite: HS 132; Every Other Year, All
HS 347 U.S. Foreign Policy from the American Revolution to the Present (3 hrs.) This course presents a topical
interpretation of the formulation and execution of American foreign policy from the first Washington administration to Vietnam. American diplomacy in crisis is studied.
Prerequisites: HS 131, HS 132; Every Other Year, All
HS 408 Seminars in History (3 hrs.) Seminars are taught
by members of the department in areas of their special
competence. Topics are selected in consultation with juniors in the major. Emphasis is on organization and presen-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
tation of research. Open to second-semester juniors and
seniors in the major and to other qualified upperclassmen
by permission of department and instructor. Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
HS 110 Approaches to History (3 hrs.)
HS 200 Special Topics in History (3 hrs.)
HS 212 (CC:Hum. Trad.) Your Family in History (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 132 or HS 112
HS 213 (CC :H u m . Trad.) The Roman World (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 111, HS 112, HS 131 or HS 132
HS 215 American Business History to 1917 (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 131, HS 132 or EC 101
HS 271 History of Southeast Asia 1 (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
HS 132, HS 111, HS 112 or HS 131
HS 272 History of Southeast Asia 2 (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
HS 132, HS 112, HS 111 or HS 131
HS 273 African History and Culture (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 111, HS 112, HS 131 or HS 132
HS 285 Cultural Evolution (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: HS 132,
HS 111, HS 112, SO 101, AN 101 or HS 131
HS 286 Introduction to Medieval Europe (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 111
HS 294 American Civilization: Prosperity and
Depression in the 1920s and 1930s (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: EN 102, HS 132
HS 299 Independent Study in History (3 hrs.)
HS 300 Special Topics in History (3 hrs.)
HS 313 The Roman World (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
HS 110, HS 111
HS 314 Europe in the Early Medieval Period,325–842
(3 hrs.) Prerequisites: HS 110, HS 111
HS 315 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Introduction to Medieval
Europe (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: HS 314
HS 318 European History, 1555–1715 (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 112
HS 322 History of World War I (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
HS 112 or HS 132
HS 323 World War II (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: HS 112 or
HS 132
HS 324 History of England to 1688 (3 hrs.) Prerequisites: HS 110, HS 111
HS 325 History of England: 1688 to the Present (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: HS 110, HS 324
HS 327 The Arabs (3 hrs.)
HS 330 The History of Western Medicine (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 110; PL 101, HS 111, HS 112, HS
131 or HS 132
HS 348 The American West to 1900 (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: HS 131 or HS 132
HS 351 The New South (3 hrs.)
HS 399 Independent Study in History (3 hrs.)
HS 400 Special Topics in History (3 hrs.)
HS 409 Honors Essay in History (3 hrs.)
HS 499 Independent Study in History (3 hrs.)
Page 225
Interactive Digital Design
IDD/AR 160 Introduction to Computer Art (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction and overview of how
to create text, graphics and digital still images for the production of print media, interactive multi-media and Web
projects. Students produce a hard copy and online portfolio that demonstrates both computer knowledge and a
basic sense of aesthetics and design. Every Year, All
IDD/AR 161 Digital Imaging on the Computer (3 hrs.)
Students explore ways to use the computer to create computer graphics for interactive multi-media and the Web.
The role of digital imaging in both media and as a form
of creative self-expression is studied. Students use professional quality software to scan, edit and manipulate
images,create paint and vector graphics,digitize video
and sound and author simple Web pages. Topics include
color, image processing and correction,compression,and
file formats required for output and display. Students produce an online portfolio that demonstrates both computer
knowledge and the creative aspects of digital imaging.
Every Year, All
IDD 250 Literature and Writing for Interactive Arts
(3 hrs.) Students read, view and critically analyze select
examples from dramatic literature and interactive multimedia (videodiscs, CD-ROMs, DVDs, Web sites, interactive installations and games). Students create interactive
multi-media research essays for desktop and online presentation. Prerequisites: EN 102, IDD 160 (1280) or AR
160; Every Year, Spring
IDD 270 Type Design and Production (3 hrs.) This
course enables the student to both understand type and to
use it as a design element. Using current computer graphics technology, topics to be explored include the use of
type, page layout, color and the importing of graphics.
Using professional page layout software, students create
projects that demonstrate both design sense and computer
knowledge. Finished pieces are printed and become part
of the student’s professional portfolio. Prerequisite:AR
160 or IDD 160 (1280); Every Year, Fall
IDD 301 2D Computer Graphics and Animation
(3 hrs.) Students explore ways to use the computer to create 2D computer images and animation for print, interactive multi-media,computer games and for the Web. Students use professional quality software for the creation of
animated 2D text, images and dynamic audiovisual data.
Students produce animations for desktop presentation,for
embedding in Web pages, and for non-linear digital video
that demonstrates both knowledge and understanding of
2D computer graphics. Prerequisite: AR 161 or IDD
161(1293); Every Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U R S E D E S C RI P T I O N S
225
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
IDD 302 3D Computer Graphics and Animation
(3 hrs.) Students explore ways to use the computer to create 3D computer images and animation for print, interactive multi-media,computer games and for the Web. Students use professional quality software to create 3D text,
models of virtual worlds,environments, and architecture
with animated figures and characters. Topics include techniques of 3D modeling, rendering, and animation and
editing digital video and audio. Students produce a short
3D digital animation that demonstrates both knowledge
and understanding of 3D computer graphics, and a creative approach to story telling and character development.
Prerequisite: AR 301 or IDD 301; Every Year, All
IDD 315 Scripting (3 hrs.) This course provides an indepth exploration of scripting languages such as Actionscript and JavaScript. Object-oriented scripting environments are introduced as tools for creating advanced
interactive media. Students use scripting languages to create projects displaying both programming and design
skills. Prerequisite: AR 301 or IDD 301; Every Year, Fall
IDD 410 Advanced Interactive Authoring (3 hrs.) This
course explores advanced aesthetic,critical and technical
topics in multi-media authoring, including overall Web
site or multimedia design, development and structure.
Students use scripting languages such as Actionscript,
Lingo and Javascript to handle user input and interaction,
interface with CGI scripts,control audio, digital video
and animation. Topics include optimized use of
bitmapped and object oriented graphics,compression,
streaming media, dynamic HTML, QuickTime and AVI
movies QuickTime VR, VRML and MIDI. Students
build a Web site and prepare an interactive CD-ROM.
Prerequisites: IDD 250, IDD 301 or AR 301, AR 380 or
PL 380; Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
IDD 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
IDD 380 Interactive Art (PL330) (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
AR 261
IDD 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
IDD 401 Advanced 3D Computer Graphics and
Animation (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AR 302 or IDD 302
IDD 405 Soundscapes (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AR 261 or
IDD 261
IDD 420 Virtual Reality/Alternative Interfaces (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: AR 302 or IDD 302
IDD 490 Internship (3 hrs.)
IDD 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
International Business
IB 105 (CC:Econ. & Mngl. Trad.) International
Business Environment (3 hrs.) Students are introduced
to the worldwide business environment in which we live
226
Page 226
and work. The course reviews the cultural,social,political,
geographical and economic factors which shape economic
institutions and activities in the U.S. and other countries.
Global business interactions also are studied. For nonbusiness majors. Every Year, All
IB 201 International Business (3 hrs.) This entry-level
course in international business is for all business majors.
Topics include the nature of international business, international organizations and monetary systems,foreign
environments, and management of international business
opportunities and operations. Prerequisites: EC 101,
EN 101, MA 117, EC 102; Every Year, All
IB 205 Introduction to the European Union (3 hrs.)
This course is designed primarily for students who plan to
minor in European Union Business studies, although it is
open to all students. Students acquire the basic historical,
political, legal and economic knowledge needed for
understanding the EU. The course also addresses specific
EU-related issues, such as the monetary and financial systems of the EU, trade and competition with major partners within the Union.
IB/EC/FIN 250 International Economics (3 hrs.) This
course examines international trade theories, trade polic i e s ,e xchange rate determination models and macroeconomic policies in an open economy. Special emphasis is
placed on examining recent international economic policies and phenomena (GATT, NAFTA, reunification of
Germany) within a theoretical economic context. Prerequisite: IB 201; Every Year, Fall
IB 280 International Field Experience (3 hrs.) This
course provides experience in international business. The
student is given a research assignment focusing on specific
issues in the host country. The student applies the business,cultural,political and language skills learned in the
previous college years.There is a preparation seminar
before the trip and a wrap-up seminar at the end of the
trip. Prerequisite: IB 105; Every Year, Spring
IB 281 International Field Experience (3 hrs.) This
offering provides experience in international business. The
student is given a research assignment focusing on specific
issues in the host country. The student applies the business,cultural,political and language skills learned in the
previous college years.There is a preparation seminar
before the trip and a wrap-up seminar at the end of the
trip. Every Year, Spring
IB 298 Special Topics in International Business (3 hrs.)
This special topics course includes extensive or intensive
treatment at an advanced level of one or more areas within international business. Subject matter varies from year
to year depending upon the interest of students and faculty. Every Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 227
IB 299 Special Topics in International Business (3 hrs.)
Special topics courses include extensive or intensive treatment at an advanced level of one or more areas within
international business. Subject matter will vary from year
to year depending upon the interest of students and faculty. Fa l l ,S p ring Every Year, All
IB/FIN 310 Global Securities Analysis (3 hrs.) The
main objective of this course is to familiarize students
with the variety and diversity of securities that exist-of the
forms they take around the worl d ,h ow they are priced,
how and why they are used and other aspects of securities.
Foreign exchange instruments are considered part of the
security universe, and a foreign exchange market simulator
is used to aid student learning in this area. Various course
activities allow students to develop research, computer,
problem-solving, writing and speaking skills. Prerequisites: BI 201, FIN 201
IB 311/MK 362 International Marketing (3 hrs.) This
overview of the challenges and constraints,opportunities
and complexities in marketing of goods and services in
overseas markets provides an understanding of the theoretical backdrop to international trade and marketing.
Prerequisite: IB 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
IB 313/MK 370 International Marketing Research
(3 hrs.) Students learn to understand and satisfy marketing managers’ information needs: demand potential, competition, regulations and accepted procedures in relevant
business/geographic area.Research design, quantitative
and qualitative data collection, data analysis, implications
of results, and written/oral reports are included.This
methodological course assumes basic understanding of
marketing in a global environment. Prerequisite: IB 311,
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Spring
IB 323 Export Procedures, Financing and Insurance
(3 hrs.) The course examines the rationale for exporting,
export marketing and operations. Methods of payment,
contracts,packing and shipping documents, sources of
financing and insurance are reviewed in turn. In addition,
the student will become familiar with other export-related
issues such as government export assistance programs,the
role of various intermediaries and dispute resolution
mechanisms. Other contextual factors, such as export control legislation and trade sanctions, corruption and environmental issues also are addressed. Finally, the controversies surrounding regulation and control of international
trade over the Internet and the prospects of e-commerce
in the coming years are examined. Prerequisite: IB 201;
Every Year, Fall
IB 325 International Trade, Foreign Direct Investment
and Competition (3 hrs.) This course presents an
overview of international trade, foreign direct investment
and the role of government in shaping the terms of global
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
competition. Insights and inquiries are drawn from perspectives of international business managers. Prerequisites:
IB 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
IB/MG 333 Global E-Commerce (3 hrs.) This course
provides students with a comprehensive understanding of
the issues, concepts and practical applications of electronic
commerce that make businesses globally competitive.The
course uses the latest conceptual techniques and technologies available at Quinnipiac University to enhance the
effectiveness of the students’ learning experiences with a
view to prepare them for the knowledge-based economy
of the 21st century. Different models of E-commerce are
discussed. Issues related to ethics, regulation,taxation and
technology also are covered. Prerequisite: IB 311/MK362
or instructor’s permission; Spring or Fall
IB/FIN 335 International Financial Management
(3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the financial management of multinational corporations,including financing decision s ,i nvestment decisions and funds remittance/
transfer decisions as firms operate in a competitive global
economy and face exchange rate risks,political and regulatory risks. Prerequisites: IB 201, FIN 201; Every Year,
Spring
IB 341 Market Entry and Management Practices in
Latin American Markets (3 hrs.) The deregulation and
privatization of state enterprises all over Latin America
offer great opportunities for multinational enterprises and
private entrepreneurs to enter the region. This course will
attempt to familiarize students with various modes of
entry to Latin American markets. In addition to entry
mode strategies, students will also learn about maintenance and withdrawal strategies as well as management
practices in Latin America. Prerequisite: LAS 201 or
IB 201; Every Year, Fall
IB 345 Global Supply Chain Management (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to strategic and tactical issues in the
global supply chain management such as what to make,
what to buy and how to coordinate a global manufacturing and supply system. The focus is on procurement that
includes:quality con t ro l ,o rder processing, value analysis,
scheduling, warehousing, inventory control,customer
service, negotiation and legal issues. Prerequisite: IB 201;
Every Year, Spring
IB/FIN 350 Global Financial Markets and Institutions
(3 hrs.) Global financial markets and financial institutions
and market-related intermediaries are studied with discussion of maximizing returns on assets subject to constraints
of the funds markets maintaining solvency, and satisfying
regulatory authorities. Prerequisites: IB 201, FIN 201;
Every Year, All
TIONS
227
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
IB 352 International Management (3 hrs.) This course
considers managing, motivating and communicating in a
diverse, multi-country environment;strategies for crosscultural negotiation; expanding the company out of a unidimensional orientation; the roles of top managers,
regional managers, product managers and functional managers. Prerequisite: IB 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year,
Fall
IB 362 International Field Experience and Research in
the European Union (3 hrs.) This course is designed as a
capstone for EU Business Studies minor students. Students are assigned a research question and design a questionnaire before leaving for France, Germany and Belgium,where they will collect data and gain a practical
understanding of the business environment in Europe.
Many guest lectures by local academic and business leaders are organized and students visit factories as well as
major European institutions such as the European Central Bank and the EU headquarters in Brussels.Upon
their return home, students devote the last week of the
program analyzing the data and preparing a final report.
Prerequisite:instructor’s permission only.
IB 401 International Strategy (3 hrs.) This course focuses on assessment of external competitive and environmental factors; assessment of the company’s human, technological and financial resources; on developing the
company’s capabilities; on strategy formulation and implementation given the competitive environment and the
company’s capabilities; and the role of alliances. Prerequisite: senior status; Every Year, Spring
IB 488 Internship in International Business (3 hrs.)
This internship in international business must be
approved by the department chairman and the dean in
accordance with school regulations. Junior status with
minimum GPA of 2.3. Every Year, All
IB 495 Honors in International Business-Paid Internship Abroad (3 hrs.)
Italian
IT 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Italian I (3 hrs.)
This introduction to the Italian language, for students
with no previous study of Italian, focuses on development
of reading, writing, aural comprehension and speaking
ability in basic Italian. Italian culture and artistic achievements are presented. Students who have three or more
years of high school Italian with grades of B or above may
not take this course for credit. Every Year, All
IT 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Italian II (3 hrs.)
This course is a continuation of IT 101. Prerequisite: IT
101; Every Year, All
IT 201 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate Italian I (3 hrs.)
This course includes readings of selected short texts
including raccontini (anecdotes), novelle (short stories)
and a classic play. The emphasis is on building vocabulary
and learning more complex grammatical constructions.
Prerequisite: IT 102; Every Year, Fall
IT 202 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate Italian II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of Italian 201. Prerequisite: IT 201; Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
IT 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
IT 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Japanese
IB 489 Internship in International Business (3 hrs.)
This internship in international business must be
approved by the department chairman and the dean in
accordance with school regulations. Junior status with
minimum GPA of 2.3. Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
IB 314 Export Practices & Procedures (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: IB 311, IB 312
IB 320 International Transaction Law (3 hrs.)
IB 324 International Transaction Law (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: IB 201, LW 121
IB 332 International Accounting (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
AC 101, AC 102, FIN 201, IB 325
IB 343 Marketing of Imports (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
IB 201
IB 480 Overseas Field Trip (3 hrs.)
IB 481 International Studies Asia (3 hrs.)
228
Page 228
JP 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Japanese I (3 hrs.)
This introduction to Japanese as a spoken and written
language includes intensive drills in the basic structure of
the language. Elementary reading materials are used for
vocabulary building, analytical exercises and discussion.
Students learn about Japanese culture, customs and business practices. Basic Japanese scripts are introduced concurrently with other skills. Every Year, All
JP 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Japanese II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of JP 101. Prerequisite: JP 101; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
JP 199 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
JP 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
JP 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
JP 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Journalism
JRN 160 Introduction to Newswriting (3 hrs.) This
course provides an introduction to the fundamentals of
reporting and writing in the news media. Students learn
how to gather information and write news stories, features,profiles and opinion pieces in an accurate, concise
and interesting way. Required for all communication
majors. Every Year, All
JRN 260 Reporting (3 hrs.) This course covers advanced
reporting and writing for the news media. Students learn
interviewing techniques,how to organize complicated
material, and cover campus news. Meetings are held with
media professionals. Prerequisite: JRN 160; Every Year, All
JRN 261 Computer-Assisted News Technology (3 hrs.)
This course presents an introduction to online news gathering techniques and strategies and the use of spreadsheet
and relational database software programs to enhance
news gathering efficiency and reporting accuracy. Prerequisite: JRN 160; Every Year, All
JRN 263 Broadcast News Writing (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to the fundamentals of writing for the broadcast media in a professional environment. The course provides a basic understanding of primary journalistic values,
such as accuracy and fairness, as they apply to broadcast
news. Prerequisite: JRN 160; Every Year, All
JRN 265 Producing the Newspaper (3 hrs.) This class
covers writing, editing and design as related practices
leading to the publication of a daily newspaper. Students
learn the principles involved in headline writing, copy
editing and page design and layout, with an emphasis on
developing effective and engaging information presentations for the news consumer. This course may be substituted for JRN 260. Prerequisite: JRN 160; Every Year, Fall
JRN 291 Reporting for Television (3 hrs.) Students learn
techniques for assembling news for television and producing TV newscasts, and the role of the TV news in the
community. Prerequisites: JRN 160, MEP 111; Every
Year, All
JRN 311 In-Depth TV Reporting (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to techniques of reporting, writing, editing and
narrating television news magazine segments. Prerequisites: JRN 160, JRN 260 (or JRN 263 or JRN 265), MEP
111; Every Year, All
JRN 360 Public Affairs Reporting (3 hrs.) Students
cover news off the campus, on topics such as local government and education. Prerequisites: JRN 160, JRN 260 (or
JRN 263 or JRN 265); Every Year, All
Page 229
JRN 361 Sports Reporting (3 hrs.) This course introduces students to coverage of sports for the news media
and includes writing game stories and sports profiles. Prerequisites: JRN 160, JRN 260 (or JRN 263 or JRN 265);
Every Year, All
JRN 362 New Media Presentation (3 hrs.) Students learn
how to collect, write and format news for the Internet.
Prerequisite: JRN 160, MEP 111, JRN 260, JRN 263 or
JRN 265; Every Year, All
JRN 363 Computer-Assisted Reporting (3 hrs.) This
course covers the application of online news gathering
skills and knowledge of spreadsheet and relational database software to the written word. Students combine
basics of news feature writing and computer-assisted
reporting skills to produce publishable news features and
magazine articles. Prerequisite: JRN 261; Every Year, All
JRN 391 Producing and Presenting News (3 hrs.)
Students produce and present a weekly live newscast in a
team environment with students from other journalism
and media production courses. They focus on anchoring
the news using a teleprompter and are critiqued on delivery and presentation by experienced broadcast journalists.
In addition ,t h ey produce the news with an emphasis on
content and show timing. Prerequisites: JRN 160, JRN
260 (or JRN 263 or JRN 265), MEP 111; Every Year, All
Latin American Studies
LAS 201 Introduction to Latin America (3 hrs.) This is
a trans-disciplinary introductory course for the minor in
Latin American Studies. Various disciplines including
history, anthropology, economics and language are interwoven in an exploration of concepts, behaviors and traditions associated with Latin America. A survey of Latin
American regions spanning the Revolutionary period to
the present, with a focus on the last 50 years, is utilized to
focus the content. Every Year, Fall
LAS 204 Health Care Management for Latino Clients
(3 hrs.) This elective course provides a theoretical framework, an epidemiological profile, and specific strategies to
enhance delivery of care for the Latino client. Prerequisite: SP 102; Every Year, Spring
LAS 223 (CC :B e h . & Soc. Sci.) Hispanic Cultures in
America (3 hrs.) The origins of Latin American culture
in Spain, in American Indian civilizations, and in Africa
are examined, tracing events and forces that molded these
disparate elements into today’s cultural traditions. Also
considered is the culture as it exists in U.S. society, focusing on Puerto Ricans in the East and Chicanos in the
West. Prerequisites: AN 101, LAS 201; Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
229
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
LAS 331 Topics in Comparative Government (3 hrs.)
This course provides an in-depth examination of government institutions and practices, social and political forces
and movements, and cultural traditions in particular
regions of the worl d ,s u ch as Asia, Africa,Middle East,
Latin America and Europe. Prerequisite: LAS 201,
PO 101 or PO 131; Every Year, All
LAS 341 Market Entry and Management Practices in
Latin American Markets (3 hrs.) The deregulation and
privatization of state enterprises all over Latin America
offer great opportunities for multinational enterprises and
private entrepreneurs to enter the region. This course
attempts to familiarize students with various modes of
entry to Latin American markets. In addition,students
also learn about maintenance and withdrawal strategies as
well as management practices in Latin America. Prerequisite: LAS 201 or IB 201; Every Year, Fall
LAS 350 Latin America Through Anglo Eyes (3 hrs.)
This course explores the ways in which English-speaking
media identify and interpret Latin America and its issues.
Readings draw from media theory and from examples of
coverage found in the U.S. media. Guest speakers help
draw out the differences between coverage and reality, and
help us explore the consequences for misunderstandings.
Prerequisite: MC 101 or LAS 201; Every Year, Spring
LAS 385 Conservation Biology (3 hrs.) This course
presents an introduction to the main concepts of modern
conservation practices. Topics include extinction and
endangered species; development and protection of natural area; integration of conservation measures in light of
economic realities. The course involves lectures on campus
and field studies in Costa Rica in lieu of the normal laboratory. Prerequisite: BI 101 or BI 105; Every Year, Fall
LAS 450 The Latin American World (3 hrs.) This capstone course focuses on the dynamics of change and continuity in Latin America. Issues of identity and diversity,
economic and political globalization, the process of
democratization,cultural changes, social problems and
environmentalism are analyzed. The course examines how
the Latin American culture is changing as a result of
globalization and how it influences other cultures including that of the United States. Every Year, Spring
LAS 488 Internship (3 hrs.) Students in the program are
encouraged to participate in an internship with a Latin
American organization or an American organization
doing business with Latin America. The internship
adheres to standard Quinnipiac University regulations and
procedures regarding internships.Efforts are underway
with the Office of Career Services to identify local companies satisfying these conditions. Prerequisite: LAS 201;
Every Year, All
230
Page 230
LAS 498 Study Abroad (3 hrs.) Under the guidance of a
faculty member, students minoring in Latin American
Studies may elect to go to Latin American country(ies)
and focus on a specialized topic(s) for a short term (summer or winter) in a host institute in Latin America. Such
study abroad programs adhere to standard Quinnipiac
University regulations and procedures set by the Office of
International Education. The study abroad experience is
tailored to students’ career needs. The student may also
choose a full semester abroad in a Latin American university. Prerequisite: LAS 201; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
LAS 300 Human Rights and Transition to Democracy
(3 hrs.) Prerequisite: LAS 201
Law
LW 121 Contracts and Agency (3 hrs.) This general
introduction to the law of business and the Uniform Commercial Code covers the formal requirements for contracts,
their formation, their performance and remedies for their
breach. The agency relationship including the interaction
of third parties is considered. Every Year, All
LW 122 The Law of Property, Sales and Negotiable
Instruments (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the
law of property, sales, commercial paper and bank transactions with particular reference to the Uniform Commercial Code along with the nature of personal property and
bailments and some examination of the rules pertaining to
estates and trusts. The course may include some consideration of credit,secured transactions and Federal Bankruptcy Law. Prerequisite: LW 121; Every Year, All
Legal Studies
LE 100 Orientation to Legal Studies (1 hr.) This course
is designed to introduce students to the legal studies program and to important issues facing paralegals. Issues to
be covered include legal ethics and authorized practice,
the practice of law, functions of the paralegal and the
court system. The course must be taken during the student’s freshman or sophomore year. Every Year, Spring
LE 101 (CC:Hum. Trad.) Introduction to the
American Legal System (3 hrs.) Students are introduced
to basic legal concepts, the structure of the American
court system, legal theory and procedure, and gain an
overview of several areas of law. Every Year, All
LE 115 Criminal Law (3 hrs.) This overview of the
American system of criminal justice includes study of its
various institution s ,s u ch as the criminal courts,police,
prosecutors and defense attorneys, and jails and prisons.
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
The Fourth Amendment (Search and Seizure) and the
Fifth Amendment (Privilege Against Self-Incrimination)
are studied. Also explored are schools of thought underlying criminal prosecution and correctional philosophy.
Every Year, All
LE 208 Legal Research (4 hrs.) This course introduces
the student to the law library and computerized legal
research databases. Students learn how to move from a
fact situation through finding the sources of legal authority to applying the law to the specific facts. Prerequisite:
LE 101; Every Year, All
LE 210 Legal Writing (3 hrs.) In the development of
legal writing skills emphasis is on precision and clarity in
writing legal citation and format. Students draft letters
and memoranda of law. For majors only. Prerequisites:
LE 208, EN 101, EN 102; Every Year, All
LE 250 Gender and the Law (3 hrs.) This course focuses
on legal issues regarding gender, including the differential
treatment of women and men in the legal system,and
contemporary responses to gender issues in society. Every
Other Year, Fall
LE 260 Trial Techniques (3 hrs.) This course provides an
overview of all aspects of a criminal and civil trial, and
prepares students for advanced oral advocacy. Prerequisites: LE 101, EN 102; Every Year, Fall
LE 301 Civil Procedures I (3 hrs.) This course presents a
comprehensive study of the procedures in civil litigation
from the beginning of a conflict to its final resolution,
from both a theoretical and a practical approach. Prerequisites: LE 100, LE 101, LE 208; Every Year, Fall
LE 302 Civil Procedures II (3 hrs.) This course presents
a comprehensive study of the procedures in civil litigation
from the beginning of a conflict to its final resolution,
from both a theoretical and a practical approach. Prerequisites: LE 301, LE 210; Every Year, Spring
LE 310 Elder Law (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to
topics in the law affecting older person s ,s u ch as government benefit programs (Social Security, Medicare, Medicaid), nursing homes, incapacity. Prerequisite: SO 263,
GT 263 or LE 210; Every Other Year, Fall
LE 311 Administrative Agencies (3 hrs.) The workings
of, and procedures involved in dealing with, government
agencies are introduced to students. Skills involved in
being an advocate are covered. Prerequisite: LE 208;
Every Third Year, All
LE 312 Family Law (3 hrs.) This course presents a study
of how law relates to the family as a functioning entity,
examination of family law practice, and preparation of
Page 231
documents for dissolution of marriage. Prerequisites:
LE 210, LE 301; Every Other Year, Spring
LE 315 Wills, Probate and Estate Administration
(3 hrs.) Legal concepts and statutes pertaining to wills
and probate are examined, with special emphasis on
preparation of forms necessary in administration of an
estate. Prerequisite: LE 208; Every Other Year, Spring
LE 320 Land Transfer and Closing Procedures (3 hrs.)
This course presents background for the sources of real
estate law, land and its elements, the nature of property,
the concept of ownership, and land titles and interest in
land;procedures for conveying interest in land recording
statutes; and searching titles. Emphasis is given to the
preparation,coordination and completion of real estate
closings. Prerequisite: LE 208; Every Year, Fall
LE 330 Law of Business Entities (3 hrs.) In this study of
the different types of business entities, including corporations,partnerships and limited liability companies/partnerships,emphasis is given to researching and drafting
documents involved in the formation, maintenance and
dissolution of business entities. Prerequisite: LE 208;
Every Other Year, Fall
LE 333 Law for Life (3 hrs.) For non-Legal Studies
majors, this course is a practical,hands-on survey of law
for everyday living. Topics include buying a home, insurance, forming a business, marriage, employment,wills,
taxes and dealing with the judicial system. Every Year, Fall
LE 340 The Constitution and the Courts (3 hrs.) The
United States Constitution and how it has been interpreted by the Supreme Court are studied in this course. The
class examines Supreme Court decisions with focus on
analysis and legal reasoning. Prerequisite: LE 208; Every
Year, Spring
LE 345 Intellectual Property (3 hrs.) This course introduces students to the different areas of intellectual property law, including patents, trademarks,trade secrets,and
copyright law. These laws protect products created by
writers,artists and inventors, and is a growing field of law.
Prerequisites: LE 210, LE 301; Every Year, Spring
LE 480 Legal Internship I (4 hrs.) Supervised placement
in a law firm ,a g e n cy or corporate legal department as a
legal worker for 10 hours a week along with a weekly
seminar where students meet to talk about their work,
their roles, their challenges, the problems of being a nonlawyer in the legal profession, and to work on various
skills necessary for an advocate. Professional responsibility
and ethics for paralegals are covered specifically. For
majors only. Prerequisite: LE 302; Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
231
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
LE 481 Legal Internship II (4 hrs.) Supervised placement in a law firm,agency or corporate legal department
as a legal worker for 10 hours a week along with a weekly
seminar where students meet to talk about their work,
their roles, their challenges, the problems of being a nonlawyer in the legal profession, and to work on various
skills necessary for an advocate. Professional responsibility
and ethics for paralegals are covered specifically. Employment search skills are covered in LE 481. For majors only.
Prerequisites: LE 302, LE 480; Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
LE 350 Federal Indian Law and Policy (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: LE 208
Management
MG 101 Process of Management (formerly GM 101)
(3 hrs.) This course presents an introduction to the role of
management in large and small organizations with
emphasis on the development of managerial skills.Major
objectives are to encourage responsibility, self-reliance,
critical thought, initiative and creativity. Every Year, All
MG 201 Business Decision Making (3 hrs.) The course
is designed to introduce the students to analytical methods of decision making in organizations. Its focus is on
management science techniques, linear programming,
simulation, game theory, and PERT-from a computer oriented perspective .E m phasis is on problem formulation
and interpretation rather than a mere solution methodology perspective. Behavioral issues associated with decision
making also are explored. Prerequisites: MA 117,
MG 101, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MG 202 Management and Human Behavior (3 hrs.)
Current theories and practices in the application of behavioral sciences to the management of organizations are considered.Emphasis is on human behavior among individuals and groups within organizations. The course deals with
the important skill of perception and understanding of
such organizational phenomena as work motivation ,l e a dership authority, teamwork and management development.
Human behavior in the organization is examined by experiential teaching methods. Every Year, All
MG 203 Organizational Theory (3 hrs.) This course
examines both the micro and macro perspective s .T h e
micro perspective explores how personal and organizational characteristics interact to affect job performance
and attitudes. The macro perspective examines how the
organization’s structure and external environment interact
to affect its performance and member satisfaction. Students are expected to conduct an in-depth analysis of a
real world organization. Prerequisite: MG 101, MG 202,
SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
232
Page 232
MG 225 Production Management (3 hrs.) Production
principles and techniques of industrial management are
analyzed.Theory of organization,location, design of
physical facilities, planning and control of production,
work simplifications and standards, and quality control
also are considered. Prerequisites: MG 101, MA 117;
Every Other Year, Fall
MG 240 Software Application for Business (3 hrs.) The
course is designed to instruct students in business application of various widely used software packages including
MDDOS, Word,Excel, and dBase III +, along with the
preparing of instructional materials detailing procedures
for use of each type of software for everyday business
needs. Prerequisite: CS 101, MG 101, SB 201 or SB 202;
Every Year, All
MG 255 Human Resource Management (3 hrs.) This
course, an introduction to the field of human resource
management,introduces students to the principles,policies and practices related to the procurement,development, maintenance and utilization of human resources.
Topics include:employment law, equal employment
opportunity, human resource planning, recruitment,selection, career development,performance appraisal, compensation and benefits, employee rights and discipline, safety,
labor relations and collective bargaining. Prerequisite:
MG 202; Every Other Year, Spring
MG 301 Organizational and Group Processes (formerly
HR 242) (3 hrs.) The basic issues of group process are
considered including: content versus process;dependence,
independence and interdependence; group structure;
norms; individual and group roles;conflict;expectations
and trust;morale, and team defenses. Students study the
characteristics of effective teams and how to build productive teams. The challenges,opportunities and problems of working with executive teams are experienced
within the course structure. Prerequisite: MG 101,
MG 202, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MG 311 Labor Relations (3 hrs.) This course considers
collective bargaining including negotiations,contract
administration,grievance procedure under American
Labor Law, with attention to the managerial environment
of health services and small business. Prerequisite:
MG 203; Every Year, Fall
MG 315 Self Management (3 hrs.) This course presents
an intensive assessment of an individual’s personal, psychological makeup so as to increase the ability to manage
personal and interpersonal experiences. The premise for
the course rests on the assumption that effective management of others begins with management of oneself.
Prerequisite: MG 202; Every Other Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
MG 331 Quality Management (3 hrs.) The assurance of
quality is a critical factor of success for both manufacturing and service firms. This course presents the quality
concepts of Deming, Juran and Crosby. It covers in detail
the concept of Statistical Quality Control. In addition,
students are expected to apply quality concepts to real
world situations and problems. Prerequisites: MG 101,
MA 271; Every Other Year, Spring
MG 332 Achievement, Risk Taking and the Entrepreneur (3 hrs.) This course examines the personal nature of
an entrepreneur, focusing on two critical variables—
achievement motivations and level of risk taking. Through
interviews, case studies and personal analysis, students not
only understand the requirements for entrepreneurial success but also assess their own abilities as entrepreneurs.
Every Year, Fall
IB/MG 333 Global E-Commerce (3 hrs.) This course
provides students with a comprehensive understanding of
the issues, concepts and practical applications of electronic
commerce that make businesses globally competitive.The
course uses the latest conceptual techniques and technologies available at Quinnipiac University to enhance the
effectiveness of the students’ learning experiences with a
view to prepare them for the knowledge-based economy
of the 21st century. Different models of E-commerce are
discussed. Issues related to ethics, regulation,taxation and
technology also are covered. Prerequisite: IB 311/MK 362
or instructor’s permission; Spring or Fall
MG 401 Project Management (3 hrs.) The initiation,
planning and execution of a project is one of the most
demanding tasks required of managers. This course is
designed to introduce the students to the challenges of
project management. Students are exposed to critical
behavioral issues such as intra- and inter-group collaboration, resource allocation and time management. They are
expected to carry out a semester-long project that requires
extensive group interactions. In addition to the behavioral
issues, the course examines management science techniques (PERT/CPM) that facilitate project planning and
control. Prerequisite: MG 203, MG 201, SB 201 or
SB 202; Every Year, Fall
MG 402 Business Policy Seminar (3 hrs.) This seminar
is the capstone course for all management majors. Students integrate their previous course work through the
analysis of a variety of business problems and the development action plans. Emphasis is placed on the use of analytical techniques and the effective presentation of proposed courses of action. For seniors only. Every Year,
Spring
MG 433 Small Business Management and Entrepreneurship (3 hrs.) This course is designed to introduce the
student to the world of entrepreneurship and small busi-
Page 233
ness management. Major components of the course
include self-assessment of entrepreneurial capabilities,the
completion of a comprehensive business plan which will
provide the student with a step-by-step process to actually
create a business and review the current research on what
makes a successful business and an entrepreneur. Prerequisite: MG 332; Every Year, Spring
MG 470 Entrepreneurial Creativity and Implementation (3 hrs.) The course provides an in-depth study of
the case histories of great entrepreneurs in articulating
their inspiration as concepts,transforming the concepts
into business opportunities and then implementing them
in engineering, production,financial and marketing
operations. (For 2nd semester juniors or seniors).
Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
MG 160 Career Development (3 hrs.)
MG 205 Facilities Management (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
MG 202, MG 101
MG 260 Power and Politics of Leadership (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: MG 101, MG 202, MG 203
MG 322 Computer-Aided Production Planning (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: MG 201, CS 101
MG 350 Organizational Development (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: MG 203
MG 369 Labor Conflict Resolution (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: MG 311, MG 202, MG 203
MG 390 Bench Marking:Concepts, Skills and
Application (3 hrs.) Prerequisites: MG 201, MG 203
MG 392 Business Ethics (3 hrs.)
MG 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
MG 460 Concepts in Strategy and Policy (3 hrs.)
MG 488 Internship (3 hrs.)
MG 489 Internship (3 hrs.)
MG 498 Independent Research (formerly GM 490)
(1 hr.)
MG 499 Independent Research (formerly GM 490)
(3 hrs.)
Marketing
MK 201 Marketing Principles (3 hrs.) This course surveys marketing from the decision-making point of view,
with emphasis on the conceptual and analytical components of the subject, and a synthesis of new marketing
concepts with economics,behavioral sciences and mathematics. Prerequisite: EC 101; Every Year, All
MK 210 Consumer Behavior (3 hrs.) The central role of
the consumer in initiating or determining the fate of the
firm’s marketing effort is emphasized. The course draws
on theories from psychology, sociology, anthropology and
economics to help understand and anticipate consumer
behavior as individuals or groups.Current models of con-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
233
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 234
sumer behavior are surveyed. Prerequisite: MK 201,
SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
effectiveness also are covered. Prerequisite: MK 312 or
MK 332; Every Year, All
MK 301 Electronic Commerce (3 hrs.) This course
explores the business applications of evolving information
and communication technologies, as well as the impact of
these technologies on business and society. An overview
of technology and the interface between humans and
technology is considered. Both business-to-business and
consumer applications are addressed. The course provides
a hands-on approach to the development of electronic
marketing strategy. Topics include the Internet as a channel of distribution,Internet pricing strategy, electronic
promotions, and Internet advertising. Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
MK 317 Advanced Copywriting (3 hrs.) This course
involves advanced study and practice in developing creative, strategic and compelling advertising messages. Students conceptualize, write, edit and evaluate body copy for
multiple advertising media. The copywriter learns to love
w o rd s ,c reate evocative language that makes intangible
concepts tangible to the reader, and effectively write for
maximum advertising impact. Prerequisites: MK 201,
MK 316; Every Year, Spring
MK 312 Advertising (3 hrs.) Current practices in advertising including strategy and planning, copy and layout,
media selection and scheduling, and budgeting are examined. Advertising is considered from the inception of
researched ideas and concepts through the completed
presentation. Students gain experience in creating advertisements for the major media. Prerequisite: MK 201,
SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 313 Advertising Portfolio (3 hrs.) This course is
designed for students who wish to pursue advertising as a
career. Students build on prior study in advertising and
graphic design to work on individual projects with the
assistance of the professor to develop a high quality advertising portfolio to show potential employers. Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Spring
MK 315 Media Planning (3 hrs.) This course considers
strategic media planning and its role in advertising and
marketing. Emphasis is on the strategic and creative select i on ,s cheduling and evaluation of traditional and non-traditional media vehicles to effectively and efficiently deliver
advertising messages to target audiences. Students examine the relative strengths of various media and scheduling
options for advertising both goods and services, and learn
tools and techniques used to analyze media opportunities
(e.g.,computerized allocation software and/or other modeling techniques). Students gain hands-on experience
through development of a media plan. Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 316 Advertising Copy and Layout (3 hrs.) Fundamental principles of advertising copywriting and layout
are introduced. The strategic use of visual and verbal communication tools to solve advertising problems is
explored.Emphasis is on the planning, preparation and
evaluation of targeted advertising messages in a variety of
media (e.g.,print,broadcast,electronic). Students develop
creative concepts and effective selling ideas, and determine the most effective use of copy and visuals for maximum advertising impact. Methods of measuring message
234
MK 320 Advertising Account Management (3 hrs.)
This course presents a study of issues involved in servicing
and managing advertising accounts. The course emphasizes being an effective liaison between the agency and
client,including internal coordination of agency functions
(e.g.,media, account planning, creative, production,etc.)
and representation of the client organization within the
agency. Students learn about the account service planning
process (e.g., research,planning, execution, analysis,etc.).
A key focus is providing strategic, value-added client services. Prerequisite: MK 312 or MK 332; Every Year, Spring
MK 324 Business to Business Marketing (3 hrs.)
Policies and methods for the marketing of products and
services to other businesses are examined. Topics include
special characteristics of the mark e t ,n e gotiating with professional purchasing agents, building and managing the
sales force, developing a promotional program, and pertinent problems such as reciprocity, leasing and specification buying. Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202;
Every Year, All
MK 332 Integrated Marketing Communications (3 hrs.)
Coordinated management of communications activities,
including advertising, special promotions,direct marketing, personal selling, public relations,publicity and display
is considered. The goal is to heighten impact and improve
efficiency by presenting a consistent message and image.
Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 333 Marketing Channels and Distribution (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to design, evaluation and management of distribution channels. Topics include channel
member roles and behavior; channel performance evaluation; and logistics (e.g.,transportation,inventory, materials handling and information management). Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Spring
MK 334 Product and Pricing Strategy (3 hrs.) Strategic
product planning and new product development within
the context of marketing management for marketing new
and mature products are examined. Students learn to integrate economic,financial, legal and marketing principles
to analyze pricing decisions, and consider the behavioral
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
implications of pricing, and review relationships among
the components for the marketing mix. Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
MK 340 Database Marketing (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to explore the marketing applications of database information, with particular emphasis on the firm’s
overall marketing strategy. Students examine the tools and
theories that permit useful information to be derived from
the growing number of information databases. Major
types of databases to be examined incl u d e :s canner databases, direct marketing databases, geographic information
databases, and Internet databases. Prerequisite: MK 201,
SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Fall
MK 352 Retail Management (3 hrs.) The major elements of retail management and merchandising are introduced. Topics covered are inventory planning, acquisition
and control;pricing, sales volume and pro f i t ;p romotional
activities; and store management, including operations, as
well as retail mathematics: markup, markdown,turnover,
etc. Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year,
Fall
MK 355 Services Marketing (SL: Service Learning)
(3 hrs.) This course examines how marketing principles
are applied to the management of service business, including health organizations. Topics include: definition of
services,services as products, managing the service
encounter, buyer behavior and customer relations,service
quality, marketing and human resources management,
service accessibility, pricing of services,promotion of services, and international marketing of services. Prerequisite:
MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, Spring
MK 362/IB 311 International Marketing (3 hrs.) This
course covers the integration of the international economic, environmental, and institutional concepts and constraints as they apply to strategy formulation and organization of resources for international marketing.
Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 370/IB 313 Marketing Research (3 hrs.) Students
learn to understand and satisfy marketing managers’
information needs: demand potential, competition, regulations and accepted procedures in relevant business/geographic area. The course covers research design, quantitative and qualitative data collection, data analysis,
implications of results, and written/oral reports are
expected. This methodological course assumes a basic
understanding of marketing in a global environment. Prerequisite: MA 271, MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every
Year, All
MK 383 Professional Selling and Sales Management
(3 hrs.) The study and application of skills required to sell
products,services or ideas. Emphasis is on the develop-
Page 235
ment of an effective sales presentation focusing on the
needs of the consumer or organization. The course stresses the importance of knowing the company and its products as well as the selling environment and customer. In
addition, the issues involved in managing a sales force are
addressed. These include sales planning and forecasting,
selection, recruitment,training and compensation of salespeople and integration with other elements of the marketing mix. Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or SB 202; Every
Year, All
MK 401 Seminar in Marketing Strategy (3 hrs.) This
capstone course is given from the point of view of top
marketing executives, who are responsible for integrating
marketing activities. Instructional methods such as case
analys e s ,l i ve ca s e s ,g roup projects and simulations may be
used. Prerequisite: MK 370; Every Year, All
MK 488 Internship in Marketing (3 hrs.) This internship in marketing must be approved by the department
chair and the dean in accordance with school regulations.
Junior/Senior status. Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or
SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 489 Internship in Marketing (3 hrs.) This internship in marketing must be approved by the department
chair and the dean in accordance with school regulations.
Junior/Senior status. Prerequisite: MK 201, SB 201 or
SB 202; Every Year, All
MK 497 Marketing and Advertising Competition
(3 hrs.) This course is designed for students who wish to
participate in the national advertising competition administered by the American Advertising Federation (AAF).
Areas covered include marketing situation analysis,media
planning, public relations and creative development as
part of a complete campaign for a well-known product or
service. Prerequisite: MK 401; Every Year, Spring
MK 498 Tutorial Topics in Marketing (3 hrs.) Special
topics courses involve advanced study of one or more
areas within marketing. Subject matter varies from year to
year depending upon the interest of students and faculty.
Every Year, All
Mathematics
MA 100 Pre-College Mathematics (3 hrs.) This review
of basic arithmetic and algebraic skills and an introduction to mathematical methods is designed so that the
entering student with little or no mathematics background can attain sufficient skill to take course work
requiring two years of college preparatory mathematics.
Students are expected to participate in four hours of
course work per week. MA 100 is for institutional credit
and does not apply to graduation requirements.Minimum
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U R S E D E S C RI P T I O N S
235
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
passing grade for MA 100 is C-. Students who have successfully completed MA 100 may challenge the MA 117
final examination. Note: Students may not withdraw from
MA 100. Students who fail MA 100 the first time receive
an Incomplete. If the student does not pass the second
time, then a failure is recorded on the student’s record.
Every Year, All
MA 103 Topics in Mathematics (3 hrs.) This course
replaces MA 117 as the CC mathematics requirement for
certain students (see below). It is not intended for students who need to take additional math courses, such as
calculus or statistics. Topics include logic, probability and
statistics, a review of elementary algebra ,g ra phing and
solving equations. This course is intended for students
who are unable to complete MA 117 College Algebra,
due to a documented learning disability. Every Year, All
MA 117 (CC: Math for Liberal Arts and HS Majors;
CC: Spec.Comp. for Business Majors)College Algebra
(3 hrs.) This review of fundamentals of algebra covers
equations and inequalities as well as linear, quadratic,
rational, exponential and logarithmic functions. Every
Year, All
MA 118 (CC: Spec.Comp. for Liberal Arts and HS
Majors; CC: Math for Business Majors) Introductory
Calculus (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to functions
and limits, fundamental rules of differentiation and integration of elementary functions, and applications in business and life sciences. A graphing calculator is required;
the Ti-83 is recommended. Every Year, All
MA 140 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Algebraic and Transcendental Functions (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of
the elementary functions: polynomial, rational,exponential,logarithmic and trigonometric. A graphing calculator
is required; the Ti-83 is recommended. Every Year, All
MA 141 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Calculus of a Single Variable I (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to functions and
graphs, limits and continuity, derivatives, applications of
derivatives,antiderivatives, and the definite integral. A
graphing calculator is required; the Ti-83 is recommended. Every Year, All
MA 142 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Calculus of a Single
Variable II (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to techniques
of integration,numerical integration,applications of the
definite integral,improper integrals,differential equations,
infinite series,parametric equations and polar coordinate
system. A graphing calculator is required; the Ti-83 is
recommended. Every Year, Spring
MA 205 Introduction to Discrete Mathematics (3 hrs.)
This course introduces students to basic concepts and
structures of discrete mathematics. Topics covered include
236
Page 236
propositional and predicate logic, sets and set operations,
functions and function machines,binary relations,graphs
and trees, and basic number theory. Applications include
computer science, biology, social sciences, law and the
physical sciences. Prerequisite: MA 117; Every Year, All
MA 206 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Statistics for the Behavioral
Sciences (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of statistical
procedures pertinent to the work of the social and behavioral scientist. Descriptive procedures,confidence intervals, hypothesis testing, regression and correlation,analysis
of variance, non-parametric techniques are introduced.
Prerequisite: MA 117; Every Year, Spring
MA 229 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Linear Algebra (3 hrs.) This
course covers vector spaces, systems of linear equations,
linear transformations,determinants and matrix algebra.
Every Year, Spring
MA 241 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Calculus of Several Variables (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to differential calculus of real-valued and vector-valued functions on nspace. Prerequisites: MA 142, MA 229; Every Year, Fall
MA 242 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Integral Calculus and Differential Equations (3 hrs.) This course covers multiple
integrals, line and surface integrals and introduces differential equations of order one. Prerequisite: MA 241;
Every Year, Spring
MA 271 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Probability and Statistics I
(3 hrs.) Methods of collection, classification,analysis,
interpretation and presentation of data are examined. Also
covered are measures of central tendency and variability,
elementary probability, the binomial and normal distributions. Sample theory and statistical inference are introduced. A notebook computer is required. Prerequisite:
MA 117, MA 118, MA 140 or MA 141; Every Year, All
MA 272 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Probability and Statistics II
(3 hrs.) This course examines planning surveys and experiments, the theory of statistical inference, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals, chi-square, analysis of variance,
regression and correlation, time series and index numbers
and non-parametric tests. Prerequisite: MA 271; Every
Year, All
MA 275 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Biostatistics (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the application of statistical techniques to the biological and health sciences with emphasis
on probability laws, sampling and parameter estimation,
central limit theorem, test of hypothesis,correlation,
regression and analysis of variance.(Students completing
MA 271 and 272 will not get credit for MA 275). Every
Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 237
MA 305 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Applied Discrete Mathematics (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to basic structures
of discrete mathematics, sets,combinatorics, relations and
digraphs,trees, Boolean algebra and logic, and their applications to computer science. Prerequisite: MA 229; Every
Other Year, Fall
MA 441 Functions of a Complex Variable (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: MA 341
MA 451 Elements of Point-Set Topology (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: MA 341
MA 499 Independent Study in Mathematics (3 hrs.)
MA 321 Abstract Algebra (3 hrs.) This course presents a
study of topics selected from groups,normal groups, rings,
ideas,integral domains,fields, polynominal-rings and isomorphism theorems. Prerequisite: MA 229; Every Other
Year, Fall
Media Production
MA 341 Advanced Calculus I (3 hrs.) The concepts of
limit,continuity, differentiation and Riemann integration
are studied in depth. Also considered are sequences and
series,improper integrals, and Riemann-Stieltjes Integral.
Prerequisite: MA 142; Every Other Year, Spring
MA 371 Mathematical Statistics and Probability I
(3 hrs.) This course covers foundations of probability;
selected probability distributions; moments;collections,
classification,analysis, interpretation and presentation of
empirical frequency distributions;statistical inference;
sampling theory; applications. Prerequisites: MA 142,
MA 229; Every Year, Fall
MA 372 Mathematical Statistics and Probability II
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to general principles for
testing hypotheses and for estimation ;s m a ll sample distributions; regression and correlation;nonparametric techniques; design of experiments and analysis of variance;
and other methods. Prerequisite: MA 371; Every Year,
Spring
MA 381 Experimental Design (3 hrs.) This introduction
to sampling techniques includes simple random,ordered,
stratified, cluster and sequential samples. Sample size
requirements for acceptable beta errors and point and
interval estimates are reviewed and developed. Further,
there is development of the one- and two-way analysis of
variance models and their application to single factor, randomized block, and other experimental designs. Prerequisite: MA 272, MA 275 or MA 372; Every Other Year,
Spring
Courses offered as needed
MA 299 Independent Study in Mathematics (3 hrs.)
MA 362 Numerical Analysis II (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
MA 361
MA 365 Ordinary Differential Equations (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: MA 242
MA 378 Mathematical Modeling (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
MA 141, MA 229
MA 399 Independent Study in Mathematics (3 hrs.)
MA 400 Special Topics in Math (3 hrs.)
MA 421 Advanced Algebra (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:MA
321
MEP 105 Video Essentials (3 hrs.) This course introduces the student to the fundamentals of electronic news
gathering (ENG) and electronic field production (EFP).
Students learn all major phases of video production:
scripting, pre-production planning, basic single-camera
field production,electronic editing and evaluating the
effectiveness and success of the communication.This
course is designed for those students concentrating in
areas other than media production (i.e., public relations,
journalism or media studies). Students concentrating in
media production must take MEP 110 and MEP 112 and
not JRN 111. Every Year, All
MEP 110 Fundamentals of Media Production: Sound
and Image (3 hrs.) This first phase of a two-semester
course gives students a thorough grounding in the basic
techniques of audio and video production. Students learn
the theory and practice of audio recording and editing,
radio studio operation and the fundamentals of lighting,
composition and visual storytelling. This is a hands-on
course that requires students to produce a number of
media projects throughout the semester. Every Year, All
MEP 112 Fundamentals of Media Production: Sound
and Image (3 hrs.) This second phase of a two-semester
sequence builds on the production skills acquired in MEP
110, and introduces students to the techniques of designing and producing creative and effective audio-visual
communications. Students learn to develop creative concepts and to take them from script to screen. Video editing techniques and principles of good composition,structure and program design are stressed. Every Year, All
MEP 119 Radio Workshop (1 hr.) Student members of
the campus radio station (WQAQ) plan and execute projects in broadcast programming and management. (Taken
concurrently with MEP 180.) Every Year, All
MEP 180 Introduction to Radio (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to the basic tools of radio news and program
production.Emphasis is on hands-on work with in-studio
equipment.There is heavy concentration on writing for
broadcast-how it differs from writing for the eye .T h e
course includes field trips and guest lectures by experts.
Every Year, All
MEP 245 Fundamentals of Directing (3 hrs.) This intermediate production course is designed to give video pro-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
237
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
duction students strong professional facility in transforming scripted material into visual form with particular
attention to directing both image and action. Work takes
place in a range. Prerequisite: MEP 110 or MEP 112;
Every Year, All
MEP 250 Documentary Production (3 hrs.) This intermediate production course covers the critical standards,
ethical issues and technical skills required to create single
camera location documentary programs from idea
through development,marketing, planning, shooting
(camera, sound and lighting), editing, and post-production. Students produce, direct and edit short documentaries from assignments. Prerequisite:MEP 110 or MEP
112; Every Year, All
MEP 272 Screenwriting (3 hrs.) Students learn to shape
stories for the scre e n .E m phasis is on dramatic structuring, character development, pacing and dialogue. Professional screenplays are analyzed and discussed, and final
projects give students the opportunity to develop an original short screenplay. Prerequisites:MEP 110, MEP 112;
Every Year, All
MEP 280 Producing for Radio (3 hrs.) Students learn to
create effective and engaging projects for radio. They gain
experience in writing, planning and executing projects
using the tools and technologies of the radio studio, and
examine existing works to develop a critical appreciation
of the form. Prerequisite:MEP 110; Every Year, All
MEP 285 The Film and Video Soundtrack (3 hrs.)
Designed for those with no musical training or experience, this course introduces students to the rudiments of
producing musical textures, sound effects and enhanced
mixes for film and video applications. Using contemporary digital sequencing technologies, students compose
and arrange tracks and synchronize them to existing visua l s ,p roducing a final sophisticated mix that enriches and
enhances the visual component of film and video narratives. Prerequisites:MEP 110 and MEP 112; Every Year,
Spring
MEP 290 Television News Production (3 hrs.) Students
work as a team to produce a regular news broadcast in
studio. They gain experience in studio operations,especially live multi-camera directing. Emphasis also is placed
on lighting, camera operation, audio and TV graphics.
Prerequisites:MEP 110, MEP 112; Every Year, All
MEP 291 Television Workshop (1 hr.) This one-credit
workshop must be taken concurrently with MEP 290.
Students learn the tools and techniques of video production that enable them to be more effective in their project
work. Every Year, All
238
Page 238
MEP 292 Digital Editing (3 hrs.) Editing is the craft at
the heart of the cinematic art form. This course provides
an introduction to editing theory and practice using computer-based non-linear video editing technology. Students
learn principles of editing continuity, narrative conventions
and control of time, rhythm and pacing. Attention is given
to effective preparation and planning of the edit, sound
track construction and the use of special effects.Masterworks of cinema and television are analyzed and discussed.
Prerequisites:MEP 110, MEP 112; Every Year, All
MEP 293 Broadcast Animation (3 hrs.) Students learn to
create sophisticated 2D and 3D still and animated electronic graphics for video that are aesthetically pleasing,
expressive and meaningful. Principles of good design,
composition and color are stressed, as well as the ability to
produce visual interest in support of communication goals.
Prerequisites:MEP 110 and MEP 112; Every Year, All
MEP 295 Narrative Production (3 hrs.) This intermediate production course combines elements of studio multiple-camera and location single-camera directing and
shooting with post-production in the creation of dramatic
material. Projects may include comedies and dramas originally written for the stage, daytime and prime time dramatic material,situation comedy and theatrical feature
sequential scenes. Prerequisites:MEP 110, MEP 112;
Every Year, All
MEP 370 Directing Film and Television (3 hrs.)
Students participate in advanced work in video or film.
Individual and/or group projects are developed from idea
to completion. Projects may include live multi-camera
production,single-camera film-style production,fictional
narrative or documentary, studio or fieldwork.Emphasis
is on the role of the director in selecting material,shaping
it for the scre e n ,w o rking with actors to develop performance and working with technical crew to achieve desired
results. Prerequisites: MEP 110, MEP 112 and one of the
following: MEP 245, MEP 250, MEP 290, MEP 295;
Every Year, All
MEP 372 Advanced Screenwriting (3 hrs.) Work begun
in MEP 272 Screenwriting results in the delivery of fulllength theatrical feature film screenplays and/or material
for television. Examples of four-act episodic and long
form television are read and critiqued. In teams students
develop situation comedy or dramatic material (one-off,
episodic or long form) for commercial television. Prerequisite:MEP 272; Every Year, All
MEP 375 16mm Film Production (3 hrs.) This course
introduces students to the techniques of 16mm motion
picture production. Course projects may include narrative,
documentary or experimental films. Students learn to
select film stock ,w o rk with laboratories for processing,
printing and/or transferring film to video for editing, use
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
various options for sound track production including nonsync,slip-sync and full-sync, and other technical and creative aspects of film production.Composition and lighting are stressed, as well as effective storytelling in the
short film format. Course fee:$350. Prerequisite: MEP
110 or MEP 112; Every Year, Spring
MEP 380 Special Projects in Radio Production (3 hrs.)
Radio projects for the advanced student. Topics and
approach vary. Prerequisite: MEP 280; Every Year, All
MEP 390 Producing for Broadcast (3 hrs.) This
advanced production course gives students the opportunity to explore the role and responsibilities of the producer
in television production. Students develop a creative concept into a final program suitable for broadcast. Aspects of
program production including audience identification and
targeting, budgeting, scripting, pre-production,building
and managing a creative team, technical achievement,
publicity and audience monitoring are addressed. Students
produce an original program that may be broadcast on the
campus cable television system and will provide them
with material for their portfolios. Prerequisites:MEP 110
and MEP 112 and one of the following:MEP 245, MEP
2 5 0 ,M EP 290, MEP 295; Every Year, All
MEP 395 Special Projects: France (4 hrs.) This advanced
production course is intended for juniors in media production. It takes place on the Nice (France) campus of a
major French film and video institute (ESRA, Paris) and
involves the writing, shooting and editing of a polished
video project that is then presented to a professional jury.
Prerequisites: Junior status, MEP 110 and MEP 112;
Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
MEP 230 Electronic Publishing (3 hrs.)
MEP 235 Multimedia Production (3 hrs.)
MEP 392 Advanced Editing (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
MEP 292
MEP 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Media Studies
MSS 101 Introduction to Media Communications
(3 hrs.) This course presents an introduction to the structure, function and social impact of the various communications media. Every Year, All
MSS 102 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Introduction to Film (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the major elements of film
language and the significance of cinema as an artistic
medium. The course includes a weekly 2 1/2 hour screening. Every Year, All
Page 239
MSS 119 Sign Language Workshop (1 hr.) This course
presents an introduction to basic sign language, its basic
vocabulary, sentence structure and grammar. Students
gain practice in reading and execution of signs. Every Year,
All
MSS 150 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Speech as Communication (3 hrs.) MSS 150 presents fundamental principles
and methods of selecting, analyzing, evaluating, organizing and developing speech material. Students deliver, listen to and critically analyze extemporaneous speeches.
Every Year, All
MSS 202 Film as Visual Art (3 hrs.) This course presents
an advanced study of film. Aspects of the development of
the art of cinema are examined. Film is studied as a sister
art related to painting, literature and theater. Prerequisite:
MSS 102; Every Year, All
MSS 220 Media History (3 hrs.) This course considers
the history of selected media. Media studied vary, as does
the approach.Relevant concerns include the development
of the particular medium, the wider social and historical
context, and the temporary and enduring issues in media
studies. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, MSS 101;
Every Year, All
MSS 231 Media and Society (3 hrs.) This course examines the function and role of mass media in contemporary
U.S. society: the interaction between mass media and the
broader structure of society, and the nature and quality of
U.S. popular and political culture in the context of existing mass media systems. For majors only with sophomore
standing. Prerequisites: Sophomore standing, MSS 101,
JRN 160; Every Year, All
MSS 240 Analysis of the Moving Image (3 hrs.) How do
we read images? This course explores moving image
media-including film, television and the Internet-from a
formal and aesthetic perspective. Students learn to think
and write critically about images, editing strategies and
non-narrative visual arts. Prerequisites: MSS 101, MSS
220; Every Year, All
MSS 305 The Vietnam Era: Images and Reality (3 hrs.)
This course examines the Vietnam era and its lesson s ,a n d
includes an analysis of media coverage of the war and its
effect on both national policy and political change. Prerequisites: HS 111, HS 112, HS 131, HS 132, MSS 101;
Every Year, Fall
MSS 307 The Holocaust (3 hrs.) This survey covers the
systematic destruction of 10 million human beings at the
hands of the Third Reich through an examination of historical texts, literature and film. Prerequisites: HS 111,
HS 112, HS 132, HS 131, MSS 101; Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
239
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Page 240
Medical Technology
MSS 332 Current Issues in Media Research (3 hrs.) The
various methods employed in assessing the social and
behavioral influence of the communications media and
the links between research and public policy issues are
examined. Attention is given to the methods and areas of
research that have led to the dominant theoretical formulations in the field. Students gain experience designing
and implementing research projects. Designed for students with junior standing. Every Year, All
MT 100 Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(2 hrs.) This introduction to the comprehensive field of
clinical laboratory sciences includes in-depth discussion of
the medical technologist’s responsibilities as part of the
health care team. Tours of affiliate hospital laboratories
help introduce the student to the profession of clinical
laboratory science. Every Year, Spring
MSS 350 Junior Seminar (3 hrs.) Varied topics are covered relating theory to practice, and emphasizing student
participation and research. A primary goal is to enhance
the student’s imagination ,c ri t i cal ability and analytical
skill. Prerequisites: Junior standing and completion of the
Communications core. Every Year, All
MT 228 Introduction to Clinical Laboratory Techniques (3 hrs.) This course presents an introduction to the
theory and practice of medical laboratory techniques.
Basic clinical parasitology, hematology and urinalysis are
presented in lecture and supplemented in laboratory with
basic techniques in these areas. Every Year, Spring
MSS 440 Media Law (3 hrs.) This course investigates the
history and present status of the statutory and case law
under which the mass media are regulated. Attention is
given to First Amendment guarantees,libel,privacy, journalist’s privilege, the free press/fair trial controversy,
pornography, copyright and broadcast regulation. Selected
cases are studied as examples of opinions handed down by
the state and federal courts. Senior status or permission of
the instructor is required. Every Year, All
MT 228L Clinical Laboratory Technique Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany MT 228. Every Year, Spring
MSS 450 Senior Seminar (3 hrs.) This seminar examines
issues and research perspectives in mass communications.
Topics vary each term, focusing on the different media
and current literature in the field. Every Year, Fall
MSS 490 Internship (3 hrs.) Fieldwork with a cooperating institution or corporation in communications is supervised jointly. The intention is to motivate the intern
toward professional growth through observation and participation, to provide the student opportunity to meet
active professionals, and to stimulate career planning.
Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
MSS 200 Special topics (3 hrs.)
MSS 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
MSS 310 Women in the Mass Media (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: MSS 220
MSS 331 Media Texts, Subtexts and Contents (3 hrs.)
Prerequisites: Junior standing, MSS 231
MSS 342 Media Ethics (3 hrs.)
MSS 344 Popular Culture and the Mass Media (3 hrs.)
MSS 346 Global Culture and the Economics of
Information (3 hrs.)
MSS 348 Film Styles and Genres (3 hrs.)
MSS 349 Political Communication (3 hrs.)
MSS 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
240
MT 310 Body Fluids and Coagulation (2 hrs.) This
course presents an introduction to body fluid analysis and
blood coagulation and their application in the clinical
diagnosis of various disorders. The laboratory section
emphasizes the performance and use of basic analytic procedures such as urinalysis, spinal fluid analysis and various
blood coagulation testing protocols. Prerequisites: BI 211,
BI 212, MT 228; Every Year, Fall
MT 315 Clinical Hematology I (4 hrs.) The basic principles of hematology are studied, with an emphasis on
hemotapoiesis, RBC metabolism, WBC and RBC disorders,coagulation and platelet function. The course uses
basic procedures and techniques of hematological analysis
with emphasis on diagnostic significance. Prerequisites:
CH 205, BI 211, BI 212; Every Year, Fall
MT 315L Clinical Hematology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany MT 315. Every Year, Fall
MT 320 Clinical Biochemistry I (4 hrs.) The basic concepts of clinical laboratory chemistry including analytical
procedures,correlation of clinical data with biochemical
and physiological processes, clinical instrumentation and
quality control are examined. Emphasis is on simulated
hospital experience and hospital exposure. Prerequisites:
CH 201, CH 205, CH 231; Every Year, Fall
MT 320L Clinical Biochemistry Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany MT 320. Every Year, Fall
MT 376 Clinical Immunology/Immunohematology I
(4 hrs.) The principles of immunology and their application to the diagnostic laboratory are considered.Basic
techniques of clinical immunology are studied in laboratory exercises.Theory and laboratory identification of
human blood group antigens and antibodies and their
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
application to transfusions are examined. Emphasis is on a
simulated hospital laboratory experience and hospital
exposure. Prerequisite: BI 375; Every Year, Fall
MT 376L Clinical Immunology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany MT 376. Every Year, Fall
MT 380 Clinical Microbiology I (4 hrs.) This course
presents a study of disease-causing bacteria and fungi
from the point of view of their identifying characteristics.
The laboratory portion emphasizes techniques routinely
practiced in clinical microbiology labs and is presented
under the format of a simulated clinical laboratory. Prerequisites: BI 370, BI 372; Every Year, Fall
MT 380L Clinical Microbiology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany MT 380. Every Year, Fall
MT 407 Seminar in Laboratory Medicine (2 hrs.) Students are introduced to the latest developments and concepts in the clinical laboratory and gain an overview of
practical application of each of the following areas: management, research, and education as specifically applied to
the specialty of clinical laboratory sciences. Every Year,
Spring
Page 241
MT 485 Clinical Microbiology II (4 hrs.) Hospital
practicum in affiliated hospital. Rotations in clinical bacteriology, clinical mycology and clinical parasitology are
included in this course. Prerequisite: MT 380; Every Year,
Spring
Music
MU 130 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Understanding Music (3 hrs.)
In this music appreciation designed for students with no
previous formal training in music, elements of musical
forms and styles are studied together with necessary historical background. Frequent listening. Every Year, All
MU 190 Quinnipiac University Singers (1 hr.) This
workshop in music is devoted to the study, singing and
presentation of choral music from early Renaissance to
music literature of the 20th century, both sacred and secular. As a choral ensemble, the group represents the university in cultural affairs and participates in local convocations and special programs. Every Year, All
MT 413 Clinical Microscopy/Coagulation (1 hr.) Body
fluids, including urine, exudates,trasudates, feces and gastric juices are examined. The class considers fundamentals
of coagulation theory and testing with emphasis on diagnostic significance. Every Year, Spring
MU 191 Hamden Symphony Orchestra at Quinnipiac
(1 hr.) This workshop in music is with the Hamden Symphony Orchestra. Students who play violin, viola,cello or
string bass can earn academic credit by joining this fine
regional orchestra rehearsing and performing on campus.
Three concerts are presented on campus throughout the
academic year—one in the fall and two in the spring
semester. Every Year, All
MT 416 Clinical Hematology II (3 hrs.) Hospital
practicum in an affiliated hospital. Emphasis is placed on
the morphological study of the blood including abnormal
mechanisms responsible for symptoms of different diseases, blood coagulation and platelet function. Prerequisite: MT 315; Every Year, Spring
MU 192 Quinnipiac University Hand Bell Choir (1 hr.)
This workshop in music is open to all members of the
university. Special arrangements of sacred and secular
music for hand bell ensembles are performed. Prior experience is not necessary. The ability to read music is helpful
but not required. Every Year, All
MT 420 Clinical Biochemistry II (4 hrs.) Hospital
practicum in affiliated hospitals. Rotation through areas of
the clinical chemistry laboratory, including sections dealing with general chemistry, special chemistry and toxicology. Prerequisite: MT 320; Every Year, Spring
MU 211 (CC :A rt . Trad.) History of Jazz (3 hrs.) This
course covers the origins and history of the jazz idiom
from its early beginning through present avant garde
forms. Basic jazz literature is surveyed with style analysis
of important soloists, small jazz groups and large ensembles. Prerequisite: MU 130; Every Year, All
MT 475 Clinical Immunology II (2 hrs.) Hospital
practicum in affiliated hospital. Principles of clinical
immunology applied to the diagnostic laboratory. Techniques to be studied include serological testing and diagnostic tests involving cellular immunology. Prerequisite:
MT 376; Every Year, Spring
MT 476 Clinical Immunohematology II (2 hrs.) Hospital practicum in affiliated hospital. Laboratory identification of human blood group antigens and antibodies, compatibility testing, and use of blood and blood components
in the clinical laboratory. Prerequisite: MT 376; Every
Year, Spring
MU 213 Music of the 20th Century (3 hrs.) This course
examines the many transformations that have taken place
in art music from the late post-romantic era up to the
present time. The course presents a diverse spectrum of
musical styles, and explores how popular forms,world
music, and changes in society have impacted musical culture here and abroad. Prerequisite: MU 130; Every Year,
Spring
MU 230 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Music Theory I (3 hrs.) This
course is specifically designed to give the student a solid
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
241
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
and practical basis for appreciation or participation in
musical experience.Emphasis is placed on development in
three areas: 1) music theory (rhythm,melody, harmony,
modes,scales, key signatures,intervals,etc.), 2) its direct
application through exercises in dictation, and 3) sight
reading. Prerequisite: MU 130; Every Year, Fall
MU 330 (CC :A rt . Trad.) Music Theory II (3 hrs.) This
course studies the range, timbre, transposition, and uses of
various instruments in consort. Fundamental techniques
of arranging, vocal and instrumental are considered. Prerequisite: MU 230; Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
MU 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
MU 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
MU/IDD 405 Soundscapes (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AR 261
or IDD 261
NU 302H Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families I
Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must be taken with NU
302. It is comprised of five hours in a clinical practice setting. Every Year, Spring & Summer
NU 302L Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families I
Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must be taken with NU 302. It is
comprised of two hours in the clinical skills laboratory.
Every Year, Spring & Summer
NU 303 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals
II (3 hrs.) This course considers the application of concepts of holistic nursing in the provision and management
of care of persons experiencing alterations in holistic
integrity. Emphasis is on planning and development of
actual and potential nursing diagnoses with appropriate
nursing strategies. Every Year, Spring & Summer
NU 303H Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals II Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must be taken with
NU 303. It is comprised of five hours in a clinical practice
setting. Every Year, Spring & Summer
Nursing
NU/LAS 204 Health Care Management for Latino
Clients
(3 hrs.) This elective course provides a theoretical framework, an epidemiological profile, and specific strategies to
enhance delivery of care for the Latino client. Prerequisite: SP 102; Every Year, Spring
NU 301 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals
I (3 hrs.) This course introduces holistic theory as it
applies to nursing. The major concepts of the nursing paradigm are defined holistically. Emphasis is placed on
those activities that foster skill in assessment of holistic
health states and on those nursing interventions that support and protect these states. These activities are aimed at
strengthening and promoting holistic integrity. Focus is
on the well person of all ages in diverse care settings.
Every Year, Fall & Summer
NU 301H Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals I Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must be taken with
NU 301. It is comprised of five hours in a clinical practice
setting. Every Year, Fall & Summer
NU 301L Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals I Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must be taken with NU 301. It
is comprised of two hours in the clinical skills laboratory.
Every Year, Fall & Summer
NU 302 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families I
(3 hrs.) This course considers the application of the concepts of holistic nursing theory to childbearing families
experiencing alterations in holistic integrity. Alterations
related to the developing family unit including role, structure, composition and patterns of relating are explored.
Every Year, Spring & Summer
242
Page 242
NU 303L Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals II Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must be taken with NU 303.
It is comprised of two hours in the clinical skills laboratory. Every Year, Spring & Summer
NU 304 Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed in
the Community I (3 hrs.) The basic concepts related to
community health and public health nursing are introduced. The student also is introduced to the management
of alterations in holistic integrity of individuals and families requiring nursing intervention in the community setting. Every Year, Fall & Summer
NU 304H Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals Managed in the Community I Lab (1 hr.) This lab
must be taken with NU 304. It is comprised of three
hours of clinical practice in a community setting. Every
Year, Fall & Summer
NU 310 Theoretical Basis for Nursing (2 hrs.) The
underlying theoretical frameworks of nursing practice,
decision making and leadership are examined. Selected
examples from decision making, change, teaching/learning, leadership/management and delegation theory are
explored with an emphasis on their relationship to nursing practice. Every Year, Spring
NU 311 Holistic Health Assessment (4 hrs.) Students
are introduced to the holistic health assessment of individuals across the lifespan. Practice is provided in a laboratory setting. Every Year, Fall & Summer
NU 311L Health Assessment Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must
be taken with NU 311. It is comprised of 2 hours in the
clinical skills lab. Every Year, Fall & Summer
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
NU 350 Historic England and Modern Nursing (3 hrs.)
This elective study abroad course is designed to introduce
students to the history of England with particular emphasis on nursing, medicine, health and the role of women in
these areas. Several on-campus seminars are held in the
spring semester followed by a 10-day trip to England in
late May. Students read selected literature and are expected to write a scholarly paper upon their return to campus.
Every Year, Spring
NU 401 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of NU 302, building
on the concepts of holistic nursing theory to families
experiencing alterations in holistic integrity. Alterations
related to development from infancy through late adolescence are emphasized in the context of their impact on
the child and the family. Every Year, Fall
NU 401H Laboratory to accompany NU 401 (2 hrs.)
This lab must be taken with NU 401. It is comprised of
five hours in a clinical practice setting. Every Year, Fall
NU 401L Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Families I
Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must be taken with NU 401. It is
comprised of two hours in the clinical practice lab. Every
Year, Fall
NU 402 Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed in
the Community II (SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) The
management of alterations in holistic integrity of persons
and families requiring nursing intervention in community
settings is studied. Principles of public and community
health as well as management of care in the home, schools
and ambulatory health care centers are stressed. Every
Year, Spring
NU 402H Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed in
the Community Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must be
taken with NU 402. It is comprised of five hours in a
clinical practice setting. Every Year, Spring
NU 402L Alterations in Holistic Integrity Managed in
the Community Lab (0 hrs.) This lab provides students
with an opportunity to participate in a community-based
education (CBE) project in close collaboration with a faculty member. Every Year, Spring
NU 403 Alterations in Holistic Integrity Related to
Behavioral Health (3 hrs.) This course presents a study
of the management of alterations in holistic integrity
experienced by individuals with behavioral health problems. The course addresses physiological and psychosocial
alterations associated with mental illness and nursing
strategies designed to help preserve the holistic integrity
of behavioral health clients. Behavioral health problems
that can occur throughout the life span are considered.
Every Year, Fall
Page 243
NU 403H Alterations in Holistic Integrity Related to
Behavioral Health Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must
be taken with NU 403. It is comprised of five hours in a
clinical practice setting. Every Year, Fall
NU 404 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Individuals
III (3 hrs.) The principles and practices of holistic nursing
care for individuals with critical alterations in holistic
integrity are introduced.Emphasis is on planning and
implementing care for individuals of all ages experiencing
alterations of a high level of acuity requiring sophisticated
technologic care. Every Year, Fall
NU 404H Alterations in Holistic Integrity of
Individuals III Hospital Lab (2 hrs.) This lab must be
taken with NU 404. It is comprised of five hours in a
clinical practice setting. Every Year, Fall
NU 404L Alterations in Holistic Integrity of
Individuals III Lab (0 hrs.) This lab must be taken with
NU 404. It is comprised of two hours in the clinical skills
laboratory. Every Year, Fall
NU 405 Alterations in Holistic Integrity of Adults IV
(2 hrs.) This course provides an opportunity to demonstrate synthesis of the concepts essential for professional
nursing practice.Emphasis is on the implementation and
evaluation of holistic nursing care for individuals and
families across the lifespan. Every Year, Spring
NU 405H Holistic Nursing IV Hospital (2 hrs.) This
course must be taken with NU 405. It is comprised of a
10-hour supervised,precepted experience in a variety of
health care settings. Every Year, Spring
NU 405L Holistic Nursing IV Lab (0 hrs.) This course
must be taken with NU 405. It is comprised of two hours
in the clinical practice lab. Every Year, Spring
NU 410 Introduction to Nursing Research (3 hrs.) In
this introduction to nursing research methodology, current
nursing research is examined and evaluated in relation to
its application to nursing practice. Qualitative and quantitative research techniques are explored. Every Year, All
NU 413 Elective (2 hrs.) This elective course is designed
for students who wish to pursue further course and/or
clinical work with elders. Emphasis is on the implementation and evaluation of holistic nursing care for elders.
Current governmental and social policy, moral,ethical and
legal issues that impact upon the quality of life of elders
are critically examined. Every Year, All
NU 420 Issues and Leadership in the Provision of
Holistic Nursing Care (3 hrs.) Problems in providing
holistic nursing care in a pluralistic society are examined.
Focus is on the analysis of trends and issues present in a
dynamic health care delivery system. Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
243
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
Courses offered as needed
NU 300 The Baccalaureate Perspective (1 hr.)
NU 315 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
class include the understanding of linear and parallel force
systems,torque and motion analysis in human movement.
Every Year, Spring
Occupational Therapy
OT 111 Fundamentals of Occupational Therapy (1 hr.)
This course provides the student with a basic knowledge
of the fundamentals of occupational therapy practice.
Topics of study include historical development of the profession,exploration of the interdisciplinary team, paraprofessional roles, and application of professional terminology. This course also encompasses a self study in medical
terminology. Every Year, Fall & Summer
OT 112 Purposeful Activity Analysis (1 hr.) Students
gain experience with the media commonly used in occupational therapy. With the teaching\learning theory,
emphasis is placed on analysis of activities as tools to treat
general types of disabilities. Analysis techniques are
grounded through the application of the OT Practice
Framework on purposeful activity. This course also offers
a self-study component in medical terminology. Every
Year, Spring & Summer
OT 210 Therapeutic Use of Self (2 hrs.) This course
develops the skills surrounding the use of self as a therapeutic entity. These skills are necessary in both dyadic as
well as group relationships and are cornerstone of our
profession. The integration of service learning in community settings with people with disabilities allows students
to practice their person-to-person skills. Every Year, Fall
& Summer
OT 212 Group Leadership (SL: Service Learning)
(2 hrs.) This course involves lecture and training in the
use of groups in OT treatment.Theory of groups,and
specific group leadership training and practice are utilized.
Prerequisites: OT 111, OT 112, OT 210; Every Year,
Spring and Summer
OT 315 Principles of Anatomy (3 hrs.) This course presents a comprehensive study of structure and movement
within the human body including emphasis on functional,
muscular activity. Every Year, Fall
OT 315L Principles of Anatomy Lab (1 hr.) This lab
presents a comprehensive study of the structure and
movement within the human body through cadaver and
computer simulation techniques. Every Year, Fall
OT 316 Kinesiology (3 hrs.) Kinesiology addresses normal movement of the trunk, upper and lower extremities.
This course builds on the knowledge of anatomy and
physics as it relates to the human body force systems and
functioning in everyday activities. Key components of this
244
Page 244
OT 316L Kinesiology Lab (1 hr.) This lab course examines experientially the concepts of kinesiology presented
in lecture. Students have the opportunity to practically
apply biomechanical theory to normal functioning of the
human body range of motion muscle testing, daily activity, design concepts and motion analysis. Every Year, Spring
OT 325 Principles of Human Development and
Occupation (3 hrs.) This course explores normal development and its impact on age appropriate occupation s .T h e
age span is from conception through late adulthood. The
course provides a foundation for assessment and treatment
of human occupation. Every Year, Fall
OT 326 Principles of Human Development/Older
Adult (3 hrs.) This course explores normal development
and its impact on age appropriate occupations. The age
span is from conception through late adulthood. The
course provides a foundation for assessment and treatment
of human occupation. Every Year, Spring
OT 335 Functional Neuroanatomy (3 hrs.) This is a
comprehensive study of functional neuroanatomy and
neural functions and their respective evaluations.The
course establishes a foundation for understanding human
behaviors and activities as they relate to both neural function and normal occupational performance. Every Year,
Fall
OT 336 Functional Neurobehavior (3 hrs.) This course
builds on functional neuroanatomy as it examines the
neurophysiological processes involved in human behavior.
Sensory integration,perception and cognition are presented and their role in motor learning examined. Historical
and contemporary theories are analyzed in order to
understand the multitude of factors that impact human
occupations throughout the lifespan. Every Year, Spring
OT 345 Theory, Occupation and Wellness I (3 hrs.)
This is the first course in a two-part series articulating the
theoretical perspectives of occupational therapy. This
course focuses on those theories that align with normal
human development and the development of the physical
and neurological body, the mind and the human spirit.
The purpose of linking Fieldwork I is to provide structured observations and interactions with settings that
apply the theories discussed during the lecture component. Every Year, Fall
OT 345 FW Practice Wellness Lab (0 hrs.) Fieldwork to
accompany OT 345
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
OT 355 Occupation and Purposeful Activity (2 hrs.)
This course focuses on the definitions,applications and
synthesis of the terms occupation,activity and purposeful
activity. The dimensions of occupation as they apply to
work,self-care, care of others, leisure and education are
explored through theory, simulation and real life .T h e
O.T. Framework documented is analyzed. Every Year, Fall
Page 245
the area of pediatrics: play, motor development, feeding
and adaptive equipment.Emphasis is placed on analysis
of a child’s skills and a team approach to rehabilitation.
Last semester course will be offered is Fall 2003.
OT 405L Pediatric Lab (0 hrs.) This lab teaches assessment and interventions to be used with children. Last
semester course will be offered is Fall 2003.
OT 356 OT Practice Contexts (3 hrs.) This course provides both lecture and fieldwork observation on the various contexts in which occupational therapy services are
provided. Lectures focus on policies, economics,political
regulatory and philosophical attributes of models of occupational therapy in health care, education, community and
social systems. Fieldwork allows the student to observe
such model contexts and than analyze the contexts within
the profession of occupational therapy. Every Year, Spring
OT 410 Sensory and Cognitive Processing (2 hrs.) This
course in the study of sensory-perception-cognition and
motor skills, assessment and treatment throughout the
lifespan focuses on theory, assessment and treatment with
individuals with a variety of diagnoses and ages. Laboratory experience is provided. Last semester course will be
offered is Fall 2003.
OT 356FW Practice Contexts Lab (0 hrs.) Fieldwork to
accompany OT 356. Every Year, Spring
OT 410L Sensory Cognitive Processing Lab (0 hrs.)
The lab reviews the assessments and interventions in sensory-motor skills. Last semester course will be offered is
Fall 2003.
OT 365 Problem-Based Learning Risk Factors and
Factors (2 hrs.) The purpose of this PBL group is to
facilitate integration of all material from the third year,
ultimately to integrate the impact of occupation on development for people of all ages. Every Year, Spring
OT 400 Senior Level Professional Seminar (SL: Service
Learning) (1 hr.) This follow-up course to OT 300 facilitates the student’s self-analysis of the first fieldwork experience and utilizes that analysis to plan for OT 471 and
472. The roles and planning process involved in the certificate exam, application for licensure and longitudinal
educational planning are examined. Last semester course
will be offered is Spring 2004.
OT 401 Specialty Seminars,Optional (1 hr.) A variety
of specialty topics are explored in a seminar format in a
small group environment. Lab and/or fieldwork level I
may be included. The topics are selected by the faculty
from contemporary practice arenas that are above entry
level practice. Last semester course will be offered is
Spring 2004.
OT 404 Physical Management in Orthopedics (3 hrs.)
The major orthopedic conditions the occupational therapist encounters working with the acute care and the
chronic physically disabled individual are examined.
Orthopedic laboratory and structured independent learning sessions are provided. Last semester course will be
offered is Fall 2003.
OT 404L Orthopedic Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
OT 404. Last semester course will be offered is Fall 2003.
OT 405 Pediatric Clinical Media (3 hrs.) Students are
introduced to the assessment and treatment media used in
OT 415 Health Conditions I (6 hrs.) This course presents a study of health conditions that provide a thought
process model for structured diagnostic case review and
decision making. Every Year, Fall
OT 416 Health Conditions II (6 hrs.) This course presents a study of health conditions that provide a thought
process model for structured diagnostic case review and
decision making. Every Year, Spring
OT 420 OT Evaluation Process I (6 hrs.) This course
provides a comprehensive overview of the evaluation
process used in occupational therapy. While opportunities
are provided to learn specific assessment tools, emphasis is
placed on the clinical reasoning process used with clients
seeking occupational therapy services. Application of
frames of reference and appreciation of cultural context as
they relate to the evaluation process are highlighted.
Every Year, Fall
OT 420FW Evaluative Process Fieldwork (1 hr.) Two
hours per week the student observes elements of the occupational therapy evaluative process in local medical,educational, social and community locations. Every Year, Fall
OT 420L Evaluative Process Lab (1 hr.) This course
provides a comprehensive overview of the evaluation
process used in occupational therapy. While opportunities
are provided to learn specific assessment tools, emphasis is
placed on the clinical reasoning process used with clients
seeking occupational therapy services. Application of
frames of reference and appreciation of cultural context as
they relate to the evaluation process are highlighted.
Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
245
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:55 AM
OT 436 Intervention Strategies II (6 hrs.) This course
provides a comprehensive overview of intervention techniques used in occupational therapy. While opportunities
are provided to learn specific intervention tools, emphasis
is placed on the clinical reasoning process and the documentation of that process. Application of frames of reference, and appreciation of cultural and environmental contexts as they relate to intervention are highlighted. Every
Year, Spring
OT 436FW Intervention Strategies Fieldwork (1 hr.)
Two hours per week the student observes elements of the
intervention process in occupational therapy fieldwork
sites. Every Year, Spring
OT 436L Intervention Strategies Lab (1 hr.) This
course provides a comprehensive overview of intervention
techniques used in occupational therapy. While opportunities are provided to learn specific intervention tools,
emphasis is placed on the clinical reasoning process and
the documentation of that process. Application of frames
of reference, and appreciation of cultural and environmental contexts as they relate to intervention are highlighted.
Every Year, Spring
OT 445 Infusion OT into Practice (3 hrs.) This is a
comprehensive review of approaches to health conditions.
It includes current and emerging frames of reference
organized according to basic assumptions,focus, function\dysfunction continuums, postulates of change, as well
as evaluation and intervention strategies. Every Year, Fall
OT 446 Group Process (2 hrs.) This course reviews
group theory and its application in treatment and professional development. Topics include relationship to group
process,group interventions,family systems,cultural
influences, and contextual variables including physical and
social components. Every Year, Spring
OT 446L Group Process Lab (2 hrs.) This course
reviews group theory and its application in treatment and
professional development. Topics include relationship to
group process,group interventions,family systems,cultural influences and contextual variables including physical
and social components. Every Year, Spring
OT 453 Senior Fieldwork 1B (2 hrs.) Opportunities to
observe and report OT assessment and treatment are
available to students who are supervised by qualified personnel including but not limited to: COTAs,teachers,
social workers,nurses, PTs and others who may be part of
the treatment team. Students are responsible for their own
transportation and for attending the mandatory fieldwork
process meetings. Final year 2003-2004. Prerequisites:
OT 340, OT 341, OT 303, OT 310, OT 351, OT 306,
OT 330, OT 112, OT 211, OT 212, OT 400.
246
Page 246
OT 454 Senior Fieldwork 1C (2 hrs.) Opportunities to
observe and report OT assessment and treatment are
available to students under the supervision of qualified
personnel including but not limited to: COTAs, teachers,
social workers,nurses, PTs and others who may be part of
the treatment team. Students are responsible for their own
transportation and for attending the mandatory fieldwork
process meetings. Final year 2003–2004.
OT 460 Techniques of Research and Measurement in
OT (3 hrs.) Investigation of the research process, research
designs,terminology, hypothesis development and critical
review of OT literature are included in this course. Also
presented is an overview of general statistics sufficient to
provide understanding of current literature. Students
develop a research plan and execute a research project in
teams. Last semester course will be offered is Fall 2003.
OT 461 Management in OT (3 hrs.) Organization,
administration and management of an occupational therapy department and program in a health care system are
explored. Principles of management, supervision,quality
assurance, payment resources, regulatory agencies, and
ethical issues are the core course components. The course
offers the student practice in budget preparation,program
planning, department organization and policy development in an occupational therapy department. Last semester course will be offered is Spring 2004.
OT 462 Biomechanics of Human Motion (3 hrs.) This
application course builds upon knowledge of anatomy,
physiology and physics and the role of the occupational
therapy in physical restoration and biokinematics in order
to analyze and treat human movement as it interacts with
occupational performance. Last semester course will be
offered is Spring 2004.
OT 462L Splinting (0 hrs.) Techniques of splinting are
taught and practiced. Last semester course will be offered
is Spring 2004.
OT 463 Physical Management in Neurorehabilitation
(3 hrs.) This integrative course analyzes contemporary
functional neuroanatomical and neurophysiological concepts and their end products in human behavior. The
analysis also looks at the occupational therapist’s role in
assessing and treating human performance, related to the
new concepts in brain function and how to utilize the new
concepts to expand upon our frame of reference in practice. Last semester course will be offered is Spring 2004.
OT 463L Special Topics Lab (0 hrs.) This lab reviews
the practice of neurorehabilitation treatment techniques.
Last semester course will be offered is Spring 2004.
OT 465 Clinical Reasoning (SL: Service Learning)
(3 hrs.) Various current theories of learning and clinical
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 247
thinking, integrating information learned in other occupational therapy courses, are considered. The student uses
procedural,interactive and conditional reasoning in the
development of occupational therapy treatment. The role
of clinical and personal reflection is integrated with performance of tasks. With faculty guidance, the students are
expected to self direct the focus of their learning. Last
semester course will be offered is Spring 2004.
are in the program manual or can be obtained from the
fieldwork coordinator. Prerequisites: OT 302, OT 303,
OT 320, OT 305, OT 342, OT 360, OT 340, OT 341,
OT 352, OT 453, OT 310, OT 330, OT 306, OT 410;
Final year 2003–04
OT 466 Problem-based Learning Health Conditions
and Occupation I (1 hr.) The goal of the fourth year is to
study human health conditions and their impact on the
evaluative and intervention process beginning to integrate
these processes with occupational therapy theory. The
problem-based learning groups utilize case studies to
assist the student in the analysis and synthesis of complex
multiple conditions, and the decision-making process.
Every Year, Fall
PR 290 Introduction to Cardiovascular Perfusion
(2 hrs.) This learning experience is designed initially to
expose students to role expectation s ,p ractice and ethics.
Permission of the instructor is required. A minimum
grade of C is required to pass. Every Year, Fall
OT 467 Problem-Based Learning Health Conditions
and Occupation II (1 hr.) The goal of the fourth year is
to study human health conditions and their impact on the
evaluative and intervention process beginning to integrate
these processes with occupational therapy theory. The
problem-based learning groups utilize case studies to
assist the student in the analysis and synthesis of complex
multiple conditions, and the decision-making process.
Every Year, Spring
OT 470 Fieldwork Level I (6 hrs.) These supervised
experiences provide the student with the opportunity to
apply theory and clinical reasoning skills to the assessment and treatment of individuals with disabilities across
the lifespan and in a variety of life environments. Students
must abide by all fieldwork policies as listed in the program manual. Prerequisites: OT 302, OT 303, OT 320,
OT 305, OT 342, OT 360, OT 340, OT 341, OT 352,
OT 330, OT 306, OT 410; Final year 2003–04
OT 471 Fieldwork Level II (6 hrs.) These supervised
experiences provide the student with the opportunity to
apply theory and clinical reasoning skills to the assessment and treatment of individuals with disabilities across
the lifespan and in a variety of life environments.All policies regarding fieldwork must be upheld. These policies
are in the program manual or can be obtained from the
fieldwork coordinator. Prerequisites: OT 302, OT 303,
OT 320, OT 305, OT 342, OT 360, OT 340, OT 341,
OT 352, OT 453, OT 310, OT 330, OT 306, OT 410;
Final year 2003–04
OT 472 Fieldwork Level III (6 hrs.) These supervised
experiences provide the student with the opportunity to
apply theory and clinical reasoning skills to the assessment and treatment of individuals with disabilities across
the lifespan and in a variety of life environments.All policies regarding fieldwork must be upheld. These policies
Perfusion
PR 300 Pathology, Physiology, Diagnostic Review
(3 hrs.) The pathological and pathophysiological conditions that exist in selected organ systems and those which
exist in patients requiring extracorporeal circulation are
reviewed. A minimum grade of C is required to pass.
Every Year, Fall
PR 302 Surgical Techniques (2 hrs.) The cardiothoracic
surgical procedures for the perfusionist are presented. An
understanding of the variety of numerous open heart procedures performed on adults and children is emphasized.
Special application of extracorporeal circulation in rare
surgical procedures is included. A minimum grade of C is
required to pass. Prerequisites: PR 290, PR 300, PR 310,
PR 314, PR 311; Every Year, Spring
PR 304 Extracorporeal Circuitry (3 hrs.) This intensive
study of the appropriate procedures for providing extracorporeal circulation for a variety of purposes includes
review of proper maintenance, quality control and trouble
shooting techniques. Intra-aortic balloon counterpulsation,autologous blood recovery and ventricular assist
devices are covered. A minimum grade of C is required to
pass. Prerequisites: PR 290, PR 300, PR 310, PR 314,
PR 311; Every Year, Spring
PR 306 Pharmacologic Intervention in Cardiovascular
Perfusion (4 hrs.) Physiologic impact and indications for
the administration of drugs, blood products,anesthetic
agents through the extracorporeal circuit are examined. A
minimum grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisites:PR
290, PR 300, PR 310, PR 314, PR 311; Every Year, Spring
PR 308 Special Topics in Cardiovascular Perfusion
(2 hrs.) Special and current topics for perfusionists are
discussed including the biochemical impact of adult and
infant extracorporeal membrane oxygenation,extracorporeal carbon dioxide removal, total artificial heart s ,a n d
ventricular assist devices. A minimum grade of C is
required to pass. Prerequisites: PR 290, PR 300, PR 310,
PR 314, PR 311; Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
247
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PR 310 Physiologic Monitoring (3 hrs.) This course
covers monitoring of the physiological impact of drug
administration, blood products and anesthetic agents
through the extracorporeal circuit. Special emphasis is on
hemodynamic,electrophysiological and homeostasis management during extracorporeal circulation. A minimum
grade of C is required to pass. Every Year, Fall
PR 311 Clinical Orientation/Laboratory (1 hr.) Students receive orientation in both the laboratory and the
cardiac operating room to equipment operation and techniques applicable to providing extracorporeal circulation
during cardiac surgical procedures. A minimum grade of
C is required to pass. Every Year, Fall
PR 312 Pediatric Perfusion (3 hrs.) This course presents
a study of the embryological formation of the cardiopulmonary system, a description of congenital cardiopulmonary anomalies, and the application of perfusion techniques during corrective surgical procedures. A minimum
grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisites: PR 290,
PR 300, PR 310, PR 314, PR 311; Every Year, Spring
PR 314 Systems Anatomy and Physiology (6 hrs.)
Selected organ systems pertinent to cardiopulmonary
bypass and related procedures performed by the perfusionist are studied. Structure and function of the cardiovascular, lymphatic,immune, pulmonary, nervous,hepatic,
renal and endocrine systems are examined. A minimum
grade of C is required to pass. Every Year, Fall
PR 316 Research Methodology in Cardiovascular Perfusion (2 hrs.) Exploration of ethical issues in medical
research, overview of writing a grant proposal,development of a research project, data collection and analysis
using statistical programs for computers. A presentation is
developed and various computer presentation techniques
are employed to present student project data. A minimum
grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisites: PR 290,
PR 300, PR 310, PR 314, PR 311; Every Year, Spring
PR 402 Clinical Practicum (6 hrs.) Areas of experience
include heart-lung bypass for adult, pediatric and infants.
Long term supportive extracorporeal circulation,adjunctive techniques and patient monitoring also included.
Focus on hypothermia, pulsatile devices.Monitoring
includes hemodynamics, blood gases, bubble detection,
level sensing, temperature, electrophysiology, coagulation
potential and fluid electrolytes. Special applications also
covered. Students must successfully complete a sufficient
variety and number of perfusions to satisfy recommendations of the American Board of Cardiovascular Perfusion.
A minimum grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisites:
PR 302, PR 304, PR 306, PR 308, PR 312, PR 316;
Every Year, Summer
248
Page 248
PR 404 Clinical Practicum (5 hrs.) Areas of experience
include heart-lung bypass for adult, pediatric and infants.
Long term supportive extracorporeal circulation,adjunctive techniques and patient monitoring also included.
Focus on hypothermia, pulsatile devices.Monitoring
includes hemodynamics, blood gases, bubble detection,
level sensing, temperature, electrophysiology, coagulation
potential and fluid electrolytes. Special applications also
covered. Students must successfully complete a sufficient
variety and number of perfusions to satisfy recommendations of the American Board of Cardiovascular Perfusion.
A minimum grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisite:
PR 402; Every Year, Fall
PR 406 Clinical Practicum (5 hrs.) Areas of experience
include heart-lung bypass for adult, pediatric and infants.
Long term supportive extracorporeal circulation,adjunctive techniques and patient monitoring also included.
Focus on hypothermia, pulsatile devices. Monitoring
includes hemodynamics, blood gases, bubble detection,
level sensing, temperature, electrophysiology, coagulation
potential and fluid electrolytes. Special applications also
covered. Students must successfully complete a sufficient
variety and number of perfusions to satisfy recommendations of the American Board of Cardiovascular Perfusion.
A minimum grade of C is required to pass. Prerequisite:
PR 402; Every Year, Fall
Philosophy
PL 101 (CC:Hum. Trad.) Introduction to Philosophy
(3 hrs.) This course explores the ideas of selected great
philosophers, Western and non-Western, on such themes
as self-knowledge, humankind and nature, humankind and
society, and humankind and the ultimate. Attention is
given to historical context of persons and ideas studied and
to their impact on human development. Every Year, All
PL 202 Logical Reasoning (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to ways of thought appropriate to practical concerns, public affairs or academic topics. Effective procedures for reaching conclusions or judgments are
introduced. Informal criteria for assessing reasoning are
covered and fuzzy thinking is considered. Prerequisite:
EN 101, EN 102 or PL 101; Every Year, Fall
PL 220 (CC:Hum. Trad.) Ethics and Human Values
(SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) Meanings and methods of
ethics and analysis of the moral situation are considered,as
well as ethical theory, classical and modern. Problems of
social and personal ethics are explored. Every Year, Fall
PL 222 Ethics in Biomedical Research and Health Care
Delivery (3 hrs.) Major ethical issues in biomedical
research and health care delivery are explored, e.g. the
concepts of health, the nature of human nature, ethical
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 249
issues in decision making, human experimentation,genetic engineering, behavior modification,euthanasia,the
right to health/health care. Prerequisites: PL 101; BI 101,
BI 111, PS 101, SO 101, PS 133, PO 131 or PO 101;
Every Year, All
PE 106 Fundamentals of Boxing (1 hr.) Basic offensive
and defensive boxing skills are taught and practiced. Balance, movement and conditioning are stressed. Timed
workouts include rope jumping, punching bags, shadow
boxing and sparring. Every Year, All
PL 265 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Living Religions of the
World (3 hrs.) Important religious traditions in the contemporary world are studied: Judaism,Christianity, Islam,
Hinduism, Buddhism and Native American. Attention is
given to basic beliefs and rituals, as well as to current
leaders and movements and to areas of special interest
including the ecumenical movement. Prerequisite: PL 101
or sophomore standing; Every Year, Fall
PE 109 Indoor Rock Climbing (1 hr.) This is a basic
course in rock climbing, utilizing indoor climbing walls.
Proper technique, safety, knots, use of equipment,and
purchasing and maintenance of equipment are taught.
Every Year, All
PL 268 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Life, and Life After Death
(3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the ideas of
immortality, resurrection, reincarnation and eternal life,
drawing upon writings of philosophers, theologians and
philosophers of science. The significance of these views in
creating values for living is considered. Prerequisite:AN
101 or PL 101; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
PL 214 American Philosophy (3 hrs.)
PL 234 Philosophies of Health, Healing and Medicine
(3 hrs.) Prerequisite: BI 101, BI 111 or PL 101
PL 235 Philosophy of Science (3 hrs.)
PL 238 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Philosophies of the Future
(3 hrs.)
PL 250 Philosophy and Art (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
PL 101, MU 130, AR 101, DR 101
PL 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
PL 300 Special Topics in Philosophy (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: PL 101
PL 336 Philosophy of History (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
PL 101, HS 111 or HS 112
PL 372 Contemporary Philosophy (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
PL 101; one course from PL level 200
PL 380 Interactive Arts (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AR 261,
EME 310, EME 333 or EME 335
PL 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
PL 499 Independent Study Philosophy (3 hrs.)
Physical Education
PE 101 Aerobics (1 hr.) Aerobics encompasses a variety of
cardio activities, including dance and step routines. It also
incorporates floor work with hand weights, body bars and
rubber bands. Classes end with stretch and cool-down.
Every Year, All
PE 102 Yoga (1 hr.) Yoga teaches us to honor our bodies,
quiet our minds and relieve stress and anxiety. It helps us
to bring peace and order into our cluttered, noisy lives.
Every Year, All
PE 113 Beginning Golf (1 hr.) Students are introduced
to the fundamentals of golf including use of irons,woods
and putter, as well as rules of golf and course etiquette.
Classes meet at the Sleeping Giant Golf Course and Driving Range. A full set of clubs and transportation are provided. Every Year, All
PE 114 Tai Chi (1 hr.) The purpose of Tai Chi is to move
energy through the meridians of the body, thereby creating balance, regeneration, healing and the prevention of
illness. Tai Chi lowers blood pressure, reduces stress and
imparts a feeling of peacefulness and well-being. Every
Year, All
PE 115 Practically Private Tennis Lessons:Beginners
Only (1 hr.) Students are introduced to the basic skills of
tennis with special emphasis on forehand,backhand,serve
and playing strategies.Scoring, rules of tennis, and court
etiquette also presented. Maximum 8 students per class.
Racquets and balls are provided. Every Year, All
PE 117 Cardio Pump (1 hr.) Cardio Pump is a total body
workout,combining aerobics and progressive training
with hand held weights. This is the most efficient and
effective way to improve cardiovascular performance while
strengthening and sculpting muscle mass in general.
Every Year, All
PE 118 Introduction to Jujitsu (Self defense) (1 hr.) This
traditional martial art teaches a comprehensive range of
self-defense techniques including fall s ,t h row s ,l o cks and
strikes. Students develop the fundamental ability to
defend themselves in realistic situations, regardless of their
size or strength. Every Year, All
PE 119 Advanced Golf Weekend Workshop (1 hr.) This
course is presented as a weekend golf school, with lessons
and playing time for intermediate and advanced golfers
only. Students must be available Friday 4–7 p.m., and Saturday and Sunday 10 a.m.–4 p. m .E ve ry aspect of the
game is covered in seminars, on the driving range, and on
the golf course. Every Year, Spring
PE 122 Advanced Tennis Weekend Workshop (1 hr.)
This weekend tennis camp for intermediate and advanced
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
249
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
players only covers all aspects of the game including
stroke production,strategy, conditioning and care of
equipment. Students must be available for one weekend:
Friday 4–7 p.m., Saturday and Sunday 10 a.m.–4 p.m.
Tennis racquets and balls are provided. Every Year, Fall
PE 123 Fundamentals of Ice Hockey (1 hr.) This course
focuses on the individual skills and techniques of ice
hockey with an emphasis on stickhandling, passing and
shooting. Offensive and defensive strategies also are presented.All classes are held at the Northford Ice Rink.
Transportation is arranged.Equipment is provided. Every
Year, All
PE 124 Ice Skating Lessons-All Levels (1 hr.) Beginning, intermediate and advanced ice skating lessons for
men and wom e n .A ll classes are held at the Northford Ice
Rink. Transportation is arranged.Equipment is provided.
Every Year, All
PE 125 Pilates (1 hr.) Pilates mat is a dynamic body conditioning class that strengthens abdominal and back muscles while toning the entire body and increasing flexibility.
Students learn Pilates principles such as breathing, centering and focus. This workout rejuvenates body, mind and
spirit. Every Year, All
PE 126 Fundamentals of Kickboxing (1 hr.) Patterned
after the training routines of international competitive
kickboxers, this course teaches basic and intermediate
boxing and kicking techniques,footwork,combinations,
and if desired, light sparring. It provides an excellent cardiovascular workout and flexibility training, while enhancing muscular endurance. Every Year, All
PE 127 Beginning Fencing (1 hr.) This course presents
the fundamentals of fencing using the three classes of
weapons:foil, sabre and epee. Offensive and defensive
movements are studied, as well as the techniques of
engage, disengage, parry and lunge. The aspects of fencing
as a physical and psychological sport are studied. All
equipment is provided. Every Year, All
PE 128 Cooper Test (1 hr.) Originally designed to help
criminal justice majors prepare for various law enforcement agencies fitness tests, this course is now open to the
entire student body. Using a military approach, and a
buddy and squad system, the Cooper Test focuses on
improving each person’s basic fitness component of
stretch,strength, and muscle and aerobic endurance.
Every Year, All
PE 129 Stage Combat (1 hr.) Stage combat is a term
used to describe fencing for the theater. This course
teaches students the basic skills in fencing, leading to an
understanding of how to incorporate those skills into various theatrical scenes. The students create, choreograph,
250
Page 250
rehearse and perform their interpretations of famous fencing scenes from stage and scre e n .A ll equipment is provided. Every Year, All
PE 130 Crew (1 hr.) Using the indoor tank at Yale University, students learn the rudimentary skills of rowing.
The course includes physical training both in and out of
the water. Crew enhances teamwork,focus, discipline and
determination. Transportation is arranged. Every Year, All
PE 131 Power Yoga (1 hr.) Appropriate for beginner,
intermediate and advanced yoga students, Power Yoga is a
dynamic and physically challenging style of yoga. It is
designed to strengthen the body, enhance flexibility, and
promote inner peace and balance. Every Year, All
PE 135 Rocks and Ropes Camp-Out (1 hr.) This weekend workshop features one day of fully-supported outdoor
rock climbing, an overnight camp-out, and a high ropes
course on the second day. No experience is necessary. All
equipment and transportation is provided. Fee: $150
Every Year, All
PE 137 Boot Camp (1 hr.) This course is designed to
challenge not only physically fit students, but also those
who wish to become physically fit. It is modeled after
workout programs developed by the U.S. military, and as
such, its focus is to motivate students to achieve their
highest level of personal fitness. Every Year, All
Physical Therapy
PT 211 Introduction to Physical Therapy (1 hr.) This
course is designed to acclimate prospective physical therapy students to many topics and issues relevant to the
physical therapy profession. Students are introduced to
the physical therapy profession, the many roles of the
American Physical Therapy Association ,p ractice issues,
and profession skills and behaviors. The role of the physical therapist in both the health care system and the community is discussed. Students also are introduced to the
medical record,documentation and medical terminology.
Every Year, Spring
PT 338 Human Anatomy I (4 hrs.) This is the first
course in a two-course study of human anatomy. Dissection and presentation of the human body using a regional
approach provides the foundation for introducing clinical
anatomy with a strong emphasis on structure/function
relationships. This course teaches the anatomy of the
upper extremity, back, head and neck. Each unit begins
with the study of joint structure followed by muscular,
nervous and circulatory systems.Clinical correlations of
musculoskeletal or neuromuscular pathologies are presented to develop problem-solving skills. Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 251
PT 338L Human Anatomy I Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany PT 338. Every Year, Fall
each major brain vesicle and spinal cord are covered.
Every Year, Fall
PT 339 Human Anatomy II (4 hrs.) The same regional
approach to the study of the human body is practiced as
in PT 338. The regions of study include the pelvis,lower
extremity and the trunk. The study of the body cavities
begins with an overview of surface anatomy and surface
projections of internal viscera. The contents of the thoracic,abdominal and pelvic cavities are identified with an
emphasis on interrelationship of visceral structures.Clinical correlations are presented from a systems approach to
the study of the body cavities. Every Year, Fall
PT 343 Neuroanatomy II (3 hrs.) Neuroanatomy II deals
with the function of the systems and structures covered in
PT 342 including major efferent and afferent pathways.
Emphasis is placed on the motor control mechanisms for
posture and movement and their involvement in common
neuro pathologies treated by a physical therapist. Every
Year, Spring
PT 339L Human Anatomy II Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany PT 339. Every Year, Fall
PT 340 Kinesiology I (4 hrs.) Kinesiology I introduces
the basic principles of kinesiology. Numerous problemsolving processes and skills are developed throughout the
semester (year). Forces and torques in static clinical free
body diagrams are studied. The student learns to identify
different muscle(s) interactions/combinations. Students
then study movement and movement patterns of the
upper extremity, comparing one area of the body to
another. In PT 341: Kinesiology II students study movement and movement patterns of the lower extremity and
trunk, including normal gait. Both the kinematics and the
kinetics at the hip, knee and ankle are emphasized,especially in relationship to the closed kinetic chain. Normal
gait is introduced and becomes the central focus for this
semester. Every Year, Fall
PT 340L Kinesiology I Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
PT 340. Every Year, Fall
PT 341 Kinesiology II (4 hrs.) Kinesiology I introduces
the basic principles of kinesiology. Numerous problemsolving processes and skills are developed throughout the
semester (year). Forces and torques in static clinical free
body diagrams are studied. The student learns to identify
different muscle(s) interactions/combinations. Students
then study movement and movement patterns of the
upper extremity, comparing one area of the body to
another. In PT 341: Kinesiology II students study movement and movement patterns of the lower extremity and
trunk, including normal gait. Both the kinematics and the
kinetics at the hip, knee and ankle are emphasized,especially in relationship to the closed kinetic chain. Normal
gait is introduced and becomes the central focus for this
semester. Every Year, Spring
PT 341L Kinesiology II Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
PT 341. Every Year, Spring
PT 342 Neuroanatomy I (2 hrs.) Neuroanatomy I presents the gross anatomy and development of the central
nervous system. Major structures and landmarks within
PT 344 Introduction to Physical Therapy Process I
(3 hrs.) This course introduces students to the physical
therapy profession, the history and evolution of physical
therapy, and the role of the physical therapist within the
health care system. Basic issues of ethics, professional
behaviors and generic skills are discussed. Medical terminology, documentation and medical record review are covered, as are emergency incidents and the measurement of
vital signs. The course introduces students to the theory
and practice of basic physical therapy skills such as body
mechanics, bed mobility training, transfer training and
gait training. Every Year, Fall
PT 344L Physical Therapy Process I Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany PT 344. Every Year, Fall
PT 345 Introduction to Physical Therapy Process II
(3 hrs.) This course continues to develop basic physical
therapy skills, with a focus on the test and measures
applied by physical therapists in the evaluation and assessment of patients. Goniometry and manual muscle testing
for the spine and extremities are covered in depth, as are
stretching and therapeutic exercise. Students learn about
The Guide to Physical Therapist Practice. The course also
includes units covering the tests and measures used to
analyze specific patient problems including gait, pain,
posture, skin, chest. Every Year, Spring
PT 345L Physical Therapy Process II Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany PT 345. Every Year, Spring
PT 438 Neurological Rehabilitation I (4 hrs.) This
course presents physical therapy assessment and treatment
procedures for the child with neurological and orthopedic
pathology. Assessment procedures include normal and
abnormal movement,functional mobility and other specific neurological impairments. The use of standardization
testing in this population is also covered. The semester
concludes with intensive laboratory instruction in neurodevelopmental treatment techniques. Upon completion
of this course the student is expected to perform a comprehensive evaluation of a child with neurological impairments, plan appropriate treatment and write a comprehensive case study. Exams require students to synthesize
and integrate knowledge gained from current and previous course work. Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U R S E D E S C RI P T I O N S
251
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PT 438L Neuro Rehab I Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany
PT 438. Every Year, Fall
PT 439 Neurological Rehabilitation II (4 hrs.) This
course presents physical therapy assessment and treatment
procedures for the neurologically impaired adult. Assessment procedures include normal movement,abnormal
movement,functional mobility and other specific neurological deficits. The semester concludes with intensive
laboratory instruction in the neurodevelopmental treatment techniques.Upon completion of this course the student is expected to perform a comprehensive evaluation of
a neurologically impaired adult, plan appropriate treatment and write a comprehensive case study. Exams
require students to synthesize and integrate knowledge
gained from current and previous course work. Every Year,
Spring
PT 439L Neuro Rehabilitation II Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany PT 439. Every Year, Spring
PT 440 Pathophysiology I (3 hrs.) This is the first of
three courses in pathophysiology. The focus of this course
is to present a comprehensive investigation of common
neurological disorders in the pediatric and adult population. A brief review of neural development and maturation is provided as a foundation for understanding specific
cellular and system responses to neuronal injury or cell
death. For selected neurological disorders the disease
process is presented in terms of known pathology, known
or potential etiology and risk factors, clinical manifestations, and medical management. This course is offered
concomitantly with Applied Pharmacology I in which
specific chemical agents used to treat the symptoms or
cause of the neurological disorders are discussed. Every
Year, Fall
PT 441 Pathophysiology II (3 hrs.) PT 441 prepares students to recognize the different characteristics of each system and how they interact within the body. As the course
advances, students become well acquainted with the disease process and how it affects the human being. Students
learn to recognize signs and symptoms of the disease, and
are introduced to the treatment and complications of that
disease. The course provides a continuation of how the
effects of a disease state affect the human person.Diseases
of the cardiovascular, pulmonary and muscular systems,as
well as Diabetes Mellitus,are considered. Students also
learn how changes in the homeostasis mechanism,hemopoietic fluids and electrolytes affect the function of the
body. Every Year, Spring
PT 442 Physical Therapy Process—Musculoskeletal I
(3 hrs.) This course builds upon information taught in the
foundational sciences and is designed to provide the physical therapy major with the necessary knowledge and skills
to examine physical therapy clients with upper extremity
252
Page 252
musculoskeletal and peripheral nerve dysfunctions.Upon
completion of the examination, the student will be able to
generate a diagnosis, prognosis and plan of care for these
clients. The relevant theory and practical learning experiences are provided for the student to develop the knowledge and skills necessary for understanding, presenting
rationale for, and applying evidence-based physical therapy intervention strategies to those physical therapy clients
described previously. Every Year, Fall
PT 442L Musculoskeletal Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany PT 442. Every Year, Fall
PT 443 Physical Therapy Process—Musculoskeletal II
(4 hrs.) This course builds upon information taught in the
foundational sciences and is designed to provide the physical therapy major with the necessary knowledge and skills
to examine physical therapy clients with the following
dysfunctions:lower extremity and spine musculoskeletal,
lower extremity peripheral nerve .U p on completion of the
examination, the student will be able to generate a diagnosis, prognosis and plan of care for these clients. The relevant theory and practical learning experiences are provided for the student to develop the knowledge and skills
necessary for understanding, presenting rationale for, and
applying evidence-based physical therapy intervention
strategies to those physical therapy clients described previously. Every Year, Spring
PT 443L PTP Musculoskeletal II Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany PT 443. Every Year, Spring
PT 444 Physical Therapy Process—Physical Agents
(3 hrs.) This course provides the student with the necessary knowledge and skills to properly utilize physical
agents in patient treatment. These agents include electricity, sound,thermal and light energy. An emphasis is
placed on integration of theory and clinical application.
Students are tested with practical problem solving examinations that require the synthesis and integration of current theoretical and evidence based rationale and application to specific patient situations. Every Year, Fall
PT 444L PTP Physical Agents Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany PT 444. Every Year, Fall
PT 447 Physical Therapy Process—Acute Care and
Cardiopulmonary Physical Therapy (4 hrs.) This course
provides the student with a broad background in the
physical therapy management of patients with acute medical problems with special emphasis on pulmonary, cardiac
and dermatological pathologies. Drawing upon the anatomy, physiology and pathology previously and concurrently
taught, the student develops the ability to integrate this
information to appropriately evaluate and establish an
effective treatment plan for any patient with an acute cardiopulmonary disorder, dermatological condition, or other
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
acute medical problems encountered in the hospital setting. The student learns about appropriate precautions to
be taken in the hospital. There are opportunities to learn
about different areas within the hospital including the
intensive care unit. Every Year, Spring
PT 447L PTP Acute Care Cardiopulmonary Lab
(0 hrs.) Lab to accompany PT 447. Every Year, Spring
PT 448 Applied Pharmacology I (1 hr.) PT 448 introduces students to the clinical application of the chemical
agents within the human being and how these agents will
alter the function of the body. Students learn how drugs
are administered intelligently and safely and the different
mode of action, side effects,mechanism of action,toxicity
of such chemicals and the kinetics. The course helps the
student understand how chemical agents affect the
inflammatory process, as well as the immune system.The
course is meant to provide a comprehensive, accurate and
relevant understanding of how drug therapy can affect
neurological pediatric and adult patients receiving physical
therapy. Every Year, Fall
PT 449 Applied Pharmacology II (1 hr.) PT 449 introduces students to the clinical application of the chemical
agents within the human being and how these agents alter
the function of the body. Students learn how drugs are
administered intelligently and safely. The different modes
of action, side effects,mechanism of action,toxicity of
such chemicals and the kinetics are considered.The
course is meant to provide a comprehensive, accurate and
relevant understanding of how drug therapy can affect
cardiopulmonary, muscular-skeletal and diabetic patients
receiving physical therapy. Every Year, Spring
Physics
PH 101 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Elements of Physics
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the basic laws of
motion and energy and units in which they are expressed,
properties of matter including the gas state; principles of
magnetism,electricity, electromagnetic radiation and
nucleonics. Every Year, All
PH 101L Laboratory to Accompany PH 101 (1 hr.) This
must be taken with PH 101 (two laboratory hours). Every
Year, All
PH 110 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Physics I
(3 hrs.) This course considers phenomena that examine
the fundamental nature of the physical universe as well as
the theories of the nature of the universe. Topics include
kinematics and dynamics of motion,momentum,energy
and equilibrium of rigid bodies and fluids, and thermal
properties of matter. Every Year, Fall
Page 253
PH 110L General Physics I Lab (1 hr.) This must be
taken with PH 110 (two laboratory hours). Every Year,
Fall
PH 111 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) General Physics II
(3 hrs.) This course continues the examination of physical
phenomena including vibrations and waves,sound, light,
optics,electricity and magnetism. Also covered are the
study of D.C. and A.C. circuits, and some elements of
electronics and quantum physics. Prerequisites: PH 110,
PH 110L, PH 111L; Every Year, Spring
PH 111L General Physics II Lab (1 hr.) This must be
taken with PH 111 (two laboratory hours). Every Year,
Spring
Political Science
PO 101 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Introduction to Political Science (3 hrs.) Basic concepts,processes,principles
and institutional patterns of politics are introduced.The
nature of politics and the dynamics of conflict are examined. The political processes,structures and functions of
major political systems and emerging nations are compared.Emphasis is on political analysis and political and
economic development. Every Year, All
PO 111 Introduction to International Relations (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the study of politics on the
global level. The course focuses on the nature of the international system of nation-states,including the importance
of state sovereignty, the political interactions between
states, and the causes of war and peace. Additional topics
include understanding the domestic bases for foreign policy decisions, the different tools available for state action in
the international realm (diplomacy, espionage, military
intervention), the increasing importance of international
economic relations, and the function and evolution of
international law and organizations. Every Year, All
PO 131 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Introduction to
American Government (SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.)
This course covers the development of the constitution,
the nature of Federalism, the state and the national government. Duties and powers of the president,Congress,
the Supreme Court and administrative agencies also are
explored. Political parties, the nominating process,elections and electoral behavior as well as political interest
groups and public opinion are considered. Every Year, All
PO 201 Political Inquiry (3 hrs.) This course is for political science majors and minors in their sophomore or junior year. It focuses on the culture of inquiry in the discipline of political science, stressing the extent to which it is
a problem-solving discipline and inviting students to contribute toward political understanding through multiple
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
253
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
reading, thinking and writing exercises. Course material
focuses on current issues in politics and government and
asks how political scientists might respond to these issues.
The course emphasizes:theory development and hypothesis formation;various methodological approaches; and
several sub-disciplinary perspectives within political science. Every Year, Spring
PO 211 Introduction to International Relations (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the nature of the international
community of states, development of the modern state
system,sovereignty, elements of national power, nationalism,imperialism and ideology. The peaceful settlement of
international disputes through diplomacy, the balance of
power, international problems and the relations of the
United States with other world powers also are considered. Prerequisite: PO 101; Every Year, Spring
PO 215 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Political Theory
(3 hrs.) Political philosophy from Aristotle and Plato to
Mill and Marx is surveyed. Readings cover the following
issues: the nature of society, the nature of government,the
nature of freedom and the nature of justice and law.
Prerequisite: PO 101; Every Year, Fall
PO 216 American Political Thought (3 hrs.) Students
are introduced to major ideas of social justice and political
power in America from colonial New England to the welfare state. Special emphasis is on major debates on social
issues in American history including slavery and race,
church and state, industrialism and technology, civil rights
and citizenship, and democracy and reform.Major
authors and readings include Winthrop, Jefferson, Paine,
The Federalist Papers,Lincoln,Dewey, Roosevelt and
M.L.King. Prerequisite: PO 131 or PO 101; Every Other
Year, Spring
PO 217 International Law and Organization (3 hrs.)
This course examines the nature, sources and development of international law and organization with emphasis
on leading contemporary problems. Prerequisite: HS 112
or PO 101; Every Year, Fall
PO 218 Politics of Health (3 hrs.) Health and health
services are considered—as problems and issues, governing
most policy-making and regulatory processes, and emphasizing the roles of interest groups. Every Third Year, All
PO 221 Introduction to Latin America (3 hrs.) This is
the transdisciplinary introductory course for the minor in
Latin American Studies. Various disciplines, including
history, anthropology, economics and languages, are interwoven in an exploration of concepts, behaviors and traditions associated with Latin America. A survey of Latin
American regions spanning the Revolutionary period to
the present, with a focus on the last 50 years, is utilized to
focus the content. Every Year, Spring
254
Page 254
PO 225 Public Opinion Research (3 hrs.) This course
presents an introduction to the analysis of public opinion.
Topics include the effect of media and social grouping on
opinion, the impact of public opinion on government policy, voting behavior, attitude development and change, the
essentials of survey research, random sampling, questionnaire design, elementary statistical analysis, and computer
applications. Prerequisites: MA 117, PO 131; Every Other
Year, Fall
PO 231 Elections and Political Parties (3 hrs.) This
course offers an intensive analysis of elections and parties
in the U.S. and other nations. Special emphasis is placed
on the development of competitive political party systems
as vital to the success of democracy. Topics include the
history of elections and campaigns, the role of gender,
ethnicity and class in modern political parties,voting
behavior, party strategies, campaign advertising, fund raising, and media coverage of elections. The course includes
classroom visits by party leaders and candidates, and
requires students to participate in direct observation as
participants in an election campaign. Every Year, Spring
PO 245 International Political Economy (3 hrs.) This
introduction to the analysis and understanding of the
international economy from a political perspective centers
on the increasing internationalization, or globaliza t i on ,o f
the capitalist market economy. This is analyzed from three
perspectives,each of which raises different political issues
and strategies:neoliberalism,economic nationalism
(neomercantilism), and Marxism. Current issues dealing
with international trade and finance, the environment,
third world development and marginalization, and gender/race issues in the international economy are discussed.
Prerequisites: PO 101, PO 111, EC 101; Every Other
Year, All
PO 247 Actors and Processes in U.S. Foreign Policy
Format (3 hrs.) This introduction to U.S. foreign policy
and how it is made combines a study of world politics,
American political processes and current events.The
course focuses on actors and policy processes,including
the role of Congress, the President,interest groups,the
mass media and public opinion (among others), and the
influence of ideology on U.S. foreign policy. The course
examines several 20th-century international crises,asking:
what lessons were learned by these experiences, and how
do these episodes illuminate the formation of foreign policy in the United States? The post-Cold War world is
examined as a context of current challenges to American
foreign policy. Prerequisite: PO 101 or PO 131; Every
Other Year, Fall
PO 260 Political Communications (3 hrs.) The politics
of communications and the uses of communication in
politics are surveyed. Topics include the technological
nature of the mass media in the global and national politi-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
cal economy, implications for democracy of the new communications technologies, the agenda setting function of
mass media, political rhetoric and persuasion in the information age, and the role of propaganda in peace and war.
Students learn critical analysis of media messages, abilities
to deal with communications from different cultures, and
skills in the use of information technology. Prerequisite:
PO 101; Every Third Year, Fall
PO 270 State and Local Government (3 hrs.) The role
of states in the federal system are analyzed. Structure and
problems of state and local governments are examined.
Every Third Year, All
PO 280 Congress and the Presidency (3 hrs.) The relationship between the legislative and executive branches of
government in the United States is considered.Readings
cover the following issues: the intent of the founding
fathers as seen the through The Federalist Papers; the
evolution of political parties and their impact on relations
between the first and second branches; conflicts over foreign policy and war making powers; and the growth of
the imperial presidency after World War II. Prerequisite:
PO 101 or PO 131; Every Third Year, All
PO 311 Topics in International Relations (3 hrs.) This
advanced seminar course focuses on in-depth critical
analysis of current issues and themes in international relations. As such it may deal with topics from issues of war,
peace and security, to the politics of the international
economy, emerging international cultural norm s ,a n d
international law. The course requires careful reading,
intensive class discussion and multiple writing assignments. Prerequisite: PO 111; Every Other Year, Spring
PO 315 Democracy and Public Policy (3 hrs.) The relationship between democratic ideas and practices in the
formulation of public policy is analyzed. Topics include
the nature of the citizen and community, the role of the
community in policy making, and the ethics of political
choice. Major policy issues include racial inequality, the
environment, and welfare and human rights in foreign
policy. Students are expected to participate in group projects and discussions and do extensive analytical writing.
Prerequisite: PO 131; Every Other Year, Fall
PO 317 International Law (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the nature and development of international law.
Topics covered are :s o u rces of international law conventions,treaties,custom,general principles, judicial decisions
and the teaching of publists; international law and municipal law; the role of states and individuals in international
law; the International Court and international organizations;international law and the international economy;
the management of international conflict, dispute settlement and sovereign immunity. Prerequisite: PO 131;
Every Other Year, Fall
Page 255
PO 321 Comparative Government (3 hrs.) This course
presents a comparative study of political institutions,
forms of governments,leaders,socioeconomic processes,
development strategies,cultures and traditions, and foreign policies of the First, Second and Third World countries with a view to providing cross-cultural and crossnational explanations regarding similarities and
differences between and among nation-states. Prerequisite: PO 101; Every Year, Spring
PO 331 Topics in Comparative Government (3 hrs.)
This course provides an in-depth examination of government institutions and practices, social and political forces
and movements, and cultural traditions in particular
regions of the worl d ,s u ch as Asia, Africa,Middle East,
Latin America and Europe. Prerequisite: PO 131 or PO
101; Every Year, All
PO 332 European Politics (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to provide a general introduction to the European Union (EU) by exploring the dynamics of integration of Europe. The issues discussed relate to the general
theoretical treatment of integration phenomena, the political economy of integration of Europe and its membership expansion, and the structural and behavioral implication of the Open Market. Of particular relevance to
course discussions are the changing notions of security,
economics,trade, market regulations,cooperation on the
global scene. Special attention is paid to the single currency (the euro) and how it impacts the process of integration in the EU. Prerequisite: PO 101, PO 111 or PO 201;
Every Other Year, Fall
PO 333 Middle Eastern History and Politics (3 hrs.)
This course is designed to explore both historical and
contemporary political and socioeconomic developments
in the Middle Eastern region. The course begins with a
historical review of the demise of the Ottoman Empire,
the anti-colonialist revolt, the emergence of Israel,secular
nationalism, the rise of Islamism, and the post-Islamist
era. The focus of the course then shifts to an examination
of such issues as geopolitics, oil, the Palestinian-Israeli
conflict, peace process, Persian Gulf wars, the great-powers’involvement and their interests in this area,terrorism,
and globalization and its impact in the region. Prerequisite: PO 101, PO 111 or PO 201; Every Other Year, Spring
PO 350 Topics in Political Theory (3 hrs.) This
advanced course applies critical political thinking/ethics to
a specially selected topic or political problem. Topics may
focus on a current issue, a particular historical period, a
major social/political theorist, or a related set of political
thinkers. The course requires careful reading, intensive
class discussion and numerous writing assignments. Prerequisite: PO 215.
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
255
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PO 353 American Constitutional Law (3 hrs.) This
course presents an intensive study of the development of
constitutional law through the analysis of significant
Supreme Court decisions. Topics covered include: the
judicial process and the Supreme Court; Federalism,the
states and the division of powers; the basis of national
power, taxation,commerce and sovereignty; the separation
of powers; the Judiciary, Congress and the Presidency;
inter-state relations and national supremacy; the electorate;citizenship and the right to vote. Prerequisite:PO
131; Every Year, Fall
PO 354 Civil Rights I (3 hrs.) This course considers the
Bill of Rights; freedom of expression,freedom of speech,
the press, religion and assembly; the establishment clause
and the separation of church and state; fundamental
rights,substantive due process and the right to privacy;
the Fifth, Ninth and Fourteenth Amendments; the equal
protection clause and three standards of Supreme Court
review; suspect classifications, race discrimination and discrimination against women and the poor; the power to
protect individuals and affirmative action. Prerequisite:
PO 131; Every Other Year, Spring
PO 355 Civil Rights II (3 hrs.) This course covers early
constitutional rights-bill of attainder, ex post facto law,
writ of habaeas corpus. Other topics include nationalization of the Bill of Rights; searches and seizures-IV
Amendment;grand jury, double jeopardy, self-incrimination, due process-V Amendment; right to counsel and a
fair trial-VI Amendment;excessive bail, fines and cruel
and unusual punishment-VIII Amendment. Prerequisite:
PO 131; Every Other Year, Fall
PO 357 Supreme Court and Foreign Policy (3 hrs.)
Judicial behavior is assessed, based primarily upon the
briefing of significant Supreme Court decisions.Research
includes relevant Supreme Court decisions impacting on
the following areas of foreign policy: political question,
treaties,executive agreements, federal supremacy, act of
state, municipal law, war powers, recognition of states and
governments and sovereignty. Prerequisite: PO 131; Every
Other Year, Fall
PO 360 Topics in American Politics (3 hrs.) This
advanced course on a specially selected topic in American
politics or public policy examines the relationships
between public issues and political institutions. Topics
may focus on policy analysis,political parties, interest
groups, public opinion, Congress, the Presidency and the
courts. Course requires class participation and numerous
research or writing assignments. Prerequisite: PO 131;
Every Third Year, All
PO 390 Politics of Urban Change (3 hrs.) This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on the changing distribution of
political and economic power among social groups in
256
Page 256
American cities. Special focus is on current urban problems facing the Greater New Haven urban community,
including transportation,immigration, public education,
poverty, housing and economic development. Faculty lead
students on numerous field trips into New Haven. Students are required to complete numerous writing assignments and participate in class discussions. Prerequisite:
SO 101, PO 131 or EC 101; Every Other Year, All
PO 408 Senior Seminar (3 hrs.) A capstone course for
political science majors. Students prepare and present
original research to their peers in the form of a senior thesis. The intent of the seminar is to allow students to apply
the knowledge and methodology they have learned in
previous courses to a particular project. Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
PO 299 Independent Study in Political Science (1 hr.)
PO 300 Comparative Politics:Latin America Human
Rights and Transition to Democracy (3 hrs.)
PO 399 Independent Study in Political Science (1 hr.)
PO 499 Independent Study in Political Science (3 hrs.)
Psychology
PS 101 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Introduction to
Psychology (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to methods
and objectives of contemporary behavioral science. Topics
include philosophical origins,nature of research,learning,
motivation, issues in mental illness, and application of
psychological thought and method to contemporary issues
in society. Every Year, All
PS 133 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Developmental
Psychology (3 hrs.) This course summarizes facts, theories and current issues in developmental psychology over
the lifespan.Implications for educational practices and
social policy and interactions with the disciplines of philosophy, anthropology and history also are considered.
Every Year, All
PS 205 Orientation to Psychology (1 hr.) Students
receive a general orientation to the profession of psychology through presentations by practitioners describing
their work and interests,through discussions of newsworthy psychological issues, and through an introduction to
our faculty’s scholarly interests. Students are informed of
career paths, graduate school opportunities, and other
matters of interest to new psychology majors. Required of
and restricted to new psychology majors. Course is graded
pass/fail. Every Year, Spring
PS 206 Introduction to Statistics in Psychology (3 hrs.)
This course covers statistical concepts and procedures as
they apply to psychology. Students learn to perform statistical tests using both calculators and computer software.
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 257
Topics include:descriptive statistics, Z scores, t-tests, chisquare, correlation, and analysis of variance. Prerequisite:
MA 117; Every Year, All
PS 210 Human Sexuality (3 hrs.) This course focuses on
human sexuality as it develops and changes throughout
the lifespan,starting with prenatal development and ending with sexuality of the aging. Additional special topics
include sexual dysfunction, sexual variance and the law.
Prerequisite: PS 133 or PS 101; Every Year, All
PS 233 Cognitive Psychology (3 hrs.) Cognition is studied from an information-processing perspective. Topics
include: models of memory, memory distortion,perception,expertise, cognitive neuroscience, imagery, problem
solving, language and cognitive development. Prerequisite:
PS 101; Every Year, Spring
PS 236 Child and Adolescent Development (3 hrs.)
This course surveys development from conception to the
end of adolescence, with special emphasis on diversity.
Traditional theories,current research and a critical analysis of both are emphasized. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every
Year, All
PS 242 School Psychology (3 hrs.) Theoretical and pragmatic concerns of the school psychologist are considered.
Topics include problems in child development,learning
disabilities, retardation and psychological assessment.
Remediation methods such as behavior modification,
transactional analysis, values clarification and reality therapy are investigated. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Other
Year, Spring
PS 244 Psychology of Prejudice (3 hrs.) This course
presents an analysis of intergroup discrimination and prejudice. The focus is on group and individual determinants
of factors that produce this social phenomenon.Insights
from disciplines of history, economics and sociology are
included, as well as an overview of the successes and failures of the theories and programs to reduce prejudice.
Prerequisite: PS 133, AN 101, SO 101 or PS 101; Every
Other Year, Spring
PS 254 The Family as a Psychological Unit (3 hrs.) This
course considers psycho-history of family as a changing
form, as one of a number of modern alternatives to meeting personal needs, as a socializing force creating individual behavior and attitudes, and as an arena for the development and acting out of human sexuality. Prerequisite:
PS 101; Every Other Year, Fall
PS 260 Psychology of Men (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to examine the complex of values, attitudes and
behaviors that define manhood. The focus is on a critical
analysis of the definition of masculinity that has been
taught to boys in our society and on the reasons for the
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
possibilities for changes in that definition. Particular
emphasis on the study of roles men play in a wide variety
of cultures and consistent themes found in these cultures.
Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Spring
PS 261 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Social Psychology
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the effect of social
forces on the individual, the role of the interpersonal or
situational context in human behavior. Aggression,altruism,attribution,group behavior and attitude change are
among topics covered.Environmental psychology via
exploration of the behavioral impact of urban life also is
introduced. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Spring
PS 262 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Psychology of Women
(3 hrs.) This study of the female sex and feminine gender
emphasizes the distinction between the two. Survey of
issues of women’s development:socialization,menstruation,self-concept,menopause; and women’s roles,productive and reproductive; and the changing conceptions of
femininity, masculinity and androgyny. Prerequisite:
PS 101; Every Year, Fall
PS 263 Psychology of Maternal Behavior (3 hrs.) The
myth and reality of modern mothering and their psychological effect on mothers, fathers, and children are examined. Topics include the history of the mother role;motherhood as a choice;pregnancy and birth; the experience of
parenting for Mom, Dad and its effects on the kids;
motherhood’s place in a woman’s life; alternative forms of
parenting. Prerequisites: PS 101; PS 133; Every Year, All
PS 265 Industrial/Organizational Psychology (3 hrs.)
This course examines the application of psychological
principles and practices to business, industrial and organizational settings. Covered are such issues as personnel
selection, job analysis,training, accident prevention,
morale, performance appraisal,worker motivation,leadership and organizational communication. Prerequisite:PS
101; Every Year, All
PS 272 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Abnormal Psychology
(3 hrs.) Historical, philosophical and pragmatic conceptions of normality are explored as well as causes,description and classifications of abnormal behavior and mental
illness; historical and contemporary approaches to understanding and treatment; and theories of psychopathology.
Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, All
PS 307 Methods of Psychology I: The Experimental
Tradition (4 hrs.) This course provides experience with
the tools, methods and findings of classic and contemporary experimental psychology, offered as the gateway to
majoring in the field. Topics covered include logical reasoning, statistical inference, research ethics, experimenter
effects and report writing. Prerequisite: PS 206; Every
Year, All
TIONS
257
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PS 307L Methods of Psychology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany PS 307. Every Year, All
PS 308 Methods of Psychology II: Non-Experimental
Methods (4 hrs.) This course offers a critique of the
experimental paradigm; experience with non-experimental
methods such as interviewing, observation,content analysis;examination of selected contemporary research
employing these methods. Students do a major piece of
psychological investigation. Prerequisite: PS 307; Every
Year, All
PS 308L Non-Experimental Methods Lab (0 hrs.)
Lab to accompany PS 308. Every Year, All
PS 309 History and Systems of Psychology (3 hrs.) Current psychological theories are surveyed as related to their
historical evolution. Prerequisite: PS 308; Every Year, All
PS 311 Tests and Measurements in Psychology (3 hrs.)
This course covers principles of test construction,standardization and validation ;s u rvey of commonly used
measures of personality, psychopathology, aptitudes,interests and achievement,particular emphasis on the relationship between the testing movement and the social, political and economic context in which it is embedded.
Prerequisite: PS 206; Every Year, Fall
PS 325 Health Psychology (3 hrs.) The application and
contribution of psychological research and practice to the
promotion and maintenance of health and the prevention
and treatment of illness are explored. Topics covered
include stress and illness,psychological aspects of pain,
management of chronic and terminal illness, obesity,
smoking and other addictive behaviors, sleep disturbances,
personality factors in illness and patient-practitioner interaction. Prerequisite: PS 234, PS 232, PS 233, PS 236, PS
251, PS 261, PS 262, PS 272 or PS 260; Every Year, Fall
PS 335 Images of Women in Psychology and Literature
(3 hrs.) The ways in which psychology and literature
depict the female experience are studied. Using readings
in both traditional and feminist psychological and literary
theory, the course analyzes literary texts by and about
women. Topics include: gender and genre, female identity
formation, the minority experience. Prerequisites: PS 101;
two courses from EN level 200; Every Other Year, Fall
PS 336 Cognitive Development (3 hrs.) This seminar
provides an in-depth examination of cognitive development from infancy through adolescence. Topics include
the development of knowledge about physical objects,
memory, language, numerical understanding, and an
understanding of the mind. For each topic we discuss the
results of various research studies with an emphasis on the
methodologies used, various interpretations of the findings, and practical applications of the work. Prerequisites:
PS 236 or PS 233.
258
Page 258
PS 351 Brain and Behavior (3 hrs.) The biological bases
of behavior are studied in detail. Emphasis is on the brain
correlates of motivational states. Topics include reproductive behavior, neuronal plasticity, hunger and thirst, emotion,sleep, language, memory, vision and drug states. Prerequisite: PS 307 or BI 102; Every Year, Fall
PS 352 Animal Behavior (3 hrs.) Species-specific behavior in vertebrates and invertebrates is explored with particular emphasis on comparative analysis of various social
behaviors. Topics include instinct, critical periods,
imprinting, reproductive behavior, aggression,learning,
sleep, communication, and biological clocks. Prerequisite:
PS 307 or BI 102; Every Other Year, Spring
PS 366 Psychology of Personnel in the Workplace
(3 hrs.) This course presents an in-depth exploration of
the traditional ideas and innovations of industrial psychology. Topics include, but are not limited to: recruitment
and selection of employe e s ,d evelopment and implementation of performance appraisal systems, issues involved in
training employees, employment law, and labor-management relations. Prerequisite: PS 265; Every Year, Fall
PS 367 Interaction—Individuals and Organizations
(3 hrs.) The history and new developments within Organizational Psychology are examined closely. Topics
include, but are not limited to: organizational theory,
research and theories of leadership, leadership development, motivating employees, job attitudes, teamwork,
work-family balance and workplace stress. Prerequisite:
PS 265; Every Year, All
WS/PS 370 Intimate Partner Violence Seminar (3 hrs.)
This seminar addresses the prevalence, causes and consequences of partner abuse. Etiological models of partner
violence are examined from social perspectives (feminist,
socioeconomic,anthropological and evolutionary theory),
and psychological perspectives (personality disorders,perceived causes and justification of violence). The impact of
violence on victims (physical and psychological consequences) is addressed. This course is cross-listed as PS
370. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Fall
PS 371 Clinical Methods (3 hrs.) The principles and
practices of clinical psychology are introduced. The course
includes a review of legal-ethical issues and the training of
clinical psychologists. The course focuses on methods of
clinical assessment and the practice of psychotherapy,
including extensive use of case studies. Prerequisite:
PS 272; Every Year, Spring
PS 377 Psychology of Risk (3 hrs.) This course examines
psychological factors involved in gambling and financial
risk taking. Selected research from psychology, behavioral
economics and behavioral finance is explored. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, All
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
TIONS
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PS 379 The Concept of the Deviant in American Literature (3 hrs.) This American Studies course attempts to
examine the concept of mental illness. The course
explores ideas and characters in literature and psychology
and implies that being different in dramatic ways is not
always best explained by traditional medical labels. Literary analysis focuses on selections from Hawthorne,
Melville, S. Anderson, W. Faulkner, A .M i ller and others.
Prerequisites: PS 101; two courses from EN PS level 200;
Every Third Year, All
PS 382 Advanced Social Psychology (3 hrs.) Contemporary issues and topics in social psychology are examined.
Content varies as the area develops and changes but has
characteristically emphasized theories of attitude change,
psychological effects of mass media, attribution theory,
interpersonal attraction, helping behavior, and psychological factors in contemporary social issues. Prerequisite:
PS 261 or PS 307; Every Other Year, Spring
PS 383 Psychology and the Law (3 hrs.) The interface
between psychology and the law is studied. Topics include
psychological studies of eyewitness testimony, the social
sciences and jury selection, the insanity defense, commitment procedures, legal and ethical issues in psychotherapy,
and the psychology of institutionalization. Prerequisites:
two courses from PS 210, PS 232, PS 233, PS 234,
PS 236, PS 242, PS 244, PS 251, PS 254, PS 261,
PS 262, PS 272, PS 260; Every Year, Spring
PS 391 Human Services Seminar (SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) Professional,theoretical, clinical and ethical
issues related to each student’s senior fieldwork experience
represent the content of the course. Students are simultaneously registered in PS 393. Prerequisite: PS 371; Every
Year, Fall
PS 392 Normal Child Development Seminar (3 hrs.)
This course presents the theoretical and empirical issues
involved in understanding children and adolescents. Issues
may vary from year to year depending on the nature of
the fieldwork placement of each student, who is simultaneously registered in PS 395. Prerequisites: PS 236, PS
254; Every Year, Fall
PS 393 Fieldwork in Human Services (3 hrs.) Students
receive placement in a community service agency to gain
supervised experience in human service programs such as
youth counseling agencies, rehabilitation services,mental
health clinics, centers for the mentally retarded,psychiatric hospitals, schools for special populations and others.
Each course requires a minimum of 12 hours of fieldwork
per week. Due to a commitment of services to clients or
patients,particularly strict standards of attendance and
responsibility are maintained. Two semester enrollment
required. PS 393 is taken in conjunction with PS 391.
Prerequisite: PS 371; Every Year, Fall
Page 259
PS 394 Fieldwork in Human Services (3 hrs.) Students
receive placement in a community service agency to gain
supervised experience in human service programs. Placements may include youth counseling agencies, rehabilitation services, mental health clinics, centers for the mentally retarded,psychiatric hospitals, schools for special
populations and others. Each course requires a minimum
of 12 hours of fieldwork per week. Due to a commitment
of services to clients or patients, particularly strict standards of attendance and responsibility are maintained.
Two semester enrollment required. PS 393 is taken in
conjunction with PS 391. Prerequisites: PS 393, PS 391;
Every Year, Spring
PS 395 Field Work in Normal Child Development
(3 hrs.) A weekly schedule of 12-15 hours of supervised
work in a childcare agency or educational setting is
required. Due to a commitment of service to children,
particularly strict standards of attendance and responsibility are maintained. Full-year enrollment is expected and
may not be extended or repeated for credit. PS 395 is
taken in conjunction with PS 392. Prerequisites: PS 236,
PS 254; Every Year, Fall
PS 396 Field Work in Normal Child Development
(3 hrs.) A weekly schedule of 12-15 hours of supervised
work in a childcare agency or educational setting is
required. Due to a commitment of service to children,
particularly strict standards of attendance and responsibility are maintained. Full-year enrollment is expected and
may not be extended or repeated for credit. PS 395 is
taken in conjunction with PS 392. Prerequisites: PS 392,
PS 395; Every Year, Spring
PS 409 Senior Seminar in Psychology (3 hrs.) This seminar consists of extensive readings of both original sources
and surveys on selected topics. Senior essay or thesis
required of all candidates for bachelor’s degree is written
as part of the requirement for this course. Prerequisite:
PS 309; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
PS 181 Improvisational Acting Workshop (1 hr.)
PS 200 Special Topics in Psychology (3 hrs.)
PS 222 Psychology of Disability (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
PS 101; PS 133
PS 224 Death, Loss and Bereavement (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: PS 272 or PS 232
PS 232 The Concept of Personality and Its Development (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
PS 101
PS 234 Adult Development Psychology (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: PS 101
PS 251 Conditioning and Learning (4 hrs.)
Prerequisite: PS 101; PS 272, PS 232, PS 233, PS 234,
PS 236, PS 261 or PS 262
PS 251L Conditioning and Learning Lab (0 hrs.)
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
259
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
PS 299 Independent Study—Psychology (1 hr.)
PS 300 Special Topics in Psychology (1 hr.) Prerequisites:
two courses from PS level 200
PS 336 Cognitive Development (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
PS 236 or PS 233
PS 354 Sensation and Perception (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
BI 101, BI 102; PS 210, PS 232, PS 233, PS 234,
PS 242, PS 244, PS 251, PS 254, PS 261, PS 262,
PS 272, PS 236 or PS 260
PS 355 Psychology of Learning (4 hrs.) Prerequisite:
PS 101
PS 355L Psychology of Learning Lab (0 hrs.)
PS 372 Child Psychopathology (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
PS 272
PS 397 Fieldwork in Industrial/Organizational
Psychology (3 hrs.)
PS 399 Independent Study in Psychology (3 hrs.)
PS 499 Independent Study in Psychology (1 hr.)
Prerequisites: PS 307, PS 308, PS 309
Respiratory Therapy
RC 185 Orientation Seminar for Respiratory Care (1 hr.)
This seminar is designed to present the student with an
overview of the field of respiratory care, its professional
associations and health care in general. Every Year, Fall
RC 200 Pharmacology for Respiratory Care (2 hrs.) The
student studies the clinical application and implications of
the pharmacologic agents used in the treatment of cardiopulmonary diseases. The course presents relevant terminology and legal regulations governing pharmacology.
Every Year, Fall
RC 220 Introduction to Respiratory Care I (3 hrs.) This
in-depth study of the cardiopulmonary system places special emphasis on respiratory and cardiovascular anatomy
and physiology. Every Year, Fall
RC 222 Pharmacology for Respiratory Care II (2 hrs.)
This course is a continuation of RC 200. Every Year,
Spring
Public Relations
PRR 290 Public Relations Research (3 hrs.) This course
presents an exploration of quantitative and qualitative
research methods typically used in corporate communication and in the public sector. Emphasis is placed on fieldexpedient surveys and content analysis. Writing is expected during reporting and analysis stages. Prerequisite:
PRR 101; Every Year, All
PRR 332 Public Relations Research (3 hrs.) This course
presents an exploration of quantitative and qualitative
research methods typically used in corporate communication and in the public sector. Emphasis is placed on fieldexpedient surveys and content analysis. Writing is expected during reporting and analysis stages. Prerequisite:
PB 101 or PRR 101; Every Year, All
PRR 401 Public Relations Campaigns (3 hrs.) Previous
course work is applied, with specific interest paid to client
contact and service learning. Team skills are applied to
serve a client from outside Quinnipiac. Writing, speaking
and computer-demonstration skills are expected. Prerequisites: PRR 101, PRR 201; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
PRR 101 Principles of Public Relations (3 hrs.)
PRR 201 Public Relations Writing (3 hrs.) Prerequisites:
PRR 101, JRN 160
PRR 240 Public Relations Management (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite:PRR 101
PRR 241 Agency and Corporate Public Relations
(3 hrs.) Prerequisite: PRR 101
PRR 243 Public Relations for Non-Profits (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite:PRR 101
PRR 420 Topics in Public Relations (3 hrs.)
260
Page 260
RC 240 Medical Gas Therapeutics (3 hrs.) Theory,
application and technology of medical gas therapy are
considered. The student learns patient assessment techniques as well as infection control and sterilization techniques. Patient interaction techniques are addressed as
well. Every Year, Spring
RC 240L (1 hr.) Lab to accompany RC 240. Every Year,
Spring
RC 260 Medical/Surgical Respiratory Care (3 hrs.) This
course presents an examination and study of the theory
and application of chest physical therapy, humidity and
aerosol therapy, positive pressure breathing, and the indications for, and principles of, assisted ventilation. Every
Year, Fall
RC 260L (1 hr.) Lab to accompany RC 260. Every Year,
Fall
RC 261 Medical/Surgical Clinical (2 hrs.) This course
entails supervised clinical application of oxygen,humidity,
aerosol therapy, assisted ventilation and positive pressure
breathing. Patient reporting, patient interviewing and
patient assessment evaluation are included. Every Year,
Fall
RC 262 Arterial Blood Gas Interpretation (1 hr.) Students learn to assess oxygenation, ventilation, and acidbase balance via arterial blood gas data analysis. Every
Year, Fall
RC 280 Pathophysiology of Pulmonary Disease (3 hrs.)
This course presents an in-depth study of the pathophysi-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 261
ology, clinical signs and symptoms,history, treatment and
prognosis of pulmonary disorders. Every Year, Fall
RC 380 Pulmonary Rehabilitation, Home Care, HP/DP
and Management (SL: Service Learning) (3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the different techniques used in
the care of chronic lung patients. The course includes
health promotion, disease prevention topics as well as specific respiratory care department management issues.
Every Year, Fall
RC 311 Advanced Respiratory Care of the Critically Ill
Patient (3 hrs.) The student studies with greater depth
the concepts addressed in RC 340. A major focus of this
course is on the critical analysis of current literature and
the clinical implications. Students critically analyze and
present actual case studies. Prerequisites: RC 340, RC
345; Every Year, Spring
RC 381 Pulmonary Rehabilitation Clinical (1 hr.)
Supervised clinical application of the principles and procedures of pulmonary rehabilitation in a long-term care
facility. Prerequisite: RC 341; Every Year, Fall
RC 312 Advanced Critical Care Clinical (1 hr.) This
clinical allows the student more hands-on experience
focused toward the understanding of the physiological
impact of adult mechanical ventilation and the patient in
general. It also allows for in-depth exposure to advanced
cardiopulmonary monitoring techniques. Every Year,
Spring
RC 412 Introduction to Polysomnography Techniques
(3 hrs.) This course offers an in-depth presentation of the
theory, technique and interpretation of polysomnographic
studies. The course includes laboratory practice and hospital observation/practice, and allows for multiple competency skill development. Every Year, Spring
RC 330 Diagnostic Assessment (3 hrs.) Students explore
major diagnostic areas as they relate to respiratory care.
Pulmonary, cardiac, clinical laboratory and diagnostic
imaging procedures are covered. Student apply the diagnostic areas to patient cases. Every Year, Fall
RC 340 Respiratory Care of the Critically Ill Patient
(3 hrs.) This in-depth study of continuous mechanical
ventilation emphasizes bedside ventilatory volumetric,
bedside monitoring, interpretation of blood gases, weaning procedures and principles employed in the operation
of mechanical ventilators with a review of relevant literature. Prerequisites: RC 260, RC 261; Every Year, Spring
RC 420 Respiratory Care Management/Education
(3 hrs.) Current management practices,computer record
keeping and issues regarding education principles directed
at various audiences are considered. Every Year, Fall
RC 460 Perinatal/Pediatric Respiratory Therapy (3 hrs.)
The growt h ,d evelopment anatomy and physiology, and
respiratory care of the fetus,newborn, child and adolescent are studied. Every Year, Fall
RC 340L (1 hr.) Lab to accompany RC 340. Every Year,
Spring
RC 341 Critical Care Clinical (3 hrs.) Supervised clinical
application of the principles and procedures of continuous
mechanical ventilation in an intensive care setting. The
course includes pulmonary function laboratory and blood
gas analysis competencies. Prerequisites: RC 260, RC 261;
Every Year, Spring
RC 342 Critical Care Case Management (3 hrs.) This
course emphasizes problem solving and critical thinking
skills related to actual and simulated patient cases. Every
Year, Spring
RC 345 Critical Care Seminar (3 hrs.) This in-depth
study of the assessment of cardiopulmonary reserves also
covers light therapy, jet ventilation and nutritional considerations. Every Year, Spring
RC 360 Pulmonary Function Testing (3 hrs.) Diagnostic
procedures and techniques of the pulmonary function lab
are studied in depth. Hands-on experiences are included.
Every Year, Fall
U N D E R G RA D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P
RC 413 Clinical Practicum: Adult Critical Care Clinical Practice (2 hrs.) Supervised clinical experience
designed to provide performance competencies in the
administration of respiratory care to adult critically ill
patients. Every Year, Spring
RC 461 Perinatal/Pediatric Clinical (1 hr.) Supervised
clinical application of the principles and procedures of
perinatal pediatric respiratory care therapeutics. Prerequisites: RC 340, RC 341; Every Year, Fall
RC 491 Clinical Practicum (1 hr.) Clinical application
and integration of respiratory therapeutics within an
accredited respiratory care department under medical and
technical supervision. Prerequisite: RC 341; Every Year,
Fall
RC 495 Current Advances in Respiratory Care (3 hrs.)
This course reviews current literature and medical technical advances in the area of cardiorespiratory sciences.
Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
RC 422 Advanced Polysomnography (3 hrs.)
RC 499 Respiratory Care Independent Study (1-3 hrs.)
TIONS
261
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Science
SC 105L Food Chemistry Lab (1 hr.) Lab must be taken
with SC 105. Every Year, All
SC 101 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Survey of Physical
Sciences I (3 hrs.) This introduction to the methods of
science is designed to make students aware of the scientific implications of the problems facing the world today.
Topics covered include the metric system,force and
motion, heat and work,sound,light,electricity and magnetism. (3 class hours, 2 laboratory hours) Every Year, Fall
SC 101L Survey of Physical Science Lab (1 hr.) Lab
must be taken with SC 101. Every Year, Fall
SC 102 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Survey of Physical
Sciences II (3 hrs.) This continuation of the methods of
science emphasizes chemical principles,nuclear reactions
and their applications,weather, earth science and astronomy. (3 class hours, 2 laboratory hours) Every Year, Spring
SC 102L Physical Sciences II Lab (1 hr.) Lab must be
taken with SC 102. Every Year, Spring
SC 103 (CC: Phys.& Bio. Sci.) Consumer Science I
(3 hrs.) Students are introduced to the methods of science in response to needs and concerns of consumers of
goods and services,most of which are affected by technological changes made as a result of scientific explorations. Studies of the more important concepts of the
physical world and their applications as applied to the
consumer in areas such as motion and energy. Concepts
introduced in laboratory sessions supplement and reinforce those from lectures and discussions. (3 class hours,
2 laboratory hours) Every Year, Fall
SC 103L Consumer Science Lab (1 hr.) Lab must be
taken with SC 103. Every Year, Fall
SC 104 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Consumer Science II
(3 hrs.) The concepts of the physical world and their
applications to the consumer in areas including molecular
biology, food and drugs, and the environment are examined.Concepts introduced in laboratory sessions supplement and reinforce those from lectures and discussions.
(3 class hours, 2 laboratory hours) Every Year, Spring
SC 104L Consumer Science II Lab (1 hr.) Lab must be
taken with SC 104. Every Year, Spring
SC 105 (CC: Phys. & Bio. Sci.) Food Chemistry and
Nutrition (3 hrs.) The basic chemistry of food components-carbohydrates,proteins, fats and vitamins-and the
role of these components in nutrition are studied. Also,
students become acquainted with recent developments in
nutrition.Concepts introduced in laboratory sessions supplement and reinforce those from lectures and discussions.
(3 class hours, 2 laboratory hours) Every Year, All
262
Page 262
Science and Values
SV 101 Introduction to Science and Values (3 hrs.) This
course considers the impact of modern science, technology and medicine on human society and on human values.
The course considers both the rise of the modern scientific world view and current issues in science, especially the
moral dilemmas posed by recent advances in the physical,
biological and medical sciences. Topics may include atomic power, the computer revolution, genetics and the
Human Genome Project, and reproductive technologies
including in vitro fertilization and cloning. Every Year, All
SV 330 The History of Western Medicine (3 hrs.) This
course examines the development of the Western medical
tradition from its origins in the ancient Near East to
modern times. The course emphasizes an understanding
of medical theory and practice in relation to larger social,
intellectual and scientific developments in the West.
Topics include Hippocratic and Galenic medicine,
medieval medical theory and practice, the emergence of
new medical ideas in the Renaissance, and the development of modern scientific medicine. Prerequisite: HS 110,
PL 101, HS 111, HS 112, HS 131 or HS 132; Every
Other Year, Fall
Sociology
SO 101 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Introduction to
Sociology (3 hrs.) Our society and culture influence who
we are, how we feel about ourselves, and how we interact
with others. This course investigates the ways in which
our social institutions-such as the family, the government,
politics, religion, health care and others-shape our experience. The differences that characterize a stratified societyin opportunity, reward,achievement and social class-are
discussed. Every Year, All
SO 200 Special Topics (3 hrs.) A variety of special topics
courses are offered every year. Every Year, All
SO 205 Orientation to Sociology, Criminal Justice, and
Gerontology (1 hr.) Also listed as GT 205 and CJ 205,
this course introduces sociology, social services,gerontology and criminal justice majors to the disciplines and
fields in which they are majoring. Students meet once a
week to discuss the origins,breadth and potential careers
in their fields. The course orients the student to the professions within sociology, social services and gerontology
through interaction with departmental faculty, former students and practitioners in the field. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Year, Spring
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
SO 225 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Social Problems
(3 hrs.) This course explores public controversies such as
poverty, violence, education,addictions as problems of
individual adaptation, as a conflict of interest between
groups, and as intractable characteristics of the social system. These models suggest different levels of intervention
and solution. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
SO 230 (CC:Econ. & Mngl.Trad.) Government and
Business: The Uneasy Partnership (3 hrs.) This course
presents a study of the way government and business
affect one another. The evolution of entrepreneurship is
followed historically, from its emergence in Western
Europe until the present time, with an emphasis on the
roles people, past and present, think each of these two
institutions should play. Contemporary controversies such
as those concerning freedom and free enterprise, and the
proper care for the needy, are considered. Prerequisite:SO
101 or EC 101; Every Year, All
SO 232 Women in the Criminal Justice System (3 hrs.)
Also listed as CJ 232 and WS 232, this course examines
the changing patterns of women’s criminality, the experiences of women who are processed as crime victims, and
the evolution of women’s role in law, law enforcement and
corrections. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, Fall
Page 263
young people as if they were committed by adults. This
course examines the consequences for problematic behavior in the criminal justice system,including incarceration
and alternative programming for juveniles. Prerequisite:
SO 101; Every Year, Spring
SO 255 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) The Family (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the sociology of the American
family using comparative and interactional materials.
Changing sex roles and socialization patterns, as well as
economic and political factors that affect the family are
considered in the family cycle. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Year, All
SO 260 Social Control and Deviance (3 hrs.) The ways
in which normative behavior is determined,delineated
and controlled are examined. Also considered are factors
that produce deviant behavior and social mechanisms for
defining and dealing with deviance. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Year, All
SO 263 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Sociology of the Aged
(3 hrs.) This introduction to gerontology focuses on the
myths and realities of aging explored through historic,
demographic and sociological analyses of the conditions
of old people in our society; and the ways in which social
and cultural factors enter into the aging process. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
SO 235 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) American Culture and
Society: The 1950s–1980s (3 hrs.) Major historical,political, social and cultural events taking place between 1950
and 1980 are explored. The identification and development of dominant ideological themes and trends are considered, as well as transformations of values, beliefs,
behavior patterns and institutions. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Other Year, All
SO 264 Social Welfare Institutions (3 hrs.) Problems of
welfare in an industrial society; the system of public and
private institutions that evolved to meet these needs; critical evaluation of their adequacy; strategies for change,
e.g.,community control,welfare rights movements,are
explored. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, Fall
SO 241 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Racial and Ethnic
Groups (3 hrs.) The impact of ethnic and racial identity
in the United States is examined with particular consideration of the processes of prejudice and discrimination,
social class identity and mobility, and the distribution and
exercise of social, economic and political power. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
SO 265 Sociology of Work (3 hrs.) This course considers
the meaning of work in industrial society for blue-collar
and white-collar work e r s ;t rends in the occupational
structure, individual dreams and the opportunity structure. Particular occupations may be selected for intensive
analysis through empirical studies, literature and observation. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Other Year, All
SO 245 Community: Place, Sentiments, Structure
(3 hrs.) This course considers the sense of community, the
one class community, suburbia and complex urban society;
problems of conflict and cohesion power structure and
grass roots community organization; problem solving on
the local level and problems beyond the scope of the local
community. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Other Year, All
SO 266 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Population and
Society (3 hrs.) The components of population change—
births,deaths,migration—and the importance of demographic trends for individual life chances are explored.Also
discussed are the lasting effects of the Baby Boom generation, the migration to the Southwest, and changes in marriage patterns. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, Fall
SO 250 Youth Crime (3 hrs.) Although young people are
processed through a different system of criminal justice
than adults, theories of criminal behavior address motivations for both juvenile and adult crime. Of interest is the
ongoing tendency to treat serious crimes committed by
SO 270 Program Planning and Administration (3 hrs.)
Program planning and administration of services to the
elderly are considered, as well as models of needs identification, the process of problem analys i s ,s tyles of leadership
and administrative dilemmas, and elements of grant pro-
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
263
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
posal writing. Prerequisite: GT 263 or SO 263; Every
Year, All
SO 272 Society, Class and Education (3 hrs.) Schoolsfrom kindergarten to the university-as they relate to the
community and the economic and political systems are
considered. Also explored are the historical development
of education; values imparted through education; the
social process in the classroom; contemporary conflicts
centering in the schools. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year,
Spring
SO 280 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Illness and Disability
(3 hrs.) This course examines the ways in which society
shapes our understanding, experience and definitions of
health,illness and disease. Topics include the social factors
related to disease such as age, gender and social class;the
social roles of medical practitioners and patients; labeling
and treatment/mistreatment of the ill and disabled;
changing definitions of illness; and the politics of disability. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, Fall
SO 283 Crime and Society (3 hrs.) Also listed as CJ 283,
this course considers crime as a cultural phenomenon and
a problem of social control; the nature of law; characteristics of the institution of criminal justice and types of
crime;critical evaluation of theories of crime. Prerequisite:
SO 101; Every Year, All
SO 285 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Protest and Change
(3 hrs.) This course presents a systematic exploration of
the causes and conditions of major social changes. Social
movements such as the civil rights and women’s movements are studied in terms of their capacity to respond to
and generate additional change. Prerequisite: SO 101;
Every Other Year, All
SO 292 Internship in the Community (3 hrs.) The student devotes eight hours a week to work in a public or private community agency and two hours a week in conference with the instructor or in a seminar. The position is
tailored to the student’s preparation and interests and to
the needs of the agency. The student learns how an organization actually works, its relation to other organizations in
the community, how it serves its clients, and the problems
that confront it. Enrollment, limited to majors, is a commitment by the student to adhere to a high standard of
attendance and responsibility. For majors only in the junior
or senior year. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
SO 300 Special Topics (3 hrs.) The subject varies each
semester depending on faculty and student interests. Topics explored have been law and society, and family in fact
and fiction and housing and home. Prerequisites: two
courses from SO; Every Year, All
264
Page 264
SO 302 Women, Health and Aging (3 hrs.) The purpose
of this advanced seminar is to study older women’s health
and experiences with aging. The focus is on the complex
interplay between age and gender as we examine the
health and policy issues surrounding the needs of elderly
women and formal and informal caregivers. Prerequisites:
two courses from SO, GT, WS; Every Year, Fall
SO 303 Popular Culture and the Media (3 hrs.) The
course explores popular culture with the purpose of learning about current American life in the context of change.
It focuses on the relationship between popular culture, the
media, and the broader social, economic, and political
environment. Popular media, leisure pursuits, news,sports,
entertainment, and material consumption provide the
subject matter of the course. Attention is paid to the
accumulated research from a wide variety of sources and
visions. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Other
Year, All
SO/WS 304 Sociology of Gender (3 hrs.) This course
focuses on how society constructs notions/images of femininity and masculinity and how this influences our lives.
We look at cultural views of language, body and the
media, as well as theoretical approaches to understanding
the complexities of gender distinctions in our society. This
course is cross-listed as WS 304. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Year, All
SO 305 Death, Grief and Bereavement (3 hrs.) Death is
studied from the perspective of social interaction between
the dying person,professional caregivers, and family
members and loved ones. Attitudes and values about
death,cultural components of grief, and the function of
bereavement are examined. Particular attention is paid to
the social organization of death work and dying in
bureaucratic settings, such as hospitals and nursing
homes, as opposed to the non-bureaucratic structure of
hospice care. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every
Year, All
SO 310 Children: Social Issues and Policies (3 hrs.) This
course presents an overview of the social, economic and
political factors that have influenced the historical experiences of children. The effects of the changing character of
the American family, peer groups, the powers of the
media, public intervention and welfare concepts are examined. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Year, Fall
SO 311 Introduction to Social Work (3 hrs.) This course
is intended to provide students with an overview of social
work as a helping profession. Beginning with a preliminary understanding of the historical development of social
work, students learn how changes in social work theory
and practice reflect larger societal changes. Course work
familiarizes students with important social work issues
and concepts and discusses their application in diverse
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Page 265
social service and human service settings. Major or minor
in gerontology, sociology, social services or psychology and
at least junior standing. Prerequisites: two courses from
SO or GT; Every Year, Spring
contemporary parallels are analyzed as examples of collective behavior. Subjects include the Black Plague, the
AIDS epidemic, the Holocaust and nuclear war. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Other Year, All
SO 312 Large-Scale Organizations (3 hrs.) The effect of
formalization both on the delivery of social services and
on career opportunities and satisfactions is explore d ;s t u dies of business corporations,schools, health and welfare
agencies, and the police are examined for effectiveness,
and alternate structures are considered. Prerequisites: two
courses from SO; Every Year, Spring
SO 360 Sociology of Mental Illness (3 hrs.) This course
looks at the social construction of mental illness.The
changing definitions of, stigmas attached to, and solutions
for mental illness are discussed. Prerequisites: two courses
from SO; Every Other Year, All
SO 313 The Bible: Beginnings and Endings (3 hrs.)
Selections from the Old and New Testaments are studied
from a cultural and literary perspective. Close study of
passages in class with emphasis on responses from the
class. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Other
Year, Spring
SO 330 Perspectives on Violence (3 hrs.) This course
explores the many ways that violence is viewed in our
society. Included in the consideration are types of violence, empirical evidence of incidence, characteristics of
violent crimes,offender motivation, victim profiles,and
theoretical explanations. Prerequisites: two courses from
SO; Every Other Year, All
SO 335 Systems in Criminal Justice (3 hrs.) This course
presents an analysis of the three major people-processing
units of the criminal justice system: law enforcement,the
courts and correctional institutions. Units are viewed as
semi-independent systems that both cooperate and conflict in their occupational ideologies, their operation and
their internal growth and survival.Crime statistics, criminal typologies and satellite systems such as probation and
parole are studied. Prerequisites: two courses from SO, CJ;
Every Year, All
SO 340 Peace and Conflict Resolution (3 hrs.) Issues of
war and peace are examined from the perspective of a
number of classical sociological concepts. The history of
the arms race and the shift in United States emphasis and
strategy from a focus on the Soviet Union to concern over
relations with the Third World are reviewed. Prerequisites: two courses from SO or CJ; Every Other Year, All
SO 344 Social Stratification (3 hrs.) The evolution of
social class in America from pre-industrial times through
the industrial era and into the present post-industrial era
is explored. Topics include class conflict and interclass
mobility; the relation of wealth, prestige and position ;a n d
differing styles of life of different social classes. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Year, All
SO 350 Sociology of Disasters (3 hrs.) Major historical
incidents of large scale suffering and violence and their
SO 365 Aging: Problems and Policies (3 hrs.) This
course considers social problems associated with aging:
particularly in the areas of health, housing, financing and
family life and the governmental policies—past, present
and future—that deal with these problems. Prerequisites:
two courses from SO; Every Other Year, Spring
SO 367 Priests, Police and Psychiatrists (3 hrs.) This
course analyzes three occupations and how each operates
to influence and control people in a manner suitable to
the historical character of the society of which they are a
p a rt .O riginal documents, historical background and sociological analysis of the interrelation of ideology and
organization are considered. Prerequisites: two courses
from SO; Every Other Year, All
SO 375 Sociology of the Everyday (3 hrs.) Procedures
and usages for the management of conduct in the ordinary round of life are examined. Street behavior, family
behavior and work behavior are compared, as well as
acquaintances,friendships and intimate relationships. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Other Year, All
SO 381 Evaluation Research (3 hrs.) This course,
designed for juniors and seniors in the major, studies the
research methods used to evaluate the effectiveness of
organizations and programs in meeting their social service
goals. Methods of research are examined in depth and
students become acquainted with the components of
meaningful evaluations. Designed for juniors and seniors
in the major. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every
Year, Fall
SO 385 Social Policy (3 hrs.) This senior seminar is
designed as the capstone course for students majoring in
Sociology, Social Services and Gerontology. Social policy
is examined as the process by which specific societal problems are identified, researched, and translated into social
action. Students in this course complete a senior thesis
and senior presentation on a social policy area of their
choosing. For senior majors only. Prerequisites: two courses from SO; Every Year, Spring
SO 390 Politics of Urban Change (3 hrs.) This interdisciplinary seminar focuses on the changing distribution of
political and economic power among social groups in
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
265
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
American cities. Special focus is on current urban problems facing the Greater New Haven urban community,
including transportation,immigration, public education,
poverty, housing and economic development. Faculty lead
students on numerous field trips into New Haven. Students are required to complete multiple writing assignments and participate in class discussions. Prerequisite:
SO 101 or PO 131; Every Other Year, All
SO 392 Internship in the Community (3 hrs.) The student devotes eight hours a week to work in a public or
private community agency and two hours a week in conference with the instructor or in a seminar. The position is
tailored to the student’s preparation and interests and to
the needs of the agency. The student learns how an
organization actually works, its relation to other organizations in the community, how it serves its clients, and the
problems that confront it. Enrollment, limited to majors,
is a commitment by the student to adhere to a high standard of attendance and responsibility. Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
SO 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
SO 304 Sociology of Gender (3 hrs.) Prerequisites: two
courses from SO
SO 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
SO 499 Study Abroad (15 hrs.)
times,including Chicano literature. A variety of short stories—moral lesson,anecdote, character story and magic
realism—are analyzed. Prerequisite: SP 202; Every Third
Year, All
SP 270 History of the Romance Languages (3 hrs.) This
course presents a study of linguistic development of Spanish in comparison with the other Romance languages:
Catalan, French,Italian, Portuguese, Rhetian and Romanian. A study of the modern dialects of the Romance languages, especially Spanish, is included. The approach is
analytical. Prerequisite: SP 202; Every Third Year, All
SP 280 Cultural Studies: Spain Or Spanish America
(3 hrs.) This three- or four-week program in a Spanishspeaking country is designed to expose students to various
aspects of Spanish or Spanish-American culture while
providing instruction in Spanish language. Language
classes,cultural lectures and tours, and pre-trip lectures
are included. Prerequisites: SP 201, SP 202; Every Year,
Summer
SP 301 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Advanced Spanish I (3 hrs.)
This course is designed to help the student develop oral
and written language skills to a high degree of proficiency.
Every Year, Fall
SP 302 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Advanced Spanish II (3 hrs.)
This course is a continuation of SP 301. Every Year,
Spring
Spanish
SP 101 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Spanish I
(3 hrs.) Spanish as a spoken and written language is introduced in this course which includes intensive drills in the
basic structures of the language. Elementary reading
material is used for vocabulary building, analytical exercises and discussion. Students who have three or more years
of high school Spanish with grades of B or above may not
take this course for credit. Every Year, All
SP 102 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Elementary Spanish II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of SP 101. Every
Year, All
SP 201 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate Spanish I
(3 hrs.) This course includes conversational practice and a
review of grammar. The four language skills-listening,
speaking, reading and writing-are developed. Every Year,
All
SP 202 (CC: Spec.Comp.) Intermediate Spanish II
(3 hrs.) This course is a continuation of SP 201. Prerequisite: SP 201; Every Year, All
SP 251 Short Story in Spanish (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the short story genre and its development
in Spain and Spanish America,especially in modern
266
Page 266
SP 312 Advanced Conversation (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to improve oral skills for non-native speakers.
Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Year, Fall
SP 317 Approaches to Literary Genres (3 hrs.) This
course, taught in Spanish, is designed to familiarize students with general approaches to literature:how we
read/talk about a poem as opposed to a play, etc. Students
read and discuss, in Spanish,works from various genres.
Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Third Year, All
SP 321 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (3 hrs.)
Major literary productions of Spain are studied, including
works by or selections from Lazarillo de Tormes,Garcilaso, Cervantes, Galdos and Lorca. Prerequisite: SP 302;
Every Third Year, All
SP 328 Spanish American Literature from the
Conquest to 1880 (3 hrs.) Representative selections of
Spanish American writings from the diary of Columbus
through romanticism are studied. Works of poetry, fiction
and drama are analyzed in terms of their sociopolitical
contexts as well in terms of the dominant literary movements of the period. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Third
Year, All
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
SP 329 Spanish American Literature from 1880 to
Present (3 hrs.) Representative selections of Spanish
American writings since modernismo are studied. Works
of poetry, fiction and drama are analyzed in terms of their
sociopolitical contexts as well as in terms of the dominant
literary movements of the period. Prerequisite: SP 302;
Every Third Year, All
SP 335 19th-Century Literature of Spain (3 hrs.) The
romantic, realist and naturalist movements are studied.
Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Third Year, All
SP 348 Spanish Drama and Poetry of the Golden Age
(3 hrs.) This course focuses on readings and discussion of
the works of Calderon de la Barca, Lope de Vega,and
contemporaries. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Third Year, All
SP 363 20th-Century Latin American Fiction (3 hrs.)
Major Latin American novels and short stories are examined in translation. The socio-cultural milieu of the
author is considered as well as of the distinguishing characteristics of modern Latin American fiction (for example, magic realism). Significant attention is paid to narrative technique. Readings and discussion are in English.
Every Other Year, Spring
SP 371 Contemporary Literature in Spanish (3 hrs.)
The novel, theater or poetry of contemporary Spain and
Spanish America are studied. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every
Third Year, All
SP 373 Latin American Cultures I (3 hrs.) Selected topics of Latin American cultures—from their Spanish and
pre-Columbian roots to the end of Independence—are
studied. Readings are drawn from history as well as literature. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Other Year, All
SP 374 Latin American Cultures II (3 hrs.) Selected
topics of Latin American cultures from the end of Independence to the present are studied. Readings are drawn
from history as well as literature. Prerequisite: SP 302;
Every Other Year, All
SP 376 The Spanish Caribbean (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the people, history and society as well as
artistic and literary expression of Puerto Rico, Cuba and
the Dominican Republic. Also, features of the Spanish
language as spoken in the Caribbean are considered. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Other Year, All
SP 401 Advanced Spanish Grammar (3 hrs.) This culminating course, designed to increase and perfect the knowledge of students who possess a strong command of Spanish grammar, includes instruction in verb tense usage,
sentence syntax,lexical choices and idiomatic usage. Exercises to solidify knowledge are used extensively. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Other Year, All
Page 267
SP 450 Senior Seminar (3 hrs.) This seminar is devoted
to an in-depth study of Don Quijote de la Manch a .T h e
novel is read, discussed and analyzed in terms of the
sociopolitical context and in terms of the dominant literature of the period. Prerequisite: SP 302; Every Year, All
Courses offered as needed
SP 243 Culture of Spain (3 hrs.)
SP 299 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
SP 375 Pre-Columbian America (3 hrs.)
SP 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
SP 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
Women’s Studies
WS 101 Introduction to Women’s Studies (3 hrs.) This
course provides an interdisciplinary introduction to
women’s lives within their cultural and social context. Using
historical,literary and social science approaches, the class
explores topics such as images of beauty, sexuality, health,
marriage, and economic and political power. Every Year, All
WS 210 Human Sexuality (3 hrs.) This course focuses on
human sexuality as it develops and changes throughout
the lifespan,starting with prenatal development and ending with sexuality of the aging. Additional special topics
include sexual dysfunction, sexual variance and the law.
Prerequisite: PS 101 or PS 133; Every Year, All
WS 232 Women in the Criminal Justice System (3 hrs.)
Also listed as CJ 232 and SO 232, this course examines
the changing patterns of women’s criminality, the experiences of women who are processed as crime victims, and
the evolution of women’s role in law, law enforcement and
corrections. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
WS 235 (CC :H u m . Trad.) Women’s Literature (3 hrs.)
Literature written by women is explored to assess their
contributions to literary themes, forms and movements.
The course concentrates on notable American and English writers of the last two centuries, e.g., the Brontes,
Dickinson,Browning, the New England regional writers,
Chopin, Woolf, Mansfield, Lessing, Morrison, Walker,
Atwood, Plath, Sexton and Rich. The course is cross-listed as EN 235. Prerequisite: EN 102; Every Year, Spring
WS 250 Gender and the Law (3 hrs.) This course focuses
on legal issues regarding gender, including the differential
treatment of women and men in the legal system,and
contemporary responses to gender issues in society. This
course is cross-listed as LE 250. Every Other Year, Fall
WS 255 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) The Family (3 hrs.)
Students are introduced to the sociology of the American
family using comparative and interactional materials.
Changing sex roles and socialization patterns, as well as
economic and political factors that affect the family are
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
267
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
considered in the family cycle. This course is cross listed
as SO 255. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
WS 260 Psychology of Men (3 hrs.) This course is
designed to examine the complex of values, attitudes and
behaviors that define manhood. The focus is on a critical
analysis of the definition of masculinity that has been
taught to boys in our society and on the reasons for the
possibilities for changes in that definition. Particular
emphasis is placed on the study of roles men play in a
wide variety of cultures and consistent themes found in
these cultures. This course is cross-listed as PS 260. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Spring
WS 262 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Psychology of
Women (3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the sex
and gender. Issues of women’s development are surveyed:
socialization,menstruation, self-concept,menopause, productive and reproductive roles and the changing conceptions of femininity and masculinity. This course is crosslisted as PS 262. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Fall
WS 265 Sociology of Work (3 hrs.) This course considers
the meaning of work in industrial society for blue-collar
and white-collar work e r s ;t rends in the occupational
structure, individual dreams and the opportunity structure. Particular occupations may be selected for intensive
analysis through empirical studies, literature and observation. This course is cross-listed as SO 265. Prerequisite:
SO 101; Every Other Year, All
WS 285 (CC:Behav. & Soc. Sci.) Protest and Change
(3 hrs.) This course presents a systematic exploration of
the causes and conditions of major social changes. Social
movements such as the civil rights and women’s movements are studied in terms of their capacity to respond to
and generate additional change. This course is cross-listed
as SO 285. Prerequisite: SO 101; Every Year, All
WS 301 Seminar in Women’s Studies (3 hrs.) This seminar is intended to provide an interdisciplinary advancedlevel exploration of feminism as both theory and practice.
Students discuss readings from history, psychology, literature, sociology and communications in relation to feminist
theory. The course also analyzes current feminist and antifeminist organizations. It is required of Women’s Studies
minors. Every Other Year, Spring
WS/SO/GT 302 Women Health and Aging (3 hrs.)
The purpose of this advanced seminar is to study older
women’s health and experiences with aging. The focus is
on the complex interplay between age and gender as we
examine the health and policy issues surrounding the
needs of elderly women and formal and informal caregivers. Prerequisite: SO 263 or GT 263; Every Year, Fall
WS/SO 304 Sociology of Gender (3 hrs.) This course
focuses on social constructions of femininity and mas-
268
Page 268
culinity. We examine cultural views of language, body, and
the media, as well as theoretical approaches to understanding the complexities of gender distinctions, including
gender socialization, and the impact of gender-typed
behaviors on inequality in the family, the workplace, the
legal system. Finally, we examine how gender-typed
images and norms affect the way we view sexuality and
violence, concluding with a discussion of alternatives for
the future. Prerequisites: two courses from SO
WS/HS 308 Women in America:1770–1920 (3 hrs.)
The experience of American women from Colonial times
to the passage of the 19th Amendment. Prerequisite: HS
131 and a 200-level course in the humanities.
WS 309 Women's History in the 20th Century (3 hrs.)
The experience of American women from the beginnings
of the “jazz age” to the end of the 1980s. Prerequisite:HS
132 and a 200-level course in the humanities.
WS 335 Images of Women in Psychology and Literature (3 hrs.) This seminar considers the ways in which
psychology and literature depict the female experience.
Using readings in both traditional and feminist psychological and literary theory, the course analyzes literary
texts by and about women. Topics include: gender and
genre, female identity formation, the minority experience.
This course is cross-listed as PS 335 and EN 335. Prerequisites: PS 101; two courses from EN level 200; Every
Other Year, Fall
WS 338 American Literature by Women of Color
(3 hrs.) This course presents a study of the diverse literary
traditions, themes and narrative strategies employed by
non-traditional American women. The ways race, ethnicity and gender affect form,content, language and style of
the literature are examined. Writers include: Silko,
Erdrich,Morrison, Walker, Angelou,Giovanni, Tan,
Kingston, Yamamoto, Cisneros and Viramontes.This
course is cross-listed as EN 338. Prerequisites: two courses
from WS level 200; Every Other Year, Spring
WS/PS 370 Intimate Partner Violence Seminar (3 hrs.)
This seminar addresses the prevalence, causes and consequences of partner abuse. Etiological models of partner
violence are examined from social perspectives (feminist,
socioeconomic,anthropological and evolutionary theory),
and psychological perspectives (personality disorders,perceived causes and justification of violence). The impact of
violence on victims (physical and psychological consequences) is addressed. This course is cross-listed as PS
370. Prerequisite: PS 101; Every Year, Fall
Courses offered as needed
WS 311 Women and the Mass Media (3 hrs.)
WS 399 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
WS 499 Independent Study (3 hrs.)
U N D E R G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Graduate Courses
Accounting
AC 500 Intermediate Accounting I (3 hrs.) This course
covers the basic principles,conventions and mechanics of
accounting. The conceptual framework of accounting and
development of accounting standards are considered,and
the accounting process and basics of financial statement
content are reviewed. Topics also include cash and receivables and inventories. Prerequisite: AC 501; Every Year, All
AC 501 Introduction to Accounting (3 hrs.) This onesemester graduate course introduces the student to the
concepts and techniques of accounting necessary to pursue further study in graduate business. (Only for students
who have not had two semesters of undergraduate
accounting.) Every Year, Fall
AC 502 Intermediate Accounting II (3 hrs.) This continuation of AC 201, Intermediate Accounting I, covers
such topics as depreciation, intangible assets, current liabilities,long-term liabilities, and contingent liabilities.
Prerequisite: AC 500; Every Year, Spring
AC 503 Intermediate Accounting III (3 hrs.) This continuation of AC 201 and AC 202 considers such topics as
accounting for equity, as well as issues related to income
measurement and the preparation of financial statements.
Financial statement analysis is also covered. Prerequisites:
AC 500, AC 502; Every Year, Fall
AC 505 Accounting for Business Combination (3 hrs.)
This in-depth study considers accounting principles and
analysis of problems for business combinations (mergers
and acquisitions),international operations,nonprofit
organizations,partnerships and bankruptcy liquidations
and reorganizations. Every Year, Fall
AC 511 Auditing Theory and Practice (3 hrs.) This
course presents an in-depth analysis of generally accepted
auditing standards and professional ethics for a certified
public accountant. Students are introduced to basic auditing techniques,including working paper preparation and
execution of audit procedures. Prerequisite: AC 502;
Every Year, All
AC 523 Advanced Cost Accounting (3 hrs.) This course
continues the study of cost/managerial accounting begun
in AC 102. Students discuss how cost accounting (information about costs) is used by managers for decision
making and performance evaluation. Topics include differential costs and revenue analysis for decision making,
planning and budgeting for performance evaluation, overhead application, cost allocations,activity-based costing,
variable costing, cost-volume-profit-analysis, capital
G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C R I P T I O N S
Page 269
investment decision s ,i nventory management, and other
special topics such as management ethics, quality control
and variance investigation. Prerequisites: AC 500, AC
502; Every Year, All
AC 531 Federal Income Tax Procedure (3 hrs.) This
course examines the theory and problems of federal
income taxes with emphasis on individual tax returns.
Prerequisite: AC 502; Every Year, All
AC 532 Advanced Federal Income Tax Procedure (3 hrs.)
This continuation of AC 431 considers applications of
federal and state tax laws to partnerships,corporations,
estates and trusts. Prerequisite: AC 531; Every Year, All
AC 535 Accounting Information Systems (3 hrs.) This
course is designed to assist students in learning to design
and develop computer applications to meet the needs of a
variety of information customers. The course has a substantial hands-on component. At the completion of the
course students should have a broad view of the enabling
technologies that will shape the accounting profession.
Cases include: a set of spreadsheet applications, a set of
database applications and a set of applications involving
the use of the Internet. Students also examine several of
the current Top Ten Technologies identified by the
AICPA. Prerequisite: AC 500; Every Year, All
AC 601 Managerial Accounting (3 hrs.) This course
considers the techniques used to present management
with information for strategic and tactical decision making. Topics include: methods of planning and control,
cost-volume-profit analysis,activity-based costing differential analysis, managing quality time and evaluating performance. Every Year, All
AC 613 Financial Statement Analysis (3 hrs.) In-depth
examination of financial statements and note disclosures
contained in firms’ annual reports. Topics covered include
leases,pensions,consolidations,foreign currency translation,income statement geography, segment and interim
reporting, and cash flows. A major theme is an analysis of
financial reporting differences among firms and the implications for inter-firm comparisons. Every Year, Spring
AC 614 Forensic Accounting (3 hrs.) This course provides an overview of the financial techniques needed to
examine fraud schemes, with emphasis on sources of
information,identification and analysis of financial documents. Every Year, Spring
AC 615 Tax Aspects of Management Decisions (3 hrs.)
Decisions made by managers take into account not only
financial statements but tax consequences. Students
obtain an overview of essential tax regulations to assist
them in making business decisions. Topics include taxable
entities, business forms, accounting method and capital
gains and losses. Prerequisite: AC 601; Every Year, All
269
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
AC 616 Information Systems Auditing (3 hrs.) The field
of audit has been used as a stepping stone for executives
throughout virtually all segments of industry, producing
many of our current business leaders. This course provides
the student with an introduction to the basic principles
and practice of information systems auditing as they exist
in industry today. The student is provided with a solid
understanding of the fundamentals of information systems auditing, which are then supplemented through
application to real-world cases.Emphasis is placed on the
practical application of CobiT, Control Objectives for
Information and Related Technology, released by the
Information Systems Audit and Control Foundation.
Prerequisite: AC 601; Every Year, Fall
AC 632 Global Accounting (3 hrs.) This course introduces accounting standards in a global context and considers the history and development of the International
Accounting Standards (IAS) as well as other organizations contributing to the development of world-wide
accounting standards. The development and current
accounting standards of several selected countries are
examined. Every Year, Fall
AC 668 Seminar in Accounting (3 hrs.) This course
reviews the development of basic accounting theory.
Current issues in financial and managerial accounting
focusing on the use of accounting information in making
strategic business decisions are considered. The case
method is used. Every Year, Spring
Courses offered as needed
AC 612 Auditing Case Studies (3 hrs.)
AC 617 Accounting Information Systems (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: AC 601
AC 619 Tax Research (3 hrs.) Prerequisite: AC 501
AC 620 Federal Income Tax Principles (3 hrs.)
Prerequisite: AC 619
AC 621 Corporate Taxation (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
AC 620
AC 623 Taxation of Partnerships (3 hrs.)
AC 625 Estate and Gift Taxation (3 hrs.) Prerequisite:
AC 501
AC 629 Taxation of Not for Profits (3 hrs.)
AC 638 Taxation of Compensation (3 hrs.)
AC 688 Seminar in Accounting (3 hrs.)
AC 689 Independent Study—Accounting (3 hrs.)
AC 698 Thesis (3 hrs.)
AC 699 Thesis (3 hrs.)
Allied Health
Courses offered as needed
AH 562 Methods of Teaching Allied Health Science
(3 hrs.)
AH 563 Microteaching (3 hrs.)
270
Page 270
Biology
BI 500 Writing and Science (3 hrs.) This course reviews
how scientific results and ideas are communicated and
reviewed. Course content includes the storage and
retrieval of scientific information, data presentation (table,
figures,graphics), the writing of reports and papers as well
as the preparation of publications for peer review. Copyright, patent law and the ethical issues involved in scientific communication also are considered. Assignments
include oral and written presentations and attendance at
assigned seminars and meetings. Every Year, Spring
BI 515 Advanced Biochemistry (4 hrs.) This course
offers advanced insights into major areas of biochemistry.
Hypotheses and theories are viewed with an orientation
to application in modern commercial and academic settings. This is a suitable prerequisite for many graduate
courses. Every Year, Fall
BI 517 Human Embryology (3 hrs.) This course considers the fundamental processes and mechanisms that characterize the embryological development of the human
organism.Knowledge of the developing human serves as
a basis for understanding normal relationships of body
structures and causes of congenital malformation.
Emphasis is on clinical as well as classical embryology.
Every Year, Fall
BI 518 Pathophysiology (3 hrs.) Disease processes are
studied as they relate to normal physiological and homeostatic mechanisms, basic pathology, pathogenesis,and
defense/repair mechanisms. The course also includes,
where appropriate, some clinical correlations of disease
states with signs, symptoms and laboratory findings.
Every Year, Fall
BI 532 Histology (4 hrs.) This course is intended for
pathologists’ assistant students with a background in basic
descriptive microscopic anatomy. The lecture material
includes the microscopic and ultramicroscopic structure of
cells, tissues and organs with emphasis on biochemical
composition and distribution as related to functional
mechanisms. The laboratory work involves the preparation of microscope slides of normal vertebrate tissues,
including those of humans, for histological and histochemical studies as the student may expect to encounter
in the clinical laboratory. Every Year, Fall
BI 532L Histology Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to accompany BI
532. Every Year, Fall
BI 540 Psychophysiology of Pain (3 hrs.) This in-depth
description of the neurophysiological aspects of the pain
experience includes peripheral and central mechanisms.
Utilization of physical and psychological tests to identify
psychogenic pain vs. pain of organic origin is considered.
G R A D U A T E C O U RS E D E S C RI P T I O N S
8 course descriptions_revproof
7/21/03
11:56 AM
Various clinical,laboratory and radiological techniques are
described. The role of neurological,psychological,sociological,cultural and religious considerations in understanding how individuals perceive and react to pain is explored.
In connection with each of the topics, treatment techniques and their rationale are discussed. Every Year, Fall
BI 541 Evolution of Life (4 hrs.) Nothing in life makes
sense except in the light of evolution (Th.Dobzhansky).
Life is the product of evolution.Therefore evolution is the
cornerstone of biological understanding and should be the
core of teacher training in biology. We will examine the
mechanisms of evolutionary change and survey the evolutionary and phylogenetic history of life on earth.Evolution is often a focus of social debate about ways of knowing and about the nature of humanity, so we shall explore
the history of this debate and its influence on society.
Lastly, because this course is intended to provide training
for teachers, we will review new insights about How People Know and how to teach science so that students learn
with understanding. Every Year, All
BI 542 Advanced Microbiology (4 hrs.) This intensive
classroom and laboratory study is designed to demonstrate
the relevance and importance of microbiology in our society. Detailed studies illustrate the interactions between
microorganisms and other organisms, especially man. The
role of microbes in the food industry, pathology, protection from disease, environmental issues, recombinant
DNA research and biotechnology also is discussed. Every
Year, Spring
BI 543 Freshwater Invertebrates of Connecticut (4 hrs.)
This intensive classroom and laboratory study of the
freshwater ecosystem in Connecticut emphasizes the ecology and taxonomy of invertebrate animals. Several field
trips to selected localities provide opportunities for
detailed observation and collection of living specimens for
the laboratory. Every Other Year, Fall
BI 543L Freshwater Invertebrates Lab (0 hrs.) Lab to
accompany BI 543. Every Other Year, Fall
BI 545 Introduction to Marine Ecosystems (4 hrs.) This
class presents an introduction to the major ecosystems
and the factors that control their distribution.Classroom
study of benthic and pelagic habitats from the littoral to
the abyss is supplemented by field and laboratory investigations of shore marine and estuarine ecosystems.
Emphasis is placed on developing skills requisite for using
living and preserved marine organisms effectively